AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Vol. XV, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1953
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minneso... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Vol. XV, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1953
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second<lass matter March
21, 1947 at the post ofice at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
CALENDAR
SEPTEMBER
..
1
2
3
4
5
.
1
2
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 . . . . . . . . .
25 26 27
2
3
4
5
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Committees of the Faculq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
The Faculty
........
...............................
7
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Financial Information
24
.............................
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Student P e r s o ~ e Services
l
The College
........................................
42
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.Gradetion Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
48
51
60
CouisesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of Religion and -Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
' ~ivisionof the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .
61
61
65
79
93
The 'I'heological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 101
General Requirements
. . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . .
101
Coursesof Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index
. . . .
IIO
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Calendar
'953-1954
FIRST SEMESTER
'953
.
,
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests
September 9
September 9-12, A.M.
Wednesday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . .Registration
September 9-13
September 14, 8:00 A.M.
Wednesday through Sunday. . . .Freshman Days
Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
September 17
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Regiitration Fee
October 17
. . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Iqcompletes
October 23-25
Friday through Sunday. . . . . . . . . .Homecoming
November
Wednesday.
11
November 26, 27
December 16, 4:20 P.M.
. . . . . .End of
&st hall of Semester
Thursday and Friday. . . . . .Thanksgiving Recess
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas Recess begins
I954
January
4, 8:00 A.M.
Monday. . . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess
January 25-29
Monday to Friday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations
January 29
January 18 to February z
Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..First Semester ends
. . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester
SECOND SEMESTER
February
3, 8:00 A.M.
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
February 6
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee
February
Monday; holiday . . . . . . .Washington's Birthday
. . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Incompletes
22
March 9
April I
April 14, 4 : ~ oP.M.
April
20,
8:00 A.M.
May 26
May 27 to June
2
Thursday. . . . . . . . .End of first half of Semester
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..College Examinations
May 30
Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decgration Day
May 30
June 3, 8:oo P.M.
Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Service
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . .College Commencement
BOARD OF 'I'RUSTEES
RBV. ERNESTG. LARSON, P d e n t , Minneapolis, Mim.. .. .Term expires
REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN,Vice-President, Minneapolis,
Minn: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expins
MR.GEORGE
S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn.. .Term expires
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . . .Term expires
REV. D. W. L Y N G D Duluth,
~,
Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Term expires
MIL.EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tern expires
MR. IVERI-L IVERSON,
Minot, N. Dak.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires
REV. CHRISTIAN
G. OLSON,Seattle, Wash.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires
MR.GILLERT
BERG,Seattle, Wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires
1954
1957
1953
1956
19 5 3
1954
1955
I 95 6
1957
Advisory Members
DR.T. 0.BURN-,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Mim.
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN, President, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Miieapolis, Minn.
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
MARTIN
QUANBECK.
. . . . .Dean of the College and Director of Veterans Afoirs
BURTONP. FOSSE.
.................................... .Business Manager
K. BERNER
DAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students
GERDA
MORTENSEN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
LAWRENCE
A. QUANBECK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
MILDREDJOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar, Secretary of tbe General Faeulty
MELVINA. HELLAND..
............... .Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty
AGNESB. TANG
JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
Mmvm E. TRAUTWEIN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
MERTONP. S T R O ~ .N. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Pastor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewn
....................................... Archist
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Musical Organizations
.............................. .Publicity Director
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary to the President and the Dean
FZLEENQUANBECK.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .: . . . .Assistant Registrm
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff: k t h u r C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Ragna Sverdrup, Bookkeeper; Mrs.
Esther Halverson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary,
Placement Bureau; Mrs. Joyce Frosig, Typist, Mimeograph Office; Tena Mehus,
Clerk, Registrar's Office; Le Von Paulson, Secretary, Persqmel O i h ; Anna
Marie Rundstrom, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary,
Library; Mavis Strand, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Mrs. Betty
Swanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Ruth Ann Waage, Secretary, Registrar's 0 5 c e ; Shelby Gimse, Secretary; David Rokke, Student Placement Manager.
Head Residpnts in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Vincent Hoversten; Sivertsen
Hall, Charlotte Westby; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton -1,
Ruth
Ann Waage; Edda House, Alice Swensen.
Snperviror of Howekeping: Olga Hennuuslie.
MEDICAL STAFF
Drs. C. R Wall and S. V. Thorson, Physicians.
Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Lois Dahlund, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE F A C U L R
1953-1914
Admirristration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Fosse, L. A. Quan'beck.
Cnrricdnm: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag. Miss Joel.
Admissions m d Scholarship: Miss Joel, Lindquist, M. Quanbeck, Kleven, Thorson, L. A. Quanbeck.
Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Savold, R. Anderson, Mrs. Kigsley.
Librury: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock.
Athletics: Saberg, Nash, E. W. Anderson, Bertness, Strommen.
Social: Miss Lund, Miss Mortensen, E. Nelson, Llndquist, Mrs. Nelson.
Stdies: Tnutwein, Miss Joel, Torstenson, R. Anderson, Colacci.
Convocations: Thut, Miss Jensen, Sonnack, Miss Skurdalsvold. (Student members
also included in this Committee.)
Stdent-Famlty: Dahlen, M i Mortensen, Sateren, Miss Segolson (Student
members also included in this Committee.)
Teacber Edwation: Bertness, Urdahl, Miss Tangjerd, Mrs. Traumein, Mrs.
Nelson.
Religiorrr Life: Stensvaag, Strommen, Thelander. (Student members also included
in this Committee.)
1952-1953
Faculty Council: M. Quabeck, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Lund, Miss M o c t e m ,
E. Nelson, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Miss Segolson, Sonnack, Thelander,
Thorson, Trautweh
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL. SEMINARY
' '
'
BEUHMD M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President m d Professor of Tbedogy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25;
Th.M., Princeton Thwbgical Seminary, 1927; PhD., Hartfocd kninaqFoundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G3ttingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Patoral
work, Bmlalyn, New York 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President
since 1938.
Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emwitus of C h r c h History
KARLERMISCH,
AB., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., &go
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Tea&:
Wartburg COhge, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minu1925-29.
At Augsburg 1928-1952.
MELVIN
A. HJTLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testammf, "Seqetmy
of tbe Tbeological Faculty
A.B., Augsburg College, 19I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930.. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
I v ~ nB. OLSON,A.M., Th-B., Associate Professor of S y s t m t i c Tbcology
AA., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A X , University ofi Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran +logical
Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, I 936-3 9; University of Minnem a , 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c b History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological ~emi&ry, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago.
Pastor, Moose Lake, h,
1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Test&
AB., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Semirury,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkjns. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
JOHN
NORSTAD,
A.B., C.T., S.T.M.' Special Lecturer, 195 2- y 3 ; ;Director
FREDERIC
of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
*In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
.
..?
:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
H. N. HBNDRICKSON,
A.M., CT., Professor Emeritw of History and Iatin
A.B, Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897;
AM, University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbii Pastor.
Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37.
At Angsburg 1900-1952.
KARLE u m a i , Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emmmtusof German
For rtatement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
P. A. QVEBGGEN, A.M., Professor E d t u s of Englisb
Ad., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minmtsota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota,
I@-10; Ehworth College, 1913-15. At Augsburg 191y-1ggs.
MANWALD RE, M.S., Assistout Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technobgy,
Tallin, Etonia, 1941; M.S., Univenity of Minnesota, 1951. Tuching:
Agirtant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.
At Augsburg since 1949.
ERNEST W. ANDERSON,
M.Ed., Associde Professor of Healtb snd P e d
Edwcotim, Basketball Coach
A.B., A,ugsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnmta, 1947.
Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMONDE. ANDERSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Speecb
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: Mimenesota. Teaching: University 05 Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsburg since 1949.
FMNK h o , A.B., Assistant in Pbysical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: hfinnewta. U. S. Army,
1943-46. At Augsburg since 1950.
EVABAVOLAK,A.M., Instructor in Business Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Teachers College,
Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-10;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
LUCY M m E. BERGMAN,
M.S., Instnrctor in Speecb
B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 5-39; University of
Minnesota, 1939-47. At Augsburg since 1912.
HEWRY
J. BERTNESS, A.M., Assistmt Professor of Edwtion
A.B.; Augsburg College, 1947; A.U, University of Minnesota, 1948. Mditional study: Minnesota, Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching:
Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949.
MARGARETBERVEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education
B.Ed., Winona State Teachers College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnewta, ,1945. Teaching: High School, 1937-49; Minot State Teachers' GIlege, summers, 1948-50; Winona State Teachers' College, 1949-52. At
Augburg since 1952.
K m ~ BILZENS,
s
Th.D., Assistart Professor of Pbilosopby and Gemron
Lic:Theol., University of Riga, 1935; Th.D., 1943. Additional study: University of Basel. Teaching: Teachers College, Riga, Latvia, 1934-40. At
Augsburg since 19 5 2.
CAIL CHRISLOCK,A.M., Assistart Professor of History and Political Science
.
h
A&., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior
College, 1947-48; Augustma College, S i Falls, S. D., 1948-51. A t Augsburg since 1952.
h COLACCI,
~
~ Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Lagucrges
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th-D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mark Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49At Augsburg since 1952.
LELANDK. DAHLE,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1952.
K. BBRNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dear of Students and Associate Professor of Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 I -39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. A t Augsburg
GEORGEN. ECKLUND,A. M., I m t w c t o ~is Business Administration
A.B., Drake University, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota; 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Army Air Corps, 1943-46. Interviewer, V. A,
1946-47; Public Relations, Pillsbury Mills, Im., 1948-50. A t A u g s b q
since 1951.
BURTON P. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
&dustrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. A t Augsburg since 19 5 3.
MnaLls GEISTAUTS,
Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art
. Cmd.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940; Academy of Art, Latvia,
Riga. Teaching: Private Studii, 1938-49. At Augsburg since 1952.
MELVINA. H~LLAND,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek a d Rcligias
.. .
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see lkdogicd
&minary Faculty listing.
D. HELMBERGER,
A.M., Instructor in Bdness Administration
B.S., Duluth State Teachers College, 1941; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Centerville Scbool,Hugo,
M i . , 1941-42; University of Minnesota, 1947-51. O.P.S., Minneapdis,
1951-. At Augsburg since 1952.
JOHN
R. J. HUDRETH,
M. S., Instructor in E c o n d c r and Business A d m h k t r d h
B.S., Iowa State College, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Mina&ta,
Iowa State Ulege. U. S. Army, 1941-47. Teaching part-time: bwi State
College, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence, 195 2-5 3.
AUCA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. A d d i t h d
study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: EaJtern State Teachers College,
Madison, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson State Teachers Cdlege, 11~28d
36; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational r
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1957-39;
Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 194J.
-RED
V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar md Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. .Ad&cional ~tudy: Saskatchewan, ,Minnesota Tezching: High School, 19a1-46.
At Augsbnrg since 1947.
EBBAI.
JOHNSON, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., University of ~ e o s t a ,1950. Additianal study: M h e a ~At ~
Augsburg since I 9 5 2.
MwI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spmisb
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexiw, 1944. Ad&t i o d study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Ststen
kluld, N. Y., 1941-42; Friends Sahool, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
BEJU~H~D
J. TKLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History mrd Politicd S c i e ~ ~ e
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930;
PhD., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Ats&te Professor of Germanic L a g w g ~ ~
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Sou*
C a l i f o m i a , 1 9 2 8 ; A . M . , 1 ~ ~ o ; P h . D . , U n i v e r s i t y o f ~ t a , 1 9 ~ 2 . T e r c.h ing: High School, 1930-3 I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; F& University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. At AugsbWg
1947.
CARLW. LAND-,
M.Mus., lnstnrctor in Music
. ,
A.B., University of Minnesota, 193 I ; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological: Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D, 1940-42; Northwestern Scbodr. Minneapolis, 1950-5). At Augsburg since 1952.
AUDREY
LANDQUIST,
MMus., Lnstntctor in P h and Orgm
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacF'hail Schod of
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of M ' u k
A t Au-g
-ON
He,
1937.
since 1946.
WILSONLINDEMANN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Rommce I ; r r r ~ ~
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., 1926. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University of Minnesota, 1924-26.
At Augsburg since 1926.
0.HERBERT
~ D Q U I SM.S.,
T , Assistant Professor of Pbysics and M a t h N c s
B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., 1949; M.S., Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1947-49. U. S. Army, 1943-44; U. S. Navy,
1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Seeretarial Science
A.B.. Augsburg College, 1936; AM., University of Mbmsota, 195 I.
Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West C e n d School of Agricdtum,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48 ; High School, I 94849. At Augsburg since 1950.
JOHN MJLTON,A.M., Instructor in Englisb.
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additbud d y :
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GEBDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dem of W o m e n and Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. At Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Mimesotas 1938.
Addttional s d y : Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg Cdege, 1946-50. At Avgsburg Jince
1922.
b
n C. NELSON,M.Ed., A s h t a t Professor of Pbysical Edwatkm d Carcb
of Football and Baseball
AB., Augsburg College, 1938; X E d , University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High !3chool, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsbarg since
1946.
H~LENY. NELSON,
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
:B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., 1952. Teaohing:
High. School, 1938-42; Western Michigan College, Kalamazoo, 1942-44;
University of California, 1944-46;Iowa State Teachers College, Su 1948,
1949. At Augsburg since 195I.
IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ANNE P~IDERSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnescrta, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46;
Sm,Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg,
1932-44,and since 1946.
LAVONNBPETERSON,A.B., Instrnctor m Physical Education for Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacP h d School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence,
1952-53-
L b m ~ A.
a QUANBECK,As., Director of Public Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947.Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy,
1944-46.Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-51.At Augsburg since 1951.
QUANBECK,
Ph.D., Dean of the College and Professor of Uucation
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D.,
1952. High School administration, Mantonille, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46;Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950.A t Augsburg since 1938.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of M u s k
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Tiaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, C i v h Public
Service, 1944-46.A t Augsburg 1941-43,
and since 1946.
A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and
Training School, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools,
1941-42 and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces, 1942-45;Glenwood Public
Schools, 1948-52.At Augsburg since 1952.
Rum SEGOLSON,
MS., Associate Professor of Home Economics
BS., University of Minnesota, 1921; MS., 1938.Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;Uni:vemity of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936,
A t Augsburg since 1944.
SKURDALSVOLD,
B.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago Cdlege of Music. Private study: M ~ MF. Stoddard, Hamlin Hum, Herbert
Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed, 0.C. Christianson, ,Martial
Singher. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23, 1937-41, 1944-5 r., A t
Augsburg since 1922.
JENNIE
.
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of. Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
,
,
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Christianity
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christianity
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MIXTON P. SIROMMEN,A.B., Th.B., College Pastor and Assistant Profenor of
Cbristianity
A.B., Augsburg College,' I 943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological &rninary.
1944; Th.B., 19 5 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota,
'
1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. On leave of absence, 1 9 $ i - ~ ~ ;
A m s B. TANGJERD,A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Si-ience
kB., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A M , 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel.
1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library.
1936-38. A t Augsburg since 1940.
ROY PHILIP THELANDER,MS., Instructor in Biology
A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota.
U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah,
1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950.
GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S.
Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. At Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923: B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additions1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193 1-44; Colorado State
College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947.
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instrt~torin Piatw
KMm.,American Consemwry of Music, 1927. Addieiond s d y : American Gnservawry of Music and Minnesota; Master Clvs Work with
Sihio Sciwti; Robyn N o r d Teachers Training Course; Studied d r
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: Ameriun Coaservtwry of Music, 1916-46;
Gslorado State Gllege of Education, 1946-47.At Augsbwg siuce 1947.
TORSTENSON,
A.M., Astorbte Professor of Socidogr
LB.,Augsburg College, 1938;AM., University of Minnesota,
JOEL S.
'
1940.AddiDirector of Education and Public Relations, MidAt Augsburg 1938-42, and aiace
land Cooperative Whvlesde, 194~-47.
4d y :
Minuesota.
1947.
WARET
SATEFSNTRAUTVEM,A.B., lrutrvctor in Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High
School, 1937-47.At Augsburg since 1949.
Mmvm E. T M U ~A.M
, ., Ars3std Professor of Psychlogy Ad Ed*.tiorr ad Director of Placemmt
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
d y : H m d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-41;
h,
Norfolk Junior College, 194s.St&, Education and Training O&er,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48.Research Asdstmt md C o d , Univerdty of Minnesota, 1948-50.U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46.At Augsbmg
FALING J. URDAHL,A.M., Aa&e
Professor of Biology and Psycbdogy
A.B., Gncordia Callege, 1930;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Ad&dona1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-3 $. Principal, Cannon Falls, Mmnesota, 1935-41.Aat Augsburg since 1943.
General Information
LOCATION
Augaburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
fiv&de
Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from &e University of M i n n m t a and within walking diszance of the main business section of the city. Science H
all,cond
g the administration &ces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities, They have access to libraries, museums, and a n collections.
They may hear rfie k t in mnsic and fecmres. Minneapolis is
mmgnkd throughout tbe nation as a vital center of religi~ls
life and acrivity, Outstanding leaders in many &Ids both from
other prrts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in rhe Twin Ciries have abundant opportunity t o contact present day life at one of its focal points.
HI!5TORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was (begunas a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private
institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed
in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This.
arrangement failed t o work out satisfactorily; so the theological
group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until
1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to
Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its
use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws
of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers
for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in
growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was estabfished when it k a m e evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theologicar
study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical
course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to
prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be
discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too
few students selected the course. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879;
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 193 3. In the years 1916-1919 the college
course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general
emphasis upon the- study of the humanities. In recent years there
has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was
adopted in 1945. A t the present time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing-revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses.
The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added
in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the
Seminary and the College function in close cooperation Long
experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome
and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of o0ice of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was
followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 191I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937
until I 9 3 8. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served
since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the student to a deeper understanding and personut
realization of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an effective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and
other ctvilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the studenfs interest in the attainmmt of tbe
common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the
welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in community and nation, and also develop m enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his o m urges, interests,
ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
To train the student in scientijic methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the iindings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster k the student an iatelligent a m e ciation and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fins arts.
T o guide the studmt in the understamding of social relatianshps in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sinceriay.
T o provide guidance for the studmt in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train studmts in v o c a t ~ Zand professjOno1 lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his ef6ciency in the various relationships of life.
T o afford the student w h o l e s m recreational expenerrme
which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o instruct the student in principles, ~ t t h d e s ,and ideas
pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things.
They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school
towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and
extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make
possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to
see all.things through the eyes of Christ."
Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways
prescribed for the attainment of these aims.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From I 870 to I 890, Augsbwg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in r 890, r d t e d in the f i a t i o n of Augsburg
with the newly created United Nomegian Lutheran Church. Due
to Merences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, hance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, the chief iinancial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP I N EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the Cullege and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present officers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Clair
Strommen, Vice-president; Esther Aune, Recording Secretary;
Marian Lund Lowrie, Harvey Peterson, and Paul Roth, Advisers.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Aupbwg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsbwg, having as its purpose to give united and
systematic support, both spiritual and hmcial, to the school. The
Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board
of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a
General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held
each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and offices, and a number of college classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty
offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
S~erdru~-Oftedal
Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern,
hepioaf dormitory affording living quarters for about I go men.
O n the ground floor of thk buiIding is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory
accommodating about 50 women.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are
smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20
students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for
the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program
providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was
acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural
design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many
valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Dr. B. J.
Kleven, Curator.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Miss Alma Jensen, Archivist.
The collections in the Library aggregate about 25,300 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
Two hundred eighty of h e best periodicals, and
dealing with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the
interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access t o the Library daily from 7:45 A.M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4: 30 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storerooms for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: 16m.m. sound
movie projector, 3 % / 4 ~ 4 inch slide projector (several), 2"x2" slide
projector, Balopticon, sound amplification system, film strip pro-
jector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well
equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided
with facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not
enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be ofIered
are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may
be obtained from the oflice of the Dean.
DEACONESS
HOSPITAZ.
AFFILIATIONWITH THE LUTHERAN
Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their &st semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the
School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
MEDICALTECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years
of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t the hospital.
Financial l nformation
STUDENT EXPENSES
For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of
Seminary expenses, see page 102. The tuition for the College students is $180.00 a semester.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $ I 5.00 per credit hour
up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fee.
GENERALEXPENSESFOR ONE SEMESTER
Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 80.00
This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission
to all athletic events.
Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 5-00 to 40.00
Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.00
Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.o~
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . .
Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I .oo
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.5 o
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 238.50
ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER
Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 63.00
r 60.00
SPECIALFEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration after the .beginning of the second
week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement fee. depending upon the method of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.00 to
Graduation fee. for seniors in both the Gl'lege and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7-50
2.00
2.00
.
5 oo
MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER
Piano for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$35.00
Voice for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5-00
Organ for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.00
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-00
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
COURSE
FEESPER SEMESTER
3 00
Home Economics 2. 36. 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 .00
Home Economics 39 and 40
Biology 6o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00
Biology 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . ~ ~ . ~and55
3.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
5.00
Biology 13. 14. 25.26. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.50
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Chemistry jN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
...........
C h e m i s t r y ~ y 6 . ~ ~ . ~and55
~ y ~ ~ ... ~. .4. y
5.00
Physics I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.50
Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Secretarial Studies 2. 8. 5 I. and 5 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Secretarial Studies I. 5 3. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I 5.00
.
Resident students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $22 3. J o to 2 38.5 o
Room and Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00
Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.00 to 35-00
Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $448.50 to 496.50
Off-campus students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 2 38.5 o
Special, music, or course fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .a.oo to 3J .OO
Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ ~ L J . J O to 273.50
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at
the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may be made with the Treasurer for partial payment and
payment of the remainder in monthly installments. If such installments are not made regularly, a charge of fifty cents per month
is made on balances over $50.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per
month. All accounts must be paid /before a student is permitted
to register for a new semester.
Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $ I 1.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees. Course fees are paid a t the rate of 10% per week by students
who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence. Students who move out
of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full
semester room rent.
' Subject
to change.
STUDENT AIDS
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships.
The college gives assistance to students in securing work both m
and off the campus.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in
working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a
reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes.
Tbe John and Anna Jorgim Gregory Theological Student L m
F.acnd is available to students who are re paring for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hoar, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, N o d
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the mini s ~ ~ .
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on
student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on hancial matters with the objective in mind
of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
Prize Scholarships, amounting -to tuition for the second half of
the Freshman year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and zhe
highest ranking girl in each Minnesota high school graduating
class. Outside of Minnesota a limited number of scholarships of
this kind are awarded to students of superior ability.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947t o honor the memory
of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to ~ 9 3 7 .
It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and ability who
to prepare further for the vocation
of teaching, The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollan.
The Kiitb E, H o f m m M m w i n E Schddrship was established in
S, Hoffman of Minaeapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of O k i n a ~ ~ a .
The schoIafs)lip consists of the income f tom a fund of $1~075
and
is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
The Lutherm Brotherhood Scholarship of $300 is provided by
the Lutheran Brotherhmd Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to an ouwtanding Lutheran college senior. The student
is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the
basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club SchoImship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memurial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5 ,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredr2ckson Scholarship consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Larnberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Greater Augshrg Alumni Association Schlarship of $ 2 5 0
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The W m n ' s Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by
the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or
to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good
scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work
in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other
Augsburg Choral Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in
the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring
states.
Augsburg College Band. In addition to presenting its fall and
spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental
music and thus furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Mak C h m affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week.
Miscellaneous Grmps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club,
Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both ~ o c d
and instrumental. For many years Augsburg
bas sent out duos, trios, quartets, and s;milat. groups among the
churches. These organizations are w d y formed and directed by
the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music
department.
AWARDS
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the Science Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholmsbip is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943,is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Student Personnel Services
ADMINISTRATION
Students entering college face many new situations and prablerns. Some problems disappear soon after enrollment but others
grow during the four years. In order to give the greatest help to
students in these circumstances, Augsburg College has developed
a number of student aids combined under the general title
of Student Personnel Services. Included are Freshman Days and
orientation, testing, counseling, housing and food service, health
and recreation, iinancial aid including student employment and
loans, and student activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit
from the services of the Placement Oflice. Coordination of these
services is centered in the oflice of the Dean of Students. The
planning and policy are formulated by the Personnel Committee.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman
Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The
students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with
the faculty- counselors are scheduled for the students, during
which they plan their program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course,
the students learn about standards and requirements of various
areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related
techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal
finances and vocational aims are discussed.
TESTING
A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are adrninistered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained for
later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs.
Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the
students select occupational goals and future careers.
COUNSELING
The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual
help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and
techniques of adjustment will also serve him later in life. Each
freshman and new student is assigned a faculty member who may
serve as his counselor for m o years. Counselors for juniors and
seniors are their major advisers. The Deans and other administrative
o0icers are general counselors to all students.
The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational
program and choose appropriate subjects. The student learns to
understand his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and
interpretation of test data by his counselor.
Through a system of referral, students 'may obtain counsel from
any member of the faculty, or from quaEed persons within the
college community.
VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the
use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information
file in the college library provides study materials for vocational
planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional
people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling
on job opportunities.
PERSONAL COUNSELING
Students who have personal problems may find help through
discussing the problem with their counselor. Personal iinances,
housing, and similar problems are common topics of discussions.
Students who have spiritual problems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, such as members of the Department of Christianity and the College Pastor.
HOUSING
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about
150 men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen Hall, with
Morton Hall housing twenty, Miriam House and Edda House
each housing eighteen, and Morton Annex, twelve.
The college maintains several small apartments for married students. Applications may be made in the o&ce of the Dean of Students.
Students not living at home must live in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students
may under certain conditions be permitted to make other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean
of Students.
Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular
schedules begin and are closed within twenty-four hours after the
term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish
to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans.
Room' rent and board must :be paid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women
may also provide their own bedspreads and drapes. Laundry
facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible
for any breakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment,
beyond ordinary wear and tear.
ROOM APPLICATION
Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students
or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of
acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application.
Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first.
After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted
in finding rooms in private homes. The o6ce of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing at all times.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining
room available to students and other groups upon request.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food ac
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The program of student health service is in charge of the Director of Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the
College Physician and the College Nurse. It includes regular phy-
sical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a schoolwide program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary
rooms are provided for the use of those who are ill. The College
Physician and the College Nurse have regularly scheduled 06hours on campus daily.
Students, faculty, and staff hive chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free.
PLACEMENT SERVICE FOR GRADUATES
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations
at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are
arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a
small placement fee are charged.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMl'NISTRATION
Admission Procedure
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Ofice of Public Relations of from the Oflice of the Registrar. These forms are generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application,
together with the high school record, previous college record, if
any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph,
should be sent to the Of6ce of Public Relations. A student seeking
admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September I 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I.
Requirements for Admission
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite
pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last
four years of high school include four units of English, or three
units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social
studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course
covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours
of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give
evidence of suf6cient maturity are considered for admission upon
recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials,
and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad-
vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right t o reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests,
indicate they may have di&culty with college work.
Deficiencies
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course
in English. Such deiiciency and the requirements with regard
to additional training will be determined at the beginning of
&e Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of d e h i t e standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language.
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there.
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
at Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who
present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain
(cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations.
This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General
Educational Development Tests warrants the granting of some
Junior College credit.
Admission of Veterans
Veterans may study at Augsburg under Public Law 16, 346,
and 550. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from
the regional office of the Veterans Administration and present it
.at the time of registration.
In order to receive college credit for experience in rhe military
services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of
his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation will
;bemade according to the recommendations of the American Coun-
cil on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit
training will be granted a total of 4 semeaer credits, 2 in hygiene
and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the
completion of the work in certain service schools, for some courses
taken through the Armed Forces Institute, and to junior college
students for satisfactory performance on the college General Educational Development Tests.
Registration
Students who have 'been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students
who register Eater &an three days after classes begin are charged
a late reginration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or
enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classesIn registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he
has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any
course for which there is not suflicient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is
defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may be granted only to students who have gained an average
record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous
college studies. Exceptions ro this rule may be made ander certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship bmittee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
In case a student desires to make m y changes in his registration,
hc rnnse obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may
make application, mating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
ApprovaI of the teachers concerned and the student" adviser
and t h e Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through
she Registrar's Office d l result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
.cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
Changes which involve canceling a course cannot ,be made after
the middle of the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after
the beginning of the second week of classes.
A student who 6nds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's oflice
in order .to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSI'IY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be dowed unless t h e student has a grading of C average, or
r honor point per credit, in his courses a t Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed r7.
T h e credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to
Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
CZassification
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which
college credit is given.
Cladcation is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor poina:
Scpbomare, 24; Juaior, 58; Senior, 92.
ClassScation for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
Probation and Elimination
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls t h
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of . j or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed t o remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passirig
grade in at least 1 2 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C
or better.
Class Attendance
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it
necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should
confer with heir teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception
to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic
reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semester,
a record is made of the total absences of each student for the
semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued
by rhe Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
Examinations
GENERALRULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very begiinning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester.
During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained
~
are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this,
h a 1 reports are made at the close of each semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sdicient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a h a 1 a t another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
o6ce and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be
made by the Registrar's O&ce in cases of illness. If incompletes
and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is d c i e n t l y high. The final grade after the condition
examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00
is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to.
take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the o6ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oace.
Grade Values
A-Superior, 3 honor points per credit
&Very good, 2 honor points per credit
C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit
D-Passable, no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E-Condition
I -Incomplete
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, md
grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is wged
to study the requirements as outlined in Ehis section of the mtatog
and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he incIudes the * w i d
subjects at the right time in his program of studies. f i e faculty
advisers, t h e Dean, and the Registrar d gladly assist him in planning his program.
Junior College
For a proper distribution of subjeers among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following c r e d i ~are required of all students in the Junior College, Iaying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education.
Group A Christianity
r credits each semester
6 credits
Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature.
3 credits
Speech: Course I I
Group C Foreign Language (Norwegian, French,
Spanish, German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew) I credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are
exempted from this requirement.
Group D Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I and
3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6
(Humanities)
6 d t s
Group E Natural Sciences
8 credits
Group F
Health and Physical Education: Course
3% 3by4% and 4b
Psychology required in certain fields
0rien.tation required of all Freshmen
Senior
2,
4 credits
4 credits
I
credit
College
b tJOR
~ AND M~NORS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the
student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes
as shown in the quality of work he does in the Junior College.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what
major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in
the Junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty
counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine
their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the
major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Christianity, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social
Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and
Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Senior
College students should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Senior College Courses. At least thirty credits
in Senior College Courses must #be completed for graduation.
Courses numbered a,bove 50 are designated as Senior College
Courses.
TOTALCREDITS
AND HONOR
POINTS
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit. A credit equals one recitation period a week
throughout one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a
grade of A. An average of 128 honor points must be attained for
the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree.
ENGLISH
PROFICIENCY
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
RESIDENCE
REQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREE
WITHDISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor points
per credit
2.8-3.0
2.5-2.79-k
2.1-2.49+
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent a t least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per cmdit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following m s e s of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for the vocation of his choice.
T h Christian Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate
pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out
by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the
Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to
the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the
~reshmanyear.
Seminary adviser, Mr. Hdland.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . - 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . I
Freshman English . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
European Civilization . . . . . . . . - . . 6
or Natural Science, 8 Cr.
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-
Sophomore
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nanual Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
8
8
4
6
r
-
34
33
New Testament Greek. . . . . . . . . . 8
- 8
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . 6
Hatory or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hymns of the Church. . . . . . . . . . . 2
Senior
Youth Work in the Church. . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education . ' z
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Philosophy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ewnomiu or Education.. . . . . . . . 6
English (for major or minor). ... 6
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Junior
The foreign language requirement includes I 6 semester credits
in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will,
upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult
with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Christianity and
makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Christianity with a
minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's C e d c a t e are italicized
in the outline below.
Sophomore
Freshman
Basic Bibk . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Typewriting . . . .
Principles of Sociology . . . . . .
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . 3
Types of Public Speech.. . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . 7
-
Senior
Junior
Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education. . . z
The Christian Churches . . . . . . . . . z
The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
32
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . , 2
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Chwcb. . 2
Fundamentals of Journulism . . . . . . z
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Survey of Sock! Work Field. . . . . . 3
Firsf Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 2
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The student should apply to the Department of Education for
admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore
year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the
basis of scholarship and other qualifications. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and business education.
F , A
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Langwge or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Junior
Christkmity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educational Psychology ......... 3
Teaching in High School. ........ 3
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Group Labontory Experience. . . . . . 2
Electives in Major or -or.
.... -14
-
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language or Natunl
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principle of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Observation and Practice
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4 or 5
Special Teaching Methods. . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
-
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry.
The
course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree.
Fresh
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
European Civilization or Sociology. .
Principles of Accounting.. . . . . . ..
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
6
6
6
I
r
I
I
Junior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . 4
United Stater History... . . . . . . . . 6
Bwiness Law . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 3
Advanced Accounting . .. . . . . ... 5
Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . . j
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective crediu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .
speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . .. . ... . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economiu.. . . . . . . ..
I n d u c t i o n to Statistia.. . . . , . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elective credim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
4
3
8
4
6
3
I
3
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations.. 3
Public Finance and Taxation.. . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Secretarial Work
Preparation for teaching business subjects in high school requires
work in the departments of Business Administration and Secretarial Studies. An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies.
The following one year program is outlined as a preparation for
certain o6ce positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of
a proficiency test.
First Year
Chrirtianky . . . . . . . . . . . .. . , . , - .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . .
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . .
Consumer Education . . . . . . . . , . . .
P.rinciplw of h & g . .
.. . . .. .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Eduxtion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year
4
6
6
I
2
2
6
I
I
2
- s t y
.. . .
. . ....
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Typewriting .
Advanced Shorthand . . .
Psydlology . . . . . . . . . ..
Secretarial Practice . . . . .
Office Machines . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vocations in Home EEonomics
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she begins her college work. The teaching major
is described in the catalog on page 90.
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often h d it advantageous to
complete their college work before entering the medical school.
The following program will meet the requirements of most medical
schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 0
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Christimity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
German ...................... 8
Zoo~ogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology .................... 4
Qualitative Analysis ............ 4
Quantitative Andysia ........... 5
Physical Education ............. I
Senior
Junior
Christianity ...................4
Social Science .................. 6
Medical German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Organic Chemistry ............. 8
Physics .......................
8
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Christianity ................... 4
speech ......... , .............3
German ...................... 8
Physical Chemistry ............. 5
Electives ....................
.12
34
32
-
-
Dentistry
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally b e wmplaed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary
requirements for admission.
FreshChristianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis ...................... .ro
Orientdon ................... I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
ChrisGan;~ . . . . . . . . .
Ewo~ean tion on .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organic Chemistry . .
General Physics . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . .
Nursing
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schools have a t least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshmvt
...
Sophomore
...................
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
csrmamg
4
6
Natural Science ............... 8
Psychology .................... 4
Sociology ..................... 6
Elements of Nutrition.. ......... 3
O k a t i o a ................... I
Physical Education .............I
33
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Political Science
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing
should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
First Year
c3kriatianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Annomy and Phpblogy.. ...... 4
k ~ l o g y................... 3
ch&stry
....................
Psybology
....................
Second Year
3
2
-
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I4
Medical Tecbndogy
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three
years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General
Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination
for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that
students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
F&ul
Chrittianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English ............. .. 6
General Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sodal Science ..................6
Orientathn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Mucation .............
I
Electives ......................4
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
J.aior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Analytical Chemistry ........... 4
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 2 0
-
4
8
4
3
I
8
4
32
Senior
Lectures, laboratory and pnctical
work at General Hospital for
twelve months.
d
Engineering
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies to the
fields of aeronautical electrical engineering, agricultural, civil, industrial, mechanical and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly diflerent.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integral Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . .
Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . .
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey 06 European Civilization or
Principles of Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
z
4
4
4
4
4
8
6
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must be taken in summer session.
Lau,
The following two-year program is planned especially to meet
the needs of students who purpose t o transfer to the Law School
at the University of Minnesota. It is possible t o modify the program for admission to other law schools.
Sophomore
Christianity
ti^ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Pchciplea of Accounting. ......... 6
Humanities .................... 6
~uropern&diza6on ........... 6
Orientation .................... I
Hedth ........................ z
Phpid AcrirEties .............. I
32
................... 2
Christian Ethia ................ z
Principles of Fmnomiw.. ........ 6
American Government ........... 6
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
History of Philosophy. ........... 3
General Psychology ............. 4
History of England. .............
3
Speech or Sociology. ............. 3
Physical Activities .............. I
Social Work
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
F~~
,Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization ........... 6
Principlcr of Sociology. , . . . . . . . . . 3
Noma1 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Phyacd Education ......, ..... , I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.
-
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
American Government . . . . . . . . . .6
Foreign Language .............. 8
Psychology ...................4
Sociology ..................... 6
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
35
33
J
e
⬠Y l r h b i q ...................
Principles of Economia . . . . . . . . .
Sodology .....................
PIttory of Philosophy.. .........
Eleotives .....................
Senior
4
7
Chrirti?nity ...................4
Sociology ..................... 9
Statkics ...................... 3
Electives ...................... I 6
32
32
6
9
6
-
-
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should conthe major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
sult
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutherdn
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION
OF RELIGION
AND PHILOSOPHY
W .Stensvaag, Chuimra#
Christianity
Philosophy
Mr. Olson, Cbrr)rmcwt
DIVISION
OF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
SOCIAL SCIENCES
History, Political Science, Sociology
Education, Psychology
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies
H o m e Economics
DIVISION
OF
THE
DIVISION
OF
THE
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Mr. Nash, Cbairma
PAWH Worn I.
2 Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organizrtion and visitation. It ranges in scope from roul-care to surveys. Clau lectures
w i l l be supplemented by actual field work.
57.
YOUTHWORI m =E CHURCH.
2 Cr.
A study of principles, methods, and materinlr in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
58.
GOD~m%N m THE ( h TESTAMENT.
~
I.
r Cr.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and
made significant for our day through the study orf a number of great passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
59.
II.
2 Cr.
60. THEMESSAGEOF THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the syatems of
thought developed by the great thinkers, to create an understanding of the
principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Gurses 21, 41, 42,
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
4. THECHRISTIANFAITH w THE MODERNWORLD. 11.
See Course 4 under Department of Christianity.
a. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS. n.
$8
are required
2
Cr.
2
Cr.
See Course 8 under Department of Christianity.
THE HUMANITIESIN WESTERNCIVILIZATION.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A survey wurse dealing with the development of Western thought u reflected
in outstandiig works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social
thought, religion, and the arts. The course ir accepted in fulfillment of the
Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences.
I j, I 6 .
3 Cr.
25. LOGIC. I.
A study of the conditions, forms, a d principles of logical thought. Problem
of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to
hnman experience and conduct.
OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
6 Cr.
41, 42. HISTORY
An historical s w e y of the outstanding men and movements in the development of phiiomphical thought from the Greeks to the modem period.
5
I.
Senior
Cdkgr Collrses
12. COMPARATIVERELIGION. I, IL
See coutse 11, 5s under Department of Christianity.
54.
HISTORY
OF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.Jr., Sr. II.
4 Cr.
3 Cr.
See course 54 under Political Science.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.
Prereq. 41 or 42. 11.
3 crA survey of recent philosophical emphaser and their exprcasions in the r&
?repr of life in inodern culture.
56.
KIERKEGAARD.*
I.
3
A study of the father of existential philosophy in the setting of Scandiiviaa
Lutheranism. Special attention is given to the philosophical implicatioas of his
doctrine of the God-man.
57.
TO. Prereq. 41. IL
3 Cr.
A careful ~ t u d yand analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including
selected portions of the Republic.
5 8.
60. FORMSAND ~
P
H OF P
ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. IL 3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various fomu
through demonstrations, lechuer, and readings in the philosophy of art.
PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION.*
Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. 11.
3 G.
An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religiorrs experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy md psychology.
61.
*Not offered in 1953-1914.
Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21,
22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature.
A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to
teach English in high schools.
Students who plan to d o graduate work in English should include courses
75 and 76. A minor in French, German, or Latin is strongly recommended.
, ~ M E D L U ENGLISH.I.
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum reauirements in the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct
English usage. One double period per week. Offered in connection with English I.
A.
I - 2 . t FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers.
3-4.f
FRESHMAN
ENGLISH.I, II.
6 Cr.
For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions.
21, 22. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ T E R P I EOFC EWORLD
S
LITERATURE.
I, U.
6 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics, selected
on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama.
25. E ~ P O S ~ ~ O
WR Y~ GI. Prereq.
.
1-2 or 3-4.
t Cr.
The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to
exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research
papers. Reading and analysis of models:
26. C R E A
WRITMG.
~
11. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and
experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice
of the short story. Individual and group projects.
Senior Cdlege C w s e s
C O R R E C ~WRITING. n.
I Cr.
Required of all students who show insu9icient ability in the sophomore English
examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.I, II.
6 Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I , 5 2.
3 Cr.
53. AMERICAN FICTION.* I.
A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, encentrating upon the major writers.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
V n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for
both semesters.
this course, a student must complete
AMERICAN
POETRY.* II.
3 Cr.
Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern
period, with stress placed on the Romantic period. Attention to the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements.
5 5 . THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
2 O.
See course g g under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
54.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA.* II.
2 Cr.
See course 56 under the Department af Scandimavian Language and Literature.
5 6.
THEBRITISH NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists
and their novels.
57.
61. ENGLISHLITERATURE
OF THE ROMANTIC
MOVEMENT.* I.
3 Cr.
The development of Romanticism in England between 1798 and 1832. Stress
on the five major pets. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor
poets.
62. VICTOIUANLITERATURE.IL
3 CrWriters of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the morernents in
thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Temyson and Browning.
EIGHTEENTH
CENTURYENGLISHLITERATURE.I.
z Cr.
The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary movements and historical back grounds.
67.
L ~ ~ E R ACRITICISM.
RY
11.
z Cr.
A study of some basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and
hues which have special relevance for modem thought.
68.
INTRODUCTION
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.I.
3 Cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed
to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the d y
of language.
71.
74. S ~ S P E A R E
TI..
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the .principles of drama
and the historical background.
75. MILTON. I.
2 Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century.
CHAVCER.,II.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture af the Middle Agu.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales.
76.
MODERNDRAMA.'I.
z Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Repraentative plays
studied as literature and as theater.
8 I.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
MODERNBNIISH ~ M T U R E
n..
z Cr.
The more important literary movements of the present century in England.
concentrating on leading authors and notable productions.
82.
ENRL~H
SEMINAR.I, IT.
t Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors.
91-9z.t
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM.
I.
z Cr.
An introduction to ,the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See courses 4 to 7.
I.
E D ~ THE
G SMALLPAPER. II.
2 Cr.
A continuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and
church publicatioas are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Echo ic
required.
1.
n.
FEATURE
WRITING
FOR PUBLICATION.*
2 O.
The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in variour
publications. Ability to write good English is a requirement.
3.
Ecbo STAFF MEETINGS.I, IL
z Cr.
Studena who are regular members of The Augsbnrg Ecbo St& and who
may receive credit for .their work must register for the weekly ataff meetings.
These meetings are &o open to members of course I . Hour arranged.
4, 5.
6, 7 . Angsbnrgiar STAPF M e E m ~ s I,.
IT.
z 0.
Students who are regular members of the Augsbwgiun st& and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meeting.
Department of Speech
Tbe rpeech department aims to relate the development of speech to personwith the purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to hia environment. It reeh to develop skill in platform deportment and speech cornpoaition, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Through iw courses in interpretative reading and drvnatiu an appreciation of poetry and drama is sought.
The department offen a major in general speech which prepares the student
for the teaching of speech in the secondary schools a d for graduate work in
general speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology.
ality
*Not o f f a d in 1953-1954.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student m u t complete
both semesten.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation Speech II
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 2 1 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61, 76.
A h required is Phil. 25. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: I 5 credits above Speech 11. For Education students, courses 12,
3 I, 5 x, 64, and 9s should be included.
4. REMEDIAL
SPEECH.Open to all students.
o Cr.
For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech problems
such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright.
3 Cr.
BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., SO. Offered !both semesters.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
3 0An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, inter-
I 2.
pretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Pamicipation in &v
activities.
apdhg
STORYTELLING.'
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling.
I 5.
z Cc.
INTERCOLLEGIATE D E B AI,~ II. Open to dl students.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate quutian for
21, 22.
the year.
24. ORATORY.
I. Open to all students.
I Cr.
Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contests. Arrangements to be made with the instructor.
3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.
So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
k i d of prose, poetry, and drama.
3 Cr.
32. A c ~ G So.
. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and
skits; participation in dramatic productions.
Senior College Collrses
GROUPDISCUSSION.*
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques.
5 I.
54. RADIO
SPEECH.+Jr., sr. 11.
2 Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools.
11, Philosophy 25. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr.
Applications of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, ,preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates.
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.
Prereq.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
11, Psychology 5. Jr., Sr. n.
2 Cr.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery od
various kinds of persuasive speeches.
62. PERSUASION.
Prereq.
STAGECUFT.
Jr., Sr. ,XI.
2 Cr.
A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high
school theatrical productions. Lrboratory experience in dramatic productions.
64-
STAGEDIRECTION.* Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II.
2 Cr.
Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking a d directing
play reheamls. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions.
66.
SPEECHHYGIENE.+
Prereq. Psychology 5. Jr., Sr. II.
z Cr.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of
speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher.
74.
76. SPEECH PATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trip to speech clinics;
labontory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and
social workers.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
See Course 9 5 under Education.
91.
1%
Cr.
Department of German
Ma. LANDA,MR. BIUENS
The general aim of rhc c o m a in German is to help the student develop an
understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical d
earhetic values contained in German literature. In pamcular, the aim b to prod e technical a&g
for the student who plans to study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
&r,
24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor.
BEGINNING
GERMAN.I, 'n.
A rtndy of the grammar and vocabulary of rhe German language ao
& attains a reading howledge.
I-2.t
8 Cr.
&t
the
M O ~ GN
~ O S AND
E
POETRY.I, 11.
8 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student ,through cbe
3-4.t
study
of easy prase and poetry.
MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11.
Training in the reading of professional articles written in G e m .
j-6.t
4 Cr.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
IC~ntinuationcourse. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both Sam-.
Senior Colkge Courses
GE~WW ~ N R KI, n.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
74. TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LNGUAGP).
Sr. I.
a ~ a .
fI,52.
I
% Cr.
Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature
MR. OLSON,MR. LANDA
Thir Department aima ,to impart to the rtudent the knowledge of a foreign
language as s factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the mmdent r
working knowledge of rhe Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
Minor, 24 creditr.
14.t BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.
Fr. I, If.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercise^ in writins and in pron-ciation.
3-4.f
INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, n.
6 Cr.
Further etudy of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples.
16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT
OF MODERN
SCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of wcial .thought and life in Scandinavia from 1815 to d o prerent
day, studied a g k t , h e background of , h e general conditionr in Europe.
Senior Colkge Courses
3 Cr.
N
LITERATURE:EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr.. Sr. I.
3 I. M O D ~ NORWEGIAN
A d y of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonv Lie, ind othen.
3 Cr.
Bj#mron and Ibaen are studied erpeciall~,through selected wurb.
NOVE
*L.
Prereq. 3-4, or rix credits in litera$1. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includer selected norela by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, S e h Lagerlgf, and otherr. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required.
SCAND~AWAN
DRAMA.*Prereq. 3 -4, or six credio in litera$ 6 . THEMODERN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. II.
The course includer dramas by Bj#nwn, Ibren, and Strindberg. Knowledge
of r Scandinavian language not required.
14. MODERNNORWEGIAN
L~ZMTIJRE:
h m a PERIOD.* Jr., Sr. 11.
74. TEACHING
OF
G~urrwrcLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
K
H G.
*Mot offered in 1913-1914.
fContinuation c o w . To receive credit for thb course, a student mwt camplete
bah -ten.
Ektivea, 4 credits fnrm
10. Hymm and Music of
ch following:
. . . . . . . . . . z G.
78. Co~~llteqoht
the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 79. o r c h d . . . . . . . . . . .s ~ r .
77. Muskd Analysir . . . . . . . . z 0. 80. Chnpo8itkm . . . . . . . . . . . . i cr.
2 credits in p b o or organ) . . . . . 6 Cr.
Applied Music (includingat
A Teaahkg Major (36 oredim) requirw ampletion of ohe following:
EarTmhha . . . . . . . . . .4 C r . 55-56. MvancedHarmony . . . 4 C h .
61-62. Instrumental T-uc
1. History a d Literature
of Musit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
or*
I, 2.
Appreciation of Mu&. . . . .z Cr. 63-64. Choral Technique . . . 4 Cr.
y . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 65, 66. Conducting. Jr.
. . 4 Cr.
Ed. 87, 88. Teachiug of Grade and High School Music. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
8.
15-16. b
Electives, z d t s froan the $allowing:
M u i d Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 79. Orchcdtration . . . . . . . . . . .
z Cr.
Counmpomt . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr.
Applied Music (inc1diug st k t 2 credits in ,piano or organ) . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr.
of dl
C h public recital in each of the jfunior and senior yeam ia
77.
78.
mvsic ~ . o r s .
Minot (26 credim) nquirea campledon of h e &&owing:
EPI Trrining . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 7, 8. Appreciation of ~ u s i c... 4 Cr.
History and Literature
15-16. Hmmny . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
A Grad&
I.
5.
2.
of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
Electives, 4 credits from
10. Hymm and M& of
77.
M M d M y s i r . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
the following:
65, 66.
Condacthg
. . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
ah . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 cr. 78. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
55-56. A d d Harmony . . . 4 &.
Applied Music (in w h i d at least z credits must k earnd in privaa lesaras in
the
either v
d or iastnunental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0.
A Teaching Minor (26 oredits) requires completion of the following:
2. EarTdnhg . . . . . . . . . . 4 C r .
65, 66. Conducting. Jr. . . . . . .4 Cr.
I 5-16.
Jhrmony . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0. 77. Musical Andpis . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
61-62. Instrumend Technique
Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Gnde d
ar
High School Music . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
63 -64. Choral Technique . . . . . 4 Cr.
Appkd Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr.
I,
A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both Mcch and inairumental work. Unless he takes both techniques coums, his work in applied Murk.
except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he rqidun
far Choral Technique, and In vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technlqua.
Two sanatsr crsditr are given for m c m k h i p fw OM ym in the Cbir, the
Chord Club, or the Band. One credit igivm for mcmbmhip for OTW ye* L
&e Male Chorus. Gedits are a t gmnttd for lem .&an two d e . complete
-ten.
One credit pcr -ester
i grand to d m * taking s minimum of rirvm
rhhy-aniuute lttsons per smrcntr in either voice, piano, or o r p .
Fees per senaester:
Choir $5.00, Choral Club $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piam $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Pizno rend $8.00, Organ $so.oo.
( R e n d entitla the student to use the instmument for I b
u
r per day.)
I, 2.
EARTR~TNWG.
I, II.
4
A course including the basic fandamen& of mruic: mution, tctmiwlna,
rcdes, intervals, triads, rhythm, and mebdy. Special attention b given to sight
singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony m d harmonic dictation.
HISTORY AND L ~ R A T U ROF
E MUSIC.
I.
2 Cr.
The evolution of music from its earliest forms up to the prem~ttime. The
lira of the composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature
of music, both instrumental and choral, is strwed.
5.
APPRECIATION
OF MUSIC.
I, 11.
4 fiA course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's
greattest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For studenta with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
for 8, or have consent of insuucmr.
7, 8.
10.
HYMNS
AND
MUSIC OF THE CHURCH.
n.
a
Cr.
A rurve7 wurse dealing with the development of the music of the Christ&
a m h , wirb npacid nttmtian to Protmnne Hp*mnody. Designed for the gened
.cadeat, the a t u s e dso will pmvc helpful to organka, choir directors, and pre&&am.
3;hc eoaree i~ accepted as f a g t h e requirement of a course in
aubrioniw.
IJ-x6.t HARMONY. I, 11.
4 GrApplication of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $omation in writk e r . Written work includes harmonization of figured bus md given melodisr u well nr opportunity for simple cmtive writing.
5 5-56.?
Senior College Cmrses
ADVANCED HARMONY.
Prereq. I 5-16. I, 11.
4 (2-
Conthation of ,the work begun in Course I 5-16, with zdvmced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, r e t a r d a b , and ornamenb
of music. Students should have mme knowledge of piano.
fOmtinuatioa coatme. To receive c d t tor this course, a
bod3
semesters.
student
must complete
61-62.? INS~UMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I, z. I, 11.
4 0.
C l w intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
63-64.t CHORALTECHNIQUEPrereq. I, 2. I, 11.
4 0.
C l w instruction in .the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
65, 66. CONDUCT~G.
Prereq. I, z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
4 Cr.
Jr. I, 11.
A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, u directors of vocal or inscnunental music or both, a d for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
2 . Cr.
Musrclu. ANALYSIS.
Prereq. I, z, I 5-1 6. I.
A detailed study of the structute and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
77.
COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 1s-16, 55. n.
2 Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in dl the .peck.
78.
TION ON. Prereq. 15-16, 55, 77. I.
A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber group.
79.
2
Cr.
80. COMPOSITION.
Prenq. 15-16, 55, 77, 78. II.
t Ca.
Composing choral and instrumental music in the variolu musical fonnt. Ssadenu admitted only upon recommendation of the department.
87.
T a n c m ~OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
TEACHING
OF HIGH
SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
Ofiered u Education 87, 88.
88.
r Cr.
2
Cr.
CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, n.
2 0.
I, n.
I cr.
These organizations exiat not only for the benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to participate in group affording
the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for less than two huecesrive, complete semesters.
m CHORUS.
I, n.
z Cr.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to rhe most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
PIANO.
?Continuation course. To receive credit Lor this course, a student must compke
both aemerters;
ORGAN.
I, II.
2 Cr.
htmctiiin in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recammended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
I, a
r or 2 Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of aong
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.
MODELINGAND SCULPTURE
I, 11.
4 0.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal 'forms. Plaster casting.
I , 2.
Division of the Social Sciences
It is the general purpose of the work in & division to improve the student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance
and value, especially i n their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade od citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to
his vocation.
D e p a r t m e n t af H i s t o r y and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparathe
tion for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
HISTORY
Major, go credits; minor, 21 credits. Students who have a major or minor i n
History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22.
For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I-2.t SURVEYOF EUROPEANCIVILIZATION.Fr. I, U.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation f o r future work in History.
I I. HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.I.
3 Cr.
See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
21, 22. HISTORY
OF THE U N ~ STATES.
D
(F:mt semester to 1865, second semes6 Cr.
ter to present.) Prereq. 6 credits in Social Science. So. I, 11.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions.
THE ~
Senior Colkge Courses
REFORMATION.
Prereq.
3 Cr.
1-2. Jr. I.
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
OF ENGLAND
TO 18oo.* Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
52. HISTORY
5 I.
~
A
N
AND
C
KTHE
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History.
53. HISPANIC--CAN HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Latin America and its development.
"Not offered in 1953-1954.
jContinuation course. To receive credit Ifor this course, a student mw-t complete
both semesters.
5 4 EMTERNEUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. IL
3 fi.
The history of eastern Europe with emphrsis on the development of Rurri..
CONTEA~OPARY
HISTORY
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 0A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, induding
consideration of international policies.
55.
Am. Gor. Jr..
3 GSr. II.
A consideration of goreign relations of the United States fnnn the Revolutionary War to the present.
56. AMERICAN
DIPLOMATIC
I-~TORY.
Prenq. U. S. Hire. or
6r. ANCIENT%TORY.* Prereq.
1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contrib*
m modem cultures.
62. CANADIAN
HISTORY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
special emphasis on Canadian-United States relations.
6 Cr.
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist.
71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
A rtudy of international relation8 ?r affected by nationalism, mcialism. indwuialirm, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totali&an stater and World War II.
6 Cr.
Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11.
81, 82. THE TWENTIETHCENTURY.*
A rurvey of recent developmenu in the world, stemming from the first World
War. Some study of current &aim in the light of historical investigation.
2 Cr.
SEMINARSr. I. Prereq. approval of hitory faculty.
101. HISTORY
A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will
be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing
the study of history in a graduate school.
Minor, 15 credits.
41-42.t PRINCIPLESOF AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT.I,
II.
6 Cr.
Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federJ state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular
control of government, political parties, governmend f u n ~ t h u .Students m y
enter either semester.
Senior College Courses
PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 053. POLITICAL
A review of American partier, their organization, methods, functions, prusure group.
*Not offered in 1913-1954.
tcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
~ ~ S P O ROF
Y POLITICAL THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. IL
3 0A study of the
students of ,political science, .&k philofophies,
and present id- of ,political systems.
54.
56. AMERICAN
DIPLOMATICHISTORY.
IL
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
60. .PUBLIC
FINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 1 5 or
American Government. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics.
86. TEICHTNG
OF THE SOCUL STUDIES.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Major in Sociol Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 2 1 credits in History (including History 21 and st) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41-41.
Minor in Social Scimcc
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
Department of Sociology
MR. TORSTENSON,
MISS JENSEN
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating forces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
the further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2,or 2 1 and st,
required for a sociology major or minor.
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department
of History and Political Science.
Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or tr and r t
a h required.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each af sociology, economics, and political science.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change.
2. S o c m PROBLEMS.
Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary probluns togetha with
an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of
these processes and adjustment problems.
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. II.
3 0A study of geographical factors iduencing social institutions.
16. Socur. DEVELOPMENT
OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
II.
3 Cr.
See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2 I. SOCIOLOGY OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I . So. I.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causw of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
22. SOCIOLOGY
OF RURALLIFE Prereq. Soc. I. So. II.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
is placed on the dynamics of change.
23. LABOUTORY
EXPERIENCEINGROUPACTIVITI.
I Cr.
See course 23 under Education.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILY
RELATIONSHIPS
j Cr.
See course 42 under Home Economics.
Senior College C w r s e s
OF THE SOCIALWORKFIELD. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 I. SURVEY
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
functiok of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and
other community agencies.
CRJMEAND SOCIETY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
THEFAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
j Cr.
A study of the &tory and function of the family as a basic institution, the
influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization,
m d disorganization.
53.
PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
j Cr.
A study of the basic concepts and practices of public welfare, public welfare
legislation, and public welfare agencies, and an examination of processes of
public welfare work. The course will include field trips to public elfa are
agencies.
54.
I N T ~ C U L T U R URELATIONSAND MINORITYP R O B ~ S . Prereq.
'
Soc. I.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes
and consequences of race and group prejudice, mechanism and problems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural codicts.
55.
56.
L m o n AND ~ N A G E M E N T RELATIONS. n.
Course 5 6 in Department of Business Administration.
3 Cr.
See
I. 3 Cr.
A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development
of personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, soda1 conflicts,
and social control.
61. SQCXAL PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3, 4 or 5, 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr.
86.
TEACHING
OF
~
I
A
STUDIES.
L
sr. I.
I
% Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
designed to assist in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make.
The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that uf his
fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those
preparing t o do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing
to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in
the field of education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made
during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis
of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a
minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
alsu taught on ,the high school level.
All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure two
credits of Laboratory Experience in Group Activity usually .to be taken in
connection with Ed. 5 1 and 53. In addition to the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester
hours i n general psychology, these hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology.
No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education.
All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred
to the Committee on Teacher Education.
PSYCHOLOGY
I. ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. OfIered both semesters.
I G.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work
as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and p r e p
aration, and development of personality.
ORIENTATIONAND PSYCHOLOGY.
Fr. I, U.
6 Cr.
aims and course content of Psychology I and Psycho1og.1 5, 6. Emphasis throughout both semesters is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods
and two one-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration restricted.
3, 4.
This course combines the
5N. GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
I.
r Cr.
An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures
per week.
GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY
4 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin-
5 , 6.
ciples, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following
topics are stressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory processes and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memory,
heredity and growth. The second semester emphasizes the application of the
principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life.
Senior College Courses
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
See Course 61 under Sociology.
3 Cr.
ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 3, 4, or 5, 6. Jr., Sr. IL
3 (2A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorden and a study of
their nanue, c a w , prevention, and present treatment.
62.
LABORATORY
EXPERIENCEM GROUPACTIVITY.Offered both semesters.
. I Cr.
This is not given u s separate course, but offered in connection with Christianity 6, 57, and 58; Physical Education 6, 11, 13, 14,and 5 5 , 56; Sociology
2 , 51, $ 2 , 54, and 61; Education 51 and 5 3 ; and Home Economics 36. The
23.
nature of the experience will vary with the course with which it is associated,
and may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising club. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports
from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which
the work k connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in
Laboratory Experience.
EDUCATIONALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3, 4 or 1, 6. Jr. I.
3
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in r school
context.
1I .
T m m e IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I. Jr. II.
3 Cr.
Teaching procedures and class management. Includes a study of the secondary
school in relation to the needs of youth.
5 3.
$5. PR~NCIPLES
OP GUIDANCE.
Prereq. 51. Sr. 11.
3 GA study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling.
58. HISTORYAND PHILOSOPHY
OF EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The course traces the development of modem education a d seeks to assist
the student in developing an understanding of the present educational program
and the various modem philosophies of education. The aspeca of the state
educational program important for the orientation of the new teacher are
strersed.
Special Teacbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the study of the rnaterirls, organization,
and teaching procedurw of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of teaching are made in the speciiic field. Usually, each student
is required to take two of these courses to prepare for etudent teaching. Thii
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
. special situations, a student
a major or a minor in the field and Education ~ 3 In
may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit liitcd.
% Cr.
% Cr.
TJUCHING
OP LATTN. Sr. I.
I
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. L
I
TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
Cr.
Cr.
1 % Cr.
1 % Cr.
1 % Cr.
r % Cr.
z Cr.
2 Cr.
TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF NATURU
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
TEACHING OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF S o a m STUDIES.Sr. I.
TEACHING
m GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II.
TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
1%
I
91. TEACHING OF HOMB ECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
OF HEALTH
m~ PHYSICAI;EDUC~TION.
Sr. I.
94. TEACHING
95. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
s
0.
s Cr.
I
5
Cr.
4 to 5 Cr.
STUDENTTEACHING.Prereq. Educ. 5 I, 53. Sr. I.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual
control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is s h d by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachen.
96.
The following caurses prepare the student to meet the state requiremen- for a
minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of ,books for
Ehe school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation,
in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective we of
library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
Minor, 16 credits.
BASICFUNCTIONS
OF THE SCHOOL
b u y . Jc. I.
3
Designed to acquaint the smdent with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state and national library services; library
standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students and community;
school library services to grades and high school, teachers and public; student
help, practical and pre-vocational aspects; budget, spl&g,
housing, and eqdpm a t ; library records.
55-
56.
MATERIALS
AND MP.THODS
FOR
Jr. II.
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOLL I B ~ Y* .
3 Cr.
htroduction to 'book selection; reference boob; staadard book selection h;
preparation of materials for circulation, class&ca&n and cataloging; subject
headings; f i g ; records. Book selection in subject fields of the social studies,
geography, travel and related fiction; non-book materiala in subjeot covered;
w& &g.
Scnuces.
FOR THE SECONDARY
SCHOOLLm-Y.
*
57. SELECTIONOF MATERIALS
Jr., Sr. I.
3 GBook selection in ,&e language am, natural and applied sciemce, ,philosophy
and religion, die h e arts and literature, periodicals for secondary schools; nonbook materials in subjects covered; wide reading. Sources.
61. INTRODUCTIONTO ELEMENTARY SCHOOLLIBRARY MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. L
2 Cr.
experiences; reference b k s for
Literature for children; pre-school liv
elementary grades; subject matter titles which correlate with the curriculum;
non-book materials for elementary grades in these fields; standard lists for book
selection. sources.
SELECTION
OF ELEMENTARY
SCHOOLLIBRARYMATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr.
A continuation of 61. Book selection in fiction, poetry, drama, music, and art
for children; the lpicture collection; care and use of mn-book miatexiah; periodicals for children. Wide reading; reading lists.
62.
THE ~
68.
O
O
LIBRARY
L
IN
m E
READINGGUIDANCEPROGRAM
OF
z Cr.
The d e n t will become acquainted with remedii reading and testing procedurea, reading ladders; student interests and abilities as they relate to reading;
coopention with teachers in formulation of an integrated reading program;
madvation and publicity; ,books suitable for this program; professional literature
on the subject; the use of lists and reading records.
rn SCHOOL. Jr., Sr.
II.
PramMETHODSIN L m m . Sr. I.
I G.
Teaching the use of the litarary; practical work at library circulation desk
and in the library workroom; records, weeding and withdrawal procedures;
71.
practice work in connection with practice teaching.
Department of Business Administration and Economics
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge
and perspective is necessary for success in specific positions in our complex
business world and should provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of responsibility. A degree with a business major
is a common requirement of business f k m and government agencies. The
department gives a general 'background in economics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, 36 credits; courses required are I, 2, 4, 15, 16, 51, 53. Also required
are Speech 1 1 and History 21 and 22.
Minor, s I credits; courses required are I, 2, 4, I 5, I 6 and six credits ia Senior
College courses.
~ C I P L E S
OF ACCOUNTING. Fr. I, II.
6 Cr.
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and id introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
I , 2.
4.
INTRODUCTION
TO S T A ~ T I C SFr.,
. SO. II.
3 Cr.
A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, and interpretation of statiatical data. It includes a study of the measures of central tendency, time, series,
tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of these statistical techniques to various types of data.
16. P ~ C I P L E OF
S ECONOMICS.SO. I, IL
6 G.
A study of the social organization of our economy, h c a l and monetary
policies, value, prices, the distribution of wealth, and alternative economic syaI 5,
terns. The objective is to help the student to develop the ability to analyze
economic issues as they arise in his personal and vocational activities and im
public life.
Senior College Courses
MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. I,2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System, the price level,
and monetary and fiscal policies. The purpose is to lead the student to investigate thoroughly the place and importance of money and prices in business and
in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations.
5 I.
BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the legal rules governing business transactions and relrtions. The study also includes principles and cases concerning law and its administration particularly in regard to contracts, sales, and negotiable instrnments. The aim is to appreciate the legal instruments, requirements, and procedures important in business.
53.
MARKETING.Prereq. I, z, 4, I 5 , 16.Jr., Sr. L
3 GA survey of the general problem and framework of marketing in our economy,
including marketing functions and institutions, an investigation of policy-making- -procedures in the marketing- phases
of business, and an examination of the
.
social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The purpose is ta
give the student an analytical basis for judging business alternatives md ilro
government legislation.
5 5.
3 Cr.
RELATIONS.
Prereq. 11, 16.Jr., Sr. 11.
56. ban AND KNAGEMENT
A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by
government, individually and in their relations. The objective is to picture the
different positions of these groups in our economy and to investigate possibilitier
of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and
government control.
3 Cr.
ADVANCED
ACCOUN~G
Prereq.
.
I,2, 4, 15, 16. Jr. I.
The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques
which will enable the student to interpret hancial data, a d to acquaint the
student with cost accounting principles and procedures. Preparation m d analysis
of hancial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the
disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order a d standard costing are stressed.
59.
PUBLICFINANCEAND TAXATION.
Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The course is designed to acquaint the student with the econornis impact
of taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elements
of &al policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes,
expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization.
60.
FINANCE AND INYESTIUNT. Prereq. I,z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 G.
A study of the various types of securities purchased by investon. Consideration is given internal finance factors and external market factors which affect
the market prices of recurities. Included is a study of the principles and procedura governing the analysis of financial statements and operating data of
h whose securities have been considered as investment media.
62.
6 Cr.
71,7 2 SENIORTOPICS.* For Seniors in Business ody. Sr. I, 11.
A review of business practice and problems in our economy, pointing out
the opportunities for individual endeavor, followed by an original project by
each student in which he makes an investigation of his own. The project may
be in any business field; for example, accounting, investments, personal selling,
market research, economic analysis.
These counes aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oaces, to assist in ,the preparation for the teaching of business
education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
o p p d t y for &e development of business skills for persod use.
A major may be obtained in business education by completing a minimum
of 37 hours, including I, 2 , 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Administration
I,2 , 15, 16, 53, and one other Senior College Course or Home Economics 73.
A minor may ,beobtained by com,pleting a minimum of 26 hours, including
I, 2 , 3-4,8, 51,52, 53-54,Business Administration I, z, or 15, 16.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWF~TNG.
I.
I G.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
h o w per week.
I.
INTBPMEDIAETYPEWRITMG. 11.
r Cr.
Problem in typing tabdatioar, manuscript typing, use of carbone, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
2.
I~MENTAR
SHY
ORTHAND. I, 11.
6 Cr.
Training in the fundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week.
3-4-f'
8.
Om-
M A C H ~ SPrereq.
.
I,z. I.
t
Cs.
Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, cal-
culator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addressograph, and duplicator. Two hours per week.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
f<=oatinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
b t h semesters.
Senior College Courses
ADVANCED
T Y P E W ~ I.G .
E Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to rtudento having
attained a speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
5 I.
SEC~BTARIIU PRACTICE.Prereq. I, 2, 3-4. II.
3 Cr.
Practical application of secretarial duties including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of bllliiness and legal forms, personality development,
and guidance in writing application letters and making application for a job.
Mimeographing is included in this course for those who include thii as a part
of the parish workers' course. Four hours per week.
52.
ADVANCED SHORTHAND.
I, n.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students
who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe with a high degree of accuracy. Four .hours per week.
5 3-54.t
82.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
I
% Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of the department are threefold: first, KIprovide courser that
will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I , 2, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics 16,
Sociology I, Biology 4 and 54, and Psychology 5, 6.
Graduation minor, 18 credits including courses I , 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or
66, 68, 71,
Teadhing major, 38 credits; anuses listed for non-teaching major plui 33 and
Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech, Social Science or
Physical Education. Consdt a member of the home economics faculty for coune
plans.
76.
CLOTHING
SELECTION, CdBE, AND REPAIR. I.
3 GA study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fsbriu
suitable #or Werent wes are topics considered.
I.
+Continuatioa course. To receive credit for thia course, a student
both remestera.
mut oomprlete
C
2.
L
~
CG O N S ~ U n.
~ N .
z ~ r .
This c o m e provides laboratory experience in
pimple g n m t r ia
cotton and rayon. It includes experiencw in planning, cutting. 6cting, and
suitable .techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing m d h e , alterstkn of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Ecowmiu educa&g
tion majors. TWOdouble laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
week.
ART M DAILYLIVING.L
3 GA study of art as it is met in the activitiea of everyday liviag. Open to dl
students.
3.
7- ELEMENTSOF N ~ o N II..
3
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietuiea
will be analyzed.
LABOMTORYEXPERIENCE
m GROUPACTIVITY.
See course 23 under Education.
23.
COLOR
AND DESIGN.
I.
3 GA study of the piinciplt of dujgn and U ) ~ M
related to selecting, arranging,
snd designing of h o d o l d f u r w ktttring and simple poster designing.
Same c r a f t @me.
Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Thee double laboratory periods per week.
33.
36.
C u m 11.
hboratory uprimce
Cr.
or a t
2
in
various d t s
which
can be done at home
m p s with rimple equipma Frinciplcs of design and color in their appliution ta crdts will be smdied. Two double labrnrory periods per week.
PRrncmzs OF FOOD PREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 7 or
6 G.
permission of instructor. I, II.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
39, 40.
42.
MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problem of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, a d related aubjectr. Regdrr lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
CHILD I~VELOPMENT.
n.
2 G.
A study of the care m d training of the ,young child as to 'his physical. mend,
d social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
pez week
44.
Smior Colkge Courses
57. TEXTILES.
I.
r CrStudy of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasn on selection,
usesand care d common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
boun a week.
HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART.* n.
2 CrA study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled a d fiad
trips arranged.
64.
n.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans,
66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING.
a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per
week,
68. F ~ I L HEALTH.
T
I.
z CrBasie facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems
relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
a CrConsideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One
lecture period and one double laboratory period per week.
HOME
MANAGEMENTLABORATORY.
z Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in r home
management house with one conference hoar per week Given in summer. F d
costs to be determined by the group.
72.
73. CONSUMER EDUCATION
ANDINCOME
MANAGEMENT.
11.
z
Cr-
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the atudent receive greater satisfaction from
the we of money income.
ADVANCEDCLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 2. II.
2 Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool.
76.
More advanced problem in fitting m d construction are used than those in the
c I m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing
gannents for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per weekOF HOMEECONOMICS.
Prereq.
91. TEACHING
and Education 53. Sr. L
"Not offered in 1953-1954.
32
credits in home economics
2 Cr.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
It is the purpose of the &*on
of N a d Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniquu; w interpret Natural Science in the light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the scudent with rhe significance of N a n d
Science in a modem, dunging world; m emphasize a sound mind and a strong
hdy; to tnin for m t i o m in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the sntdmr with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the livw
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3, 4, 7N do not count
toward the major or minor.
WORU)AND MAN.Fr. I, 11.
I-zt. THENATURAL
8 Cr.
The development of scientific fonndations in the physical and biological s a ences. Four periods per week consistkg of lxtures, lecture demonstrations, and
discussions.
3. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Pr. 1.
4 (3A professional course in human anatom) 1r.d physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b i elaboratory periods per week.
Designed particularly for student nurses and for majors in Physical Education.
Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3.
4. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. II.
4 fiA professional course in buman anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per w e t .
Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
13-1~.t GENERALZOOLOGY.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
tContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
I, 11.
8 Cr.
a study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed
by a mrvey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Flowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and m e
double laboratory period per week.
25, 26. GBNERALBOTANY.So., Jr.
Thir
M
4 Cr.
GENE~CS.
Prereq. 13-14, or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emhasir is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
5 1.
4 Cr.
EWLOGY.Prereq. 13-14or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory
period or field trip per week.
52.
GENERALENTOMO.LQGY.*P~~~~~.
13-14. Sr. I.
3 cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insccta. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
5 3.
54. G E N ~ R ~BLA C ~ O L O G Prereq.
Y.
Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS."Prereq. 2 5 , 26. Sr. 11.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
5
BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.'Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers.
60.
1 % fi.
80. TE~UIING OF NATURAL SCIENCES.sr. I.
The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
The courses offered provide fundamental background in the bask principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientik ipproach.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
Tborough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in Chemistry will prepare
him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied
Mathematics.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credi,ts. Courses
1-2,
jN,4 do not count toward
the major or minor.
THENATURAL
WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, IT.
For course description see Department of Biology.
1-2$.
8 Cr.
jN. C ~ S T RFOR
Y NURSES.
I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nuning in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.
Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of
the laws, and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
4.
8 G.
~NORGANIC AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.
Fr., So. I, 11.
A study of laws and theories of chemisuy and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
5-6.f
Senior College Courses
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
4 Cr.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gnvimetric.
Twu lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
5 I.
5 Cr.
Q~ANIITATIVE
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr., Sr. 11.
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours laboratory per week.
8-10 Cr.
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
53-54.t
A diacnssion of the important classes of aliphatic a d aromatic compounds.
Lobomtory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week52.
tContinuation course. To receive credit .for thii wurse, a student mwt complete
both semesters.
PHYSICAL C H E L L ~ Y .Prcreq.
*
Math. z, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Wyrics
5 and 6. Sr. II.
5 GAn introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectureo and one double laboratory period
per week.
5 5.
PHYSICS
I-z?.
THE NATURALWORLD AND MAN. Fr. I,
8 Cr.
11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
PRINCIPLES
3.
OF
PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and P
h Geometry. Fr. I.
4 0A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, round, light
and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application ob physics in the h e .
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. z. So. L
4 G.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. n.
6.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and coven electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
Senior College Cmrses
MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic theory,
nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of p h y k
and other topics. Philosophical implications of modem physical science will be
considered.
5 I.
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or oonELECTRICITY
current registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. II.
4 cr.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magmtic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week.
52.
80.
TEACHING
OF
NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 51 and 5 2 or 53-54; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
*Not offered in 1953-19~4.
tGintinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Mathematics
MR. SOBERG,MR. LINDQUIST
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s u f cient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them efcient worken in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, zo credits.
Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
4 aFmdamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics.
A.
SOLID GEOMETRY.Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. II.
4 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced
B.
I m o ~ u c n oTO~ ~~TI-IEMATICALANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So.
I, 11.
10 Cr.
This is an integrated course inuluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane
d y t i c a l geometry.
I , 2.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING. Prereq. B. L
3 crElements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 do not count toward a major or
minor in mathematics.
5.
ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY.Prereq. 5.
3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
6.
S&
5 1, 52.
ELEMENTARYCALCULUS
Colkge Cmrses
AND
DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS.SO., ~ r I,.
n.
Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for diierentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary m e r e n t i d equations are
developed and applications madz.
10
3 Cr.
$3. Sow ANALY~W G m m r . Prereq. 2 or 3. Sr. I.
U r n and plane3 in space are mdid and their equations developed. Quadratic
d a c c ~md t d o r m a t a o n me given their proper e m p k
THEORYOF EQUATK~NS.*
Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Tqh course includes the study of complex numbers, determinvlts and orher
54.
topica that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
84.
TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I.
I
YZ Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
MR. ERNESTANDERSON,MR. NELSON,MISSBERVEN,MR. ARIO
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
hmlrh and physical fitness ;through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship through the i n t n m u n l and intercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase
of the physical education program.
A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
Two years of physical activities, wurses ja, j b and 4 5 qb, are required of
all students. Those who take a major or minor in Physical Education are required to take 4a, qb only. This one credit will count toward the major or
minor.
M q o r md Minos Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including Courses
2,
41, 4b, 5, 6,
I I, 12,
27, 50.
51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 58, 62, 84.
hiajor for women, 30 credits, including Coarsw
17,27, 50, 52, 53, 58, 62, 84.
2,
42, 4b, 5 . 6, 13, 14, 16,
Miaor, - 21 credits, h d u d i n g Courses 2, 4n, qb, 5, 6, I I, 12, 5 I, 5 3, and 62
formen: z,qa,4b, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53,and 62forwoanen.
Biology 3; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 23, 5 I , 53, 5 5 , 5 8 , 94, and 96
sbould be included for a t c d i n g major in physical education.
2.
PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITYHEALTH.
Fr. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
A study of modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community.
F'HYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I, II.
42, 4b. PHYSICAL
3% 3b. PHYSICALA c m s . (Women). Fr. I, 11.
3% jb.
4a, 4b.
PHYSICAL
ACTMTIES. (Women). So. I, 11.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
EDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. L
z Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation u they function in the public school
system.
~TRODUC~~O
TO
N HEALTH
5.
lbauifino~~t
ACTIVITIES.
Fr. II.
I Cr.
' l b o r y and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games.
6.
TEAM SPORTSAND LWUP GAMES.(Men). So. I.
z Cr.
A study of .technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
I I.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. II.
r Cr.
Theory uld practice in teaching badminton, ahdeboard, handball, aerial darts,
a d c s g , and golf.
table tennis, h o d o e s , paddle t&,
I 2.
TEAMSpoa'fs FOR W o w * . SO. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Themy and pnct;ce in the mading and o5ciating of field hockey, soccer,
bakerbd, wllqbdi, and saftbd.
I j, I+
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, trble tennis,
shdeboard, archery, tennis, and golf.
16.
SELF-TESTINGA C T N ~ (Women).
.
So. L
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling.
17.
27.
J~NESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 3. So. I.
I
Cr.
z Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the &ecting of efficient movements.
OFPICUTING.
(Men). So. I.
r Cr.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of o5cnting in football,
basketball, baseball, and track.
29.
Senior Colkge Caurses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSIC&EDUCATION.
* Prereq.
2 Cr.
Bil. 3, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
Procedure and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical caaes.
50.
SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES.(Men). Jr. I.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dud stunts, apparatus,
tumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
5 I.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
FUNDAMENTAL
M O V E M E ~ Jr.
S . II.
I Cr.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
52.
PRINCIPLES AND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH
AND PEFISIU E D u ~ ~ o N .
3 Cr.
Jr., Sr. I.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health
and physical education curriculum.
53.
15.
z Cr.
C O A ~ OFG SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL.Sr. L
Theory and sechniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
2 Cr.
COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALLAND TRACK. Sr. 11.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
56.
FIRST AID. Jr. 11.
American Red Cross Fit Aid Course.
5 8.
I
Cr.
C~GANIWTION
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF m m AND PHYSIC~L
EDUCATION.Sr.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and
physical education.
62.
TESTS
AND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION."Sr. 11.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
84.
I
Cr.
COMMUNITYRECREATION.*
Jr., Sr. 11.
2 0.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work.
85.
94.
TEACHTNG
OF HWTH AND P ~ S I C AEDUCATION.
L
Sr. I.
Methods and materials in health and physical education.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
2
Cr.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. I t offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts sf
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Admission
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
z years
2
I
years
year
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, zn occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their
&eological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides
fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated above, include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science or Education
Typewriting
z years
year
year
years
year
I
I
2
I
I
I
year
year
AN cadidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good
acldemic record in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I.
A formal letter of opp1ication for admission as a s t d e n t in the Seminay,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, c o n b a t i o n , spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary
Faculty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangement to take a part of the theological course a t another seminary must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg.
Adsanced standing is granted in certzin instances, when a student applying
for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in ocher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Expenses
Semiaary students pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student
aciivity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per semester.
Semjnary students living in the dormitory receive a special grant to cover
the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students.
p r e 24.
see
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a three-Tear cycle of lectures and study plus
six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all
the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average)
throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. S
ix months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Faculty Committee on Service. Seo below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 (C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed
and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the
summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited m o u n t ofi assigned collateral reading is required during the inserpia
period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a l i i t e d mount of
practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in
nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Serrice.
COURSJS OF m y *
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Year
I. THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTUREOF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the ,historical
z Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
3. THESPIRITUALLIFE. A practical study of basic principles of spiritual living, with emphasis upon the cultivation of the devotional life. Selections from
the great classics of Christian devotion are studied.
I Cr.
4. THEOLOGIC~~
PROPAEDEU~C.
A survey of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
I Cr.
5 . INTRODUCTION
TO D o c m n c s . A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
Luther.
+With the exception of the Theological Orientation Counes, offered m d y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in P three-year cycle. The List of
c m e s to be offered in any spec& year is amwunced to ,the students during &e
pHcedinS rummer.
Old Testament
10. SURVEY OF OLD TESTAMENT
L ~ R A T U R EA. general survey of the individual writings of the Old Testament; the history of the Old Testament
2 Cr.
Canon and text.
11. PROBLEMSAND METHODS. A study of selected problems of history and
interpretation in connection with certain Old Testament books, together with
an introduction to the principles of Biblical criticism.
2 Cr.
12. THE PENTATEUCH. The course includes a general i n d u c t i o n to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages.
3 Cr.
13. THE HISTORIC~Z.
BOOKS. A survey of the history of Israel with e m p h
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the historical b k s are studied.
3 Cr.
A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
14. THE PROPHETISAIAH.
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book.
3 Cr.
15. THEPROPHETJEREMIAH. Alternates with 16. A study of the political,
moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given
to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the
stmggle for spiritual freedom.
3 Cr.
16. THEPROPHETEZEKIEL Alternates with 15. A study of Ehe Babylonian
Captivity and its spiritual significance for the people of God.
2 Cr.
17. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of
Psalms.
3 Cr.
18. THE BOOK OF JOB. Alternates with 19. A course which aims to make
clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard
to fundamental problems of life.
3 Cr.
19. Posr-EErc LITERATURE.
Alternates with 18. A caurse in the litenw e , history, and religion of Judaism in the Exile and post-Exile perioda from
Ezekiel .to the New Testament times.
r Cr.
2a
SURVEY OF
New Testament
MR.HELLAND
NEW TESTAMENTLITERATURE.An historical investigation
of the origin, authorship, and interpretation of the books of the New Testament.
History of the New Testament Canon and text. Special attention to those books
2 Cr.
not treated in other courses.
21. TEXTUALC R ~ C I S M
OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. An introduction to the
principles of textual criticism. Survey of the history of criticism illustrated by
studies in specific selections from the New Testament books.
I Cr.
22. EXEGESIS
OF GALATIANS.The Epistle to the Galatians is studied as the
fundamental document of the Gospel of Christian freedom. Special attention to
the basic problem of the authenticity of the New Testament records.
3 Cr.
23. INTERPRETATIONO F MARK AND LUKE. A study of the life and ministry
of Jesus based on Mark as our oldest source, with supplementary passages from
Luke. The origin and growth of the Synoptic tradition; the literary relation of
the first three Gospels, an attempt to h d a satisfactory solution of the Synoptic
3 Cr.
Problem.
24. INTERPRETATION
OF MATTHEW. Special emphasis is placed on the teachings of Jesus, their preservation and transmission. The relation of Matthew's
Gospel to the Old Testament, and its presentation of Jesus' person, ministry,
and teaching to the Jewish mind.
3 Cr.
25. ~NTERPRETATION OF JOHN. A supplementary study of the life of Christ,
with special reference to the development of faith and unbelief, the Person of
3 Cr.
Christ, and the advanced spiritual teachings of the Fourth Gospel.
26. THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE EARLYCHRISTIANCHURCH. A study
of Acts, Chapters 1-12,showing the development of the Early Church on
Palestinian soil. This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews
and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians.
Several papers are required.
3 Cr.
27. THE LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A study of Acts, Chapters 13-28,
as a basis for the life of Paul, together with an introduction to his epistles, in
their historical sequence, as a part of his ministry. Several papers are required.
3 Cr.
28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS. The purpose of the course is to gain a
comprehensive view of the Gospel of Christ as preached by Paul, and of the
fundamental Christian doctrinal system set forth in this Epistle.
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history.
s Cr.
30. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF PETER. The Epistle of the Christian hope. It
contains the chief doctrines of Christianity (the vicarious suffering and death of
Christ, the new birth, redemption by the blood of Christ, faith, hope, and holiness of life) in a non-Pauline setting, thus giving a different approach to these
cardinal truths.
2 Cr.
31. I~JTEWRRTATION
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims at
a mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of the
Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
z Cr.
Church History
40-41. THEEARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with
a brief survey of the Book of Acts.
4 fie
42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the develop
ment of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
3 Cr.
43. THE REFURMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr.
Catholic Counter-Reformation.
44. THECHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION.This course coven the period
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church.
CHURCHHISTORY.
Early colonization; ~ l a n t i n gof churches;
45. AMERICAN
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The hiitory of the Lutheran Church in America
2 Cr.
is studied with special care.
OF CHRISTIAND O C T ~ EA study of the development
46. THE HLSTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods.
2 Cr.
Systematic Theology
A course intended to introduce the student to the field
50. INTRODUCTION.
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field.
A study in the systematic exposition
51. THEOL~CYAND ANTHROPOLOGY.
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special
3 Cr.
mpicr.
5 2-5 3. SOTEIUOLOGY.
The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true communion between God and man. The Person of Christ
i
s work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H
tion to the individual and to society; the nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
54-55. CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and
application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, orgadzed in4 Cr.
stitutions, and society as a whole.
56. SYMBOLICS.A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the
creeda subscribed to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its
doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church.
z Cr.
57. COMPARATIVE
S ~ O L I CAND
S RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach2 Cr.
ings of various modem religious sects and cults.
58. THE ~ O S O P H YOF RELIGION. Alternates with 57. A course in the
principles of the Christian religion. The Christian world view, interpretations
of history, and doctrines of the Person of Christ and Redemption are studied
t Cr.
with reference to antagonistic theories.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLES OF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course, which is h d on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundaz Cr.
tions of the pastoral office and the New Testament miniitry.
61. P ~ s r o ~ l uPSYCHOLOGY
.
AND SOUL-CARE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions. The principles of soul-care are studied in
z Cr.
the light of the ,buic teachings of the Bible.
62. EVANG~~TICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missionr,
including the work of Deaconess institutes, also the practical work in rescue
z Cr.
missions, street meetings, special missions, etc.
INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORALCOUNSELING.
Rev. Fredric .M. Norstad.
This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both
normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the types of
(emotional and mental disturbances with which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to
recognize the deviations and distinguish between those things which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other comI Cr.
petent help.
63.
B. Homiletics
65. ~RINCIPLES AND PRACTICEOF PREACHING. Technical and psychologicd
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
2 Cr.
66. HOMILETICS.The application of the principles of preaching to the omlining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
2 Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Seniors.
z 0.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the wngregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians
z Cr.
are studied u the best source.
71. CHURCHADMINISTRATION.A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing dciency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective ofice procedures. The practice and teaching of
I Cr.
Christian stewardship.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occzsional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics.
I Cr.
73. LITTJRGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with empharis on
it. relation to varying conceptions of the Church.
I Cr.
74. HYMNOLOGY.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
I Cr.
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
75. PRINCIPLESOF PARISHEDUCATION.
z Cr-
76. %THODS OF P A ~ H
EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetid
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish.
z Cr.
77. CREATIVE
RECREATION. A study of recreational activities, their place
and ,possibilities, especially among the young. Opportunity for participation in
activities which the student may use for his own recreation in later life. I Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMAN
SOCIEN. A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
2 Cr.
79. CHRISTIANITYAND SOCIAL WORK.
This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, reports, and institutional visits.
2 Cr.
80.
NEWTESTAMENTGREEK.See College Greek.
83-84. HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.*
The first year is devoted to a study of the
essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager uld Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy.
6 Cr.
HEBREW.Review of the grammar followed by an exe85-86. ADVANCED
getical study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other
books in the Old Testament.
4 Cr.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 952-1953
Third Year
. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . "Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Gordon N.
,
..
. .Minneapolis
........... . . . . . . . ,, .
Corlsen, Erling N.
. Newfolden
Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .Donnelly
. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .
Jergenson, Arnold 0.
, , , , , , ...
. . Wonomingo
Jystad, Torgney B.
. . . . .
, ,
.
.West St. Paul
Mayer, Henry A. . . . . . . . . . . - - " . .
. . .Fergus Falls
Oxarson, Elder W.
. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Peterson, James E.
Schafer, Harold R. . . .
, . . . .Wessington Springs, S. D.
< , .
. .Minot, N. D.
Sevig, Palmer E.
..........
.,
. . . . .
. . . Fargo, N. D.
Sortland, Allan 0. . . . . . . . . . . .
Tollefson, Harold 0.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osnabrock, N. D.
Second Year
Minneapolis
Valley City, N. D.
Minneapolis
McVille, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Willmar
Minneapolis
Roslyn, S. D.
Minneopolis
Berklond, Theodore A.
Christopherson, Jornes E.
Erickson, Stanley R.
Gudim, Milo D. .
Halversan, Philip J.
Kallevig, Lloyd C. . .
Soli, John C. . . . . .
Storley, Calvin . . . . Vaagenes, Morris G. . .
First Year
.
Anenson, LeRoy H. . . .
Berg, Russell V. (1)
Dahle, Norman A.
Fladland, Donald J. (1)
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris M.
,
Larson, Marvin 1. (1)
Oman, Lyman F. . .
Paulm, Philip H. ( I j .
Rokke, David H. . . . .
Swanson, Edward E. . .
Underbokke, Leland B.
.
..
, ,
...
....
. .Minneapolis
Seattle, Wash.
. . . .Aitkin
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
.Minneapolis
Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Specials
Ario, Frank L. (1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . .
. . ..Minneapolis
Estness, Borghild T.
, , ,
....
, , , ,
,... .
. Williston, N. D.
Framstad, Clarence J. ( 1 )
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. .Ely
Korpi, Hugo (1) . . . . . .
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
.....
..........
. Duluth
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, . . . . .
Almrado
(1) Registered for first semester only.
COLLEGE STUDENTS1952-1953
SENIORS
Aaskov, Ruth L.. Cumberland Center, Maine
Alfsen, Thomas C. (1 ) . . . . . .Rochester
Baker, Eleanor M. . . . . ..Spokane, Wash.
Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . ..Cambridge
Bennethum, Donald J.. . .Columbia Heights
Benson, Stanley G. ( 1 ) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntson, Rudolph E. .
Edinburg, N. D.
Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . Minneapolis
Carlsen, Glenn T.
Carlson, Erlond E.
. . . . . . ..St. Paul
Carlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Carlstedt, Rhodo L. . . . . . . . Finlayson
.
. Kenmare, N. D.
Christensen, Duane J..
Christina, Joseph L. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton
Cote, Arthur J. ( 1 ) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Danielson, H. Emmett. . . . . . . .Watertown
Deem, Darlyne G.. . Medicine Lake, Mont.
. . . . . ..Minneapolis
Dickhart, Daniel A.
Dillon, Donald V.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Roy V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen. . . . . . . .Delano
Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
. . . . . .Forgo, N. D.
Elness, Morilyn E.
Emerson, Robert C.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Engseth, Jerome M.. . . . . . . . . . . Wapata
Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fenske, . Delmour W.. . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Frosig, Kristian V.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gjesdahl, Alice E..
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Goodrich, Quentin A. . . . . .Minneapolis
Grender, Carol Y.. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Gustafson, Charles R.. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hagen, Marvin L. . .
. . . . .Minneapolis
Holling, Lloyd L..
Hamre, James S.. . . . . . . . . . ..Montevideo
Hansen, Clarence C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hegge, Hialmer M.. . . ..... Williston, N. D.
. . . . . . .Veblen, S. D.
Hill, Lorne H.. . .
Hodne, Richard H.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . .Butterfield
.... .Minneapolis
Hushogen, Berton R.
~acobsen; Alice A.
Jensen, Sherman R.
. . .
Thief River Falls
Paul
. . . . . . . . .St.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Arlan K. . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
James L. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Joan M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman F. . . . . .Farmington
Robert J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Roger A. ( 1 ) . . . .
Minneapolis
Kirchoff, Ralph M. ( I )
Kohls, Allan J. (1)
Kvam, Marilyn J. ( 1 ) .
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.
...
. . . . .LeSueur
Lapham, Dean L. .
. .Minneapolis
Lingen, John R..
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . Formosa, China
Lundeen, Donovan T- . . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lundgren, David D. . .
Monger, Elizabeth J . . . .
Mattson, Harold S.. . .
Nofer, H. Fred..
Wilmette, Ill.
. . . . . ..Hoffman
.
. . . . .
Ohno, Tom T.. . . . . . .
Olson, Douglas 0. . . . .
Olson, Harry E., Jr.. . . . .
.
Olson, Howard S.
Oxorson, Rhoda L. . . .
. . .
Ostrem, Gloria R.
Oudal, Wilmer J.. . . . . .
.Minneapolis
.Minneopolis
.
.
Cottonwood
.Minneapolis
. . . . .Winger
Minneapolis
. Joliet,
.
Ill.
.Minneapolis
Parizek, Gloria M.
. . .Minot, N. D.
Potana, R. Raymond. . .Crystal Falls, Mich.
Pearson, Howard E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Richard L.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Petterson, Leroy M. . . . . . . . . Colfax, Wis.
Radde, Leon R.. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
.Rugby, N. D.
Razook, Patricia R. . .
Mountain Lake
Reimer, Donald J.. . .
Rimmereid, Arthur V. New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth J.. .
Exanaba, Mich.
Ronningen, Marlene A.
. .Carpio, N. D.
Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . ..Roseau
Shultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . Spokane, Wash.
Silrum, Edwin 0..
. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silverstein, Richord S. (1). . . . . . . .St. Paul
Skogsbergh, Samuel P. (1). . . .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald D.. . . . . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon S.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Straiton, Thomas P.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis.
Tamm, William C.. ......... .Minneapolis
Thompson, Carol J.. ....... .Binford, N. D.
Tuff, Harry A.. ........... .Rugby, N. D.
Undseth, Marvin S . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vetvick, Leo B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vik, Phyllis J.. . . . . . . . . ..Waubay, S. D.
Werts, Harold G..
..........
Zustiak, Mildred R. ( 1 )
Me"
Women
.Minneapolis
. . . . . .Minneapolis
71
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Total
JUNIORS
Aasen, E. Hildegarde. . . . . . . . . . . . Winger
Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . Flandreau, S. D.
Andersen, Donald W. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Janice A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Robert H. . . . . . . . .Minneapoiis
Berntsen, Ruth Ann. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Blake. Shirlee A.. . . . . . . . . . . .Ottawa, Ill.
~otko, Willard J. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Brondt, Curtis H. ( 1 ) . ...... .Minneapolis
Carlson, Erwin L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Chilstrom, Herbert W..
Litchfield
Cummings, Frank W.. . .Atlantic City, N. J.
.........
Dill, Donald J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Elk River
Dorr, Ardis S.. ................ .Mentor
Dreyer, Marlys 1.. ...... .Spokane, Wash.
Dyrud, Betty J. ............. Newfolden
Elnes, S. Jerome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Garfield
Erickson, Donna Ruth. ............ Duluth
Erlandson, Wallace E.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Evenson, Leland E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Fox, Curtis A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fraasch, Audrey J.. ......... .Montevideo
Froiland, David C.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fullerton, Gerald L.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Geisendorfer, James V.. ..... .Minneapolis
Gustafson, Violet E.. .... .McGregor, N. D.
Hafstad, Wallace 1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hawley
Hamberg, Elaine L. (2). .. .Williston, N. D.
Hanson, James A. ( 1 ) .
.Minneapolis
Harkman, Marylr A.. ........... .Cokato
Harrison, Jean L........... .Minneapolis
Helland, Florence 1.. ...... .Binford, N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald C. ........ .Minneapolis
Hielmeland, Selmer J.. ... .Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert L. (2). ............ Shafer
Holmberg, Richard H.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Huglen, Erling S. ............ Newfolden
Hushagen, Orpha 1.. .......... .Gonvick
......
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Ingman, Robert C.. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Isaacson, Edsel C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Jensen, Alice K.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rosemount
Joel, Leone B.. . . . . .Elbow, Sask., Canada
Johnson, Marcellus 1..Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Johnson, Wilgard G. . . . . . . . . . . .Herman
Kallio, Harold N.. . . . . . . .Chatham, Mich.
Kleven, Lowell H.. . . . . BlanchardviHe, Wis.
Knutson, Maryan A.. ...... .Granite Falls
Kyllo, Valborg L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Langseth, Robert V.. . . . . .Argusville, N. D.
Larson, Arlene J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena
Larson, Richard J.. . . . . . . . . . . . Kerkhomn
Larsson, Kenton D.. ........ .Taylors Falls
Lusk, George W.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Main, Ronald C. ( 1 ) . ........... .Proctor
Mathiason, Alan E.. . . . . . . . . . Warthington
Mattison, Robert T.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Miesnieks, Arija (2). ........ .Minneapolis
Mulliken, John K.. ............. .St. Paul
Munson, Paul C.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
...........
Nelson, Eorl 0. (1).
.Niwllet
Nelson, Gordon A. ........ .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A.
.Ellendale
Nelson, Marion J. ......... .Mhneapolis
Norum, Donald A.. ............ .Hallack
.Cumberland, Wis.
Nyhus, Edward 0..
Nystuen, Winifred H.. .Erickson, Man., Can.
............
....
Olesen, Esther ............. Racine, Wis.
Ollila, Douglas J.. . . . . . . lshpeming, Mich.
Olson, Julian R..
.Minneapolis
Oren, Donald G.. ............. St. Paul
Oudal, Yvonne M.. ......... .Minneapolis
...........
Patterson, Robert J..
Peterson, Clinton J.
Peterson, Colette M.
Peterson, Harold E.
.............
........... .
.Lucan
J d h
........ .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . Minmeupolis
Phillips, Merton C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Pribble, Fred C..
.Minneapolis
..........
Quanbeck. Kent B..
. . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Reinertson, Arlene. .
Mont.
Thompson, Agnes E.. ........ .Minnaqol[s
Thoreson, Allan R. ...........Paferwn
Tiornhom, Barbara L.. ........... St. Poul
T ~ ~ J ~ ~ ~jerome
, - J , c.. ........ .
Twiton. Robert E..
.......
~
i
~
Robetorye, Paulette. . . . . . .Whitefish, Mont.
Rolf, Louis P. (2). . . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Valtinson, Joseph 0..
.DeKalb, Ill.
Rundquist, ~ ~ ~
G..t . .i . l. . . , . . ~
i
~Vick, ~Oliver~K.. ~
~ .Minneapolis
~
l
i
Rust.-Garv,R.. . . . . . . . . . . .Harwood. N. D.
Weber, Joyce I. ( I ) . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Samson Phyllis M-. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westphal, Joanne C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Modelia
Sandness, Albert
J.. . . . . . . LaMOure, N - D.
Winquist, R. Elaine. ............. Duluth
Sondquist, Shirley K.. . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Estherville, lowa
Wolden, Gerhard P..
Shiell, James L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
working, D~~~ J. (2). ........ +-ritchfield
Sigler, Fred C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Skogen, Clyde L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Isle
Youngquist' Edmund R.' .......... "laton
Skovholt, Ardelle E.. . . . . .Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H.. . . . . ..Williston, N. D.
Solberg, Marilyn Y.. . . . . . . . . . .Ray, N. D.
Men
69
Sonsteng, Ruth E.. . . . . . . . . . . . Salol
Women
42
Sorenson, James A.. . . . . . . . . . .Eleva, Wis.
Stensland, Donald E.. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
111
.......
...........
.....
..........................
.....................
-
SOPHOMORES
Ahlquist, Earl S.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Allar, Donold J.. . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Amundson, Robert E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Arthur L. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . .Bruno
Anderson, Curtis M. . . .
Anderson, Donna Lou . . . . .Argyle, Wis.
Ashland, Wis.
Anderson, E. William . . .
Anderson, James W. (2). . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Myron E. ...... . . . . . .Cokoto
Anderson, Norman E. ... . . . .Lamberton
. . . . .St. Paul
Anderson, Theodore W.
.
Becker, Louis 0..
...... . . . .Minneapolis
Benson, John E. . . . . . . , .Milwaukee, Wis.
. . . . . . . Lanesboro
Berge, Mavis S.
Bodin, Wesley J.. ..... . . . . .Minneapolis
Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ... . . .Pierpont, S. D.
Bouchard, Janet A.. ... ..... .Minneapolis
Briggs, Walter C.. ..... . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burnom, Roy P,. Jr.. . . . . . . . Cordele, Ga.
......
Christensen, Kay M.. . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Clevenger, Montague S.. . . . .Minneapolis
Collins, Jane B.. . . . . . . . . . .Monticello
Dahlin, Moxine M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato
Dahlund, Lois M. (1). . . . . .Kenmore, N. D.
Danger, Mary J.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
~
~
Sun Pmirie, Wis.
Davis, Darwin K.. . . . . . . . .Waubay, S. D.
Dodds, Jack D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dreyer, Gladys M..
.Spokane, Wash.
Dronen, Richard A.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dumpys, Hans G.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson
.....
.........Minneapolis
Egertson, Darrell J..
Eide, Delores M..
Ekstrum, Norman 0..
............Minneapolis
........ .Zimmermon
......
Haderslev, Denmark
Favrholdt, Gyde
Flok, Lorents J. (1). ......... .Minneapolis
Flann, Duncan D.. .......... .Lake Lillian
Foss, Elaine D.. . . . . . . . . .Maddock, N. D.
Gilbertson, Nora M.. ..Frontier, Sosk., Con.
Gronseth, Phillip N.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hogen, Dean L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
Hogestuen, Richard M.. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
Halling, Beverly J.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holvorson, Helen A.. ... .Galesburg, N. D.
Hanson, L. David ......... .Long Prairie
Hanson, Joanne K. (1). ..... .Minneapolis
Hanson, Phillip J. ....... Estherville, Iowa
Hanson, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Woseca
Helland, Rachel E.. .... ..Thief River Falls
Hemingway, G. Jerome. . . . . . .Minneapolis
~
Heng, Rdf 0... . . . . . .
Minneapolis
Henjum, Raymond H.. . .
. . .Hoffman
Herman, Rabert M.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holcombe, Thomas E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmberg, Phllip A.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holt, Everett V.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Carver
Honebrink. Elsa M.. . . . . . .
. . .Cologne
Jamieson, Robert G. (1).
Jensen, Maren J. . . . . . .
Jensen, Paul J. . . . . . . . .
Jenson, John R. . . . . . . . . .
Jerdee, Mary L.. . . . . . . .
Johnson, James A. . . . . . . .
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . .
Johnson, Wesley A. . . . .
Johnson, William R. (1)
Jorgensen, Beverly M. (2)
. Minneapolis
. . . .St. Paul
. . Bronx, N. Y.
. .Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
. . . . . .Kenyon
. .Minneapolis
Hammer, S. D.
. .Minneapolis
. . . . . .Delano
Karlstod, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Salol
Kling, Bernadine J. (1) .Dunn Center, N. D.
Knudson, Noel M.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Kolden, Carolyn M. . . .Portland, Ore.
. . . . Robbinsdale
Larson, Audrey V.
Larson, Grace M. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Larson, Myrtle I.
. . . .Bewick, N. D.
Lorson, Robert D. . . . . . . . . .Moorhead
Ludvikn, Stanley B.. . . .Portland, Ore.
Lunow, Arthur A..
. . .St. Louis Park
Mahre, Richord A. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Malanfont, Lawrence G. (1). . .Minneapolis
Martin, Gerold A. (1). . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis.
Matre, Mary Ann. . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Mickelberg, Erwin D.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Modin, J. Henry (1). . . . .Sheyenne, N. D.
. . . . . . . . . . . .Dawon
Moe, Dorothy R.
. . . . . Minneopolis
Morseth, David J.
Nelson, Lenord G. .
. Cloquet
Nelson, Lennart D. . . . . . Minneaplis
Nelson, Philip A.
.
. . , Modeiia
Nelson, Raymond S. .
Maple Plain
. .Minneapolis
Nordstrom, Ethel C.
Olson, Arlene M.
Omdohl, Beverly F.. .
Ostgaard, John D. (1)
Tioga, N. D.
. .Fosston
Climax
(1) Registered for first semester only.
12) Registered for second semester only.
Parkhurst, Milford C.
Pauluk, George . . .
Peterson, Canten . .
Peterson, John R. . .
Pousi, Ruth M.. . . . .
Mondovi, Wis.
. .Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Cambria, Wis.
. . . . . .D a w l
Quonbeck, Paul M.
Minneopolis
Saari, Corwyn J.. .
Minneapo!i:
Schuldt, Kenneth E.. .
Minneapoiij
Seaver, John E. . . .
Minneapoiir
Capron, Ill.
Seaver, Roma R.. . . .
Siegel, David H..
.
Minnwpolis
Skaor, David W.. .
R ~ k l o r d .Ill.
Skjerseth, Donald.
.
B r d e ! , N. D.
Sneitzer, Robert F. . . .
South St. Paul
Steinbrecher, Wayne G.
Minncupolis
M~nnrupol;!
Stenoien, Daniel M.. .
Stensrud, Richard H.. .
Minnecpol:j
Strand, Sheldon A. (2)
Minneapoli3
-3rootee
Strande, Nels A.. . .
Strandlie, Wenona C.
. MinneapoIis
Strutz, Donald R.. . . .
Mdrinerte. Wis.
Swanson, Betty A. ( 1 ) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Syse, Sanford D.
. Blanchardville, Wis.
Thoreson, Wayne L.
Tollefson, Arlene V..
Tollefson, Duane L.
Topp, Vernald M.
Twedt, Agnes S.. . .
Tweet, Agnes M.. .
.
.
Minneapolis
. . . . .Grove City
. ..McHenry, N.
D.
Tunbridge, N. D.
Unseth, Malcolm W.
Welde, Ronald B. (1)
West, Kenneth W.. .
Willcox, Donald J.. .
Wood, Maynard E..
Men..
Women
.
.
.
..
.Peterson
. .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
. .Minneapolis
Maple Park, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Paynesville
.
FRESHMEN
Allen, Joyce L.. . .
. .Minneapolis
Almquist, James A..
. .Sand Creek, Wis.
Amundson, Margaret A. . . . ..Minneapolis
Amundson, Shirley M. . . .Wolhalla, N. D.
Anderson, Beverly A. (1). . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Deloris Ann
. . . .Ogilvie
Anderson, Keith 0.. . . . Sacred Heart
Anderson, P. Mark (1). . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Merriam J. . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Potricio J. (2). . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Roy Wm. (1). . . . . . .Mound
Anfenson, Pattie J. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Wayzata
. . . . .Minneapolis
Anklam, Robert D. (2)
Arneson, Suzonne M.
. . . .Fargo, N. D.
Arvidson, Kenneth V.
. . .Rockford, Ill.
Bakken, Betty Lou . .
. .Bristol, S. D.
Barber, Robert E.. . . . . . .Saginaw, Mich.
Boxter, Gerald D..
. . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Bieri, Bonnie Kay.. . . . . . . Blaisdell, N. D.
Bolstad, Kermit E. (2). . .Homestead, Mont.
Boraas, J. Sherman (2). . . . . . . . . .Dowon
Brogg, James A. (2) . . . . . .Chicago, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Brandt, Erwin W. (1)
Bremseth Janice M.. . . . . . . : .Minnea~olis
Brown, constant . . . . . . . . . ~obbinidale
Bullock, Richard W.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burman, Cory1 A. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Molmo
Bushey, Patricia 1. . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
. . . .Minneapolis
Buskirk, James E.
Bystrom, Wayne R. (1). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Corlson, Ann C. . . .
Carlson, David Jon
Carlson, Roger Alvin
Christensen, Orla J.
Christiansen, Alto J. .
Christianson, Mary J.
Clayton, Joan A. (2). . .
Conyers, LeRoy H.. . .
Currey, Donold E.. .
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Clarkfield
.
.Fergus Falls
. . . . Knapp, Wis.
. . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.Appleton
Dahl, Morilyne J.. . .
Dahl, Stuart A. . . . . .
Dahl, Syba M. . . .
Dahlbloom, Joyce C.
Dickens, Clara M..
Glenburn, N. D.
.New Richland
. . . .Waseca
. . . . .Excelsior
Harrisburg, S. D.
Egesdal,. Sanford E.
.
.Elmore
Eglitis, Mirdza Z. . . . . . Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Elioson, Ann E. (1). .
Engebretson, DeRonda (1).
. lola, Wis.
Elias, LeRoi T.
. . .
. Adrian
Engstroin, Arthur M. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Enstad; Luther W. . . Grand Forks, N. D.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
12) Registered for second semester only.
Erickson,
Erickson,
Evavold,
Eveland,
Everhart,
Lelond F.
..
Rodney 0.J.
Charles A.. .
Glen C. (1)
Joan M.. .
Gary D. (2).
Floistad, Dorothy M.
Fowldst Carol M.. .
Fox. Mary Ann . . . .
Franzman. Douglas C.
Morris
Glenwoad
Battle Lake
Backus
. . Bagley
. . Robbinsdale
Milwaukee, Wis.
. .Glenwood
.
.Minneapolis
.
Minneopolis
J.
Gennrichr Gretchen G.
Verner L.. .
Gierde, Audrey C. (1)
Gohrick, Joane E.. .
Granell, Nola D.. . . .
Gratz, Duane J. (2). .
Greguson, Miriam E.. .
Gunderson, Raymond H.
Gutzmann, Gordon K.
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
. . . . Barnum
Portland, N. D.
Shelton, Wash.
. . .Clarkfield
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneopolis
St. Paul
Haoen, Elizabeth G.. .
Montevideo
. .Strum, Wis.
Halverson, Gordon J. (2)
Halvorson, Margoret A.
. .Middle River
Hamberg, Glenn E.
Williston, N. D.
. . . . .Aitkin
Hanson, Ruth E. . .
.
.Minneapolis
Haugen, James S.
Haynes, John W.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgaas, Margaret A. . . .Madison, S. D.
Hendricks, Dean M.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hermanson, Margaret A.. Blanchardville,
Wis.
Hiermstad, Stanley L.. .
Walloce, S. D.
Hofflander, Thomas M.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hofstad, Stephen R. ( I ) . . . . . . . .Madison
Minneopolis
Homme, Donald W.
Homme, Gloria E.
.
Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet M.
. . Bagley
Hovden, Robert A.. . . . . . . . .St. James
Kirkland, Wash.
Hoverson, Julius E.. . .
Hoversten, Thomas H.
.Alden, Iowa
.
.Minneapolis
Howell, George L..
Hunt, Elaine H. . .
. Minneapolis
Johnson, Beryl R. .
Johnson, Darrel W.
Johnson, Farolyn M.
Johnson, Jerome L.
Johnson, Mavis J.
Jones, Louise M..
Kallman, Ralph f .
Kirchner. Robert 1
Minot, N. D.
..
.Hutchinson
. . . . . . . Molmo
Minneapolis
. . . . . .Hendricks
Solon Springs, Wis.
Minneapolis
Farmingto-
Konsterlie, Esther T.. ............Willmar
Kopps, Marilyn L.. .... Blanchardville, Wis.
Lamberton
Krengel, Richard 6..
Kunkel, Lucille M.. ......... Almena, Wis.
..........
Larson, Carol M. .......... .Minneapolis
Larson, Melvin W. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Robert C.. ..........Robbinsdale
Le-$ander, Roger V.. ..... .Plum City, Wis.
Lee, Carolyn B. ......... .Norma, N. D.
Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Leines, Beatrice H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Willmar
Lindal, B. Constance. .Fort Erie, Ont., Can.
Lindbloom, Lilllun E.. ......... .St. Fmncis
Lindgran, Delmar V. (1).
.Minneopolls
Locke, M i h o e l G. .............. St. Paul
Lcckwmd, Robert R..
..Minnmpdk
Loland, Ruth L.
Seattle, Wmh.
Lower, Carolyn E.. ........... .St. James
Lundgren, Robert A. (2). . . . . . ...St. Paul
Lundin, Hotvey k..
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundquisf, Willlam E. (1).
.Minneapolis
Lunklay, Robert A. IT).. . . . . ..Minneapolis
Lusk, Joyce M.. ............... .St. Paul
....
......
..........
...
McCarlson, B. Louise. . . . . .Websterr S. D.
Malcolm, Lowell P. (1). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Maitin, John L. (1). . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Matison, Jerrj W. (1). . . . . . . . . . .Belview
kattbon, David D.. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
...... .Big Lake
Meredith, Patricia J..
Miller; Gary E. (1). . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Miller, Kenneth E.. . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Moe, Donovan A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Moen, Ardell J.. . . . . . . .Hillsboro, N. D.
Moen, Ethel A, (1). . . . .Galesburg, N. D.
Moore, Cleve J.. . . - . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Morgan, Emily J.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mortenien, Elizabeth A.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert L.. . . . . Spokane, Wash.
Muten, Shirley A.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
MuAson, Christine C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Munson, George R.. . . . . . . . . . .:.St. James
Murins; Valdis ..............:.. Hopkins
Myhre, Edwin C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mahtowa
:
N e b , Barbara C. . . . . . . . . . . .Alexandria
Nelson, Lois V. (2) . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Nelson, Morlys E.. .......... :.. .Belgrade
Nelson, Wayne L.. . . . . . . .Marine*,
Wis.
Ne+tnd, Marlys J.. . . . . . . . . . .Paynesville
Nerheim, Lawrence E.. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Nevin, LeRoy E.. . . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Nlchols, James E.. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapo!is
.
Nickodym, Donald A. (1). . . . . . . . Hopkins
Norby, Robert D.. . . . . . . . . . Appleton
.
Nygaard, Gwen J.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
......
Nylander, Kenneth L..
.Tioga, N. D.
Nystuen, David 1.. ........... Northfield
.........
..........
Olsen, Joyce A..
Kenmare, N. D.
..Minneapolis
Olsen, Mary H.
Olson, Damaris R. ..........Minneapolis
Olson, Elinor J. ......... ..Middle River
. k p l e Park, Ill.
Olson, Laurence 0..
Olson, R. Luther.. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Marya M. ............ Formington
Olson, Richard C. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Richard M. (2). ...... .Minneapolis
Oredson, William P. (1). .... .Minneapolis
Ose, Roy A. (1). ........ Thief River Falls
Ose, Roger K.. ........ .Thief River Falls
Overlund, E ~ i nK.. . . . . . . .Silverton, Ore.
.....
Porkhurst, Donald L. (1). . . .Mondovi, Wis.
Parten, Eunice C.. . . . . . . . . :....'.. .Welch
Paulson, Helen L.. . . . . . . . . . : .Minneapolis
Pearson, James K.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov
Pedersen, Virginia M. . . . . . . . . Greenbush
Pederson, James L. . . . . .:. ... .Nye, Wis.
Petersen, Marilyn J.. . . . . . . . .".Ht~tchinson
Peterson, Connie J. . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Peterson, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . .Mitiheapolis
Peterson, Robert E. ....... ::Minn&polis
Plumedahl, James D. (2). . .'::Robbinsdale
Prieditis, Elmars A.. . . . . . . . . . :Minneapolis
Propp, Richard L. (1). . . . . . . .R&ford,
Ill.
Quanbeck, Norman J.. . . . . . ,, . . .Bertha
Rodintz, Rolland A.. ....... r ,Minneapolis
Rasmussen,. Joyce M.. ....... .Minneapolis
Reichstadt, Lloyd H.. . . , ...:... ..Cepter City
Rorvig, Bruce W.. ..........McVille, N: D.
Rudetl, Violette I . . .......... .Minneapolis
Rundstrom, Alice L.. ......... :Salem, Ore.
> ; .........
Sandback, William W.. ...:...:'.Minneqpolis
Sad, Donohue R.. ........ ..;.. .Palisade
Saugstad, Mary J. (1). ..... .Hudson, S. D.
Schoess, Alden J.. ......... :.,.~Mihnwpolis
Schroeder, Dennis F.. ..... :Mountain.iake
Schultz, Carl E.. ...........: . ..;Ririe:River
Seaver. Ray E.. ............ . M i ~ e a p o l i s
Doran
Shelstad, Roger E.. ........ ..,;-; :. .#.
Sherry, Richard J. (2). ......Westby, Wis.
Skor, Emily A.. . . . . . . . . . .:-rUpham;.N. D.
Smetzer, Harlen C. (1). ... : :IRobbimsdale
Smith, Elmer S.. ......... .'&&IQ
Wash.
Smith, Joonne C.. .......... :,Robbinsda!e
Soukup, Donald F. (1). ...... .Minneapolis
Stonerson, Noomi. ...... .EsthBrville, Iowa
Stensland; Arlen H.. . . . . ..Pofitand, N. D.
....
.
Strand, Theodore H. (2). . . .Minneapolis
Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Suther, Paul R.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake
Swensop. James W.. . . . . . . . . . .Windom
Swenion,' Johann H.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca
Sylvester, lone L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
~hompson;Glenn K.. .......Seattle, Wash.
Thompidn, John T.. . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi
Thompson, Theodore T. (2). . . . . .McGregor
Thorpe, Glenn C.. . . . . . . . . ..Aniwa, Wis.
Thorpe, Mark C.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Thorson, .Marilyn J.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thorud, Richard A.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorvig, Kathryn L.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Timmons, Eunice B.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Tollefson, Connie L.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Traver, Reginald J. (1). . . . . Minneapolis
Vollmer, Howard R. (2). .
Voxland, Joan M. . . . . . .
Wahlstrom, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . . . .Grasston
Walden, Dorothy M.. . . . .Manitowoc, Wis.
Waldon, John E. (2). . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Warder, William W. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
Warnes, Wanda E.. . . . . .
. . . .Stephen
Wellington, Richard J.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
White, Merlin J.. . . . . . . .
Wick, Joon, B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aitkin
Wicklander, Donald (2). . . . ..Minneapolis
Williams, Beverly A., . . ..
.Minneapolis
Farga, N. D.
Ysteboe, Ruth I.
Zokariasen, Lloyd A. (2)
Uleberg, :Alice M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia
Urness, John L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mclntosh
.
Men
Women
Vigen, Gladys H.. . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Voeks, George H. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Total
Excelsior
...........
.........
.....
SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED
Andemn, Roger V.. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Aria, Frank L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Magnuson, Albert . . . . . . .
Markson, Stanley H. (1). .
Marquardt, William G.. . .
Mickelberg, Carolyn J. (2)
Carlseh,:3. Beverly (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Castle, Bradley F. (2). . . . . . . . . .Stillwater
Caviness, Dovid C. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Christopherson, James E. (2)
. .
Valley City, N. D.
Colaai, Conartta M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Martin K.. . . . .
Northfelt, Richard A.. .
......
Minneapolis
.Minnaupolis
. . . St. Paul
. .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Oliver, Myrtle R. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, William L. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Oppen, Ronald E. ( 1 ) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dahlager, -Arlo 0.(1).
.Minneapolis
Dahle, Adeline (2). ......... .Minneapolis
Drury, Thomas R. .......... .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Paulson, Philip H. (2). . . .
. . . . .St. Paul
Peterson, Lloyd E. (1).
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarado
Fairbanks, Laland L.. .......... .Harmony
Fisher, Gaorge W.. ............. .Morris
Frank,' Sydney C. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sitton, Maryiann (2) . . . .Houston, Texas
Spry, June M.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Swenson, James A. (2).
.Hopkins
Gilbert, Earl J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gimse, I. Shelby.. . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Thorson, Arthur W. .
Halvorsen, Elmnor.City Island, Bronx, N. Y.
Jacobson, Luther H. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kallevig, Lloyd C. (2) . . . . . . . . . . ;Willmar
Koppel, Heljo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Korpi, Hugo J. (1). . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ely
Lodohl, Helen
M.
Maas, Edwin H..
Medicine Lake, Mont.
...........
.Minneapolis
(1) RegjJtered for first semester only.
(2) Reg~steredfor second semester only.
Vartdal, Roger A. (1).
Vinger, Mary M.. . . . .
Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
.
ST. Louis Park
Walker, Sue C.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilson, Woodrow W. (2) . . . .Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women
.............
Total
..
30
13
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
1x8
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SBM~NAIIY
JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES 1
Bakke, Frances A.
Berg, Marilyn A.
Bjornrud, Lorraine A.
Viroqua, Wis.
Lindquist, Pearl E.. . . . . . . . . .Carver
. . . . . . ..Upsala
,
~
~
~ Melson,
f
~Marlys
l R.d . . .~. . . ~. . . .Monterey
Melvie, Margaret A.. . . . . . . . . . . .Viking
Carlson, Betty H. . . . New Auburn, Wis.
Ose, Betty F.. . . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Finstad, Ramona M.. . . . .Portland, N. D.
Otterdahl, Elaine M. . . . . . . . .Little Souk
Folske, Geraldine M.. . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Pederson, LaVonne 0.. Clear Lake, lowa
Gerber, Caryl J. . . . . . .Sheldon, Wis.
G ~ cryrtal
~ ~ E., . . .
~
~ lows
Reishus,
~
Meredythe
h
F..~
. . . . .Cottonwood
~
~
pembina, N. D.
Reynolds. Elizabeth A.. . . .Garrison, N. D.
Gryth, Helen P.. . . . .
Ringstad, Elra M.. .... .Escanaba, Mich.
. . .Nisswa
Rognes, Norma 1.. . . . . . . . . .Joice, Iowa
Hanson, Lorraine S..
Haugen, lngeborg C. .
.Pekin, N. D.
Hoivik, Deloris M.. . .
. ~ i ~Sandberg,
~ ~Carolyn
~ Mae
~ ~. . . l. . .i.St. ~
Paul
Sorkness, Elizabeth L..
. . . . . . . Henning
Johnson, Ferne M.. . .
Dolliver, Iowa
Thorsgaard, Carolyn A.
Hatton, N. D.
Kilde, Beverly A.. . . .
Barnesville
.
Roseau
Total . . . . . . . . . .
....
28
Kveen, Herdis S.. . . .
.
FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES 1
Abrahamson, leleen M.
. . .Browewille
Andrews, Carole F. .
. .Annandale
Axelson, Evangeline L. . . . . . .Lancaster
Larsen, Jane E.
Lanen, Janet E.
...
La Crocse, Wis.
.La Cr-,
Wis.
Nelson, Lois V.
Backlund, Elizabeth A. . . . .Grand Marais
Barbo, Betty Ann. . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
........ .Echo
Bruss, J w n E.. . . .
.Strandquist
Carlson, Darlene L.
Duis, Elaine E.
' '
. . . . .Winger
Flermoen, Delois C.
Herold. Berdine L.. .
Horton, Barbara Ann
. ' 'Waseca
.
La Crow, Wis.
. . .Minneapolis
Jocobson. Melba L.
Johnson, Esther M.
Johnson, Joanne L.
. . . . . . .Sebeka
Knudson, Irma V. .
Marinette, Wis.
Langford, Phyllis A.
Minneapolis
.Viroqua, Wis.
. . .Moose Lake
( 1 ) Registered for first semester only
Okrina, Evelyn E.. . . .
Olson, Marlys J. . . .
Schauer, Carol F.
Shultz, Joan C.. .....
Stenseth, Claudine M.
Marinette, Wis.
.
Cottonwood
... .Canby
....... Waseca
Spokane, Wash.
.W.allace, S. D.
Tollefson, Junice K.
L'Ans?, Mich.
Veitch, Barbara L.
Vik, Margaret A. . . .
Suffon, N. D.
.:..Bagley
Wagner, lone M. . . .
Wickman, Beth/ Jean.
..
Wolff, Joan A.
Total
.
.Badger
Porterfield, Wis.
. . . St. Paul
~
GRADUATES 1952
SEMINARY
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Bervig, Arthur L.. . . . . . Forgo, N. D.
Ozclins, Karlis L.. . . . . . .Barronett, Wis.
Torgerson, Sheldon Luther. . . .Minneapolis
Nwge, Lowell Theodore. . . . . . .Madison
Rev. Elnar Gundale, Class of 1937 . . .Carpior N. D.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Andersen, Robe* W.. . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Feig. Gilbert H. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kordahl, Axel 0..
.....
Nystuen, Theodore C..
Minneapolis
Northfield
COLLEGE
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anderson, Eugene Carlton
Anderson, Fritz J. . . .
Anderson, Jean C. . . .
Anderson, Kenneth L.
Anenson, LeRoy H.. . . . . .
Armstrong, James Douglas
Aune, Wilfred B.. .
. .Willmar
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. .Ellendale
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Backstrorn, Norman .
Bagley, Yvonne Marie
Baker, Phyllis . . . . . . .
Bakken, Hardis Cornelius.
Blomquist, Elroy C.
.
Bohn, Sherman J.
. .
Bozony, Mortha E.
Minneapolis
. . . .Gatzke
. Lakeville
Chicago, Ill.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . . . Hallock
Kenrnare, N. D.
Carlson, Stella M.
Christensen, David W.
Dalberg, Leonard E.
Daniels, Earl R. .
Dingrnon, Donald L.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
.Concord
Emerson, Evonne L. . .
Eng, Leona Marie. . .
. . . . Bagley
Englund, Kenneth M.. . .
Minneapolis
Erickson, Delores Romelle
Arthyde
Erickson, Roland E. . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Faul, James 0.
. . . . .
Minneapolis
Gilberkon, Glen
. .
.Minneapolis
Glans, Roger Elmer. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gordon, Robert Lee. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gryth, Beverly A.
Pembina, N. D.
Hage, Robert Roy
...
Hagen, James H.. .
Holler. Harriet Marie
.Minneapolis
. . .Montevideo
Wanamingo
.
Hansen, Harold John
Hanson, Celia JoAnn .
Hanson, Elmer Harland
Harvey, Richard V.. . . .
Helmke, Eugene V.
Hetager, Mildred . .
Hindemith, Jerry 0..
..
Hjelle, Orleite Belinda
Holmberg, Henry Allen
Holmquist, lvar Robert
Howells, Richard S. .
Minneapolis
. . . . . .Aitkin
. .Elk Mound
Minneapolis
. . . . .Cokato
Forgo, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Newfolden
. . .Minneapolis
East Moline, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Jacobson, Donovan . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Crystal
Johnson, Anton V. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Donnis L.. . . Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Gordon Phillip. .Blooming Prairie
Johnson, Morris Melvin . . . . .Minneapolis
Kleven, Charlotte . . Blanchardville, Wis.
Knudson, Millard John. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Korpi, Hugo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Eh/
Kottom, James D.
. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Kuross, William J.. . . . . .
Minneapolis
Landsverk, Eleanor M..
Larson, Benjamin L. . . .
Larson, Elwood H. . . . .
Larson, Luther J. . . . . . . .
Larson, Marvin Leroy
Leak, John Roy, Jr.. . .
Luhn, Charles W. . . . . .
Lyngdal, Lloyd . . . . . .
. . .Fosston
Minneapolis
. .st. Paul
. . . Brockton
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . Duluth
Madsen, John R.. . . . . . .
Mitmoen, Winnifred Arlene
Minneapolis
. . .Duluth
Nelson, Lola Joyce . . . . . . Stanchfield
Nelson, Roger h r l o w e .
. .Brooten
Nelson, Wayne Merle . . . . . . . . . . .Pennock
Nestvold, Elwood . . . . . . . . . Laramie, Wyo.
Northfelt, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nyhus, Leroy D.. . . . . . . . . .Tacoma, Wash.
Olson, Orville L . . . . . . . . . . .Oakes, N. D.
Onischuk, W;illiam . . . . . . . . .South St. Paul
Oscarson,. .Donald Roy. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ose,'Eleanor G.. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Paulson, Arnold C. . . . . . . . .Wallace, S. D.
Paulson, LeVon Mae . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paulson, Philip H. . . . . . . .La Crosse, Wis.
Petersen, Morlo D. . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Peterson, Harvey M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Vera V. . . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
Prazniak, John . - . . . . . . . . .,Minneapolis
Puterbaugh, Karl Dallas. . . . . .Minneapolis
Ringdahl, Irving C.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Roberts, Donavon . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Crystal
Rokke, David H.. ............ Strandquist
Schmidt, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hawley
Schmitt, Gottlieb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Sirotiak, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Skiei, Lola Jean. . . . . . . . . . Williston, N. D.
Skonnord, Dorothy G.
Valley City, N. D.
Smith, Lynn Lorrell . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Snodgrass, Melvin E.. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Solum, Marvin E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Argyle
Swanson, Jean A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Blanchardville, Wis.
Thompson, Robert D..
Thorpe, Gordon D.. . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Thorsen, Floyd Curtis . .
.Minneapolis
Trones, Duane M.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Underbakke, Leland B.
Minneapolis
Varner, Joanne Marilyn
Varner, Siegel S,. Jr.
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Walters, Orville Blair. .
.Minneapolis
Wang, Donna J.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Weidenbach, Paul A.. . .
.Minneapolis
Wilhelm, Max . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Young, Lyle Henry.. . . Valley City, N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
......................
79
26
105
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1952-1953
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
.............................
............................
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
...................
...
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students ................................
....-.. . . . .
Total
....................................................
.........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
...-.............
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students
Women Students
Totol
.............................
...............................
.........................................
COLLEGE
Men Students ..............................................
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
...........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting thaw counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1952-1953
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..
..................................
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..................................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
G:odualt:-i870-1951
Graduater-'952
Total
.........................................
.........................................
.
609
8
-
..................................................
617
COLLEGE
Graduates-i870-1951 ............................................
Graduates-lP52
..............................................
Tota i
................................................
Total Graduates
............
............................
1729
105
1834
-
245 1
Page
Academic Administration
. . . . 42
. . . . . . . . 26
Accounts Payment of .
Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Admirsion. Seminary . .
. . . 101
Administration . . . . . .
.... 5
Administrative Staff . . .
Aims. Fundamental . . . .
Alumni Association. The
Archives. The . . . . . . . . .
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Athletia . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel . .
Attendance. Class . . . . . .
Audio-Visual Educotion
Awards
. . .
.
Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.
Biology. Department of
h a r d of Trustees
..
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum. .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . . .
77
93
5
20
53
87
Calendar
.................. 4
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 77
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37. 77
Christian Education and Sociology . . . 108
Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Christianity. Deportment of
. . . 61
Church History (Seminary). . . . . . . . . . 106
Classical Languages. Department of . . . 65
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Classwork, Amount of
. . . . . . . . . 44
College. Augsburg
. . . . . . . . 42
College Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
. . . 111
College Students (1952-1953)
...
committees of the Faculty .
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 47
Contents. Table of . . .
...
.Convocation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Counseling .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Course Fees . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study, College . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Cultural Opportunities .
. . . . . . 31
Curriculums
.
. . . . . 51
Debate and Oratory
35. 70
Degree. Bachelor of Arts .
.
. 48
Dentistry Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . 56
Departmental and Student Interest
Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
.
Page
Dioconate
5 9
Dining Hall
. . 4 0
.
. 31
Discipline . . . . . . . . .
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 71
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Education. Deportment of Psychology
and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Educational Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . 45
Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Courses . . 57
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
English. Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Entrance Requirements. College . . . . . . . 42
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Examinations. Comprehensive . . . . . . . 47
Examinations. Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Expenses. Student
24. 25. 26. 102
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25
Financial Information ............... 24
Financial Support and Control . . . . . . 19
Food Service ..................... 40
Foundation, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
. . . 17
Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German. Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates 1952 ..................
Graduates (1870.1952) Summary of .
Graduation Requirements. College . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65.
.
Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Health Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66, 109
High School Teaching, Curriculum ..... 53
Historical Sketch .................. 15
History and Political Science. Department of ........................ 79
Home Economics. De~artmentof . . . . 90
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 55
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37. 50
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . 65
. .
Page
Incompletes
.
. 47
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.
. 69
Junior College Requirements . . . . . . . . 48
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15. 125
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . 97
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 57
Medicine, . Pre-Medic b t s e s . . . . . . . . 55
Membership In Edvcdknal h i a t i o n s 19
Ministry. Preptation for the . . . . 51. PO1
Minors ........................... 49
Miitonnry Work. Pmporntion for . . . . . 52
Mwaum. The . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 21
Music. Deportment of
.
.
. 74
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25. 75
Music. Organizations . . . . . . .36. 77
Naturol Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . 72
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses ........ 56
Nursing. Affiliation with Deaconess
Hospital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 37
.
Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . .104
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35,37. 70
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3B.
. 84
Parish W ~ r k . Preparation f w . . . . . . .
52
Pastoral T k l c g y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 38
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 63
Physical Eduwtion. Department of
Heolth and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 94
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Piono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Placemdnt ' Service for Graduates
. .41
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Polity, Worship, and Parish Work . . . . 108
Practical Thealogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Pre-Seminory Curriculum . . . . .5 1. 101
Prizes, Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . 27
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Rychology cmd Education. Depart-
'.merit of
......
. . .
83
Recreation ond Social Life . . . . .
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion ond Philosophy. Division of .
Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . .
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . .
Romance Languages. Department of .
Room Application . . . . : . . . . . . . . . .
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 27
Secretarial Studies . . . . . .
..89
Secretarial Work Curriculum
. . . . 54
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . -101
Seminary. Faculty . . . . . . .
7
Seminary. Courses of Study
1 0 3
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . ..24. 102
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees
102
Seminary. General Requirements . . . . 101
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Senior College Requirements . . . . . . . . 49
Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . . . 79
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . 30
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . 38
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . .ID6
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . .53. 83
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 42. 46. 47
Theology. College Preparation for . 51. 101
Theology. Courses of Study . . . .
TO3
Theological Orientation Courses
103
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
. 101
Theological Students (1952-1953).
T I0
Theology. The Three-Year Cyck of
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Transfer and Advanced Standing'. .43. 102
Trustees. Boord of . . . . .
5
Tuition and Fees . . :
.
24. 25
University Courses
:
.....
Veterons; Admission of . .
Voice
. . . . . . .
. . 4 5
. '
. . . 43
. 76
EVENING SCHOOL
1954
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA
Augsburg College is pleased to announce the fourth annual evening
school, a program in adult education for the Twin City Community. The
evening session is ten weeks long, with classes meeting once a week.
The classes norlnally meet for a single period of one hour and fifteen
minutes; three, as indicated in the description of the course, require a
double hour. Although no college credit is given in connection with these
short courses, certain requirements for each course will be outlined b y
the instructor.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course in which there is
insufficient registration and refunds will be made only if the course is
cancelled. Requests for additional courses may be made to the Director.
The College will try to meet such needs when the request is presented b y
twelve students or more.
Tuition will be $9.OC per course and is payable in advance. An additional fee will be charged for a laboratory course.
A special rate of $5.00 per course will be available to a group of
five students or larger from a single organization registering in Courses
26e, 56e, and 71e. Such organizations will include churth groups and
clubs of various kinds.
The first part of the hour on the opening evening will be used for
registration and payment of tuition. Instructions for registration may be
secured in Science Hall.
Advanced registrations will be taken on. request. These must be accompanied by the registration fee.
Address inquiries about Evening School to:
Dean Martin Quanbeck
Director of the Evening School
Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4 - Phone LI 0501
Classes will begin on Monday, January 18, 1954, and meet every
Monday until March 22. One class, Course 52e, will meet on Thursdays,
beginning January 21 and continuing till March 25. Classes begin at
7:00 except the double-period classes, which begin at 6:30.
2e.
Scandinavian Cooking-Breads, Cookies and Cakes
A laboratory course in the preparation of Scandinavian breads,
cookies, and cakes. The class meets for a double period (2% hours).
A materials fee of $5.00 is in addition to the regular fee. Enrolment limited to 15 students. (6:30-9:00, Room S30.) Miss Sigrunn
Kvarnrne.
26e.. How the Bible Came to Us
The aim of this-co.urse is to acquaint the student with the human
history of the Word of God. The course includes a disclission of the
original languages of the Bible, the materials and methods of
transmitting the sacred text from age to age, ancient translations
of the Scriptures, and the transition from manuscript to printed
page. The course also includes a treatment of modern translations
and versions. (7:OO-8:15, Room S212.) Mr. lver Olson.
51e.
Norwegian Folk Painting (Rosemaling)-Beginner's Course
Instruction in "rosemaling". Demonstration and individual work.
The class meets for a double period (2% hours). A materials fee
of $2.00 for paints, oil, and turpentine is charged in addition to
the regular fee. Brushes and plates may be purchased from the
instructor. Enrolment limited to 16 students. (6:30-9:00, Room S33.)
Mr. Hans Berg.
52e.
Norwegian Folk Painting (Rosemaling)-Advanced Course
Similar to Course 51e except that it is intended for those who have
already had this course. Same fees. Enrolment limited to 16 students. (6:30-9:00 Thursdays, Room S33.) Mr. Hans Berg.
56e.
Ten Evenings With Great Writers
Reading and discussion of selected writings by American and British
authors, including Washington Irving, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Ralph
Waldo Emerson, William Shakespeare, John Milton, William
Wordsworth. (7:OO-8: 15, Room S205.) Miss Anne Pederson.
71e.
Popular Minnesota Geology
A survey of geological forces and events that have produced the
land formations of Minnesota. Each class meeting will include the
use of some picture materials, rock samples, or fossils. Slides and
motion pictures will be used extensively. (7:OO-8:15, Room S206.)
Mr. Orval Engen.
a member of the Board of Trustees and Treasurer of the Geological
Society of Minnesota.
ticism of Emily Dickinson". Miss Pederson holds the rank of Associate
Professor of English at Augsburg College. She has been afiliated with
Augsburg since 1933 except for a 2-year leave of absence to teach in
the Son Mateo and Burlingame, California, public schools.
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Catalog Record for 1953-1954
Announcements for
19561955 and 1955-1956
Vol. XVI, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1954
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in Ap... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Catalog Record for 1953-1954
Announcements for
19561955 and 1955-1956
Vol. XVI, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1954
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theologicol Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as secondtloss matter March
21, 1947 at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
Accreditation
and Membership in Educational
Associations
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education. It is a
member of the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of
Minnesota Colleges.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar . . . . . . . .
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . .
Administration
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
5
. . . . .
.........................
5
. . .
Committees of the Faculty
6
The Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
General Information
..
Financial Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Community Life .
I
5
.
24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
. .
. . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
Divisional Organization .
.
.
.
.
.
44
44
50
53
63
Student Personnel Services
.
.
CoursesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of Religion and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . . . .
64
64
68
81
95
The Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3
.
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !$.!....,+..
,,
. , . . . . . - . .105
..,
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. I I
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
CALENDARS
For 1954-55and 1955-56
FIRST SEMESTER
I955
I954
Freshman Days
Sept. 9-13
Registration
Sept. 9, 10,
Classes begin
Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m.
Sept. 17
Late Registration Fee
Sept. 17
Oct. 22-24
Homecoming
Oct. 28-30
Nov.
Sept. 9-13
Sept. 9,
13
10, 11,
Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m.
13
12,
End of &st half of Semester
Nov.
Nov. 25, 26
Thanksgiving Recess
Nov. 24, 25
Dec. 17, 4:zo p.m.
Christmas Recess begins
Dec. 16, 4:20 p.m.
1955
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin after Christmas
1956
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 20-26
College Examinations
Jan. 24-27
Seminary Examinations
Jan. 23-26
Jan. 26
First Semester Ends
Jan. 25
Registration for Second
Semester
Jan. 16-31
10
10
Recess
Jan. 17 to Feb.
I
Jan. 19-25
SECOND SEMESTER
Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb.
Feb. 5
Late Registration Fee
Feb. 4
Feb. zz
Washington's Birthday
Feb.
End of first half of Semester
April 4
April
I
I,
8:00 a.m.
22
Easter Recess begins
Mar. 27, 4:2o p.m
April 12, 8:00 a.m.
Easter Recess ends
April 3, 8:00 a.m.
May 27
Seminary Commencement
May 25
College Examinations
May 2 5 to June
May 30
Decoration Day
May 30
May 29
June 3, 8:00 p.m.
Baccalaureate Service
June 3
College Commencement
June 4. 8:00 p.m.
April 6, 4:20 p.m.
May 26 to June
2
I
b
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
REV. ERNESTG. LARSON,President, Minneapolis, Minn.. . Term
REV. CLARENCE
J. CARLSEN, Vice-President, Minneapolis,
Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Secretary, Minneapolis, M i . . . Term
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . Term
REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Duluth, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. Term
MR. IVER H. IVERSON,
min not, N. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
k v . GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wis. . . . . . . . . Term
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
expires 1954
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
1957
195 8
1956
1958
I 9 54
1955
I 9 56
1957
Advisory Members
DR. T. 0. BURNTVKDT,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn.
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
MAILTINQUANBECK. . . . .Dean of the Colkge and Director of Veterans Agairs
JOHN M. STENSVAAG.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminary
BURTONP. FOSSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager
K. BERNERDAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
..fi r . . Efi CL e . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relatims
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registra~,Secretary of the General F a d t y
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Famlty
MELVINA. HELLAND.
AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
CARL R. HAMMAREERG.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cdlege Pastor
FREDEL WINDMANN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative
S. V. HJ-ELMELAND
IRWGHOEL.. . . . . . .Purchasing Agent, Supervisor of Buildings a d Grounds
AINO SINKO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Sewice
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewm
IVER B. OLSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arcbivkt
CARL WOYKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
.W.
r..
.bd. e . e ..& . . . Admissions Counselor
k\
.IT
-
REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Building Fund
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the
College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary to Business
Manager; Bertha Lilehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Office; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's m c e ; Mrs.
Arnold Drange, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Ogce; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Borghild Estness,
Secretary, Registrar's Office; David Rokke, Student Employment Manager; Mrs.
Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Donna Storley, Faculty Secretary, Mimeographing; Mrs. Mavis Hafstad, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator.
Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Lloyd Kallevig; Sivertsen Hall, Mrs. Eleanor Cotton Miller; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton
Hall, Darlene Deem; Edda House, Alice Swenson.
Supervisor of Hmekeeping: Olga Hermunslie.
MEDICAL n A F F
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R.N.,
Nurse; Bernice Olson, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
Administration: Christensen, Quanbeck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, C. Strommen,
Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel.
Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Kleven, Miss
Joel.
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Thorson, Nash, Hammarberg.
Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, M. Strommen, Savold, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg.
Library: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock.
Athletics: Soberg, E. W . Anderson, Bertness, M. Strommen, Walton.
Social: Mrs. Fylling, Miss Mortensen, Dahle, Mrs. Bergman, Mrs. Peterson.
Studies: Miss Joel, Trautwein, R. Anderson, Colacci, Mrs. Nelson.
Convocations: Thut, Miss Lund, Sonnack, E. Nelson (student members also
included in this committee).
Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Soberg, Miss Segolson (student members also included in this committee).
Teacher Education: Bertness, Urdahl, Sateren, Miss Tangjerd.
Religious Life: Strommen, Sonnack, Landahl (student members also included
in this committee).
1953-1954
Faculty Council: M. Quanbeck, Miss Lund, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Thelander, Thorson, Chrislock, Dahlen, Hammarberg, Colacci, Mrs. Peterson,
Mrs. Nelson, Savold.
Board-Faculfy Committee: Urdahl, Miss Segolson, Sonnack (Board members also
included in this committee).
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President und Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25;
ThM., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G ~ t t i n ~ e n .
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, Broololyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President
since 1938.
~ A R ERMISCH,
L
Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritw of C h r c h History
A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29.
At Augaburg 1928-1952.
h h ~ v mA. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testommt, Secretary
of tbe Theological Faculty
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Scxnhqy,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Founddon, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
IVER B. OLSON,AM., Th.B., Associate Professor of S y s t d i c Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological k u h r y ,
1936; A.M., University of, Minnrs~ta, 1945. A d d i b d study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological
Seminarp. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Mhuesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser oo SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAUL G. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c h History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augs'burg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago.
Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Testamunt
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 6 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, I 940; Ph.D., 194I. Additi& study: Johns Hopkii. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
ERLINGM. TUNGSETH,C.T., Guest Lecturer in Practical Theology, 1953-54
A.B., Concordia College, Moorhead, Minn., 1940; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Teaching: Augsburg College, 1943-44, 1946-47.
FREDERICNORSTAD,
A.B., C.T., S.T.M.* Special Lecturer, Director of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
*In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
KARL ERMISCI-I, Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritzu of G m a n
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. A d d i t b d s d y : &4hnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Asmistant in English, Univc*
of -es~m,
1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-11. At Augsburg I~IJ-1952.
MANIVALDALDRE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cbemjstry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
T a b , Estonia, 1941; MS., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching:
Amhant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.
At Atigsbug since 1949.
C. WESLEYANDERSON,
M.Mus., Instructor in Music
A.B., Macalester College, 1930; A.A.G.O., Northwestern University, 1936;
MMus., Northwestern University, 1937. Teaching: Roosevelt High School,
Minneapolis; Michigan State College; Minneapolis College of Music. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 3.
ERNEST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and P W d
Edwrtion, BaRetbdl C w c b
A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON,AM., Assistmt Professor of Speecb
B.S., University of Ivfjnn~ita,1946; A.M., 1950. Additiond study: Minnenesota. Teuching: University of; Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsburg since 1949.
FRANKARIO, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: M h e s t a . U. S. Army,
1943-46. At Augsbwg since 1950.
PEGGY
SMITH B ~ E YB.S.,
, Instrwtor in MllSjc
B.S., University of .Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1953.
EVABAVOLAK,
AM., Instructor in Bwiness Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 194s. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea~hersCollege,
A b e r d ~ S.
, Dak., 1942-47; H?mline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
HAROLD
J. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology
A. B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-3 8 ; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44. Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director caf Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
A t Augsbug since 1954.
LUCYMAE E. BERGMAN,M.S., Instructor in Speech
B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1935-39; University of
Minnesota, 1939-47. A t Augsburg since 1952.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Augsbug CaUege, r 947; A X , Unhcrsity of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Miunesora. Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. teach in^:
Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Hisfory and Political Science
CARLCHRISLOCK,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnemta. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior
College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5 I. At Augsburg since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Languuges
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
.
LELAND9.DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1952.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dean of Students mad Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193I; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Mditioa;ll 6mdy: Mbwu. Teaching: High School, 193 1-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, I 940-41. U. S. Army Ak Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg
since 1941.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
CLARICE A. h-LLING, B.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. Teaching: High School, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. A t Augsburg since 195 3.
MIKELISGEISTAUTS,
Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art
Cand.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940;Academy of Art, Latvia,
Riga. Teaching: Private Studio, 1938-49.At Augsburg since 1952.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assisktlt Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus CoIIegr, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. tit Augsburg since 1953.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek ond Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ALMAM. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Colorado State CoI1ege of Education, 1 9 2 7 ; A.M., 1928. Additional
smdy: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eesrera State Teachers Cdege,
Madiwn, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson Stare Teachers W e g e , 192836; Colondo State College of Education, 19 3 6-37. Educational research:
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39;
Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 1943.
MILDRED
V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar
rind Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg GIIcge, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional srud y : Szrbtdrcwan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1941-46.
At Augsburg since r947.
EBBA I. JOHNSON,A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1950;B.S. in L.S., 1953.At Augsburg since
'952-
MEMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistrrnt Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., Uni~ersiryof Mexiw, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnmta. Teaching : Wagner College, Staten
Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Bmklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A,t
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. &EVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsborg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 194r. Addirional study: Hamard. Teaching: High Schml, 192215: Whsaton Cauege, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46,and since 1947.
W. LAMARRKOPP, A.B., Instructor in Germun
A.B., Goshen College, Indiana, 1952.Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 19~3.
ARNOLDM. LAHTI,A.B., Instructor in Physics
.4.13., Western Washington CoIlege. Bellingham, Wash., 1947 and 1948.
Addirional m d y : Unircrsicy of Minnesota. Teaching: Western Washington
College, 1947-48: ToIedo Jr. High, 1948-49;University of Minnesota,
1951-1:.
~ 4 Augburg
t
Skcf 191 j.
BJARNEE. LANDA,PhD., A t r d t c Professor of
hgwgas
A.B., Vass Statt Cdege, N m y , 1925; 0,Unhtnity of Southern
Gdifornia, 1928: U ,1930;Ph.D., Univ-tg
of W r a , r952. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since
CARL
W. LANDAHL,
M.Mus., Instructor in Mwic
A.B., Ud&ty
d Minnwtg rg3r; BXw., C o I d m School of Mllfit,
Chicago, 1933; XMtvi., 1934; BD., C&omia Baptist neologicd Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Pdvate Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dnkota WBleyan Unberzity, Mitchell, S. D.,1940-42;Northwestern khwls, ?&meapolis, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952.
AUDREYLANDQUIST,
MMus., I n s t m t o r in P i m o ond Organ
B.S., University bf Minnesota, 1940; B,Mus., & c P h d School of Music,
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: Ma~Phail School of Music rime 1937.
A t Augsburg since 1946.
ROBERT
E. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching Waldorf College, 194648. A t Augsburg since 1953.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Secretarial Science
AB., Augsburg College, 1936; AM., UniPckty of Minnesom, 1911.
Teaching: High School, 1943-41; West C m d SchQol of A & d e
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High S ~ h d 1948,
49. A t Augsburg since 1950.
ELEANORCOTTON~ ~ L L E RA.M.,
,
Imtructos in English
A.B., Wheaton College, Wheaton,
1940; A.M., Wheaton College, 1945.
Additional study: South Dakota State College. Teaching: High School,
1940-43, 1945-46; South Dakota State College, 1949-53. At Augsburg
since 1953.
m.,
MUTON, A.M., Instructor in English.
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1949.
JOHN
GERDA
MORTENSEN,AM., Dean of Women and Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON,
M.Ed., Assistmt Professor of Pbysical Education m d Coach.
of Football md Baseball
AB., Augsburg College, 1938; &Ed., University of Minneso~, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
&EN
Y. NELSON,
Ph.D., h i s k f f l Profer~orof H m e Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., rgTz. Twding:
H g h S h l , 1938-42; Warem hkhigan CoIIege, K a ~ u f i a ~ m1942-44;
,
University of California, 1944-46; Iowa Srare Teachers College, Su 1948,
1949. At Augsburg since 1951.
IVERB. OLSON,
A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologicd
Seminary Faculty listing.
ANKEPEDERSON,
A.M., A~soriate Pro~PISOI.of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I gj 2; A.M.,Universiry of Minnesota, I 9; 5 . Addir k n d study: Minnwta, ColumKia. Tnching: High Scbml, 1945-46;
Sari Matm Junior College, California, one semesttr, 1946. At Augburg,
1932-44, and since 1946.
LAVONNE
PETERSON,A.M., Instructor in Physical Education for Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: hhnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg
since 1950.
LAWRENCEA. QUANBECK,
A.B., Director of Admissions
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy..
1944-46. Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-1 I. A t Augsburg since 195 I.
TIN QL~ASBECX,
Ph.D., Dem
of Ihe Comegc and Professor a j Edlccstion
A.B., Augsbwg ColIege, ~ 9 2 9 A.M.,
;
University of Minnesota, 1933: Ph.D.,
1952. High S r b d admioistrarion, k t o n r ~ c Minn.,
,
1929-36. Teaching:
W d d ~ r fa U e g t , 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, r 939-46; Dta,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 19rS.
LELAND B. SATEREN,
A.M., Professor of Music
AB., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., Universirp of Minnesota, 194 j. Additional study: Campsicion with Donald F e r g w n (-Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: Ehgh School, 193 y-39. M d c Director, Radio Starion KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-4 3. Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1444-46. At Augsbwg 1941-43.and since 1946.
A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music
A a . , Luther College, 1941. Teaching: Beman County Agriculture and'
Tnining SchmI, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37; Lvnberton Pdblic Schools,
1941-42 and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194s-45; Glenwood Public
Scboofs, 1948-52. A t Augsburg since 1952.
RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer 1936.
A.t Augsburg since 1944.
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN
CLAIRE. STROMMEN,A.B., Director of Public Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1946. Teaching: High School, Springfield, Minn.
Insurance salesman, 1946-13. At Augsburg since 195 I.
~MERTON P. STROMMEN,
A.B., l%.B., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota,
1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
OLIlP H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.,M., University of Minnesota,
19 50. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-5 I. Probation
Ofice, Hennepin County, 191 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
AM., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library
Science
A.B., St. O l d College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of h&mesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel,
1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library,
1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940.
DANIELB. TETZLAFF,B.S., Instructor in Brass Instrzlments
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Southern College of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas, 1948;
Hamline University, 19 5 2-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
ROY PHUIP THELANDER,M.S., Instructor in Biology
A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota.
U. S. A m y Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah,
1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950.
GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S.
A m y , 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 195 I. At Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT,
A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaohing: Bethel College, 1924-27; h e r i c a n Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State
College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46. A.t Augsburg since 1947.
VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instnrctor
in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with
Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46;
Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology
JOEL S. TORSTENSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, and since
'947.
MARGARETSATERENTRAUTWEIN,A.M., instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg
since 1949.
~
~
V E.
T TRAUTWEIN,
N
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935 ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
study: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training m c e r ,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Fdls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
S w r r D. WALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration ad
Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Y.B.A., Harvard University, 1949;
PbD., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
University of Minnesota, 1912-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
General Information
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored
by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young
people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian
environment. In addition to a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, medical technology, secretarial work, parish
work, missions, and social work. They may prepare for further
study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields.
The Skminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a
three-year rheological course leading to a Bachelor of Theology
degree. Its purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the
Lutheran Free Ohurch.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections.
They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is
recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious
life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from
other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact present day life at one of its focal points.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, W'~sconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private
institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed
in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This
arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological
group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until
1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to
Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its
use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws
of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers
for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in
growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological
study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical
course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to
prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be
discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too
few students selected the course. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college
course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general
emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there
has ,been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was
adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses.
The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added
in 1939. Standards of admission have ,been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the
Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long
experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome
and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of o6ce of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was
followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from 191I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937
until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served
since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the student to cr deeper understanding and personal
realization of the truth and pvwer of the Chistian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an eeective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
To familiarize the student with the clcltare of our own and
other civilizatiolts, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the student's ittterest in the attahment of the
comnum pwposes of our counhy, so that he may work for the
welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cdtivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
To teach t h e student t o discipline his own urges, interests,
amhtiuns, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
To train t h e student in scientific methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
To stimulate intellectual interest and develop s c h o l l y insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension a t the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
To awaken and foster in the student a n intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of t h e best in t h e fields of t h e fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance fw the student in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his life Purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professicmaZ lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his eaciency in the various relationships of life.
T o agord t h e student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o instruct t h e student in principles, attitudes, and ideas
pertaining to health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things.
They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school
towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and
extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make
possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to
see all things through the eyes of Christ."
Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways
prescribed for the attainment of these aims.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in 1890, resulted in the afdiation of Augsburg
with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due
to cMerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in x 897 congregations whose sympathia were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, rhe chief financial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the sup-
port of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS.
Augsburg College is fully accredited by rhe North Central Association of Colleges and Secondmy Schools as a degree-granting
institution. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lurheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their A h a Mater.
The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present ogcers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Esther
Aune, Vice-president; Marian Lowrie, Recording Secretary; Gloria
Nelson, Harvey Peterson, and Kennet,h Sorenson, Advisers.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and
systematic support, ,both spiritual and financial, to the school. The
Foundation was estgblished in 1941 by joint action of the Board
of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a
General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held
each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and oflices, and a number of college classrooms and oflices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration of-
fices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization &ces,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty
osces. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem,
fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men.
On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory
accommodating about 50 women.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are
smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20
students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
~ 3 r Avenue
d
across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for
the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program
providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was
acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural
design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many
t
s
. There are several collections: a Madagascar Cdvaluable d
lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preseme
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about I ,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist.
The collections in the Library aggregate about 27,700 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
About three hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with various subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the
interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:30 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located-which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
NATURALSCIENCELABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the .two storerooms for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16mm.
sound movie projectors, two 3 I/4x4 inch slide projectors, three
2x2 slide projectors, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system,
two film strip projectors, and a magnetic tape recording machine.
There is also a well equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are dso provided
with facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community sexvice for adults not
enrolled in the day school. Announcement of course to be offered
are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may
be obtained from the o6ce of the Dean.
OF NURSING
AFFILIATIONWITH SCHOOLS
Student nurses in the Schools of Nooursing
at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their
first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for
admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years
of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital.-
Financial Information
STUDENT EXPENSES
A considerable part of the income on whiah Augsburg operates
is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the
latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees
charged the student do not constitute h e whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who 'believe
in and support rhe work of the school. Fm theological students,
the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other
expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERALEXPENSES
FOR ONE SEMESTER'
Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200.00
This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission
to all athletic events.
h k s , &C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00 t0 40.00
Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.00
Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.o~
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . .
Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo
Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I .oo
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.5 o
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $245.50 to 260.50
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour
up to 1 1 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fe.
Subject to change.
ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER'
Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00
Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I 60.00
SPECIALFEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration after the beginning of the second
week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement fee, depending upon the methad of
placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.oo to
Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 .00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7.50
2.00
2.00
.
5 oo
MUSICFEESPERSEMESTER
......................................
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brass (private instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brass (class instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chord Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano
'
..
Art I and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
Art 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Economics 39 and 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Biology 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00
Biology, 1,2,3N,4, 52, 5 3 , a n d f s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5.00
Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
1
.
Subject to change
Chemistry I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry5,6,~1,5~,53,
54,andss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 5 I, and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Studies I, 5 3, and 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 o
2.00
4.00
5.00
2.50
2.00
4.00
5.00
2.5 o
I. 50
15.00
Resident students
General expenses . .
, , . . .
. . . . . . .$245.50 to 260.50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00
Room and Board
Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . -2.00 to 3 5.00
Total, approximately
. . . . . . . . $ 4 7 o . ~ oto ~ 1 8 . y o
OiX-campus students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . .
Special, music, or course fees
Total, approximately . . . . . .
,
. . . . $245.50 to 260.50
. . . . . .2.00 to 35.00
. . .
$247.50 to 295.50
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Srude~~acwunzsare.&hMarthe cimaofre&~ationin
S q t d s and Felmwy. Parena may dqmit money in advan* at
the school or the d e n t may d e dx papent whenhe tegbter~s.
Rw-g
dmt paymest of fees in f d ac reg;sWarjon p e s a
h a n d p m k im v e e &e c&ge bas -toted
s '"deferred p a w - parn". Unde this-plan.%
miniftlum df 205% of the
tuition fee, room fee, and minimum board bill is paid at registration together with all special course and miscellaneous fees. T h e
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester.
To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each
payment on the student's account after registration.
Subject to change.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week ,by students
who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Papments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence. Students who move out
of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full
semester room rent.
STUDENT AIDS
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or
scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing
work both on and off the campus.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in
working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a
reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The Gewral Studmt Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Charles and Nora Crmch Student Loan Fund, established
in 1954, likewise extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Jhnand Anna Jorgiw Gregory Theological Studmt Lorvn
Fuwd is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the minis~ry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on
student loans. In addition ro arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on h c i d matters w i d rhe objective in mind
of helping rhe mudent work out a sat$factorg plan for 'hisfinances.
Prize Scholarships, amounting t o tuition for the second half of
the Fr&a
year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and
the highest ranking &I in each Minnesota high school graduating
class. A number of su& schoIamhips are alsu awarded to other
outstanding high school graduates selected by the Scholarship Committee.
The Opseth Memorial Music Scho1arsh;iP was established in 1953
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of tbe Augsburg Cullege Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore w j d ~ student
r
of outstanding promise
or achievement in the field of music.
The Gewge Svmdmp Gadaate F~Elws&$ was atabhhed by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the menory
of George Sverdrup, Praident of Augsburg from r91 x to 1937.
It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and abiLity who plans to prepare further for the mcatiOn
of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. H o # w n M&I
Sckohshifi was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquw of Okinawa.
The d o l a d i p wnsists of the income from a fund of $ I ,075 and
is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T& Lastberan E r o f k h d SchIarshij of $300 is provided by
the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to an outstanding Lurheran college senior. The student
is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the
basis of religious leadership and &ohtic standing.
The Alcgsburg College Wotnen's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
T h Adolph Pmlson Mem&Z Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph,
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredricksm Schlursbip consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni AssocilEtim Scholarship of $250
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by
the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or
to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good
scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work
in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other
fields approprite for missionary work. The scholarship is granted
for one year at a time in amounts varying from $so.oo to $250.00
per year for academic and professional training. Higher awards are
possible for graduate work or medical study.
EMPLOYMENT
SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Ogce, has
been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students
in pairt-time positions. The types of work secured are of many
kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic
service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students ai-e employed by the college in many activities. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided
each spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus
may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
Student Community Life
1
3
CHRISTIAN ENVIRONMENT
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory,
and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need
to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible
but very real supplementary iQuences have much t o do with
creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg d e h i t e emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of
Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development
and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerf d y fostered in each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to
participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is
assumed that every Augsburg student will h d a church home
in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly.
I t is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and 06 campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality
of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not
seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and
environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer
of faculty, students, and administration.
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the
daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gatfier for
united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of
God. Regular attendance is expected of all students.
DISCIPLINE
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public
dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable
card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed
although no formal charge is made against him.
CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and
cultural advantages offered in the Upper Midwest. Excellent
art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of
Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are
large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in
St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The
Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts
afford rich opportunity for music appreciation.
In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota
and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development.
CONVOCATION
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A
wide range of interests is covered, including the scientiiic, political,
social, religious, and artistic.
RECREATION AND SOCIAL LIFE
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not
only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and
directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards
the use of leisure time in general. Wholesale social activities of of
many kinds are fostered and encouraged.
STUDENT AREAS
The Student Center, the Student Council Room, the Augsburgian and Augsburg Echo Offices in Science Hall are headquarters
for many student events and provide opportunity for students,
both campus and city, to meet informally and to promote student
activities. The recreation room at Sivertsen Hall, the gymnasium,
the Dining Hall, and the reception rooms in the various residences
provide opportunities for informal social gattherings and for study
and discussion groups.
The Tower Prayer Chapel in Science Hall is open during the day
for times of quiet and meditation. Smaller groups may request the
use of the chapel for devotional meetings.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Student activities are regarded as an integral part of the educational experience of college students. The oflice of Coordinator
of Student Activities has been created to provide centralized services, continuity, and concern for the e~ectivefunctioning of all
student activities.
The program of student activities is organized through the
Student Council. College direction is provided by the StudentFaculty Committee, the Coordinator of Student Activities, and
the faculty sponsors of the several organizations. The Student-Faculty Committee serves as a liaison lbetween the Student Council and
the Faculty Council.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The Student Society. Its purpose is to guide student affairs and
to provide students with training in practical democracy and in
developing student initiative and leadership. An organization of
the entire student body, it is the agency for student government
on the campus. It delegates the authori'ty "to promote and govern
the all-student activi,tiesmof the college to The Augsburg Student
Council. The president of the Council and the major chairmen
are elected by The Student Society. Other memibers are elected
by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as
their representatives. A local council of the National Stdent
Association has !ken formed by the Student Council.
Associated Women Students consists of all women enrolled in
Augsburg College. The purpose of this organization is to provide
an organization for self-government, to create a sense of hacrmony
and fellowship among the women of the College, to promote and
maintain a high standard of honor and integrity in matters of
personal conduct, and to encourage participation in college activities.
Memorial Hall Hmse Council is made up of the counselors and
representative students from each house in Memorial Hall. The
members aid in establishing policies for the residents, and assist in
maintaining order in che Hall.
Class Organizations. Freshmen, Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors
each have their own class organization and participate in student
government.
ACADEMIC
Aristotelians. Membership is open to students who specialize in
the natural sciences. Programs are planned to develop and further
the scientific interests of the students.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and
Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective.
T b German Society. This organization is for the purpose of
cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in &at department, is an organization promoting professional attitudes toward
all aspects of home and community life.
The Nmse Club. This club is composed of students who are
interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art.
The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity to exercise Ithe use of their knowledge in informal gatherings.
ARTS
The Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exahange ideas
about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Drama Club has been formed 'to give interested students
opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama.
Film Society. Students interested in lbringing iilms to the campus subscribe to a series each year. Discussions follow on the sociological, psychological, or literary merits of the production.
Forensics. Augsburg is annually represented by men and wornen debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various
colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local
and intercollegiate contests in oratory. Reading recitals and plays
are additional means of oral expression.
Music. A comparatively large number of students take part in
the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the
choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of
these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel &rough the
fellowship of music and song.
Membership in the choral organizations and the band is based
upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of
Music.
The Augsbzcrg Cdkge Choir consists of albout sixty memlbers.
From year to year che Choir has toured in various parts of the
United States, singing an average of twenty-five to thirty concerts
during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast,
East Coast, Canada, and the Midwestern states.
The Augsburg C h a l Club serves as a preparatory choir, and
also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities
and in ocher parts of Minnesota and neighboring states.
The Augsburg College Concert B d presents regular concerts
on tour. In addition, it gives practical experience in instrumental
music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Male C h u s affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week.
In addition to the Choir, Choral Clulb, Male Chorus, and Band,
there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal
and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos,
trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the ,students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department.
Each year the chairman of Music and of Speech together with
faculty representatives of the Music and Speech departments
and a student chairman, sponsor a light opera. The 195 3 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, HMS P h f o r e ; the 1954 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, The M i U o .
Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra F m m , inaugurated in I 9 5 31954, invites Augsburg students and faculty to sdbscribe to a
series of six concerts of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra at
Northrop Auditorium on the University of Minnesota campus at
a special rate. The subscribers constitute a forum for discussion of
musical art. Speakers at the forums at Augsburg in 1953-1954
were Antal Dorati, conduct'or of the Symphony; John K. Sherman, Arts Critic of the Star-Tribune; and Isaac Stern, violinist.
The Writers Club. This organization is composed of students
interested in creative writing. Members submit articles for group
criticism at the regular meetings. This group annually sponsors a
"Creative Night" where all types of creative arts, music, painting,
sculpture, as well as writing, are demonstrated and exhibited.
ATHLETICS
All students and faculty are admitted t o home athletic contests
upon presentation of their athletic cards, which are distributed at
the beginning of the school year.
Physical Edzlcatim and Recreatim. Under the direction of
the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities
of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation.
Co-Rec, or recreational sports, evenings are arranged twice a
week for both men and women to provide recreation and to foster
and increase interest in recreational games and sports.
Imtrmural Athletics. Through the intramural department
competition is maintained in touchball, basketball, table rennis,
badminton, softball, handball, volleyball, horseshoe, tennis, and
shdeboard. Climaxing the intramural program is the Conference Extramural Meet, a special Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference event in which champions of all intramural sports
of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships.
The "A" Club. Membership in the "A" Club is limited to
men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future
into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics
of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary organization. Membership is gained by participation in d i v i d u d and group recreation activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports.
Imtercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
It is the purpose of Augsburg to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to 'be reflected in the conduct and outlook of lboth the players and =he spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a
fundamental part of human life, and that t'&s phase of life needs
to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to
be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and
loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: ( I ) The
student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, 'both
in and out of athletics, such ,basic qualities of character as self-
discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cmperation. ( 2 ) The
participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills
which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching
and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational
activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in
any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or
be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play,
appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality.
(4) The intercollegiate a~hleticprogram should contribute to the
development of a unified and healthy "schml spirit". Enthusiasm
for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should
not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it
take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program.
CITIZENSHIP
Brotherhood Week. The last week in February is devoted to
developing Christian concepts of brotherhood, with speakers for
the Campus Chest Fund Campaign speaking for Brotherhood.
Future Teachers of America. The Martin Quanbeck chapter on
the Augsburg campus is open to all students who are interested in
education and especially those preparing for the teaching profession. The program is designed to develop professional understanding and attitudes.
*Human
Relatiom Club is an organization of students w'ho
major in one of the social sciences or d o are particularly interested in human relations.
Organized Field Trips. Various departments arrange for field
trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State
Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions.
rr9elitical Action Conference. Students interested in history or
political science cooperate with the NSA chairman and the head of
the history department in sponsoring a three-day conference on
Political Action during March.
The Republican Club and the Young Democratic-Farm-Labor
Club are organized to faster interest in political activity and good
government, and to provide an opportunity to discuss issues of
the day.
SPAN. Augsburg participates in Student Project for Amity
Among Nations, a Minnesota organization for students who quali.fy for study abroad according to its program.
The Co-Ed Toastmasters Club. This Augsburg Club is open to
both men and women interested in improving public speaking
techniques.
Student Projects. Augsburg students participate in a large number of projects, such as Campus Chest Fund Campaign, Library
Drive, +he Minneapolis Community Chest Fund, Red Cross,
March of Dimes, Blood Bank, Lutheran World Action, and community surveys.
PUBLICATIONS
Students interested in journalism can get practical experience in
campus publications. All student publications are under the supervision of the Board of Publications, composed of students and
faculty advisers. Each year this board edits the Student Handbook
and Directory.
The Augsburg Echo, a bi-weekly newspaper, offers opportunities for a selected number of students to participate in both journalistic and creative work.
The Augsburgian yearbouk provides outlets for students whose
interests lie in writing, photography, and art.
All publications are student operated. Their primary function
is t o present ehe Augsburg story from day to day and year to
year from the perspective of the student.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
The Religious Life Committee is ,the unit through which the
students and faculty endeavor to promote a religious program
that will supplement and enhance the inherent Christian program
of the college. Co-chairmen of this council are &e student Director
of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which
this committee carries responsibility or concern are the Mid-Week
services, dormitory devotions, $iritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer
meetings, and 'similar volunteer group meetings.
This council also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are listed as follows:
Missimz Society. This organization promotes mission concern
through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A
highlight of the year is the Mssion Festival.
Lwtberan Student Assochtimz. This group seeks to serve as a
stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences.
SOCIAL
Students at Augsburg are given opportunity for social training
and social recreation. The Student Council &rough the Chairman
of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education,
sponsors a monthly all-school activity of a social nature which all
students are urged to attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomores and Juniors sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated
Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor
teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus.
AWARDS
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocatiun in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The C h s of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the % i c e Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athktdcs is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
Tbe Harold A. Johnsm Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Student Personnel Services
ADMINISTRATION
College students face many new opportunities and not a few
problems. Some problems disappear soon after the student has
enrolled .but in many cases others appear during the four years
of college. In order to help students to make the most of the
opportunities and to provide help in the solution of problems,
Augsburg College has developed a number of services for students.
These include Freshman orientation, vocational and aptitude testing, counseling, housing and food service, health service, recreation
and leisure time activities, hancial aids, student employment service, and extra-curriculdr activities. Graduating seniors and alumni
benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. The administrative phase of these services is centered in the of6ce of the Dean
of Students. Plans and policy are formulated by the Student Personnel Committee.
FRESHh4A.N ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman
Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The
students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with heir fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with
the faculty counselors are scheduled for the students, during
which they plan their program of study.
All freshmen enroll-in a class in Orientation. In this course,
the students learn about standards and requirements of various
areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related
techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal
finances and vocational aims are discussed.
TESTING
A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are administered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained far
later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs.
Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the
students select occupational goals and future careers.
COUNSELING
The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual
help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and
techniques of adjustment learned will also serve him later in life.
Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor who may serve
for two years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major
advisers. The deans and other administrative oi3icers are general
counselors to all students.
The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational
program in accordance with 'his life aims and interests. The student {becomesaware of his own abilities and aptitudes through the
analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor.
Through a system of referral, students may obtain counsel from
any member of the faculty, or from qualiiied persons within the
college community.
VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the
use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information
iile in the college library provides study materials for vocational
planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional
people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling
on job opportunities. By means of such informational material
and *he help of his counselor, the student is able to make a vocational choice appropriate to his ability and vocational interests.
PERSONAL COUNSELING
Students who have difticult personal problems may iind help
through discussing the prdblem with their counselor. Finances,
social adjustments, and church activities are common topics of
discussions. Students v h o have spiritual prablems may confer with
their counselors, or other faculty members, particularly the College Pastor and members of the Department of Religion.
HOUSING
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about
I yo men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen H d , with
House and Edda House
Morton Hall housing twenty, %am
each housing eighteen women.
The college maintains several small apartments for married studena. Applications may be made in the o6ce of the Dean of Students.
Students not living at home must five in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students
may under certain conditions be permitted ,tomake other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean
of Students.
Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular
schedules 'begin and are closed wi& twenty-four hours after che
term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish
to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans.
Room rent and b a r d must :bepaid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women
may also provide their own ,bedspreads and drapes. Laundry
facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible
for any beakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment,
beyond ordinary wear and tear.
ROOM APPLICATION
Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students
or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of
acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application.
Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. '
After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted
in finding rooms in private homes. The oflice of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining
room available to students and other groups upon request.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food at
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
I
+
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
during school days with a registered nurse in charge. The College
Physician has daily office hours on campus for consultation and
for emergency treatment. Physical examinations arc given all entering students. Correcrive treatment is provided where needed,
and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training is
conducted. I d r r n a t y rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. T h e
Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial
Hall, the men's residence.
Students, faculty, and stafi have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit.
PLACEMENT SERVICE
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
P0s;tions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations
a t the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are
arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a
small placement fee are charged.
The employment service which assists students in obtaining
part-time employment is also located in the Placement Oflice.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Admission Procedure
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can (be secured from the Office of Public M a tions of from t h e Oflice of the Regimar. These forms are generally available also in Mmnesota high schools. The application,
together wi& t h e high school record, p r k o u s college record, if
any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph,
should be sent to the Office of PubIic Relations. A student seeking
adrmssion in t h e fall semester should apply not later than Septernkt 1 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I .
Requirements for Admission
~ u g s b u College
r~
admits as students, men and women of g o d
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Escimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating cIass and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite
pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that rhe last
four years of high school include four units of English, or three
units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social
studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course
covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours
of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicanrs who are not high school graduates bur who give
evidence of sugcient maturity are considered for admission upon
recornmmdation and on rhe bash of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials,
and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad-
vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests,
indicate they may have difliculty with college work.
Deficiencies
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course
in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard
to additional training will be determined at the beginning of
the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English lanPage.
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there.
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
at Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is
granted to students d h o present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted
on &e basis of comprehensive examinations.
Admission of Veterans
Veterans, qualiiied for educational benefits under any of the
government programs, may study at Augdburg and receive these
benefits. The veteran must secure a c e d c a t e of eligibility from
the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application
for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that
veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 5 50 may
make application for entitlement when they enroll at rhe college.
In order to receive college credit for experience in the military
services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certiiied copy of
his Separation Record at the Registrar's W c e . Evaluation will
be made according to the recommendations of rhe American Council on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit
training will be granted a total of 4 semester credits, 2 in health
and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the
completion of the work in certain service schools and for some
courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
Registration
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students
who register later than three days after classes begin are charged
a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or
enter a course later than .two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care ~hould\betaken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two yms. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will )begiven a student for any subject for which he
has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any
course for which there is not sugcient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is
defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may be granted only to students who have gained an average
record of By or two honor points per credit, in their previous
college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
~ H A N G E OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's oflice on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser
and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through
the Registrar's Oilice will result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after
the middle of the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after
the lbeginning of the second week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's o6ce
in order to remain in good standing.
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or
I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17.
The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to
Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
Classification
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which
college credit is given.
Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points:
Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92.
Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
Probation and Elimination
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cornrnittee a t the end of each semester to consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing
grade in at least 12 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C
or better.
Class Attendance
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who h d it
necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should
confer with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not contlict with classes. Any exception
to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic
reports are submitted to the Registrar. A t the end of the semester,
a record is made of the total absences of each student for the
semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods albsent, are issued
by rhe Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal wirh tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
Examinations
GENERALRULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester.
During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained
are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this,
h d reports are made at the close of each semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. N o student or class may arrange to take a h a 1 examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a s d c i e n t reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a h a 1 examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a h a 1 at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has
not 're-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Of3ice in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are
not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing
grade only when the average of the previous work is suf3iciently
high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken
may not be higher than D A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the
end of a semester.
Comprehensive examinations may be ,permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to
take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the oilice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oilice.
Grade Values
A-Superior,
g honor points per credit
%Very good, 2 honor points per credit
I honor point per credit
&Satisfactory,
M a s s a b l e , no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E--Condition
I -Incomplete
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courser, and
grades. A student who ~ l a n sto graduate from Augsburg is urged
to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog
and: in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required
subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty
advisers, .&e Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division
For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Lower Division, laying rhe basis for study in profescollege education.
sional fields or for a
Religion
2
credits each semester
English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
6 credits
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn
6 credits in literature.
3 credits
Speech: Course I I
Foreign Language
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for
three years in high school and students with majors in
Home Economics are exempted from &is requirement.
Social Sciences: Hist. I -2, 2 I, 22, or SOC.
credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6
I
Natural kiences
and 3 other
6 credits
8 credits
Health and Physical Education: Courses 2, 3 and 4
3 credits
Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2.
Psychology required in certain fields
Orientation required of all Freshmen
4 credits
I
credit
Upper Division
MAJORAND MINORS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the
student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes
as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what
major ' h e of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in
the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty
counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine
their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the
major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social
Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and
Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Upper
Division students should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Upper Division Courses. At least thirty
credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Courses numbered 50 or above are designated as Upper Division Courses.
TOTALCREDITSAND HONOR
POINTS
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period
a week throughout one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a
gade of A.
ENGLISHPROFICIENCY
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
RESIDENCEREQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREEWITH
DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor pointa
per credit
2.8-3.0
-7942.1-2.49+
2.5-2
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent at least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
RECOMMENDATION
FOR GRADUATE
STUDY
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per credit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for tbe vocation of his choice.
Tbe Christiafi Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate
pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out
by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the
Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to
the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is
Mr. Stensvaag, for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
Frerhmln
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation
....................
Health .......................
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ..............
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hropcan Civilization . . . . . . . . . . .
or Natural Science. 8 Cr.
kiobgy .....................
I
2
1
6
8
6
6
-
Sophomore
speech ....................
Natmal Science . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History ....................
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
J
h
New Testament Greek.. ........
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . .
History or English . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hymns of the Churoh.. . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
6
6
6
2
4
-
Senior
Youth Work in the Church.. . . . .
Principles of Christian Education. ..
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . .
Philmphy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . .
Economics or Education or Political
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English (for major or minor). . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s
2
6
3
6
6
6
-
The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits
in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
Parish and Missionary Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachens
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will,
upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult
with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and
makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible ta plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are itdctzed
in the outline below.
Freshman
Bmic Bible . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Sociology . .
So&l Problems . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . .
Phpical Activities . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . . 3
Types of Plcblic Spcecb.. . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language
8
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Junior
Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . .
Principles of Christian Edwatim . . .
Tbe Christian Churches . . . . . . . . .
Tbe Lutheran Cbnrch . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elemumkry Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . .
...............
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Health ........................ z
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Senior
z
t
2
n
3
3
I
6
I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Youth W i d in the C h r c h . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Hymlrr and Mwic of tbe Chnrcb.
Fandamentalr of J w m h . . . . .
Craf tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fields of Social Work. . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 3
Each state ,sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same p r e
gram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The m d m t should apply to the Department of Education for
admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore
year. Admission will be determined by a committee on rhe
basis of scholarship and other qua~cations. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and business education.
Freshman
Sophomore
' ~ e l i ~ i o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
\ F r e h t m ~ n ~ l i r.h. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
E m p a n Civiliz&on . . . . . . . . . . . 6
\3Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
~ o r r i g a-ge
or N.N.~
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech ....................... 3
. . . . . . . . . . .Foreign
. . . Language
. . . I or N a d
phpricd Edmcadon , . . . . . . . . . . ., I
Saence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
H4
T q
h l t h ........................ 2 \I ~sychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electmcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . .
- 13
-
C .7.,
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educarional Pqchology . . . . . . . . . 3
Twhinng in High School.. ....... 3
W p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1
&
in Major or Minor.- . . . .14
Principlw of Guidm-. . . . . - . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5
Special T&g
Me-.
....... 3
Electives ..................... .I4
32
32
-
-
The program in bminesc administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of bwiness and industry.
The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
and r d t a in a Bachelor of A r t s degree.
Fruhmvl
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English ............... 6
European C i v h t i o n or Sociology. . 6
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language .............. 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education .............
I
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
United Statca History . . . . . . . . . . 6
B
h Law .................. 3
Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . . 3
Business Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ele~rireC
~
................
P
10
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech ...............
Natural Science ........
Psychology ............
Principles of Economics . .
Introduction to Statistics.
Elective credits . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Marketing or Production . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations . . 3
Public Finance and Taxation . . . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 9
Secretarial Work
Preparation for teaching [businesssubjects in high school requirca
work in the departments of Business Admidstration and Secre6 1 Studies An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Seoretarial Studies
The first year of ihe following program provides preparation for
certain oflice positions Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training A student who has had similar coursed
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of
a proficiency test
.
.
.
.
.
Pint Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fmhman E n g U . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . .
Elementary Typewriting .
Intermediate Typewriting
P.rinciplea of AccoUdn'g .
Otiell~tion............
Phyniul Education ......
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Advanced Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . z
Advanced Shorthand ............ 4
Psydlology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
O9ice Machines ................ 2
Coneumer Edocttion ............ z
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
.
32
V o c a t in
~ Home EEmwmics
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she lbegins her college work. A curriculm for a
home economics education major is given lklow. Courses in italics
are not required for a general home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation
Physical Education . . . .
English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Physics. . .
Principles of Chemistry
Art in Daily Living. . . .
Clothing Selection . . . .
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . .
Clorhiig Construction .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Economics . . . . . . . . . .
Marriage and Family
Principles af Sociology
Anatomy . . . . . . . . . .
Child Development . .
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching in High School.. . . .
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color and Design . . . . . . . .
.
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
z
3
4
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . .
History and Philosophy of Educa-
z
3
3
r
6
-
Home Management Problems. . . .
Home Management Laboratory. .
Advanced Clothing Construction
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
Dentistry
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary
requirements for admission.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
F r e h m n Englhh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative ChemLtry
.........................
8
Inuoduciiom to Mathematical Aa-
. .. ... .. . ... .. . . . . . .. .. I 0
orientadon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
H d t h . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
sly+
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . .
European C i v h t i o n . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . - . - .
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
6
8
8
8
34
32
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schooIs have at least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A twu-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
N s d Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 8
.. . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . 4
r'qSodob8p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . 6
Elanen01 of Nutridon.. . . . . . . . . . 3
orht8tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
W M Educstiw . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
.
33
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- 4
History or Politid Science-. . . . . . 6
. .. . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . 6
.......................3
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HumoPitiea
speech
N a d
Physical Education . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
4
34
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing
should ;be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Anatomy and Physiology.. . . . . . . 4
B o c ~ l o g y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
a d t r y
....................
Second Year
3
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2
-
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .
2
-
14
2
Medical T e c h l o g y
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three
years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General
Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination
for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that
students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . .
General Zoology . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
horganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S p e d ........................
Foreign Language ..............
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sacialsciexlce . . . . .
Orientatkn . . . . . . .
.Health . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education
Electives .........
k
8
4
3
8
5
-
32
J
4
-Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
h d y d c a l Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . 4
l%lecrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0
32
Senior
Lectnres, laboratory and pmcticd
work at General 1for
twelve months.
32
Engineering
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg More transferring. The course outlined below applies to the
fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, industrial, and
mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering
programs will be slightly different.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical Andy& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lo
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics ................ 8
Orientation .................... I
Physical Education ............. I
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r
Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOI
Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:
Electricity and Magnaism . . . . . . . 4
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:
Survey of European Civilization or
Principles of Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.
3.6
36
-
-
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must (be taken in summer session.
Law
The following two-year program is planned especially to meet
the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School!
at the University of Minnesota. It is p s i b l e to modify the program for admission to other law schools.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
P.&ciplea of Aammtiug. ......... 6
Hnmanitk .................... 6
Eozopean Ci...........6
O r i e n h ....................
He4lrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pbpkd Activitk ..............
I
2
I
-
-re
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.
chIis&n Ethiu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2P,k&p1ea of Ecanomkr... . . . . . . . 6.
American Government ........... 6
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
History of Philomphy.. . . . . . . . . . .3;
General Psychlogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
HistoryofEngland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
speech or sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . f
-
Medicine
~faediwt~r~;tm;n;mtrm~tbree~of*
bat: Q I I ~ gtadsnts
~ C ~& &d btamtol
~ p ~ t h e i r ~ w o r k . M a f ' e e n ~ ~
The f ~ ~ g p r o g mwdl
mmee the requkrmts af mosr m d h l
dm&, bcft 5 is a d v i d e for &ti atudtnt to m d y tbe reg*men@of the medid dm1 to which he plans to a&.
&CWb&
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative Chernistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health ........................ z
Physical Education ............. I
Religion ......................
4
History or Phdomphy ........... 6
Zoology ..............,....... 8
Psychology ....................
4
Qualitative Analyaia ............ q
Quantitative Analysin ? .
, ...... 5
Speech .................. , ..... 3
32
34
-
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S
o
c
i
d Science ..................
German .......................
Organic Chemistry .............
Phyeica .......................
4
6
8
8
-8
34
Sophomore
..
-
Senior
Religion ....................... 4
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
German ....................... 6
Physical Chemistry ... , , ........ I
Genetics ...................... 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro
32
Social Wad
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
/ European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . @
Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation ................... I
Health ........................ r
Physical Educaaon . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . .
History of Philosophy.. . . . . , . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
American Government . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . -6
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-c
Senior
4
6
9
6
7
32
Religion
Sociology
Statistics
Electives
................. , 4
...............
9
.................... 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16
32
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may (be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Stensvaag, Chm'rmsn
Religion
Philosophy
Mr. Olson,-C
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
""
DIVISION
OF THE SOGSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
-.-History, Political Science, Sociology
Education, Psychology
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF THE
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Mr. Nash, Chairman
Courses of Study
Courses marked I are offered &st semester
Courses marked I1 are offered m n d semester
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Through the rtudy of religion and philosophy, the individual ia apprised of
and encouraged to build an the certainties of the
Chrktian faith. The work proceeds on the usumptim that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which givea meaning to human existence. The
s t u d e a t ia challenged to accept chis +t
of view--to relate himself to Christ
aa the center, to evaluate a l l him studies and experiences in the light of revealed
d,
and to make a consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired ia the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
tbe central realities of Me
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the &tory, doctrines, and ethics of the
&I&, and .m prepare him for effective aervice in the congregation. The funh , d aim in inrtruction is to lead as many as possible to penond faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time d e n t s are required to register for two clam houm per week
in one of the COoffered in religion during each runeater of their rtudiea.
Raghtration in New Tutament Greek sa&es tb.ia requirement.
Major, 2 8 credits; Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major
or minor.
BASICBJBLE.Fr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed 'by the rtudy of the Goepel of M u k
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semeater i, devoted
to the study of two or three ;books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include
the entire ~ e ; Testament.
I, 2.
CHURCH
HUTORY.L
s Cr.
A brief nuvq of the main eveno in the hbtory of the Church for dw purp o b ~of developing r more intelligent and appreciative church membenhip.
3.
-ION
AND
65
hmnso~~y
2 0.
THECHRISTIAN FMTH IN THE MODERN
WORLD.n.
A s d y of the Christian faith in its relatiomhip to the secular movemenm
and rival faith of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give
to the c d e n t m undemanding, fmm the stadpoint of the Chriaisn faibh,
of the prerent co&ts and criser in Western culture.
4.
THE MISSIONARYENTEPPIIWB.I.
s Cr.
The &nary
motives, means, and r d t s are studied as thae are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
5.
1955-56.)
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.
n.
r Cr.
Seelu to develop a fundamental understanding of Christina Education, io
history, abjectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and
Vacation Bible School teaching.
6.
2 Cr.
GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN
CHURCH.I.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the d a p of Christ
until the prwent are studied. Special repom, clam discussion.
7.
8. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.
II.
t
Cr.
The problems of human duty arc studied in the light of various human philosophiu of morals. Validity ia determined by reference to the Word of God.
The maiu emphasis is on the new life in Christ, io creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various p h e s of life.
HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE Cnunc~.IL
See Course 10 under che Department of Music.
2
Cr.
GROUPACTMTY.
See Course $ 3 under Education.
I
Cr.
10.
zj.
Upper Division Colcrses
$2. COYPAMTIVE RELIGION. I, n.
4 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social rutrlw of wme ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian relighna of the world
$3. THECHRISTIAN
CHURCHES.
I.
z a.
Thb coorre lime to give the student an insight into the origin, dcrelopment,
docvinrl ponition, and practices of the various branches of the C h r h h Church.
$4. THE Lurnunw GXURCH.
H.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, ita doctrines and practicer. Attention m
given to L u t h e d in America and to the basic principles of the Lutherra
F m churck.
PROBLEMS
m CHRISTIANLIVING.I.
2 CI.
A wnnideration of some of the fundamental quertiona connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the ysurancc of salvation, the devotionrl life, sandu& of conduct, the me of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the
local wngrcgation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
5 5.
56. YOUTH WORK IN THE CHURCH.11.
z Cr.
A rtlrdy of principles, methods, and m a t e d in youth work for the purpae of derJoping d e e d r e Chrirtian leadenhip in thir sphere.
PI~PNwou. L
Thb e o ~ ueka
c
to f m d k h the student with &e work of
s7.
tion a d Gution. St range in mpc from
4 be mpplunmtcd by n c d fieM work.
2 Cr.
parish orgmizlroul-can to surveys. Clm lecmres
z cr.
GODAND MAN IN THE Om TESTAMENT.
I.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and
59.
made aipdicant for our day through the study of
a
number of g n a t passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
60. THEMISSAGZ OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.n.
2 ~ r .
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The courses in p & h P h y seek to assist the student in becoming familiar
with the thoughts of the B r a t men and intellectual movements in the history of
Werrtcm ~~~, to create a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 25, 26, 41, 42, 58 are required
for the major. Courses 41, 42 arc required for the minor.
15, 16. TIIEH U M A N ~IN
ES
WESTFXN no^. I, I,.
A m e y course dcPling with th dmcbpment of W~utcrnthought
6 Cr.
u rdlected
in outrrroding workr in the &I&
of p h p h y , litcprturr, political and aocial
thought, religion, md the am Thc m is a~ccptcdin fulfillment of the
Lower Division requirement in the Social Sciences. (OfFered 195 5-5 6.)
INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student i s acquinttd with the terminology of philosophical dhcuion. Selected phiIoscrphifd problems are treated, including those
of ethics, rnetn~hysia,and theory of knowledge.
25.
26. LOGIC.So. 11.
valid inference. Topics considered inA study of the formal rules
clude: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
HISTORY
OF PHILOSOPHY.I, 11.
6 cr.
An historical mrvey of the outstanding men and movemenu in the develop
ment of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
51, 52. C o x m w m RELIGION.I, IL
See course 5 I, 5 2 under Department of Religion.
5 4 ~ O L OF
Y POLITICAL
THOUGWT.
Jr., Sr.
See c o w 54 under Political Science.
II.
3
Cr.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42, I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since h t .
55.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered 1954-55.)
X I E R ~ G A A RPrereq.
D.
41 or 42. 11.
3 crA study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
contribution tci &wry of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and
theology. (Offered 1954-55.)
56.
5 8. TO. Prereq. 41.11.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
OF ART. n.
3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
60.
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( m e r e d 1955-56.)
e:
Division of the Humanities
AUGSSU~G
C~UEGE
68
The Division of the Humanitier ~ e k to
s pas^ on to the coming gcnaation
a knowledge and interest in the field of the human cultural inheritance of the
ages, and to give to each student the development that come, from finding hh
place within this culture. The Division creeks to promote the knowledge of there
t r e m of maukind, in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to connect
their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life.
Department of Classical Lampages
The courier in the c l d c a l languages aim to tnin .the rtrrdent to master f o r m
and syntax, to acquire solme facility in translation, and to get mme insight into
clmical culture and its bearing ,upon the present.
Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the
underatanding of historical documents and scientXc terms. A knowledge of
New Testament Greek ic a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries.
GREEK
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits.
A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for
credits
the raneater in which it ir taken. Except for C o m e I in the h a t -ester,
in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor.
NEWT E S T ~GREEK
T
ELEMENTS OF N F . TEST-NT
~
GREEK.
I, R.
8 0.
Text: New Testament Greek for Beginners, J. G. Machen. In addition to a
study of the theoretical and practical grammar, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the N. Testament Greek text, with the description of the
main Uncial Mss. and ancient versions.
I-2.f
Upper Division Caurses
f I,
52. fin,AND ACTS I-=.
53, 54.
LUKEI-=
AND
n.
ROMANS.I, U.
8 Cr.
8 Cr.
These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax,
and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I, 52 will be offered in 1955-56;
'xmrs= 53, 54 in 1954-55.
w n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGL a m . Fr. I, IL
Grammar, e q prone, c o e t i o n . A year's course.
8 0.
6 Cr.
Gsm AND ST. AUGUSTINE.SO. I, 11.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading of Caesar's Gallic War and
St. Augustine's Confessions. ( H e r e d 1955-5 6.)
3, 4.
HEBREW
83-84.? Hmmw FOR BEGINNERS.I, TI.
See Theological Seminary, No. 9-10.
6 Cr.
EXEGESIS.I, 11.
8 5, 86. HEBREW
See Theological Seminary, No. 17, 18.
4 Cr.
Department of English
The Department of English aims to train the student in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
note-taking and handling thought materials; ,to develop a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature; and
to integrate all these purposes through the principles of Christianity.
The department prepares specijically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English, courses 1-2 or 3-4, required of all and prerequisites to
other courses in the department. (Students exempted from Freshman English
must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.)
Major: 26 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 91-92;
6 credits in American literature; and 2 credits in writing (courses 25, 26,
Journ. I, or Journ. 3).
Minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 9192; and 3 credits in American literature.
Teaching major: 26 credits above Freshman English; courses l i e d for nonteaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21,
22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature.
A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to
teach English in high schools.
Students who plan to do graduate work in English should include courses
7 5 and 76.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
IMPROVEMENT
OF WRITING.I.
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum requirements i n the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct
English usage. One double period per week. Wered in connection with English I.
A.
B.
IMPROVEMENT
OF READING.
11.
o Cr.
A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. Limited enrollment.
FRESHMANENGLISH.I, TI.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers.
I-2.f
FRESENGLISH. I, n.
6 Cr.
For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions.
3-4.t
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.I, TI.
6 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great cllssics, selected
on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama.
21, 22.
EXPOSITORYWRITING. I. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to
exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research
papers. Reading and analysis of models.
25.
CREATIVE
WRITING.TI. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and
experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice
of the short story. Individual and group projects.
26.
Upper Division Colcrses
so. CORRECTIWWRITING. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Required of 211 students who show insufficient ability in the sophomore English
examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing.
AMERICANLITERATURE.I, n.
6 Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. (Offered 1955-56.)
5 I, 5 2.
AMERICANFICTION. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, concentrating upon the major writers. ( m e r e d 1954-55.)
5 3.
AMERICANPOETRY.11.
3 Cr.
Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern
period, with s u e s placed on the Romantic period. Attention t o the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements. (Wered 1954-55.)
54.
W n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
THE MODERN
SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
See course 55 under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literatarc.
(Offered 1954-55.)
5 5.
56. THEMODERN
SCANDINAVIAN
D w . II.
7. Cr.
See course 56 under the Department ob Scandinavian Language and Literature.
(Offered 1954-55.)
THEB m n NOVEL.
I.
2 Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelires
and their novels. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
57.
61. ENGLISH
LITERATURE
OF
THE
ROMANTIC
MOVEMENT.
I.
The development of Romanticism in England between
3 Cr.
1798 and 1832. Stress
on the five major ,poem. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor
poets. (Offered 1914-55.)
62. VICTORIAN
~ E R A T U B B .II.
3 0Writers of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the rnovemcncs in
thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Tennyson and Browning.
(Offered 1955-56.)
CENTURY
~
ENGLISH
L~~ERATUE.
I.
67. E I G H T E E
2 Cr.
The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary moremenu and historical backgrounds.
LITERARY
CRITICISM.
II.
2 Cr.
A study of same basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and
68.
issues which have special relevance for modern thought.
3 cr.
The rtudy of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Decigned
to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
71. INTRODUC~ON
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.
I.
74.
s~naesp-
11.
3
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama
and the ,historical background.
75. MILTON.
I.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose worka in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Wered 19$5 -5 6.)
11.
76. CHAUCER.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1954-55.)
MODERN
DRKMA.
I.
2 cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Representative plap
studied as literature and as theater. (Ogered 1954-55.)
8I.
MODERNBR~T~SH
~ h n ~ n n u11
i..
2 Cr.
The more important literary movements of the present century in England,
concentrating on leading anthon and notable productions.
82.
91-9z.t ENGLISHSEMINAR.I, TI.
2 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.
I.
See course 93 under Education.
93.
I
% Cr.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
z Cr.
An introdncdon to the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with Tbc Augsburg Ecbo or Tbc Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See courses 4 to 7.
I.
2.
EDITING
THE SMALLPAPER
n.
z Cr.
A amtinuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
m d d t with in detail. PmMema of ryle and policy relative to coho01 and
church pnblicidopc are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Ecbo ir
required. (Offered 1954-15.)
FEATURE WRITINGFOR PUBLICATION.
U.
2 Cr.
articles and their placement in various
The p l d g and writing of featpublications. Ability to write good English is a requirement. (mered 1955-56.)
3.
Bcbo STAFF MEETINGS. I, IL
2 Cr.
Stlldma who m regular memben of Tbe Avgrburg Ecbo S d and nho
may receive credit for ,their work must register for the weekly r d meetings.
These meetings are also open to members of course I. Hour arranged.
4~ 5.
Aylrbmgiw, STAFF ME~~INGS.
I, IL
t C
c.
Studentr who are regdar mcmben of the Augsbnrgia r d and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meet4,7.
ing#.
Department of Speech
The speech department aims to relate the development of speech to personality with & purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to his environment. It meks to develop skill in platform deportment and speech comporition, and .tof w e r the hzbit of critical listening. Through its comes in interp m t i v e reading and dramatics an appreciation of poetry and drama in sought.
The department offem a major in general speech which prepares the student
for the teaohing of speech in the secondary schools and for graduate work in
general apeech, radio, theater, or speech pathology.
.fiContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both ouneeters.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech 1 1
ia designed mpecirlly for thir requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including comes 12, 31, 32, 11, 61, 76.
Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: 15 credits above Speech 11. For Education students at least one
course Qromeach of the following groups: 12, 5 I; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76.
4. REMEDIAL SPEECH.
Open to all studena.
o Cr.
For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech pioblemo
such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright.
3 Cr.
BEGINNINGSPEECH.Fr., 50. Offered \bothsemesters.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
3 Cr.
TYPESOF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
An i a d ~ # : t i o na togamenution and peramion, &usah, debate, intapretative readiug, and parliamentary procedure. Pamiciperion in various q m h g
I 2.
aativi*.
15. STORY
TELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered 1914-5 1.)
~TERCOLLEGIAIE D E B A I,
~ .II. Open to d 8mdantl.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate
21, 22.
2
a.
question for
the year.
I Cr.
Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contents. Arrangements to be made with the instructor.
24. ORATORY.
Open to all students. I.
IN~RETAT
RJZADING.
I V E So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
k i d s of prose, poetry, and drama. (Wered 195 5-56.)
3 I.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING.SO. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and
skits; participation in dramatic productions.
Upper D i v i s h Cmrses
GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques.
(Offered 1954-51.)
11.
SPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11.
54. WIO
z Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools. (Wered
1914-55.)
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.Prereq.
I I, Philosophy 26. Jr., Sr. I
2 Cr.
Applicationr of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates.
(Offered 1955-56.)
2 Cr.
PERSUASION.
Prereq. 11, Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. 11.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of
various kinds of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
62.
STAGECRAFT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
s Cr.
A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high
school theatrical productions. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions.
64.
(Offered 1955-56.)
STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking and directing
play rehearsals. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. ( m e r e d
66.
1954-55.)
2 Cr.
SPEECHHYGIENE.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. LI.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to ,personality and development of
speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher. (Offered
74.
1954-55.)
SPEECH PATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics;
laboratory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and
social workers. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
1%
cr.
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
95. TEACHING
See course 95 under Education.
76.
Department of Germatm
MR. LANDA,MR. KOPP
The general aim of the COWSCB in German is to help the student develop an
u n d d g of the Gsmm idiom and an ippreciabon of ,the ethical and
athetic d u e s contained in German literature In particular, the aim is to provide techniul training for sthe student who plans m study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor, 20 credits.
I-2.t BHEE~PNWG
GERMAN.I, IX.
8 0.
A d y af & grammar and vocsbulary of the G e m language w h a t the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3-4.t MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11.
6 Cr.
This omme w n h to build up the vocabulary of thc mclent Amugh the
study of easy prose and poetry.
-&mstion
both -eaters.
course. To receive credit for this course, a student
must complete
Upfir Division Cmrses
5 I, 5 z. GERM~N
LITERATURE.
I, TI.
6 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
C
Sr. I.
74. TEACHINGOF G ~ M A M LANGUAGES.
See course 74 under Education.
1%
Cr.
Department of Scandi~vianLanguage and Literature
MR. OLSON,Ah. LANDA
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It zto aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthennore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian nce, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
Minor, 24 credia.
I, n.
8 0.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
14.t BEGINN~NG
NORWEGIAN.
Fr.
INTERMED~TE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, TI.
6 Cb.
Further rtndy of granmmu. Reading of standard authors. Brief surrey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
3-4.t
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. (Ogered 1955-56.)
I I.
DEVELOPMENT
OF MODERN
SCANDINAVIA.
'II.
3 Cr.
A survey of social &ought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 to the present
day, studied against the background of the general cond,itions in Europe. (Offered 1955-56.)
16. SOCIAL
Upper Division Co~rses
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in liter2 Cr.
ature. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includes selected mveh by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undret, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Ogered
55.
DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in litera56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. 11.
The wurse includes elnmsc by 8j@tnron, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language not required. (mered 1954-55.)
Sr. I.
7.4. TEACHINGOF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
t(=ontinua&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complcb
Borh semesters.
Department of Romance Languages
at&
T h a ~ c e ~ ~ ~ t n i m r ~ m t r r i n & ~ f o r ~ d
work, nsd bntintrr -tiom
indhigh r h l teoehing,
tbe~~fFmOEhotS~;nrrtffo&indt&P;.g~ap&~af
rhsbtinIitetfflrrrmdea~the&of
p t b k a u r w c o b l e h
time; and &ally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in
d e n u an undemtanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, c u l ~ ,
and id&.
Minor, zo credits
I-2.t
BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, IL
8 GThe collne includes che study of French sounds and their rpelling, the erenchb of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections
from French literature. Offered 1954-5 5 . )
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11.
6 CrOne half of the time is devoted to the further rtudy of grunmu, cornpodtion, d oral work. JE.e other half is spent in reading repre~~ltative
of
French literature. (Ogered 1955-56.)
3-4.t
Upper Division Courses
5 I.
SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr-
Th couree cornprim leotarea by the inatrucmr on authon and l i t e r q moremenu of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth e e n d u , and readingr d
reports by the students. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
CONVERSATION,
fr C ~ M W S ~ OIL
EY.
3 Cr.
12. FRENCHPHONETICS,
A thorough study of French sounds, phaoetic symbols, drill an pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral mrk, memorization. dictation and'
composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
TUCHIWG OF R o w - LANGUAG~.
ST. L
See course 78 under Education.
78.
&or,
zo credits.
I-2.t
h
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 0.
The cotuse includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and
e reading af rhort rtorics, novels, and plays in the Splnish language.
tQntinuacDn course. To receive credit lor thi, coune, a student
both
~mrtcn.
QW complete
INTERMEDIATE
SPANISH.I, U.
6 Cr.
The course includes the essentiah of grammar, oral and written work, and
the r e d i g of stories in the Sp?nish language.
3-4.f
Upper Division Collrses
SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
The c o r n consirtr of reading and reports, a d provides a general survey of
well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. (Offered
only as an honors course for selected students.)
5 2 . SPANISHCONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
Some further study of Spanish gmmmar is included with special emphasis on
developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. (Offered
only as an honors course for selected students.)
Sr. I.
I % Cr.
78. TEACHINGO F ROMANCELANGUAGES.
See course 78 under Education.
5 I.
Department of Music
MR. SATEREN,MR.SAVOLD,MR. THUT, MRS. THUT, MISS LANDQUIST,
MR. LANDAHL,MR. C. W. ANDERSEN,MRS. BAILEY,MR. TETZLAFF
Thicdeptmmtdm~iusmw&n~rtrtdcnurbam~pbm d y i n & e a ~ t i o ~ d ~ ~ ~ ~ & m o d e d t h c p t l r t r m , m
a d d i t i o n m g i i i n g ~ ~ t o b w & ~ t o ~ & a f
l
o
w d dhctam af choral md
d pjrma.lh
tLtduponthetichmwicdbodtageof r f r c ~ C Theh ~
rho~paeprrctionfOrfb#owhocxpe~t~ooontiaPtllaaeisfhdm+in
tbeadafmwk
MU&
A Graduation Major (36#edits)
the cmnple-
7, 8, 15-16, 55-56, 6 x 4 or 63-64, 6 ~ 66;
, q &&e
77, 78; and 8 credits in Agpfd M&c (hdndiog nt
I,
2,
of the following:
credits from 10,
z credits in piano
or organ.)
A Teaching Major (36 credits) requires the completion of the following:
I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16, 61-62'' or 63-64*, 61, 66, 87, 88; z elective credits from
77, 78; and 6 credits in Applied EAusic (including at least 2 credits in piano
or organ).
One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of dl
music majors.
-
.
~ t h u t h cno w .
both semesters.
To receive cradit &or thiu course, r student mwt d
t
e
* A s & t d E r = ~ h ~ M d b t & f o r b o & d o n d
~ t d ~ ~ r k U & h e t n k e o b o d ~ ~ , h i s w m k i n A
Mm;E,craeptforthsraq~~~inPinrw,mpptKinins~~~
Xbaresip~facGharnlT~ac,diavoEnImoaicifhotogiamk~m e n d Technique.
A Graduation Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following:
7, 8, 15-16, 78; 4 elective credits from 10, 55-56, 65, 66, 77; and 6
credits in Applied Music (in which at least 2 credits must be earned in private
lessons in either vocal or instrumental music).
I, 2 ,
A Teaching Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following:
15-16, 61-62 or 63-64, 65, 66, 78, 87, 88, and 4 credits in Applied Music.
I, 2,
Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the
Chord Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one y e a in
,&e M e Cham Credits are not 'granted for less &an two successive, complete
semesters.
Ow credit per semester is granted to studem taking a minimum of sirteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, piano, organ, or brass.
Fees per semester:
Choir $5.00, Choral Clvb $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Piano rental $8.00, Organ rental $20.00. Brass (private instruction) $40.00,
Brass (class instruction) $14.00.
(Ren,d entitles the student to use the instnunent for I hour per day.)
,
C,
TRAINING.
I, 11.
4 fi.
course including the basic fundamentala of music: notation, terminology.
r , > k
and melody. Special attention is given to right
tcales, intervals, triads, ih+,
ringing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and Lnnonic dictation.
4 Cr.
HISTORY
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC.I, 11.
An historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest music.
Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
bor 8, or have consent of instructor.
,7, 8.
HYMNS
AND MUSIC
OF THE Cnvacn. ILL
a Cr.
A nrrrey c o u m dealing with . h e development of the myic of the Chrhti.n
Cbrud, with &s
attention to Promtant Hymnody. Designed for the general
d e n t , the coum also will prove 'helpful to orgmirts, choir directom, and prewminirirru. The anme ir accepted aa fulfilling rhe requirement of a w m in
10.
Uuiatiallity.
4
ck.
of rcales, intervals, and chord forniation in written
u e r k Writtin .work includes ~ ~ b n i z a t i oofn fi&d bur and given melodia u well aa opportunity for simple cmtive writing.
-tinuation
amme. To ieceive credit for this coruse, a student must oomplete
both semesters.
-
Upper Division Cwrses
4
fi.
monkation of +ed
bass and given melodies. Thorough study of mod&tion,
advanced chord formadom, the use of wpensionr, retardrtions, and ornunam
of m&. S h t r should have mme knowledge of piano.
61-62.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE
Prercq. I, 2. I, IL
4 QC h intruction in string, reed, and brvr instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
63-6.4.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I,2.
I, IL
4 (3-
Clav instruction in the fundamentals of voice u related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
65, 66. C~NDUCTU~G.
Prereq.
Jr. I, ll.
I,
z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
4 Cr.
A come designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for thore who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
COUNTERPOINT.
Prereq. 15-16, 5 5 . I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
77.
MUSICAL
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. I, 2, I 5-16,1f, 77. 11.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of rhe structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
78.
TEACHINGOF G r a m SCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II.
See course 87 under Education.
87.
TEACHING
OF HIGHSCHOOL
MUSIC.Sr. I.
See course 88 under Education.
88.
s Cr.
2
Cr.
CLUB OR BAND. I, IL
z Cr.
&on, CHORAL
M m s CHORUS.I, 11.
I Cr.
These organizatiom exist not only for the benefit of the music rtudent but
for anyone enrolled u a student who wishes to participate in group affording
the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for 1 s than two NCcessive, complete semesters.
s Cr.
PIANO.I, n.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-plinutc lesson per week.
?Continuation course. To receive credit b r this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
ORGAN.I, 11.
z Cr.
Inrtruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended u a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
I or 2 Cr.
n.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and aecular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.I,
BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
I, 11.
I or z Cr.
Private or class instruction on the brass instruments of the band and orchestra
is offered as follows:
a) Private instruction-ne
lent) per semester. I credit.
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equiva-
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
b) Class instruction-ne
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/z credit.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, II.
4 Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal forms. Plaster casting. ( m e r e d 19 54-5 5.)
I , 2.
PAINTING.I, 11.
4 Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
3, 4.
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. (Offered 1955-56.)
Division of the Social Sciences
I t is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student'#
u n d e r s t d i n g of human relationships and his appreciation of ,their importance
and rrhq especially in their Christian interpretation. The work pmxedhg
u n d u the d a n c e of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a Bightr grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to
his vocation.
Department of History and Political S d e n c e
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and opemtiona of
the phenomcnn in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
Major, 30 credits; minor, zr credits. Students who h a ~ ea major or minor in
History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 2s.
For non-majors, prerequisitu may be waived on consent of the instructor.
SURVEY
OF EUROPEAN
CIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1-2.1
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTIIIES.I.
3 Cr.
See Course I I under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
I I.
-./
r
\
HISTORY
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.SO., I, rZ.
6 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
21,
22.
Upper Division Cmrses
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
5 1. THE RENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
HISTORY
OF ENGLAND
TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Mered 1954-5 5.)
52.
53.
HISPANIC-AMERICAN
HISTORY.
Prereq.
1-2.
Jr., Sr. I.
A study of Latin America and its development.
A
!Continuation wune. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
54. EASTERN
EUROPE. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.
The history of elstern Europe w i h e m p M on the development of
3
a-
Rd.
CONTEMPORARY
HISTORY
OF THE UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr.,
3 Cr.
Sr. I.
A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, including
consideration of international policies.
55-
56.
A X ~ I C A NDIPLOU~CHISTORY.
Prereq. U. S. H h or Am. Gor. Jr.,
Sr. 11.
3 cr.
A consideration of {oreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.
A c u l d and political history of ancient civilizations and their contn%utions
to modem cultures. (Offered I 9 5 5 - 5 6.)
HISTORY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
62. CANADIAN
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
special emphasis on Canadian-United .States relations. (Offered 1955-56.)
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. I, 11. 6 Cr.
71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
A study of international relations as affected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War 11. (Wered 195 5 - 5 6.)
81, 82. THETWENTIETH
CENTURY.
Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A surrey of recent developments in the world, stemming from the first World
War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation.
(Offered 1954-55.)
101. HISTORY
SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. approval of history faculty.
z Cr.
A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will
be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing
the study of hiitory in a graduate school.
<;
credits.
Minor,
OF
AMERICAN
~
~
R
N M E N T
I, . 11.
\,6 C .
PRINCIPLES
41-42.?
Foundations of American government. A study od the Constitution and'yivil
rights, of federal, state, and local governments and their functions, and of
citizenship, popular control of government, and political parties. Contemporary
issues are stressed. Students may enter the second semester.
,73
Upper Division Courses
PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
5 3 . POLITICAL
3 ,Cr.
A review of American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both smesters.
THE
SOCIAL
SCIENCES
i
54. HISTORYOF P o u n c u THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
-fi.
A study of political philosophy and its influence and historical sigtk6tance
from ancient Greeks to the present.
56.
AuEarc*~DI~LOMATICHISTORY.II.
!he c o m e 56 under History.
60. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 15 or
3 Cr.
American Government. Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 60 under Busines Administration and Economics.
TEACHING
OF W E SO=
STUDIES. Sr. I.
See course 86 under Education.
86.
I
% Cr.
Combined Major in Sociul Sciences for T e o c h g
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41-42.
Minor in Socid Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
Department of Sociology
ivk.. TORSTENSON,MISS JENSEN, MR. SWENSON,MR. BELGUM
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our wuntry in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
the funher goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
w have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation i n the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or 21 and 22,
required for a sociology major or minor.
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department
of History and Political Science.
Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or z I and 2 2
also required.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of rociology, economics, and political science.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 8 y may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.I.
A wurse in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
PNNCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 GA atudy of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social facton, st-me, contmlr, and process of change.
2. %Brto-s.
Prertq. kc. I . Er., So. IL
3 crT%c d h c proct=w a t the mot of contempmry problems m@cr *irh
wx & p i n
of the pemml, f d y , commanity, and po&fic~+~~wmie
djwmww to shm processw. k i d plicits in the m i n g arc nndyLtd in terms of
there proceand adjustment problems.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
See course 4 under Department of Business Administration.
14. HUMAN
GEOGWHY.Fr., So. TI.
3 0A s d y of geographical facton influencing social institutions.
16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.II.
3 Cr.
See Couree 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
22.
SOCIOLOGY
OF R u m L
F
IE. Prereq. Soc. I. So. II.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the anal@ of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
ia placed on the dynamics of change.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
I.
Upper Division Courses
SOCIOLOGY
OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. I. Jr. I.
3 0Study of the city as to ,historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing pioblemr, health factors,
cultural centera, and rural-urban relationships.
51.
CRIME AND SOCIETY.Prcreq. SOC. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 0A rmdy of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of c a w 1 facton, methoda of apprehedon, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
3 Cr.
THSPWY. Pmreq. SDE. I. Jx., St. I.
j of rhe b m r y md ftlncbon of the family as a buic insamtion, the
~
~ of modern
c
nnde emmmic rhnnm on family interactions, organization,
and disorganization. (Offered 1 9 1 1-1 6.)
.
Soc. I. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
54. PUBLICW E L F ~Prereq.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative
policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare,
including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security.
93.
k
d
INTERCULTUFLAL~ L A T I O N SAND M I N O M ~PROBLEMS.Prereq. Sot. I.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 0.
Chncteriatics a d contributions of ethnic groups in the United Stam, causes
md cunrequencu of race and group prejudice, mechrnirm and problems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. (Offered 195455.)
55.
56. . h E O R AND ~ ~ N A G E M B N T~ A T I O N S . n.
See course 56 under Department of Business Administration.
3
FIELDSOF S O CWORH.
~
Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature,
functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
other community agencies.
57.
crCr.
and
the
and
COMMUNITY
ACTIVITIES.I, n.
t Cr.
The course provides laboratory experience in community activities under the
direction of trained personnel in social agencies. General supervision of the
program is exercised by a member of the sociology staff.
59, 60.
SOCI~~L
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr.
A audy of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development
of .pnanrlity in oocial situations, the principles of character formation, the deveIo-t
of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social c o d k t s ,
and eocial control.
61.
86. TEACHING
OF SOCIIII. STUDIES.Sr. I.
See course 86 under Education.
I
% Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Courses i n orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
designed to m i s t in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make.
The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that ob ht
fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those
preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing
to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's c e d cate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in
the field of education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved 'by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made
during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basir
of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a
minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
also taught on ,the high school level.
AS1 students admitted to the teacher education curriculum m w t secure two
credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 52.
In addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher
education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these
hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology.
No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education.
All questions regarding the teaoher education curriculum should be referred
to the Committee on Teacher Education.
PSYCHOLOGY
O~NTATION.Required. Fr. m e r e d hoch semesters.
I.
I
G.
freshmen in making the proper adjustaxent to rhdr mrk
aa sndente in college, iududing metho& of study, vocational choice and prep
aration, and development of personality.
D e a i g d .to &st
PSYCHOLOGY
AND ORENTATION.
Fr. I.
This course combines the aims and course content of Psychology
3 Cr.
and Psychology 5 . Emphasis is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods and two one-hour laboratory
periods per week. Registration restricted.
3.
I
JN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.I.
2
Cr.
An introductoq course in psychology intended for n m . T l o lecturer
per week.
GENERALPSYCHOWGY.
I, TI.
4 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The
piinciplea, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following
topics a ~ estressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory pmc5, 6.
eses and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memoq.
heredity and growth. The second semeswr emphasizes the application of the
principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life.
SOCLALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
See course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
61.
3 Cr.
ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 3 or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorders and a atudy of
62.
their nature, causes, prevention, and present treatment. ( M e r e d
I95
5 - 5 6.)
,
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
51. EDUCATIONAL
A d y of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the ,behavior ob adolescente in a school
context.
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I . Jr. 11.
5 1. TEAC~IWG
T d b gw
Min m b h m
w md c
00
&
3 Cr.
h management. hcludu a study of the secondary
need# of
youth.
53, 54.
GROUPA c m
r Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Religion
6, 57, and $8; Physical Education 6, I I , I 3, 14, and 5 5, 56; Education 5 I and
52; and Home Economics 36. The nature of the experience will vary with the
course with which it is associated, and may include such activities as teac,&g,
supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the
teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not
receive more than z credits in Group Activity.
PPP~CIPLES
OF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. 11.
3 G.
A d y of the guidance function of the cl.uuoom teacher, toola and techniquea med in d y i n g students, and methods rpprapriate for &t
gaidaria, including counseling.
5 5.
HXSTOPY
AND PHILO~OPHY
OF EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
traw the development of modern education and roeh to aaaiat
the aohnt in developing an understanding of rhe present educational program
and the ruions modem philobophies of education. The aapecta of the atate
edmtiasrl p g r u n important for the orientation of the new teacher are
58.
Tbe casn
S
U
~
.
Specid Tescbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the study of the materide, organization,
lad tuahing procedurer of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of teaching are made in the ape&c field. U d y , each student
is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching. Thh
mesm one courae related to the major and one to the minor. Prcrequisitu are
a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to regiater for more than the a m o a t of d t W.
TEACH~NG
OF G ~ M A N I C
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF NATUW SCIENCES.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
T u c H r n ~OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
T E A C H ~ OF
G SOCGLSTUDIES.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
TEACHINGOF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF HOME EUINOMICS.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
T ~ n c n r nOF~ HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
1%
0.
I
% Cr.
1%
0.
% Cr.
I % Cr.
I
Cr.
z Cr.
r Cr.
1%
Cr.
t Cr.
1 % Cr.
2
4 to 5 Cr.
Prereq. Educ. 5 I , 52. Sr. I.
96. STUDENTTEACHING.
Obeervation, participation in teaching activitier, and experience in actnal
contml of the clamnmm situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college mpervisor and selected critic t&.
The f o h w h g coumes prepare the emdent to meat the state requiremenu for a
minorial~qscien~~aain~ip~a~&loeof$ooksfor
ahe &l . . &ra,nyB
n pqming bob and other librecy a n a d for circulation,
. a iwho01
in
library, and h making iatdigat and effective use of
libmryt~alsfarhisuwnneabuader.
Minor, 16 credits.
3 Cr.
BASIC FUNCTIONS
OF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.
Jr. I, 11.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration daculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second. (Offered each year beginning 195 5-56.)
y 5-56?.
57-58t. ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade cumculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning
1955-56.)
S9-60f. SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I. 11.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including
reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials,
their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1956-57.)
I Cr.
61. PRACTICAL METHODS. Sr. I.
Giving che student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offered each year beginning 1956-57.)
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. II.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading
ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field, lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
(Offered each year beginning 195 6-57.)
t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters.
..
Department of Business Admm&ration and Economics
and.Seaetarial Studies
W.WALTON,MISS LUND,MISS BAVOLAK
The objective of thia deparanent is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and round perspective of b u s h a and our economic aocieq. Such knowledge
and p e n p a i v e is m e s s q for success in apecSc positions in our complex
business world a d h u l d provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of respomibiliq. A degree with a business major
is a connmon requirement of business h and government agencies. The
department giver a general background in economics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, P d i t s ; courses required are
Speech I I and History 21 and 22.
I , 2,
Minor, 2 I credits; 'courses required are
Upper Division courses.
I, 2.
PRINCIPL~S OF
I,
4,
I 1, I 6,
z, 4,
I y,
13. Also required are
I6
and six credits in
ACCOUNTING.
FL I, n.
An introduction to the -principles
of accounting and their application
single proprietorship, pzrtnerahip, and corporate foof bu&er; prepuation
and a d + of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording bwinar tranaacdonr;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
a.
,,
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., SO. U.
A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, aud interpretation
t i 4 data. It includes a e t d y of the memum of central tendency, time, series,
tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of t h e statistical techniques to various types of data.
4-
15,
p-
16.
PWCIPLES
OF
ECONOMICS.
SO. I,n.
.;6-,G.
A s t d y of the social organization of oar economy, hca1 and monGai$
p o k , value, prices, the distribution af d t h , and alternative economic systern. The objective H to help the s t u d e n t to develop the ability to a n a l p
economic hu they h e in his personal and vocational activities and ia
,
public life.
Upper Division Courses
MONEY AND BANXING.Prereq. I, 2, 4, I 1, 16.Jr., Sr. I.
3 0.
A study of the commercial banlu, the Federal Reserve Syrtem,the price l e d ,
and monetnty m d h a 1 policies. The parpooe is to lead the mdent to i n d gate thomufly the place and importance of money and priceq in bushus and
5 I.
in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations.
(OfTered 1951-16.)
7
-
-
--
social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The prvpoae ir to
give the atudent an analytical baais for judging business iltemativa and zlro
governmeat legislation.
3 Cr.
LABOPAND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS. Prereq. 15, 16.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by
-0
d h &dr
The objective ia to picture the
dtsFsmPt I#dtionr Oi h p u p io aur
and to investigate pordbiitk
cb rt%ir*ing b
y
cam^ of &e whole through edacation and
56.
'
government control.
3 Cr.
PRODUCTION. prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., sr. 1.
An operating subject dealing with the more important production procedures
and techniques commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants. The
techniques are studied with reference to their contribution to the attainment of
established manufacturing objectives to provide the student with an appreciation
of the relationships of production to other operating problems of business and
an awareness of the significance of production aspects of general administration
problems. (Offered 1954-55.)
5,.
59.
ADVANCED
ACCOUNTING.
Prereq. I,
2,
4, 15, 16.
E. I.
3 Cr.
The p-e
of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques
which will enable the atudent to interpret &ancia1 data, a d to q u a i n t the
student with c a t accounting principles and procedures. Preparation and anal*
of 6nanci.l statements, comparative statements, and statements ahowing t h e
disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order and standard uwting are scremcd.
--
3 Cr."
60. PUBLICFINANCEAND TAWTION.
Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II.
The course is designed to acquaint the student with the ecanomie
sf taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elemenm
of h a 1 policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes,
expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization.
BUSINESS
FINANCE.Prereq. I , z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of the subject of business h a n c e concentrating upon the
problems of going concerns to provide the student with a grasp of the rela62.
tion of financial decisions to over-all company objectives and policies of such
major departments as production and sales. Both working capital and long-term
capital financing are studied.
SENIORTOPICS.Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A x v k of businea practice and problem in our economy, pointing olrt
tbe opportunities for individual endeavor, followed 'byan original project by
each student i n which he makes an investigation of his own. The project mry
be in m y business field; for example, lcco~ting,invwtments, pemmrl selling,
market research, economic analysis. Offered only as an honors course for selected
seniors in business.
71, 72.
?&r coumw aim to prepare student( for stenographic and d poribarinea o&w, m k t in ,the preparation for the rerching of borincr
~ ~ i n ~ & l s d f o r ~ d ~ r k , a n d n o p r w i d e
oppmmhy for tihe development of of- s k i b for p a m d ue.
t h o in
A orsjor may be abtaiued in business education by completing a ntinimum
hous, including
I, 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Adminiatration
16, 13, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73.
,
including
A minor may b h i n d by completing a minimum of 26 h
I , 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Bushers Administration I, 2, or 15, 16.
of 37
I . 2, I J ,
ELEMENTARY
T Y P E W R ~Offered
G . both semesters.
I Cr.
A ooarse for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
burs , p r week.
I.
2.
EMTBU~EDIA~ T Y P E ~ R ~ N G11..
2
Cr.
P m b in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addreaing
envelopes, and i n letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
6 Cr.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.
Prereq. 2. I, 11.
Training in the dundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week.
,OFFICEMACHINES.Prereq. I , 2. Wered both semesters.
2 Cr.
S t d y and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addresograph, and dupli,cator. Two hours per week.
8.
fCo~itm&n
course. To receive credit for this course, a student must oompkte
both semesters.
5 I.
Upper Division Cmrses
ADVANCBD TYPEWRITING.
I.
JZ.
SEC~BTARIAL
P R a c n a . Prereq.
z CrFurther development of typewriting technique with practical training in
businer kctar arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documento. Prerequisite I, 2 , or high achool credit in typing. Open to studenra having
attained s speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours per week.
I , 2,
3-4. 11.
3 Cr.
Pra~tialapplication of secretarial dutier including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of businem and legal forma, personality development,
and guidance in writing application letten and mrking application far r job.
Mimeographing i included in this course for those who include this as s part
of the plrish workers' course. Four hours per week.
~ N C E SHORTHAND.
D
I, n.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictatioa Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students
who cam take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and trmscribe ~ t a hhigh degree of accuracy. Four ,hours per week.
82. ~ E A C H I N G OF BUSINESS.
I % Cr.
Sr. I.
See course 82 under Education.
J 3-54.$
Depertment of Home Economics
MISS SEGOLSON,
MRS.NELSON,MISSMORTENSEN
Thc abjectiwa of the department are threefold: first, to provide c o w that
d
l help atudenu solve penonal, home, and family living problems; eecond,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, .to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education.
N o n - m h g major, 33 c d u ; courses are I , z, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57.
66, 68. 71,72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics IJ.
Sociology I, Biology 4 or 13-14 and 54, and Psychology 3 or 5 , and 6.
Graduation minor, 18 credits including cotuses I, 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or
'I'cidiag msjor, 38 credits; caurser bted for non-terching major plus 33 md
76. T e d h g mipcws possible in Biology, chemhy, Speech, SocLl Sdcnce or
Physical Eduution. C o d t a member of &e home ecommh faculty for course
plonr.
I.
CLOTHING
SELECTION,
C a m , AND bus. I.
3 fi.
A study of the factom involved in the choice, care, and repair of dothing.
B a u g in dcrign, bewmingnem, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics
suitable for ditferent wea are topiu considered.
+tinuation
both semesters.
course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
II.
2 Cf.
course provides laboratory experience in making simple gmmnts in
cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and
Nitable ,techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing mochiae, a;lteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economia edocotion majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
t.
This
,we&.
3.
Am w DAILY
LIVING.I.
3 CrA study of m ?s it is met in the activitica of everyday living. Open to all
rtudents.
E L B ~ ~ NOF
T SNUTRITION. 11.
3 Cr.
Noranal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
7.
GROUPACTMTY.
See courses 53, 54 under Education.
23.
33.
COLORAND DESIGN.I.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, rrrrnging,
and G g a i n g of household farnishings. Lettering and rimple poster d-.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Eumomica
mapn. Three double laboratory perio& per week.
36. CMETS.II.
2
Cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1955-56.)
PRINCIPLES
OF FOOD PREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 7 or
af h u u c t o r . I, 11.
pe&n
6 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, merl service. food purchasing, m d
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
39, 40.
MAMUAGEAND FAMILYM LA TI ON SHIPS. II.
3 Cr.
A c o r n applying principlw of cultural living to everyday problem of home
life. Discussions of penond f d y relationships, prepantion for muriap, the
Christian home and its iduence in the community, and related mbjecta. Regular lecturer, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and t o m .
42.
CHILD
DEVELOPMENT.
IL
2 Cr.
A study of the core and trahing of the pug c&ild = ,to to physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
44.
Upper Division Cmrses
57. TEXTILES. I.
s Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and hishes with special emphub on selection,
me, and care d common household and clothing textiles. Two dcmble laboratory
hours a week.
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furnitcue, painting, and sculpture. Two regdar hours scheduled and field
trips arranged. (Offered 1954-55.)
n.
66. HOME
PLANNINGAND FURNISHING.
3 GThir conme included a consideration of housing, an anal* of &or pluls,
r study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in ulecting,
arrmgiug, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prereqaisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double lalbomtory periods per
week
68. F ~ I L HEALTH.
T
I.
r Cr.
Basic f a c a and practical application of home care of the sick Problems
relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOME
MANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
2 Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and oo&ating
the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family W g . One
lecture period and one double laboratory period per week.
HOMEMANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
2 Cr.
~ c ' t u a lexperience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home
management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. (Offered 1955-56.)
72.
CONSUMER
EDUCATION
AND INCOME~ ~ N A G E M E N
It.T .
t CT.
The wise choice of .consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from
the use of money income.
73.
76. ADVANCEDC L O ~ I N CONSTRUCTION.
G
Prereq. 2. U
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool.
More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the
c l m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and c o n s t ~ c t i n g
garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics
91. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS.
and Education 5 2. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
l e n rhc p
w of che division of Nattml Scienfc ta pmvidc trriPing in
metho& uld technique; ta interpret N a d Scienu in the light of
the Word of Gud; to acqruinr the student with the
of Narurd
Sdcnce i n a modem, changing world; w e m p k a wund mind and r r m n g
body; to vain for vocations in various fields o f N a r d Science; and to q u i p
tbe student with a scientific background which wiIl enrich his life ind the lives
of his feuow men.
&&c
Department of Biology
The aim of thir Department is to give the student z broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3N, 4, 7N no not count
toward the major or minor.
WORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, 11.
O Cr.
I-zt. THE NATURAL
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciper week consistkg or :xtures, lecture demonstrations, and
ences. Four
discussions.
gN. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anacorn, 1 - J ohyslology with special em&ash on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b l elaboratory periods per week.
Designed particularly for student nurses.
HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
4.
7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
3 - ~ 4GENERAL
.t
ZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. '
8 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures m d two double laboratoq periods per week.
I
$ ~ o n t ; ~ & $ &course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
b t h sem+ters.
GXNW BOTANY.So., Jr. I, II.
8 ~r.
y of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, f
W
by a -.
of the plant kingdom. Emphadia is llro placed on ;bacmieal principles. Flowering plenta arc identified in the spring. Three lectures and one
double laboratory period per week
25, 26.
Thk m a d
51.
Upper Division Courses
GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1955-56.)
4 Cr.
ECOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological amciation and succession. Two iectura and one laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1955-56.)
52.
5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I.
3
G.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
54. GENERAL
BACTERIOLOGY.Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II.
4 Cr.
A review of the general &ld of bacteriolom, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diiasu. Training in modern labontory techniques. Two
lectures and two double Izboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classi6cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
55.
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. U.
1-2 Cr.
Pnctical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projecu useful to teachers. (Oflered 1954-55.)
80. TEACH~NG
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
1% Cr.
The course consisa of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
The counes offered provide fundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective u promotion of acient%c
proach.
thinking and sciendfic ap-
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary dooh. The courses in Chemistry will prepare
h i for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Ruearch, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Exigineering and Applied
Mathematics.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, jN, 4 do not count toward
the major or minor.
THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, II.
For course description see Department of Biology.
r-zt.
8 Cr.
3N. CHEMISTRY
FOR NURSES.I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of
the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
4.
AND QUALITATIVECHEMISTRY.Fr., So. I, 11.
8 cr.
5-6.f INORGANIC
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
4 Cr.
5 I. ANALYTIC~U.CHEMISTRY.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short induction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gmvimetric.
Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5I. So., Jr., Sr. II.
5 Cr.
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours labratory per week.
5 2.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
8-10 Cr.
A discussion of the important c l w u of aliphatic and aromatic compoands.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Ofiered 1951-56.)
53-54.t
$6ntinnation course. To receive credit for this course, a student mupt complete
both semesters.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Physics
5 and 6. Sr. II.
5 Cr.
An introductory course coveting the gzr laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectutes and one double laboratory period
per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
55.
PHYSICS
Minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor.
THENATURAL WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
For corn description see Department of Biology.
1-2$.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light
and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application of physics in the home.
3.
or concurrent registration in Math. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math.
I
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic
nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of
and other topics. Philosophical implications of mcdern physical science
considered.
5 I.
4 Cr.
theory,
physics
will be
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.
Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week.
52.
80. TEACHING
OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teacbiug
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 5 1 and 52 or 53-54;Biology 13-14and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
TContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Dqxrtment of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s d c i e n t for solving the simpler problems of life, also to d o r d
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them escient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits.
Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
3' Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week.
A.
B.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.
Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. !J.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So.
I, II.
10 Cr.
This is an integrated course inoluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I , 2.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING. Prereq. B. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week.
5.
ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND D E S C R I PGEOMETRY.
~
Prereq. 5. II. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
6.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 5 Z.
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.
SO., Jr. I, 11.
I0
0.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for Merentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary dzerential equations are
developed and applications made.
SOLD ANALYTICALGEOMETRY.
Prereq. z. Sr. I
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and ' d o r m a t i o n are given their proper emphasb.
53.
54.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includw the study of & numben, determinants ?ad o h e r
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
84. TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I.
Cr.
I
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
a weli-rounded physic21 education program.
health and physical fitness &ugh
to develop character md good s p o r a d p throrrgh the intnmunl and inrercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure cime, and to provide an effecrive training program for praspctivt reachers of h d t b and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phlse
of the physical education program.
A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major and Minor Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 27, 5 0 ,
5 1 9 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 84.
Major for women, 3 0 credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16,
17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 54, 84.
Minor,
formen:
21
2,
credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 5 I, 53, and 54
j,4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, and 54borwomen.
Biology 4; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 51, 52, 53, 54, 5 5, $8, 94, and 96
Bhould be included for a teaching major in phyuical education.
PERSONALAND COMMUNITY
~ T H Fr.. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
A study of modem concepts and practices ob health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4.
PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
I
Cr.
3, 4.
PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES.
(Women). Fr. I, 11.
I
Cr.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTH
EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fieldc of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school
5.
mema
-~ONAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. n.
I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
gamer, l o r organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
m&ed
games.
6.
FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course. (Offered 1955-56.)
8.
I
Cr.
TEAM SPORTSAND L.EAD-UP G-.
(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
I I.
12.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. I
I.
2
Cr.
Theory and practice in teac,hhg badminton, shdeboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf.
4 Cr.
13, 14. TEAM SPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11.
Theory and practice in the coaching and oiciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
16. INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis,
shuffleboard, archery, tennis, and golf. (Offered 1954-5 5.)
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. (Offered 1954-55.)
27.
KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2
Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements.
OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
r Cr.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of osciating in football,
basketball, baseball, and track. (Offered 195 5-56.)
29.
Ufifier Division Courses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
2 Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analyak of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical c-.
(Offered 1954-55.)
50.
SELF-TESTINGACTIVTITES. (Men). Jr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus,
bumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
5 I.
FUNDAMENTALMOYEMLNTS.
Jr. II.
I 0.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
(Offered 1955-56.)
52.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary achool heakh
and physical education curriculum.
53.
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL
54. ORGANIZATION
EDUCATION.
Sr. IL
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and
physical education.
2 Cr.
COACHING
OF SPORTS: FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL.S t I
.
Theory a d techniques of aching. Seniors only, or approval of in4tructor.
55.
56. COACHING
OF SPORTS:BASEBALLAND TRACK.Sr. II.
2
a.
Theory and technique of coaching. Seniors only, or approral of instructor.
Sr. II.
I Cr.
84. TESTSAND ~ ~ A S U R E M E N T SIN PHYSICALEDUCATION.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1954-5 5.)
r Cr.
85. COMMUNITYCREATION. Jr., Sr. 11.
PraLlems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a awey of activities, and the organization and adminkmation of recreational
work. (Offered 1954-55.)
94.
TEACHING
OF HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL
E D U C ~ ~ OSr.
N . I.
Mcchods and materials in health and physical education.
2
Cr.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augrburg Theological Seminary is the taining school for the paston and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of p+on and spiritual leaden dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word a d
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Admiseion
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college coune must hare included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
z
I
years
year
In the case of mature students of outrtanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their
dxological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides
fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated above, include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or Education
Typewriting
2
I
I
2
I
I
I
years
year
year
years
year
year
year
All candi&tes for a W m n to the Seminary must have achieved a good
academic rewrd in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the S e m k q should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I. A fonnal letter of application for admission as a s d m t in the Seminary,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A catificate of good health.
These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary
Faaulty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The &st year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another seminary must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg.
Adrrnced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying
for admission presenu a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Conditions and Incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be
removed within the &st five weeks af classes of the following semester of
attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time
allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is su6ciently high.
Expenses
Seminuy studmta pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student
activity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per axnester.
S a c n h q students living in the domitory receive a special grant to m r
the eort of room rent. The cost of board is the same u for the College d e n t s .
See page 2 5 .
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a h e - y n r cycle of lectans and study plw
six months of practical service in the cxmgng~tions. Students who campIete all
the requirements of the regular c o m e are graduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly dered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average)
throughout the rhree years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Facultv Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 1 5 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examiaation, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
Seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed
and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the
summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary coune.
A limited amount 06 assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service
per;ad.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of
practical church work during rhe school year either in the Twin Cities or ia
nearby commnnities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Service.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
J&
Yen
THE BACKGROUNDAND S m c - r m m OF rn BIBLE A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation i n the Book which is the chief
I.
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
*With ohe exception of the Theological Orientation Gunes, offered m u a l l y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief m e y of the historical
z Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
4. THEOL~GICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Thcology and
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
I Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Codeasion, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
Luther.
I Cr.
Old Testament
& STENSVMG
FOR BEGINNERS.
The &st year is devoted to a study of the
9-10. HEBREW
essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Oflered 1954-15.)
6 Cr.
11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195556.)
3 Cr.
12. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious valuea and the rise of prophetism. Selected p a g e s from the bis3 Cr.
torical books are studied. (Offered 1955-56.)
13. THE PROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 195657.)
3 Cr.
14. THE PROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
3 Cr.
freedom. (Offered 1916-57.)
I 5. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental probz Cr.
lems of life. (Offered 1954-55.)
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction
to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms.
Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments af the
3 Cr.
post-Exilic period. (Offered 1914-55.)
17-18. HEBREW
EXEGESIS. Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
in the Old Testament. (Offered 1955-56.)
4 Cr.
A study of archaeological discov19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
eries and their signi6cance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a
number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned
I Cr.
topics and class discussion. (Oflered 1954-51.)
New Testament
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manuscripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
22.
23. THE GOSPELOF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Wered I 9 5 6-57.)
24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the
r Cr.
English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1954-55.)
26.
1-12.
THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Ogered
1954-55.)
3 Cr.
27. L P - ~AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The
28.
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the
,Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. ( m e r e d 195451.1
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.)
2 Cr.
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Offered 1955-56.)
Church History
MR. SONNACK
40-41. 'lh.
EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church frem the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The orgmization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathcnism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with
a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 19j5-56.)
4 Cr..
42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the developof Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. T h e course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward re3 Cr.
form. (Offered 1956-57.)
ment
43. THE REFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr..
Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered I 9 j 6-57.)
44. THE CHURCHA F ~ E R TIIE REFORMATION.733 course covers the period
from the Reformation and up to the present time, aich special emphasis on
2 Cr,
the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1914-51.)
CHURCHHISTORY.
Early colonization; planting of churches;
45. &=CAN
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
2 Cris studied with special care. ( m e r e d 1954-1 5 . )
OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE. A study of the development
46. THE HISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1 9 5 ~ - ~ 6 2. ) Cr.
47. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world.
Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. (Ofiered
1956-57.)
I Cr-
Systematic
Theology
fi.&ON
.
intended to introduce the student to the field
50. I ~ r a o ~ u c n oA~course
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field. (Offered 1954-55.)
11. THEOLOGY
~LNDANTHROPOLOGY.A study in the systematic exposition
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special
3 Cr.
topics. (Offered 1954-55.)
52-53. SOTERIOLOGY.The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true oommunion between God and man. The Person of Christ
is work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H
tion to the individual and to society; rhe nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
(Offered 1955-56.)
54-15. CHESSTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implicatiolls
.of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and
application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, organized in:stitutions, and society as a whole. (Offered 1956-57.)
4 Cr.
56. SYAQWLICS. A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the
creeds subacribcd to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its
.doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Ofdered 1954-55.)
z Cr.
57. COMPARATIVE
SYMBOLICS
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach4ngs of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in thin field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOP PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.This course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundat Cr.
tions of the pastoral o6ce and the New Testament ministry.
SOUL-CARE
AND THE SPIRITUAL
LFE. A study of Christian experience
61.
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 195 5-56.) z Cr.
62.
INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.Rev. Fredric M. Norstad.
This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both
normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the qpes of
emotional and mental distu~banceswith which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to
recognize the deviations and distinguish between those thiigs which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other competent help.
I Cr.
6 3 . EVANGELISTICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
.and various types of evangelism. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
65. PRINCIPLESAND P R A ~ COF
E PREACHING.Technical and psychological
,elements of preaching. Emphuis upon sermons. Juniors.
z Cr.
The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS.
and presentation of brief sennons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlea.
z Cr.
'lining
67. SERMONS.
A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Senion.
2 Cr.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish work
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and II Corinthians
are studied as the best source. (Offered 1954-55.)
z Cr.
71. CHURCH ~DMINISTRA~ON. A study of the variow aspects of -regational organization. Methods of increasing ef3iciencp in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
Ghristian stewardship. (Offered 1954-55.)
I Cr.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS. A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practiul problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)I Cr.
73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on
its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) I Cr.
An historical s w e y of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 195455.)
I Cr.
D. Christim Education and Sociology
76. METHODS OF PARISH EDUCATION.
Studies in the application of basic
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 195657.)
z Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANS o c ~ ~ nA. study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
z Cr.
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
79. CHRISAND SOCLU
WOE This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, re2 Cr.
ports, and institutional visits.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 953-1954
Third Year
Berkland, Theodore A.
Christopherson, James E.
.
.Minneapolis
Valley City, N. D.
. . . . . ..Minneapolis
..
...
. . . . . . .
Erickson, Stanley R.
..............
Gudim, Milo D.
. . . . .McVille,
N. D.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . . . . .
Kallevig, Lloyd C. . . . . . . . . . . .
Soli, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .Willmar
. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Storley, Calvin . . . .
Vaagenes, Morris G.
. . . . . .Roslyn, S. D.
. . . . . . Minneapolis
............
..
Second Year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . ..Aitkin
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Anenson, LeRoy H. . .
Dahle, Norman A. . . . .
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris M. . .
Oman, Lyman F.
.Racine, Wis.
.......
...
...
. . . .
Rokke, David H.
...
Swanson, Edward E. . .
Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Thorpe, Gordon D. . .
Underbakke, Leland B.
Aniwa, Wis.
. . . .
. . .
.Minneapolis
First Year
Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Rudolph E.
.
Carlsen, Glenn T. . .
Goodrich, Quentin A.
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
Peterson, Gerald J.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mmneapolis
, , , , , , , ,
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth
. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Quentin G.
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rimmereid, Arthur V.
.
. . .
Stenberg, Roger W.
Unseth, Malcolm W.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . Bertha
New Rockford, N. D.
.
. . . . .Portland, Ore.
..
Specials
Estness, Borghild
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. .
Thompson, Milford A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash.
Vetvick, Leo (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, , , ,
, , , .
.
.Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Vick, Oliver K. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2) Registered for second semester only.
COLLEGE STUDENTS-1 953-1954
SENIORS
Aosen, Hildegarde E. .
Allor, Donold J. . . . . . .
Andersen, Donald W. . .
Anderson, Arthur L. . . .
Anderson, Janice A. . . .
Anderson, Robert H. (1)
. . .Winger
Minneapolis
. . . .Wayzoto
.Minneopolis
.Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Becker, Louis 0. . . . . . .
Berntsen, Ruth A. . . . .
Bloke, Shirlee A. . . . .
Botko, Willord J. . . . .
St. Louis Park
. .Minneapolis
. .Ottowo, Ill.
.Minneapolis
Corlson, Erwin L. (1) . .
Corlson, Roger E. . . . .
Chilstrom, Herbert W. .
Cote, Arthur J. Jr. . . . .
. .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
Litchfield
. Minneopolis
Dill, Donald J.
Dorr, Ardis S.
.
.Elk River
. .Mentor
Argusville, N. D.
Longseth, Robert V. .
Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Lorsson, Kenton D. . . . . .Taylors Folls
Lusk, George W. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Lyngdol, Colette P. . . . ..Minneapolis
Marquordt, William G.
. . . . . .St. Paul
. . . .Worthington
Mothiason, Alan E.
Mattison, Robert T. (11 . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillior.
Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Gordon A.
. . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . ..Ellendale
Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norum, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . . .Hollock
Cumberland, Wis.
Nyhus, Edward 0.
Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Con.
Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis.
Eldol, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . .
Minneapolis Olson, julion R. . . . . . . .
~ i ~ ~ ~
Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . Gorfield
Erlandson, Wolloce E. (1) . Minneapolis Porkhurst, Milford C. . . . .Mondovi, Wis.
Evenson, Leland E. . . . . .
. ~ a n s k a Peterson, Clinton J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jackson
Phillips, Merton C.
. . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Fisher,
W. . . . . . . . . .
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarodo
Froilond, David C. . . . . . . Minneapolis pribble, ~~~d C. . . . . . . . . . . ~ , ~ ~ + i ~
Fullerton, Gerald L. . . . Minneapolis
Reimer, Donna E. (1) . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth
Gonte, Marshall H. . . . . . .Minneapolis
~ ~ i ~~~l~~~
~ r K.t ~
. . .~. . .~ ~
,
~
~
~
h
Geisendorfer, James V. (2). . .Minneapolis
~
~
b paulette
~
t . .~. whitefish,
~
~ M, ~ ~ ~ .
Gustafson, Violet E.. . . . ..McGregor, N. D.
P. . . . . . . . . . . .,st. pOul
kolf, ~~~i~
Ingman, Robert C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Isaocson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Poul
Rust* Gary R. . . . . . .Harwood. N. D.
Sandness, Albert J. . . . . . LoMoure, N. D.
Sandquist, Shirley K.
. . . . .Cambridge
Shiell, James L. . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Skogen, Clyde L.
.
. . . . . . . . . . Isle
Skovholt, Ardelle E. . , .Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
tSolberg, Marilyn Y..
. . . . . . .Ray, N. D.
Sonsteng, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Solol
Sorenson, James A. . . . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Rosemount
Johnson, Marcellus L.. Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . .Minneopolis
Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thoreson, Allon R. . . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Tjornhom, Barbara L. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Trelstad, Jerome C. .
. . . .Minneapolis
Twiton, Robert E. . . . . Sun Prairie, Wis.
Kleven, Lowell H. . . . . Blonchardville, Wis.
Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Knutson, Maryan A. . . . . . . Granite Falls
Kyllo, Valborg L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Warner, Elaine W. (1)
. . . . . . . . Duluth
Westphol, Joanne C. . . . . . . . .Madeha
Hambera, Elaine L.. . . . ..Williston, N. D.
~orkmon, Moryls A. . . . . . . . Cokoto
Horrison, Jean . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hellond, Florence L. . . . . . ..Binford, N. D.
Hielmeland, Selmer J.. . . ..Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Shofer
Huglen, Erling S. B. . . . . . . . .Newfolden
Hushogen, Orpha L. . . . . . . . . . .Gonvick
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
t Deceased, September 28, 1953.
Vick, Oliver K. (1) . . .
Men ............
Women . . . . . . . . .
Spring Grove
JUNIORS
Adorns, Patricia A. . . . . . . . . . . .Westbrook
Aho, Arnold D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Amundson, Robert E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson. Curtis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bruno
Anderson, Donna Lou ...... .Argyle, Wis.
Anderson, James W. ....... .Minneapolis
Anderson, Norman E. ....... .Alexandria
.St. Paul
Anderson, Theodore W.
........
Benson, John E. ....... .Milwaukee, Wis.
Berge, Mavis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lanesboro
Bodin, Wesley J.
.Minneapolis
Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ...... .Pierpont, S. D.
Bouchord, Janet A. . . . . . . . . .Minneupolis
Bremseth, Janice M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Briggs, Walter C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Britton, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
..........
Collins, Jane B.
............. .Monticello
Dahlin, Maxine M. ............. .Cokato
Danger, Mary J. ............. Stanchfield
Drake, Spencer R. . . - . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dronen, Richard A.
.Minneapolis
........
Egertson, Darrell J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Eide, Delores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fogelquist, Roger H. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fuerstenau, Eugene H.. Cedor Rapids, lowa
Gilbertson, Nora M.. .Frontier, Sask., Can.
Grinde, Lloyd C.. . . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Gronseth, Phillip N. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hagestuen, Richard M. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
.Mlnnwpolh
Halling, Beverly J.
Halvorson, Helen A. . . . .Golwburg. N. D,
Hansen, Ronald M.
.Park Ridge, 121.
Honson, L. David .......... .long Prairis
Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanson, Phillip J. . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Hanson, Wallace L. ............. Waseca
Helland, Rachel E.. ...... .Thief River Falls
Heng, Rolf 0.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnmpolis
Henjum, Raymond G. .......... .Hoffman
Holcombe, Thomas E. ....... .Minneapolis
Holt, Everett V. ................ .Carver
.........
.....
Jenson, John R. ........... .Minneapolis
Jerdee, Mary L. ............ .Minneapolis
Johnson, James A. .............. Kenyon
.Minneapolis
Johnson, Merlyn R. (2).
.....
Karlstad, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salol
Krueger, Wallace T. (2). .... .Minneapolis
Kvamme, Anden ......... .Voss, Norway
Larson, Audrey V. ......... .Robbindale
Lanon, Myrtle I. .......... Berwick, N. D.
Larson, Richard J. ............Kerkhoven
Larson, Robert D. (1). ........ .Moorhead
Lelvis, Patricia M.
.Chatham, Mich.
Ludviksen, Stanley B.
.Portland, Ore.
Lunow, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
.......
.....
Maeland, Arnulf ....... .Fairhaven, Mass.
Mahre, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mickelberg, Erwin D. ..... .Onalaska, Wis.
Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D m n
Mulliken, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
..........Minneapolis
..............Madelia
........ .Minneapolis
.........Golden Valley
Nelson, Lennart D.
Nelson, Philip A.
Nordstrom, Ethel C.
Olson, Damaris R.
Olson, Monroe B. .......... .Minneapolis
Omdahl, Beverly F. ............. .Faston
Pousi, Ruth M.
Quanbeck, Paul M.
..........Minneapolis
Rodvik, Erling S. (2) ........Minneapolis
Roesler, William A. (2)
.St. Paul
.........
Saari, Corwyn J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Seaver, John E. ............ .Minneapolis
Seover, Roma R. . . . . . . . . . . .Capron, Ill.
Siegel, Donald W. (1).
.Chicago, Ill.
Skaar, David W.
Rockford, Ill.
Skierseth, Donald ........ .Bracket, N. D.
Sneitzer, Robert F. ............ .St. Paul
Soderberg, LaVonne A. ........ Kandiyohi
Steinbrecher, Wayne G. ..... .Minneapolis
Stensrud, Richard H. ........ .Minneapolis
Strande, Nels A. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Brooten
Strondlie, Wenona C. ........... Benson
......
...........
Thoreson, Wayne 1..
Twedt, Agnes S.
Tweet, Agnes M.
............Peterson
........ .McHenry, N. D.
.......Tunbridge, N. D.
West, Kenneth W. ....... .Maple Park, Ill.
Wolden, Gerhard P.
Estherville, Iowa
.....
Men
............................
Women
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
..................Dam1
Total
58
.........................29
......................... 87
SOPHO
Almquist, James A. . . Sond Creek, Wis.
Anderson, Deloris A. . . . . . .Ogilvie
Anderson, Keith 0. .
. .Sacred Heart
Anderson, E. William . . . . Ashland, Wis.
Arneson, Suzanne M. . . . .Forgo, N. D.
Arvidson, Kenneth V. . . . .Rockford, 111.
Homme, Gloria (1)
. . .Minneapolis
Honebrink, Elsa M. . . . . Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Hovden, Robert A. . . . . . . . St. James
Hoversten, Thomas H. . . . . . ..Alden, Iowa
Hunt, Elaine H. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Barber, Robert E. . . . . .
Boxter, Gerald . . . . . .
Berg, Robert M. (1) . . .
Berkas, Theodore S. .
Berntson, Irving E.
..
Beyers, Jomes R. M. .
Boroos, J. Shermon .
Bullock, Richord W. ( 1 )
Jacobson, Doris M. . . . . . . . . . Racine
Jonsen, David G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Ervin T. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Forolyn M. . . . . . . . .Malmo
Jorgensen, Beverly M. . . . . . . . . . Delano
Jorgensen, Dorothy L. (1) . . . . . . .St. Paul
.Saginow, Mich.
. . . .Robbinsdale
. . . . . . . St. Paul
. . . . . . Kenyon
. . ..Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . .Dowson
. . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Ann C. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. .Clorkfield
Christensen, Orlo J. . .
Christianson, Mary J. . . . . Knapp, Wis.
. . . . . . . Brainerd
Conyers, LeRoy H.
Currey, Donald E. (2) . . . . . . . .Appleton
Dohl, Marilyne J. .
Dohl, Sylva M. . . .
Dickens, Clora M. .
Doerr, Wayne P. (2)
. . Glenburn, N. D.
. . . . . . . . .Wasem
. Harrisburg, S. D.
. . . . . Minneapolis
Emery, Curtis V. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Enstad, Luther W. . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
Erickson, George H.
Tacoma, Wash.
Erickson, Leland F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Glenwood
Ericbon, Rodney 0. J. .
Evovold, Charles A. . . . . . . Battle Lake
Everhort, Joan M. . . . . . .
Bagley
Field, Marvin W. . . . . . . .
McGregor
Fitch, Gory D. . . . . . . . .
Robbinsdale
Floistod, Dorothy M.. . . . ..Milwaukee, Wis.
Fowlds, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood
Fox, Mary Ann E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gennrich, Gretchen G.
. . . .Minneapolis
Gilbert, Verner L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Barnum
Gimse, I. Shelby . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Giengdohl, Robert A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Greguson, Miriam E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hogen, Elizabeth G. . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Honggi, Glen 0. . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Hanson, Neol E. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Haugen, Jomes S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hoynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgaas, Margaret A. . . . . .Madison, S. D.
Hemingway, Jerome . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hendricks, Dean M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Herman, Robert M. . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Kollmon, Ralph A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchner, Robert J. . . . . . . .Farmington
Kunkel, Lucille M. . . . . . . . . Almena,
.
Wis.
Lorson, Richard Arthur . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lecander, Roger V. . . . . .Plum City, Wis.
Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Lockwood, Robert R. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lolond, Ruth L. . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash.
Lower, Corolyn E. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James
Lundin, Harvey A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Meredith, Patricia J. . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake
Midthun, Betty A. . . . . Menomonie, Wis.
Moe, Donovan R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Moen, Ardell J. . . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. D.
Mortensen, Elizobeth A. . . . . .Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert L. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Mulen, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Munson, Christine C. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Murins, Valdis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hopkins
Nelson, Morlys E. . . . . . . . . . . Belgrode
Nerheim, Lawrence E. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nevin, LeRoy E. . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Nichols, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norby, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Appleton
Nordling, James B. . . . . Ishpeming, Mich.
Ohlin, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olsen, Mary H. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Bernice A. . . . . . Thief River Falls
Olson, Laurence 0. . . . . . .Maple Pork, Ill.
Olson, R. Luther ........... .Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Ose, Roger K. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Overlund, Ervin K. . . . . . . ..Silverton, Ore.
Peorson, James K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov
Pedersen, Virginia M. (2). . . . .Greenbush
Pederson, James L. . . . . . . . . . . Nye, Wis.
Pederson, Richard D. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Petersen, Marilyn J. . . . .
Minneapolis
Peterson, Joyce A. . . . . . .
Pooler, Harold E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Bertha
. . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Quanbeck, Norman J.
Rowig, Bruce W.
Rudell, Violeite I. . . . .
. . . . .Minneapolis
Aniwa, Wis.
Thorpe, Mark C. . . . .
Thorson, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Thorvig, Kathryn L.
. . . . Minneapolis
Urness, John L.
.Thief River Falls
Saastad, Jerrold A. .
Sarff, Donohue R. . . . -. . . . . . . .Palisade
Northwood, N. D.
Sather, Dayne W. .
Schoess, Alden J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stanerson, Noomi . . . . . Estherville, lowa
Stensland, Arlen H.. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
. . .Buxton, N. D.
Stoa, Harold M. . . . .
Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Suther, Paul R. (1). . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake
Sylvester, lone L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mclntosh
.
Tader, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples
Thompson, Andrew . . . . .... .Minneapolis
Thompson, John T. . . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi
Thompson, Norman E. . . . . .Leonard, N. D.
Tharpe, Glenn C. . . . . .. . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Vaagenes, Bonnie B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Voeks, George H. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Wahlstrorn, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . .Grasston
Warnes, Wanda E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stephen
Wellington, Richard J. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
White, Merlin J. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Williams, Beverly A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Ysteboe, Ruth 1. (2)
...
Fargo, N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
-
Total
.........................
131
FRESHMAN
Ahlness, Daniel E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm
Almlie, Vernon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Foley
Anderson, Duane F. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Dwight L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dassel
Anderson, Ellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Anderson, lvar C. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Laverne J. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Anderson, Lewis H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Richard A. . . . . . . . . .Wayzata
Anfinsen, Arthur M., Jr.. . . . . . . . .Hopkins
Anklam, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arme, Donald A. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arrnstrong, James W. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Aronson, Donald W. . .Los Angeres, Calif.
Asplin, Myron T. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato
Asplin, Russell W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Dassel
Baker, James G. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Baker, Stanley B. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bartel, Henry P. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hastings
Bebensee, Fred C. (2). . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Beckman, James L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waseca
Berg, Sidney D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergeland, Martin E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Bergren, John C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berndt, Donald R. . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Bernier, Jack L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntsen, R. Maxine. . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Bockhaus, Mary G. (2). . . . . . . . . . .Mound
Bolstad, Kermit E. (1) . .Homestead, Mont.
Borman, Dennes L. ............ .Le Sueur
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Borrevik, Kothleen M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth
Bragg, James A. (1). . . . . . . . Chicago, Ill.
Braseth, Mary Ann . .
. .Amery, Wis.
Bredeken, Ronald D. . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
.
Brodin, Arlen G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Brown, Con . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Crystal
Bueide, David H. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar
Bullock, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burke, Dorothy A.
. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
...
Carlson, Jerry D. . . .
Carlson, Roger A. . .
Carlson, Stanley C. . .
Carrelli, Robert A. . .
Christensen, Arlett P.
Christensen. Don E. .
Christensen, Larry J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Christensen, Marilyn A. (1). . . .Minneapolis
Christianson, ~ a r l o nC. . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Christianson, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . .Glenwood
Cook, James E. . . . . . . . . . . ., . Robbinsdale
Cruys, George H. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dahl, Linnea M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dahlgren, Gerald N. (1) . . . .Minneapolis
Dale, Allen B. (1) . . . . . . St. Louis Pork
Dalland, John K. (2). . . . . . .. .Minneapolis
Dieken, Doris A. . . . . . .
. .Montevideo
Dumpys, Ruth M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson
Egesdal, Sanford E. ( I ) . . . . . . . Elmore
Eichstadt, Harlen E. . . . . . . . . .Larnberton
Ellefson, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
West Concord
Emerson, Myron A. (2) .
Engelman, Fred B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clarissa
Erb, Ronald L . . . . . . . . . . . ..Lester Prairie
Erickson, Barbara M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Orin N. (2). . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Fahlin, Paul V. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Faust, Daniel G.. . . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Feig, Phillip S. (1) ... ...... .Minneapolis
Fering, Charles A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Finnesgaard, Carl 0. ........... Kenyon
Flann, Douglas E. . . . .. . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Flockoi, Rolf A. (1).
. Bellingharn, Wash.
Fans, Grace 1. ..... ...... .Minneapolis
Franklin, Gary N. .... . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Frantz, John J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Freedland, David A. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Garthwaite, Ronald G. . . . . . Rockford, Ill.
Geary, Wendell G. .......... Pemberton
Gibson, Bruce A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Glasoe, James C. (1). . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Gorder, Harold J. ............. Starbudc
G r d , Marian C. ............. .Donnelly
Grant, Gaylord 0. . . . . . . . .Spring Grove
Grant, Gloria H. . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Graus, Gilbert L. ........... .MeGregor
Grimtad, S a m ................Benson
Gryth, Marian J. ........ .Pembina, N. D.
Gutrmann, Edward C. (1) ...... .St. Paul
Hagen, Louise B. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Mont.
Halvorson, Gloria J. ..... ....... .Roseau
Hamberg,Glenn E. . . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
Hamre, Paul A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Mantevideo
Hansen, Warren R. ...... .Portland, Ore.
Hanson, A. Richard ..... . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Mary Ann (2). . . ......... Aitkin
Hanson, Sandra J. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Harris, Dave 0.. . . . . . . . . .. .Granite Falls
Herald, Darroll S. (2) . . . . .La Crosse, Wis.
Hofflander, Tom M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holm, Marlys N. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmes ,Dean K. . . . . . . . . . .Cannon Falls
Holmgren, Charles G. (1). . . . . . . . St. Paul
Holstein, Rosemary A. ... . . . .Minneapolis
Homme, Donald W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hang, Raydon E. ....... . . .Roslyn, S. D.
Hushagen, Naomi R. A.. . . . . . . . . .Gonvick
.
Jensen, Donald N. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jeska Robert ................... Fosston
Johansen, Rosemarie ....... .Rockford, Ill.
Johanson, Eldri R. .. .Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Aldemar E. . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Johnson, Eunice B. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Jerome L. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Johnson, Marshall D. . . . . . . .Middle River
Johnson, Mary E. .... . . . . . . . . . .Kenyan
Johnson, Priscilla M. . . . . . . . ..Minneuclpolis
Johnson, Ralph S. .... . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth
Johnson, Ronald B. (2) . . . ..Minneapolis
Johnson, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . .St.
. Paul
Johnson, Ruby L. . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Wayne C. . . . . . .
St. Paul
Josephson, Earl R. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Kahl, Herman J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Keller, Lee E. . . . . . . . . . . . Neillsville, Wis.
Kelsey, Arthur R. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Kennen, Bernard G. (1) ....... .St. Francis
Kjelstrom, Verna C. . . . . . . . ..Rugby, N. D.
Knapton, Shirley A. (2) .......... St. Paul
Knox, Philip S. . . . ............ Wayzata
Kolden, Lois J. .
. . . . . . .Portland, Ore.
Konsterlie, Esther T. ............ Willmar
Koplen, Charles F. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Krider, Richard D. . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kroshus, Tilford I.. . ... Valley City, N. D.
Kutz, Donald N. . . . ............ Braham
Kvamme, Bryniulv . . ....... .Voa, Norway
Lacis, Jake (2) ..... .New Richmond, Wis.
Laidig, Anneliese ............... Willmar
Lanning, James W. ......... .Minneapolis
Larson, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Melvin W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Monroe 8. ............. .St. Paul
Larson, Patricia A. ..........Minneapolis
Larson, Richard Alvin . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . . .Roseau
LaVictoire, Lawrence A. (1). .. .Minneapolis
Lind, Delano E. (2) . . . . . . . . . .Newfolden
Locke, Michael G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Lomness, Edward E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston
Ludvicksen, Joyce H. ..... .Partland, Ore.
Lumbar, Stanley L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orr
Lundeen, Walter G. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mackey, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Manguson, Jean M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tracy
Manos, George M. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Martin, Robert N. . . . .Valley Stream, N. Y.
Martinsen, John P.. . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Matson, Norman R. ......... .Minneapolis
Mattison, David D. (1) ....... .Lamberton
Menken, Ruth 1E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Mickelson, Thoris C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Milbrandt, Janette C. C.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Miller, Kenneth E.. .... .Valley City, N. D.
Milton, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mindrum, Gerald G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Missling, Arlen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeffers
Moe, Erwin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Moren, Orval K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Morris, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Munson, Dale E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
. . . . . . . .St. James
Munson, Howard E.
Munter, Marilyn I. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Murch, Constance H.
Nascene, Sheldon L. . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Nelson, Victor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dalbo
Nelson, Wayne L. . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Norling, Jerry C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman, James A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nyhus, Paul L. . . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Ohlin, John L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Oie, Robert G. (2) . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . . . .St. James
Olsen, Duane A. . . . .
Olsen, Vernon E. (2) . . . . L'Anse, Mich.
Olson, Beverly J. . . . . . . . . . . .Cottonwood
Olson, David W. . . . . . . . .. .New London
Olson, Eddie D. . . . . . . . . . Clearbrook
. . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Jeanette I. . . . .
Olson, Richard M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Ose, Gaylen V. . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Ose, Ray A. (2) . . . . . . . ..Thief River Falls
Paton, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneopoiis
Pearson, Jean C. ........... .Minneapolis
Person, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Donald D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, W. Fred . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Mike D. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pfeifer, LaReign A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Phillips, Edythe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Plvmedahl, James D.. . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Porter, Janis R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Prentice, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Prevss, Gerhart L. (1). . . . . . . . Benson
. . . .Minneapolis
Rodintz, Rolland A. .
Rauner, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Reesnes, Alfred, Jr. (2). . . . . . Racine, Wis.
. . . Minneapolis
Reinke, Martin F. (2). .
Rogers, Monica J. . . . . . . . Minot, N. D.
Rokke, Robert J.
. . . . . . . ..Strandquist
Roufs, Kenneth L. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rust, Curtis V. . . . . . . . - . Harwood, N. D.
Sandberg, Janet L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sother, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . .Donnelly
Schams, Ronald T. (2) . . .La Crose, Wis.
Schelen, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Schoes, Marilyn E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Schuelein, Marlys A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Seaver, Roy E. (1) . . . . Minneapolis
Serstock, Emanuel A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Shelstad, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Doran
Sherry, Richard J. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis.
Sideen, Wesley T. (1). . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Skaar, Donald L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill.
Skovholt, Verna J. . . . . . . Mooreton, N. D.
Smedstad, Carol A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Snider, Neal E. . . . . . . . .Pembina, N. D.
Sorenson, Norma J. . . . . . . . . Ekva, Wis.
Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce . . . . Minneapolis
Sortland, Eunice E. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Staff, Clarice A. . . . . . Bismarck, N. D.
Steenbsrg, Thomas A. . . . . . ..Circle Pines
Stewart, Williom H. (1)
. . . .Minneapolis
Svalstad, Theora J. . . . . . . .Sisseton, S. D.
Swenson, Darwin W. . . . . .Lake Lillian
Swiggum, Daniel R. . . . . . . . . . . Utica
Stenberg, Robert F. (2). . . . ..Rockford, Ill.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Tatting, Jean F. .
Thompson, Theodore T. . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorbeck, Duane E. . . . . . . . . . . . .b g l e y
Tollefson, Connie L. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Tollefson, Lorraine G.. . Osnabrock, N. D.
Trelstad, Gordon A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Turner, Gary E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapoiis
Tweet, Swanhild T. . . . . . .Tunbridge, N. D.
Velde, Ellayne T. . . . . . . . .Granite Falls
Vevle, Richard H. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Vollmer, Howard R. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Wahlberg, Arden G. (2). . . . . .Minneapolis
Wareberg, S. Dawn . . . . . . . .Polson, Mont.
Warme, Tom M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Waznak, Arnold H. . . . .Jarnestown, N. Y.
Weigle, Eugene D. (2) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Welckle, John E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wood Lake
Westby, Allan J. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westerlund, Robert C. (2). . . . . . . . Braham
Weston, David M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wiegers, Gloria C. M. . . . . . . .Sauk Centre
Willing, Darrel K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
Windahl. Naomi J. (1) ..... .Fergus Falls
Wolhowe, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Wright, Richard T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca
Zakariasen, Lloyd A. (2) . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Zoebisch, Harold L. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Men . .
Women
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
...........
-. . . . 262
SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED
Aiken. Frank L.. Jr.. . . . . . .Bradenton, Fla.
Ario, Frank L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergstrand, Dolores Y. (2) . . .Minneapolis
Boomgarden, Irene (2) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bratberg, Elva L. (1). . . . . . .Holmen, Wis.
Manthie, Russell ( 1 )
Martinsen, Ralph W. (2)
Meier, Thurlough F. L. (2)
ill^^, james
W. (2). . . . . .
~
~~
~l W.
Bucyrus,
~~
l ~ N.
d D. ,
~~
Carlson, Erland E. (2). . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Caviness, David C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Coltvet, Helen (2) . . . . . .Duncombe, Iowa
Cummings. Frank W. (1) Atlantic City, N. J.
paulson, philip H.
Dahlen, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
keichstadt, ~
l H. ~. . ~
Rundquist, Bertil G. (1)
. . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Fenske, Delmour W.
Gohrick, J a n e E. (1). . . . . Shelton, Wash.
Hafstad, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . kiawley
Hegge, Hjalmer M. (1). . . Williston, N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald C. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
Okan, ROY C. (1).
oudol, Yvonne M.
.
Minneapolis
d. .Center City
, Minneapolis
,. .
Minneapolis
Chicago, Ill.
Siegel, David
Sigle, Clara 0.
Thompson. Agnes E. . . . .
.Minneapolis
Thompson, Glenn K. . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
.
Thorson, Arthur W.
New Brighton
Thorud, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Tinseth, Leslie J. (1) . . . . . . . . . . .C~rus
Jacobsen, Gilbert N. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jacobson, Luther H. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Beryl R. . . . . . .~ i ~ n e a p o l iUndseth,
~
Marvin S. . . .
Johnson, Ina M. ( I ) . . . . . . .Osakis
Voeks, Mildred L. (2) . . .
Kallevig, Lloyd C. (1). .
Willmar
Larson, Robert C. (1)
..
Robbinsdale
Magnuson, Albert C.
....
Minneapolis
..Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Men . .
Women
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
..................
12
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 42
JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES (1)
Andrews, Carole F. . . . . .Annandale
. .Hallock
Axelson, Evangeline L
Grand Marais
Bocklund, Elizabeth A. .
Superior, Wis.
Barbo, Betty A. . . . .
Bruss, Joan E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Echo
Carlson, Darlene L.
Duis, Elaine E.
Strandquist
..
Waseca
. . . ,Winger
Flermoen, DeLois C.
Herald, Berdine L. .
Horton, Barbara A.
Jacobson, Melba L.
Johnson, Esther M.
. . . .
..
.
..
La Crosse, Wis.
. Minneapolis
. . . . .Sebeka
Viroqual Wis.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
. . .Minneapolis
Langford, Phyllis A.
Larsen, Jane E. . . . . . . La Crosse, Wis.
Larsen, Janet E. . . . . . La Crosse, Wis.
0krina, ~~~l~~
E. . . . . . . .
olson,~~~l~~
J. . . . . .
Schauer, Carol F. . .
Shultz, Joan C. . . . .
Stenseth, Claudine M.
Tollefson, Junice K.
veitch, b r b a r a L.
Vik, Margaret A.
. .
Cottonwood
. . . . . .Canby
. . . . . . . .Waseca
.
Spokane, Wash.
.Wallace, S. D.
...
.L'Anse, Mich.
...-..
Wagner, lone M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Badger
Wickman, Betty J. . . . , .Marineite, Wis.
St. Paul
Wolff, Joan A. . . . . .. . . . .
-
Total
. . . . . . . .
26
FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES (1)
Adelsman, Barbara J..
. . . . . Fergus Falls
Anderson, Lenore J.. . . . .Forest City, Iowa
Arndt, Marlene D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Granada
Herman, Marilyn K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wayzata
Hoff, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Hurlbert, Betty J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Backstrom, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . Moorhead
Bahls, Shirley M. . . . . . . .
. . . . . Huntley
Balstad, Gelene E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winger
Baumann, Clarice A. . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur
Bensend, Mary B. . . . .
. Dallas, Wis.
Benson, Corrine C. . . . . .. .ClarMield
Bergin, Marilyn M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergsrud, Annabelle E. . . . . . . . .Winona
Birkeland, Ruth A. . . . . . . . . New Brighton
Bjonerud, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . Calmar, lowa
Borgen, Joan M. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .Chatfield
Bucher, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zumbrota
Buller, Lois A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hendricks
Burandt, Donna J. . . . . . .. . . . ..Mound
Burmeister, Lorraine A. . . . . . .Brook Park
Burzlaff, Mary J. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault
Butler, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Iverson, Ellenetta
Carlstrom, Nancy A.. .New Richmond,
Carson, Florence E. . . . . . . . .Leland,
Christiansen, Alta J.. . . . . . . . .Fergus
Cutsforth, Carol S. . . . . . . . . .Chetek,
Denison, Rosella J.
Driessen, LaVon M.
Wis.
Iowa
Falls
Wis.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Faribault
.
Ebens, Shirley L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill.
Ekstrom, Florence E. . . . . . . . . . . . Chaska
Emch, June R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin
Erickson, Elaine G. . . . . Fairdale, N. D.
Erickson, Elaine L. ,
. .Monmouth, Ill.
Evenson, M. Elaine
. . Wallace, S. D.
Fagerstrom, Arleen R. . . . . . . .Radium
Fancher, Beverly L. . . . . Minneapolis
Fehrs, Joanne E. . . . . . . . . . .Willow River
Fennie, Delores J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Frauendienst, Virgene C.
. . .Brownton
Fuller, Laurel J. . . . . . . . . . .Monkato
Gangestand, Thelma 1. .Eagle Grove, lowa
Geschwind, Marlene A.
. . . .Sleepy Eye
Gilbertson, Dorothy E. . . Thief River Falls
Hanson, Carol D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Peter
Hanson, Janet E. . . . . . . . . . . .Chisago City
Hanson, Lois J.. ........ .Thief River Falls
Hark, Barbara A. . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Hendricksen, Ruth M. . . . . .Minneapolis
Hendrickson, Geraldine H. Eau Claire, Wis.
Henke, Naomi D.. . . . . . . . . . ..Wood Lake
Herberg, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monkat0
(1) Registered for first semester only.
. . . . . . . . Decorah,
Iowa
Jacobsen, Carol M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Gladys M. . . . . . . . . . . .Sandstone
Johnson, Lucille C.. . . . . . .Stockholm, Wis.
Johnson, Phyllis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Russell
Johnson, Thelma M. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault
Judd, Joyce L . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-n
.
Jurgens, Shirley J. . . . . . . . . . . . .James
Kirkpatrick, Helen L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Olivia
Kittleson, Olive E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Louisburg
Klukken, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis
Kriese, Shirley H. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Madison
Lamson, Katherine L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Larson, Jenean M. . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis
Lindholm, Lorraine H. . . ..... .Ortonville
Lindrothe, Carol A. . . . . .. . . .Minneapolis
Lodien, Jean L. . . . . . . . . ........ .Isanti
Lundberg, Shirley J.. . . . .Berasford, S. D.
Lundell, Janice J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena
Luxhen, Romona S. . . . . . ........ Benson
Luttmann, Jwnne M. . . . . ........ Frazee
McGinnis, Catherine F..Albuquerque, N. M.
Redfield, S. D.
Mager, Delvonna C. . . . .
Melvie, Lorraine E. . . . . . . . . . .Viking
Meyer, Terryl A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fairmont
Miller, Marcia R. . . .
Grantsburg, Wis.
Molzen, Cleone J. . . . . . ..Le Mars, Iowa
. . . . . . . . Benson
Mortenson, Marjorie A.
Moss, Mardella N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Isle
Nelson, Marian B. . . . . . . . . . Underwood
.
Nepsund, Marlys J. . . . . . . . Paynesville
, .Pennington
Neuman, Loris E. . .
Nibbe, Arlene M. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ormsby
Nordby, Janet C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada
. . . . . .Bagley
Norley, Clarice R. .
Minneapolis
Norstrom, Shirley A. . .
. . . . . .Siren
Nyberg, Joan M. . .
Olson, Diane E. . . . . . . . . .
.Greenbush
Olson, Marya M. . . . . . . . . . .Farmington
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .Ada
Olson, Sonia L.
Pedersen, Hildegarde S.. . . . . . . .Wyoming
Pederson, Marian G. . . . . . . . . . ..Fertile
Peterson, Janice L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James
Plahn, Joan C. . . . . . . . . . . ..Hudson, Wis.
Pottsmith, Mary E. . . . . . . . .Sturgeon Lake
Raduenz, Janice B.
Rancore, Dorothy C.
....
.Lucan
. . . . . . . Blackduck
Raudio, Helen A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warba
Rauner, Kathryn M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
R
~ jane
~ E. ~. . .~ . . , . M~~ b k e
RUS~, Judith R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..sourn
Sandvig, Helen A.. . . . - . ..Hudson, S. D.
Satrang, Joan K.. . . . . . . . . .Britton. S. D.
Seemann, Johanna L. . . . . . . .Courtland
. . . . . .Willmar
Selseth, Ruth E. . . . . .
Skaaden, Ruth E. . . . . .S.~ r i n aGrove
Snustad, Margaret . .
. , , Winger
Stake, Carolyn N. . . . . . . .'Cambrid,ge
Steen, H. Gael ...
. . 'SuperiOrf Wis'
Stone, Glorio A. . .
Strandell, June E. .
..............Zumbrota
. .Warren
Sugg, Joan M. . . . .
. . .Ladysmith'
Sullivan, Mortha I. . . . . . . . .Springfield
Swedberg, Janet M.
. . . . . . . .La Moille
. . . . . . Fergus
.
Falls
Swenson, Marlys G..
-
.Lake Mills. Iowa
Thompson, Darlene M.
Thureen, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . Grand Forks
Tykeson, Jewel1 F. . . . . . . . . . .Kennedy
Uleberg, Janet A.
Ullestad, Mavis B.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia
.
Van Diest, Frances L..
.
.
Leland, Iowa
. . . . . . St. Cloud
Walthall, Betty K.. . . . . . .Iowa Falls, Iowa
Weidert, Erma E. . . . . . . . ..Eden Valley
Wendt, Jane D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wennerblom, Shirley A. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Werp, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wold, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Totol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
GRADUATES 1953
SEMINARY
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Gordon N.. . .
Carlsen, Erling N. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . .Newfolden
Jergenson, Arnold 0. . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Oscarson, Elder W.. . . . . . . . . . Fergus Falls
Sortland, Allan B.. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Tollefson, Harold 0.. Osnabrock, N. D.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Jystad, Torgney B. . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Mayer, Henry A.. . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul
Peterson, James E. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Schafer, Harold R.
Wessington Springs, S. D.
Sevig, Palmer E.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
COLLEGE
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Carlson, Erland E. . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Aaskov, Ruth Lucille
Cumberland Center, Maine
Alfsen, Thomas Charles . . . . . . . .Rochester
Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . . .Flandreau, S. D.
Anderson, Roger Vincent. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Baker, Eleanor Marie. . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge
Benson, Stanley G. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntson, Rudolph E.. . . . Edinburg, N. D.
Bobendrier, Jeanne M. . . . . Minneapolis
Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Carlsen, Beverly Nystuen . . . . . Minneapolis
Corlsen, Glenn T.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Corlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Carlstedt, Rhoda Lois . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Christensen, Duane J. . . . .Kenmare, N. D.
Christina, Joseph . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton
Cummings, Frank ... .Atlantic Cily, N. J.
Danielson, H. Emmett . . . . . . . . Watertown
Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Dickhart, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dillon, Donald V. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dixen, Arvid Daniel . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Roy V. .............. .Minneapolis
Drury, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen ......... .Delano
Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Elness, Marilyn E.. .......... Fargo, N. D.
Emerson, Robert Charles . . . . .Minneapolis
Engseth, Jerome Martin. ........ Wayzata
Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanska
Fairbanks, Leland L. . . . . . . . . . . .Harmony
Fenske, Delmour . . . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Fox, Curtis Andrew . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Frosig, Kristian Vester ....... .Minneapolis
Giesdahl, Alice Elaine. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gwdrich, Quentin Allan .... .Minneapolis
Grender, Carol Handahl . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Gustofson, Charles Richard. . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hagen, Marvin L.
Halling, Lloyd L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hamre, James S. . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Hansen, Clarence C. ........ .Minneapolis
Hegge, Hjalmer Martin.. ..Williston, N. D.
Hill, Lorne H. ............ .Veblen, S. D.
Hodne, Richard Haldor
.Minneapolis
Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield
Hushagen, Berton R. ........ .Minneapolis
....
Jacobsen, Alice Amelia. . . .Thief River Falls
Jensen, Sherman R. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Arlan Kenneth, Grand Forks, N. D.
Johnson, James Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Johnson, Joan M. M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Norman Francis. . . . . .Formington
Johnson, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchoff, Ralph Mirlen
. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lapham, Dean L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur
Lingen, John Russell
.Minneapolis
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Formosa, China
Lundeen, Donovan T. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundgren, David Dean
.Minneapolis
........
......
.....St.
Parizek, Gloria Mae . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Patana, R. Raymond J.. .Crystal Falls, Mich.
Pearson, Howard Erwin . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Richard Leroy . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Harold Everett . . . . .Minneapolis
Petterson, Leroy M.. . . . .Drummond, Mont.
Quanbeck, Kent B. . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Radde, Leon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Razook, Patricia R.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D.
Reimer, Donald James. . . . . .Mountain Lake
Rimmereid, Arthur V.. .New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth J. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau
Schultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Sigler, Fred C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silrum, Edwin 0. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silverstein, Richard Stanley.. . . . . .St. Paul
Skogsbergh, Samuel P. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald Duane. . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon S. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stensland, Donald E. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Straiton, Thomas Paul. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis.
Tamm, William C. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thompson, Carol Joyce.. . . . .Binford, N. D.
Tuff, Harry Airth.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D.
Unruh, Peter D., Jr.. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake
Valtinson, Joseph Olai, Jr.. . . . .DeKalb, Ill.
Vetvick, Leo B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vik, Phyllis June . . . . . . . . . .Wauboy, S. D.
Werts, Harold Glenn . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilson, Woodrow W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Youngquist, Edmund R. . . . . . . . . . . Bolaton
Manger, Elizabeth J.. . . . . . . .Wilmette, Ill.
Mattson, Harold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Nofer, Herman Frederick, Jr.
Olson, Harry Edwin, Jr.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winger
Oren, Donald Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Oscarson, Rhoda Knutson . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ostrem, Gloria Ruth . . . . . . . . . Joliet, Ill.
Oudal, Wilmer Jayson . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paul
Ohno, Tom Tomeo . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ollila, Douglas J. ....... lshpeming, Mich.
Zustiak, Mildred Ruth
.......Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
82
26
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1953-1954
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
. . . . . . . . . . .
Men Students . . . . . .
.
.
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..
.
28
1
. . . . .
.
. . . .
-
........
COLLEGE
Men Students . .
Women Students
........
........
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students ...................................................
Women Students .......................................
..
Totol
30
.
......................................................
-1
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
367
................................................
..........................
.
.
186
-
..........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
584
-0
584
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1953- 1954
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
1
........................................................
COLLEGE
Men Students .........................
.................
Women Students ................................................
Total
30
.....................................................
414
..
351
-
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
765
796
2
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
................................
.
Total
,
,
-
..
, ,
, . . - - -
.............
COLLEGE
, , , ,
- -
. . . . . . . . .
........................
Total
.........
Total Graduates
...
INDEX
Page
Academic. Administration ........... 44
Amunts. Payments of .............. 16
Accreditation ................... .2. 20
Admission. College ................ 44
Admission. Seminary ............... 103
Administration ....................
5
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Aims. Fundamental ................
17
Alumni Association. The ............ 20
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80. 93
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 36
Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
AudieVisual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Band ........................ .34,
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum . .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . .
79
95
5
20
56
89
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79
Christian Education and Sociology . . . . 110
Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 108
Classical Languages, Department of . . . 68
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Classwork, Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-39
College, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
College Students (1953-1954) . . . . . . . 112
committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Contents. Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study. College . . . . . . . . . 64
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46. 52
Cultural Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Debate ond Oratory . . . . . . . . . . .34. 73
Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . . 58
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Distinction, Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 73
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Education, Department of Psycholm
and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Education01 Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7
Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .W,
43
Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses . . 60
English, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.
English, Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements, College . . . . . 44
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Examinations, Comprehensive . . . . . . . . 49.
Examinations, Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 49
Expenses, Student . . . . . ..24, 25, 26, 104
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25. 26
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Support and Control . .
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . .
German. Department of . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870.1953). Summary
Graduation Requirements. College
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. 106
High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . 55
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
History and Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 92
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 57
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52'
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 5 2
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Housing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Page
. . . . 68
lncompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Lower Division Requirements . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. .
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mothemotics. Department of ........ 99
Medical St& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .23. 59
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . 61
Membership in Educational Associations 20
Ministry. Preparation for the . . . .53. 103
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Missionary Work. Preparation for . . . . 54
Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . .34. 35. 79
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of ..................... 95
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 107
Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . 58
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of .23. 59
Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . 106
.
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 73
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Organizations. Student . . . . . . . . . -32-39
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. 86
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . 54
Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 40
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66
Physical Education. Department of
Health and .................... 100
Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 96
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Placement Service for Graduates . . . . 43
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 110
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . .53. 103
Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Page
Psychology and Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . .
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion and Philcsophy. Division of . . .
Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Romance Languages. Department of . . .
Room Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
27
46
47
64
39
52
76
42
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . . . 56
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7
Seminary. Faculty .................
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 105
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 104
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 105
Seminary Internship ............... 105
Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 83
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 81
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 40
. . . . . 111
Student Register . . . . . . . . .
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
_
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teachefs Certificate . . . . . . . . . .55. 85
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . - 5 5
Testing ................ .40. 44. 48. 49
Theology. College Preparation for . 53. 103
Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 105
Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . 103
Theological Students (1953.1954) . . . . . 111
Transfer and Advanced Standing .45. 104
Trustees. b a r d of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Upper Division Requirements . . . . . . . . 52
Veterans. Admission of . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South
between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with adminisvative
o h located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t Twenty-first
Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on &e
following Jines:
I.
The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2.
?he Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first
Avenue South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh
Street and Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
-
- - -
= s ~ M - e H d
Hours: Monday through F r i d a y y : 5 5
-
- % muse ~ ~ u a- e Delm .- i H~~~~
-i
&-Hdl-
-
sv-
-
&use
-
-
~ - l & ofice Library
LI 0 5 0 1
a m to 5 :oo p.m.
m:
A+
~
-
*
a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
Saturday-8:jo
lhmimries
Mumolinl
*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ~ -
-
~-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A T 9143
- A T 905s
- AT9112
- MA 9949
-
-
-
-
-
MA 9229
-
- AT 9290
- M A 9590
- MA 9161
-
-
LI 0505
-
GE 2468
-
-
-
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure
and requirements for admission, advertising and publicity,
and general information about the institution.
OFFICE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS
ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information and requests
for admission to the Theological Seminary.
SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY
-
EVALUATION OF CREDITS Transcript of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
-
HOUSING OF STUDENTS Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life.
DEAN OF STUDENTS
For information that does not appear to be covered above
AWSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1954 - 1955
and
1 955 - 1956
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1956 - 1957
and
1957 - 1958
VOL. XVIII, NO. 1
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one a... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1954 - 1955
and
1 955 - 1956
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1956 - 1957
and
1957 - 1958
VOL. XVIII, NO. 1
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second-class matter March
21, 1947, at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar
4
General Information
5
Financial Information
14
Student Community Life
21
- 33
The College
33
Academic Administration
-
Curriculums
4.2
53
Courses of Study
55
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Division of the Humanities
- 59
.
72
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .-----.......-86
......
Division of the Social Sciences
The Theological Seminary
94
General Requirements
94
----------.-----
Courses of Study
97
104
Board of Trustees
Committees of the Faculty
LO6
-
1
The Faculty
Graduates
Student Enrollment
Index
1
0
1
7
5
1 1 8
121
CALENDARS
For 195657 and 1957-58
FIRST S
E
m
1 957-58
1956-57
Freshman Days
Sept.
Sept. 12-15
Registration
!%pt. 11-14
Sept. 17, 8:oo a.m.
College Classes 'bgin
Sept. 16, 8:oo t m
Sept. 17, 8:00 a.m.
Seminary Convenes
Sept. 16, 8:00 a.m.
Sept.
Late Registration Fee
sept. 19
Oct. 19-21
Homecoming
Nm. 1-3
Nov. 13
End of first half of Semester Nov.
!%pt.
11-16
20
10-11
I3
Thanksgiving Recea
Nov. 28, 29
Dec. 19, 4:so p.m.
Christmas Recess begins
Dec. so, 4:2o p.m.
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Classes Resume
Jan. 6, 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 21-25
College Examinations
Jan. 22-28
Jan. 22-25
Seminary Examinations
Jan. 23-28
Jan.
First Semester Ends
Jan. 28
NOV.
22,
23
2 j
Jan. 14-30
Registration for
h
d
Jan. 16-3 I
Semester
SECOND SEMESTER
Jan. 31, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Feb. 4
Late Registration Fee
FA. 6
Feb.
Lincoln's Birthday
Feb. I 2
12
Mar. 30
End of first half of Semester April
April 17, 4:zo p.m.
Easter Recess begins
April 2, 4:2o p.m.
April 23, 8:oo a.m.
Easter Recess ends
April 8, 8:oo a.m.
May 24
Seminary Commencement
May 28
May 24-31
College Examinations
May 23-29
May 30
Decoration Day
h,fa~ 30
June
Baccalaureate Service
June
I
College Commencement
June
2
2
June 3
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by
the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people
an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to securing a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business
administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work,
parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the
fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology,
as well as for graduate study in various fields.
Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of
Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the
University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main
business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first
Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their
college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial,
social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums,
and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures.
Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of
religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both
from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact contemporary American life at one of its focal points.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency.
It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the
training of secondary school teachers.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin.
It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known
as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy
building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to
work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private
dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that
year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota,
where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the
school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the
institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which
were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements
that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study
a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum
was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and
four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the
professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly
for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first
class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course
was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth,
the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous
study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present
time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological, Seminary there has likewise been a continuing
revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939.
Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree
or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the
Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the
College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved
this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a
century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from
1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907.
Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George
Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson
served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen,
the present president, has served since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion
there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and
God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human
life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the
Seminary, are integrated with this principle. To express more distinctly
some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the
following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty:
T o 2ead the student to a deeper understanding and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end
that he may become both an effective participant in the work of
the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way
of life.
To familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other
civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords
but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding
of our fellow men throughout the world.
To develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common
purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of
our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and
participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate i n the student a Christian social spirit, in order that
he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects
of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward
the development of good character.
T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of
humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight,
so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of
truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with
the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation
and enjoyment of the best i n the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships
in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with
propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by
the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as
possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full
preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home
economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards
the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and
social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing
for the study of theology.
T o help the student evelop certain skills, as in language, music,
physical activities, use o the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency
in the various relationships of life.
\
To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop
such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with
good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social
and personal satisfaction.
T o instrut the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which
will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him
better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college
work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things, They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedi~in
the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the
school curricular and e*a-curricular,
and the discipline necessary
to make poscfible the carrying out of this program, v r i n g from the
aim "to see all hings through the e p s of Christ."
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with
two others, in 1890, resulted in the a5liation of Augsburg with the
newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences
concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed
the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Aug'sburg and the Lutheran Free
Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals
for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The
Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the
Augsbu~gCorporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation
through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property,
finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President
and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has
materially increased with the growth and develop~nentof the Callege,
the chief financial support of the i n s t i t ~ i o ncomes from the congcgstions of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a praning circle
of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Chu~ch.both alumni and
others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe
in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Associa-
tion of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution.
It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Associatioll
of American Colleges, the Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota
Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The
annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The
affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of
Directors. Mr. Kenneth Lower is the Executive Secretary and editor of
the Bulletin. The Alumni Ofice is located in Science Hall.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees
and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms
and offices, the Chapel, and the museum.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modem
building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped
laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the
student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium,
and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the
Tower Prayer Chapel.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth
president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall
and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious
reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the
Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices.
There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located
in one section of the Library building.
Sverdmp-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the
ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing
of the new Residence for Women, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students.
The beautiful new Residence for Women, adjoining Sivertsen Hall
at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 105 women students, as well
as apartments for the resident head and her assistants.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Miriam House, acquired in 1951,
are smaller dormitories, each housing about 20 students.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected in
1947 for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha*
been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and
married student housing.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design
located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
THE MUSEUM
The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members
of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There
are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection,
and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions
to the Museum are invited. Professor Kleven is the curator.
THE A R C H I ~ S
The Augsburg Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical
value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed
the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup
Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives were
provided. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and
rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000
volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should
he sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist.
The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides
a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains
about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open
stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading
tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close
.to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and
seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is
provided in the ground floor reading room.
The library subscribes to about 300 of the best periodicals and
pamphlets dealing with a large variety of subjects as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and
Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards
to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference
Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections
in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is
within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Each year Augsburg
students make extensive use of all these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science
IIall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on
the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located
on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual
and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is l~catedon the ground
floor of the Library. Available for classroom use, and for the use of
other college activities, are the following: Two 16 mm. sound movie
projectors, one combination 2x2 inch slide projector and 16 mm. film
strip projector, one 3x5 slide projector, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, and magnetic tape recording machines. There is also a
well equipped photography department.
The auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with
facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are
made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean.
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess
and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first
semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission
to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg
offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with
a major in Medical Technology. The first .three years of this work are
taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at
the hospital.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of
Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are
made in the spring of the Sophomore year.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is
derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter
coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the
student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys
the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work
of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full
cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary
is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
.. .
Tuition in College
$2m.00
Books, etc.
2 5 . 0 to 40.00
Student activity fee I - - . - 8.00
Library fee ..
-.- 7.50
Health fee
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time)
5.00
Key deposit (refundable)
1.00
Locker (optional) -.
- 1.00
Mail box fee
.50
Total
$253.00 to 268.00
Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit
hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each
additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up
to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay
the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 7 credit hours or more
of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, health,
and library fees.
ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER'
Iioom
Board (estimate)
1 Subiect to change.
...$65.00 to 80.00
160.00
A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost.
Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of
$125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, women students
$100.00.
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration
Change of registration after the beginning of the second week
of classes
Registration with the Placement Bureau ,
Placement fee, depending upon the method
of placement
$ 3 . 0 to
Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary..
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled
---Examination making up an incomplete or a condition -----------Comprehensive examination --Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ---..~.---------~-MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER
Piano
Voice
Organ -Erass or Wood wind (private instruction)
Rrass or Wood wind (class instruction) --..
Piano stodio rental8(one hour per day)
Organ reap1 -Vctice studio rental (one hour per day)
Choir -.-Choral Club -
. . . $35.00
- 35.00
_
-
-
--
COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER
-.--
--
35.00
40.00
14.00
8.00
20.00
4.00
5.00
2.50
4.00
Art 1 and 2
Art 3 and 4 - 2.00
3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 76 ----5.00
Home Economics 39 and 40
...............
Biology 60 ....................................................................1.00-2.00
2.50
-.----.- -Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, and 55
Biology 7N
-.
4.00
Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
5.00
1 Subject to change.
Chemistry 1, 2
--Chemistry 4
Chemistry 3N Chemistry 5, 6, 51, 52, 53, 54, and 55
Physics 1, 2 Physics 3
-Physics 5 and 6 Physics 51
Physics 52
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, and 52
Secretarial Studies 1, 53, and 54
Education 96 --
--
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER'
Resident students
General expenses -.
$253.00 to 268.00
223.00 to 240.00
Room and Board
Special, music, or.course fees
2.00 to 35.00
Total, appro~imately
3478.00 to X3.00
Off -campus students
$253.00 to 268.00
General expenses -Special, music, or course fees
-- 2.00 to 35.00
Total, approximately ..............................$25500
.........
to
....
303.00
...
These estimates do n6t include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the
school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial
problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment
plan". In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration
in September and again in February, a
of $150.00 in the
case of resident. students and $75.00 for off-campus students. The
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To
defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration.
1 Subjea to change.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the t'ime during
which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after
the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds
are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees
are paid at the rate of 10% per week by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the
time students have been in residence. Students who move out ,of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester
room rent.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid,
and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The
college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off
the campus.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students in the Seminary.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theo2ogical Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the
Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans
to students preparing for the ministry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the
Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans.
In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on
financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work
out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Forty Freshman Scholarships, amounting to tuition for the second
half of the Freshman year, are offered to outstanding high school
graduates.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be
awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of
scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in
memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department
and director of thk Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually
to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950
until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her
parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is
awarded to an Augsburg student for outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching.
The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory
of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded
annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement,
personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T w o Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
b y the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each
fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected
by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious
leadership and scholastic standing
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is
awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an
assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of
the prize is $50.00.
The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a
fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg
student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free
Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $350 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus ~f Augsburg in order to
encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects
of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the
Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making
preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to
$250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or
medical study.
GRANTS-IN-AID
A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in
special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student
r.11ust make application, providing information about his own and his
family's resources and anticipated expenses.
EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been
successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales
work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these
positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each
spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may
be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
STUDENT -COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus
are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and
Library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to
be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but
very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon
the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and
spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the
prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg
that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in
which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in
each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion.
There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed
that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis
and attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian
College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at
Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the
product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
THE CHAPELSERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily
Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
REI;IG~OUS
PROGRAM
The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this
council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College
Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility
are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings.
This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer
Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations
are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society.
The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and seriice. A highlight of the
year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the
study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran
Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA
Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the
Theological Seminary.
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is
covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of
Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may
attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and
a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social
affairs on and off campus.
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the
formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard
to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation
and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to
the use of leisure time in general.
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural
advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker
Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services.
The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of
historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs
and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra
concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement.
Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
the University Theater drama programs. Symphony Forums are held
.on campus each year, with speakers from the Orchestral Association
or the Orchestra.
A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing pro.
grams, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued
from the Student Personnel Office.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing,
Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service,
Housing and Food Service, Placement, S t u d a t Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services
is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned
a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college
program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad
intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the
professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide
counseling at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and
financial needs are given consideration.
As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about
the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling
is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of
group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When
a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study.
The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors
confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year
and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a
serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more
time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally
qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students
are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively.
Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their
counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who
are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by
students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of
vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a
unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test
are available for all students.
Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able
to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality
through counseling sessions.
Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College
Pastor, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as
with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may
receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified
persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences.
The college physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health.
Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their
latent abilitjr. Students who distinguish themselves acad&nically are
named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate
in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the
highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild of Honor
and Lambda Iota Tau recognize students who have excelled in several
areas.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days.
College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used
by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal
adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the
students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the
best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally
standardized test.
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests,
inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow
students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences
during which they plan the student's program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the
students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of
college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are
explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and
vocational aims are discussed.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the
supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data,
academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies,
including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster.
THE STUDENT
HEALTHSERVICE
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office
l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Infirmary rooms are
adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a ground
floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a
program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to
take a course in personal and community health.
Students not living at home must live in college operated housing
and take their meals in the college dining hall. Under certain conditions, students may make other arrangements after consultation with
the Dean of Women or Dean of Students.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules
become effective, and close a day after the term closes. Students who
wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege.
Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented at a reasonable cost. This service includes laundering,
pick up and delivery.
Augsburg's beautiful new Residence for Women, located at Sixth
Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, adequately houses one hundred fifty women, and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and
grill service for all students. Sverdrup Ojtedal Memorid Hall, a men's
residence hall, houses one hundred fifty men, and also contains the
college dining rooms, and the student health service.
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental,
welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local
as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both
on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement
fee are charged.
An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. Many students find
it possible to pay part of their college expenses by this income. Employment can be obtained more satisfactorily after students have been
at the college for a time, and consequently, it is .desirable that a new
student should have sufficient funds to pay his entire expenses for at
least one semester.
Students are employed by the college in many phases of its opera-
tion. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students
who have maintained a good scholastic average and have a good employment record.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided for students each spring.
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances,
indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable car'd playing.
Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student
who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise
reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or
influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although
no formal charge is made against him.
Disciplinary problems, other than academic failure, are handled
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and counseling precedes any action.
OF STUDENT
ACTIVITIES
COORDINATION
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
sponsors are approved by the Coordinator.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibiiity of the
Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council.
Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the
function of the Student-Faculty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities
calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities.
A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by
the offiee of Student Personnel.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Augsburg Student Society, comprisingGthe whole student body
of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and
provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity.
The administration of student government is delegated to the Student
Council, a representative group of twenty-five students elected by the
various classes. The top five positions are nominated and elected
directly by the Student Society.
Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in
student government through its representative on the Council.
Augsburg is a member of the National Student Associution. The local
NSA Council is elected by the Student Council.
The Student Council directs several service projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual Campus
Chest Campaign, Political Action and Brotherhood weeks, and two
Leadership Training projects.
Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through
Campus-Brother Campus-Sister groups.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop a degree of self g ~ v ernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal
conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is
affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization.
The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science
Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent
place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student
activities.
The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student
staff. The top staff members are named by The Board of Publications,
one of the Student Council agencies. The Faculty adviser teaches
courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the classes earn
academic credit.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgiun, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity
for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the
assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual Student Handbook
and Directory.
CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effecthe participation,
Several of
students with similar interests have united to form cI&.
these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are
devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are
formed as the occasion demands.
STUDENT
CLUBS
The Aristotelian Society unites those who have a common interest
in scientific knowledge and experimentation. Thus they may develop
their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse
some of that spirit of interest thrmghout the college.
The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in
the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of
art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among
the student body.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is
the major objective.
The Canera Cbb is composed of camera fans who meet regularly
to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the cult'ure, language and people
of the various countries.
The Drama Society provides for its members an opportunity to
learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips,
as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is
open to all students.
The F ~ u r eTeachers of America offers to its members associate
membership in professional education associations and strives to
acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only
requirement for membership.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all
aspects of home and community life.
The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public
affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local,
state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression
in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts
in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism.
The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In
addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various
parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada.
BAND
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECONCERT
The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four
times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents
public concerts in Minneapolis. A pep band entertains at athletic
contests.
THE AUGSBURG
CHORAL
CLUB
The choral club is composed of approximately fifty members. It
participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours
annually.
THE MALECHORUS
This organization is for men who like to sing in a men's group.
Rehearsals are held twice a week. The Chorus sings at various churches
in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity.
FORENSICS
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in
Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate
in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
THE "A7' CLUB
Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a
major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION
Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
AND RECREATION
PHYSICALEDUCATION
Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a
wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student
participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity
for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners
of intramural schedules in various colleges.
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football,
basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the collegerecognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human
life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that
competitive play can cnntribute to the development of student interests,
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1j The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and
out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of
special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-,
creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities: Far from
being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing
with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must
either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his
other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire
and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade ,performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy
"school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate
athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective
intramural and general recreational program.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The 1925 Class Cup in Atfitics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the
most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a
prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the
annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the
possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science
Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student
of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least
two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is
open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average
and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be well rounded individuals, excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point
Augsburg
ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work a t m
College.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission
form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This
form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record,
if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an
admissions deposit of $10.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition,
is refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn
by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the
fall semester should apply not later than September 10 and for the
spring semester by January 30.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to
succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the
high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the
high school record or previous college record.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of
grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern
of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years
of high school include four units of English, or three units of English
and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one
unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the
basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college
aptitude examination and an English achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence
of s d c i e n t maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on
literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The
General Educational Development tests are available to service men
through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken
at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of studepts
whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate
they may have difliculty in doing college work.
DEFICIENCIES
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency
in English will be required to register for a special course in English.
Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by
means of tests. The requiremenb include the attainment of definite
standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language.
TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If
their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg
only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted
to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of
comprehensive examinations.
ADMISSION OF VETERANS
Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits.
The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional
office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must
be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are
eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application
for entitlement when they enroll at the college.
In order to receive credit for experience in the military services,
the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to
the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some
college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service
schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register on
the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who
register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late
registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a
course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration
is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required
nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours
per semester in order to make it up.
- No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for
which there is not sufficient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined
as one recitation period a week throughout
a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may
be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B,
or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined
by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATlON AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's o6ce on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the
Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A
course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot
be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes
which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of
the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the
beginning of the second week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of
a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in
order to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will not
be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor
point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and
counted towards graduation.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college
credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of
honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are
classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each
school year.
PROBATION AND ELIMINATION
The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each
semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below,
Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as
well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester
are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain
on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained for a semester.
A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more
than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is
dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory
scholastic record.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness b r for other reasons should confer
with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this
rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must
be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports
are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record
is made of the total absences of each student for the semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants,
with information as to exact p i o d s absent, are issued by the Dean
to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving' in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to
the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course
of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the
Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final
reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and
students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each
semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will
result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse
may arrange to take such an examination during some period after
the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the stues the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will
give no examination before he has this statement.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's O5ce
in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed
within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure
and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when
the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade
after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D.
A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition reecived at the end of a semester.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee.
When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be
secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for
each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office.
GRADE VALUES
3 honor points per credit
A-Superior,
%Very
good, 2 honor points per credit
C-Satisfactory,
D-Passable,
F-Failure,
&Condition
1 honor point per credit
no honor points per credit
minus 1 honor point per credit
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A
student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the
requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the
department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the
student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time
in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the
Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division Requirements
For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional
fields students are required to complete the following credits in lower
division courses :
Religion
Each semester, 2 credits
English
6 credits
Course 1-2. Students exempted from
Freshman English must earn 6 credits
above Freshman English.
Speech
3 credits
Course 11.
Fine Arts
2 credits
MU. 7, 8, Phil. 15, 60 or any literature
H. Ec. 3, a,
course satisfies this requirement.
Foreign Language
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and
students with majors in Home Economics
are exempted from this requirement.
Social Sciences
6 credits
Hist. 1-2, 21, 22, or Soc. 1, and 3 other
credits in Sociology, or Phil. 15, 16.
Natural Sciences
8 credits
Health and Physical Education
3 credits
Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors
in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec.
68 for P. E. 2.
Psychology
4 credits
Required in certain fields.
Orientation
1 credit
Required of all Freshmen.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Major and Minors
-
'A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors
for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's
aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in
f work he does in the Lower Division.
-It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major
line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to
their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior
year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor
and with heads of the various departments to determine their field
of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are
offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English,
Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics,
istry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Edu-
4-
For major and minor requirements as to houys cf credit see departmental statements.
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a
student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and
Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or
above. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum
of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each
credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout
one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each
credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a
grade B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A.
2
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate
proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
M- Magna Cum Laude
2.5-2.79+
Cum Laude
2.1-2.49+
ji
w
be eligible for these honors, the student must hwr compked
at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg,
as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
CURRICULUMS
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or mis
choice of courses even in the Freshman year.
Physical Education . . . . . .
.
. .
Freshman English
New Testament Greek
Foreign Language . . . .
Humanities or Philosophy
.
History or English
,
I
.
6
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek
6
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Typewriting
..
.
..
..
8
6
6
6
Youth Work in the Church
.. z
Principles of Christian Education
z
History or English
Philosophy or Logic
.
Economics or Education or Political
Science
.
,
,
.
.
-
-.--
T - ; " p.'*Lm,m,%
w
*'
h
"*":
4.W
!m
CURMCULUMS
PARISH
AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate
indicating that he is a q u a u e d parish worker.
w
1
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
-
Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English
or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below.
Freshman
4
Freshman English . . . .
Natural Science . . . .
Typewriting . . . . .
.
1
Sophomore
Basic Bible . . . . . . . .
Principles of Sociology
Social Problems . . . . .
w
w
.
.
Orientation . . . . .
Physical Activities .
Electives . . . . . .
.
.
Religion
........
Beginning Speech . . .
Types of Public Speech
..
.
3
General Psychology .
I
Health
. . . . . . . .
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
.
. .
.....
... 6
8
.. 3
. . 3
. . .
I
-3
Foreign Language . .
.
.
. 3
3
8
..... 4
. . z
I
.
-
I
3 7.
w
32
Senior
T h e Missionary Enterprise . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education. . 2
T h e Christian Churches . . . . . . z
T h e Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . z
Social Psychology or Urban Sociol. . . . . . . . . . 3
OgY
.
. . . . . . . . . . . 3
.... I
Elementary Shorthand
Recreatiimal Activities
.
.
.
. . . 6
. . . I
to
32
Parish W o r k
. . . . . . . . .
Youth Work in the C h w c h . . .
Edrrcational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
H y m n s and Music o f the Church.
Fundamentals o f Journalism . . . .
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . 1'. . . . . . . . .
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice
.........
7.
Fine Arts
Electives
2
,
.
. . . . . . . . .
z
3
z
z
2
3
3
32
w
HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a e r tificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should prepare for
competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught in
the high schools. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for
teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business
education.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . - . . . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . . . - .4
-
Sophomore
Religion . . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language or Natural
............. 8
Science . . . . .
Psychology . . .
Fine Arts . . . . .
Electives . . . . .
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2
Electives in Major or Minor . . . .14
32
Senior
.................. 4
Religion
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education. 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . .4or 5
Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4
.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14
-
3 2 or 33
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of
Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking,
to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school,
and to give them the first two years of the training required for such
vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics
education major is given below. Courses in italics are not required for
a general home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Principles of Physics . . . . . . . - . . . .4
Principles of Chemistry . . . . . . . - . 4
Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Construction . . . . . . . . . . 2
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Economics ....................
3
Marriage and Family ............ 3
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s
Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Color and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . .
Contemporary Issues in Education.
Home Management Problems . . . .
Home Management Laboratory . . .
Advanced Clothing Construction. .
...................
Electives
32
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
z
8
-
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. In
addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following
suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Civilization or Sociology.
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Sophomore
4
6
6
6
8
I
.
.
2
I
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . ,
United States History .
Business Law . . . . . . . .
Advanced Accounting
Business Finance . . . . .
Money and Banking .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion
Speech
Natural Science . . . . . . . , . - . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
4
3
..
.
...
8
4
6
3
4
Senior
Religion , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marketing or Industrial
Management . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations. . 3
Public Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
F i e Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -16
.
.
LAW
The following suggested two-year, pre-law program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law
School at the University of Minnesota. It is possible to modify the
program for admission to other law schools.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Principles of Accounting . . . . . , . 6
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . 6
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . I
...
..
.
. .
. .
-
Sophomore
Religion
Christian Ethics . . - . . . . . - . . . . - .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . .
American Government . . . . . . . . . .
Logic
Introduction to Philosophy . . . . .
History of England . . - . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
6
6
3
3
3
8
33
SOCIAL
WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute lieed for trained social workers. Positions
are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a cumculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not ,require post-graduate
training and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all
such students.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . .
European Civilization
Principles of Sociology
S o d Problems . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . ,
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion ...................... 4
American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Statistics ........... 3
Rural Sociology ................ 3
Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . 3
History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . 6
Sociul Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
.
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Introduction to Metbods of Social
Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,
3
Public Welfare . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Crtntinology . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
-
-
........
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Student may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years
of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital,
Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this
curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested.
6
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology
Speech . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language
Fine Arts . . .
. .
Electives
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .
General Zoology . .
Social Science . . .
Orientation . . : . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education
Electives . . . . . . - . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Analytical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . , 5
Bacteriology . . . . . - . . . - . . .4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S
-
Senior
Lectures, laboratory and ~ractical
work at General Hospital for
twelve months.
-
DIACONATE
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service
in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home,
the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
at least one year of college. In rnany instances two or more years of
college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curricu~umis suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those
who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses
ih college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the
school of nursing which they plan to attend.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English
General Zoology . . .
Health
. . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . .
Elements of Nutiition
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . .
Electives
..........
Religion .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .4
History or Political Science . . , . . . 6
Psychology . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis
............... 8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
-
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg
College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital.
Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to
the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . - - . . . . . . . . 2
Anatomy and Physiology
.....4
Bacteriology . . .
,,.
.,. . 3
Chemistry
..............3
Psychology
, ,
......... 2
Second Year
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below applies <tothe fields of
aeronautical, electrical agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher
algebra and solid geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FreshEnglish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Calculus aqd Diflerential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Modern Physics . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4
Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . 4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology or Principles of
Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 or 6
-
34 or 36
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should study algebra and plane geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Religion
...........-.... 4
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6
Zoology . . . . . . . . . - . - . . . 8.
Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . - 8
General Physics . . - - . . - - . . . .8 .
-
CURRICULUMS
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education. but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools.
but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the
medical school to which he plans to apply
.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-.
Junior
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Philosophy
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . .
Analytical Chemistry
Quantitative Analysis
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Religion . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology .....................
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Chemistry ............
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
6
5
4
10
SECRETARIAL
WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high
school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies.
Fit Year
.4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . I
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . t
Principles of Accounting ........ 6
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
32
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . - . Advanced Typewriting . . . . .
Advanced Shorthand . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . .
Of6ce Machines . . . . . . . . . .
Consumer Education . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COURSES OF STUDY
COURSES OFFERED
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1956-58 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necesskate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be
completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a
comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive
credit for one semester without completing the other.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
geenrally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester.
AUG~BURG
COLLEGE
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
DIVISIONOF THE SOCIALSCIENCES
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education.
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view--to relate himself to Christ
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours ,per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfiies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, r t credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or
minor.
r, 2. BASICBIBLE.Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the
entire New Testament.
CHURCH
HISTORY.
I.
2 Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
4.
THE CHRISTIANFAITH
IN THE
MODERNWORLD.n.
2
Cr.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival .faiths of modem Western civilization. The course is designed t o give to
the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of
the present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
5. THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
1957-1958.)
7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.
I
z Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
2 Cr.
8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH.n.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
5. CHRISTIANETHICS.I.
2 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
23. GROUP ACTMN.
See Course 53 under Education.
I
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
=
RELIGION.I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world.
53. THECHRISTIANCHURCHES.I.
2 Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
doctrinal position, and .practices of the vamious branches of the Christian Church.
54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.II.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
16. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.II.
2 Cr.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose
of developing efTective Christian leadership in this sphere.
57. PROBLEMS
IN CHRISTIAN
LIYING.
U.
z Cr.
A d e r a t i a n of some of the fundamental pestions oonnected with living
the Christian life: such as, rhe assurance of salvation, the devotional life,
the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life
stmdards of -duct,
hi the local congregation. The Episde w the Pmppians is studied.
58. PARISH
WORK.II
z Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organiza-
tion and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
are supplemented by actual field work.
I. Sr.
z Cr.
59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT.
11. Sr.
60. THE MESSAGE
z Cr.
A discovery of the mencc of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
rrpiesencauve sacciona. including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
ro the EpbGan5 and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
MR. LARSEN,
MR.COLACCI
The courses in philosophy seek to assis the student in becoming familiar .raith
the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to create an mdcrstandiag of the prindples of sound
reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 y , 26, 41, 42, 18 are required
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
r f , 16. THE HUMANITIES
IN WESTERN
CIVILIZATION.
I, 11.
3 , 3 cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of 'Western thought as reflected
in outstanding works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social
thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the
Lower Division requirement in the Socia! Sciences. (Wered I 9 57-5 8.)
25. INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture
and discusion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of
ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge.
26. LOGIC.
So. II.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics consided include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction
to the notation of symbolic logic.
41,42. HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY.I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
U,pper Division Courses
5 I, $2. COMPARATTVE RELIGION.I,
n.
2, s Cr.
See course 5 I,5 2 under Department of Religion.
j 5.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.
Prereq. 42. I.
3 0.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 95 6-57.)
56. KIERKEGAARD.
Prereq. 41 or 42. TI.
3 Cr.
A ,study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy af religion and
theology. (Offered 1956-57.)
5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered I 957-5 8.)
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11.
3 cr.
The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1957-58.)
3 Cr.
OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
61. PHILOSOPHY
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from
the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( M e r e d 1957-58.)
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICAL
See course 74 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
8 I,82. SEMINAR
IN PHILOSOPHY.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and
students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in h d i n g his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
Department of Classical Languages
Mn. C~LACCI,Mn. STENSVMG
The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real
insight into our classica1 heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries.
N e w Testament Greek
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. A course in New Testament Greek
satisfies the religion requirement for the semester in which it is taken. Except
for Course I in the first semester, credits in New Testament Greek may be
applied toward a Religion major or minor.
I-z.-) ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of theoretical and practical grammar. The course also covers the manuscript transmission of the N. T. Greek text, with description of the main
Uncial Ms. and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5I, 52.
MA=,
53. 54.
LUKEI-XX,
AND
ACTSI-XX. I, 11.
AND
ROMANS.I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax,
and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I , yz will be offered in 1957-58;
courses 53, 54 in 1956-17.
fContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Latin
I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN.Fr. I, II.
Grammar, easy prose, composition.
8
Cr.
AND ST. AUGUSTINE.
SO. I, II.
3, 3 c r 3, 4. GSAR,
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Czsar's Gallic War and
St. Augusthe's Confessions. (Oflered 19 57-5 8.)
Hebrew
FOR BEGINNERS.
I, II.
g3-84.f HEBREW
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
S 5 , 86. HEBREW
EXEGESIS.
I, II.
See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary.
Department of English
f i e Department of English aims TO train students in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of
the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literanue.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may
exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted
from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.
Major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 12,
61, 62, 74, and one of the following: 59, 81, 83, or 85.
Minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52,
61, and 62.
Teaching major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses
listed for the non-teaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 20 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed
for the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan to do qaduate work in English should include courses 76,
78, and 92.
.
-iCuntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
Loth semesters.
b
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF W R ~ GI. .
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the (basic principles of writing and cgrrect
English usage. Offered in connection with English I.
-
--
R.
IMPROVEMENTOF READING.I, 11.
o Cr.
A develop.menta1 program for studenlts who wkh to improve speed and
comprehension in reading. Open to all students.
I-2.t FRESHMAN
ENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and Literature. Themes and a reference
paper. Required of all students.
21.
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recornmended for non-English majors. (Offered 1 9 57-5 8.)
21.
EXPOSITORY
WRITING.Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
56. CREATIVE
WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11.
z Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
31. FOUNDATIONS
OF LITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical
tradition in modern British and American literature.
MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11.
3 Cr.
English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to
non-English works.
3 2.
Upper Division Courses
50. SENIORENGLISH.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students
who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
2, 2 Cr.
Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I , 5 2.
5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
See course 15 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
+Continuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA.
11.
2 Cr.
See course 56 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2 Cr.
57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1957-58.)
POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
59. CONTEMPORARY
Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 1956-57.)
2
Cr.
61. BRITISH LITERATURE
O F THE SEVENTEEN^ A N D EIGHTEENTH~ ~ N T U R I E S .
Prereq. 32. I.
3 Cr.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
62. BRITISHLITERATURE
OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY.Prereq. 61.II. 3 Cr.
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH.Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
2 Cr.
CRITICISM.Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. II.
72. LITERARY
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for .modern thought.
74. SHAKESPEARE.
+q.
32. II.
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and
the historical background.
76. M ~ T O NPrereq.
.
61. H.
2 cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of
1957-58.)
the seventeenth
century.
(Offered
78. CHAUCERPrereq. 32. 11.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1956-57.)
8 I. MODERN
DRAMA.Prereq. 62. I.
2 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater. (Offered I 956-57 . )
BRITISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 62. I.
2 Cr.
83. MODERN
The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1957-18.)
S 5. CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 5 I, 5 2.
Major writers since World War I.
I.
2
Gr.
2 Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in
English.
93. TEACHING
OF ENGLISH. I.
See course 93 under Education.
z Cr.
Journalism
I.
FUND~MENTAIJOF JOURNALISM.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, wich emphasis on
reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing.
(Offered 1956-57.)
2.
EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.n
+ Cr.
The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective
advisers of high-school publications. (Offered I 957-58.)
5. ~ c h oSTAFF MEETINGS. I, n.
I, I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augsburg E c h staff and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These
meetings are also open to members of Course I . Hour arranged.
A,
5, 7. Ailgshrgim STAFF MEETINGS.I, n.
I , I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may neceive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meetings.
Department of Speech
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech ,compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student
ta teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
radio, theater, or speech pathology.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61,
66, 76. Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students course 66 and
at least one course from each of the follo&ing groups: 12, 5 I ; 3 I, 32; 61,62;
74, 76.
II
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lkping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contxct the head of the department
for individual attention.
i I. BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speaking.
I z. TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking
activities.
I 5. STORYTELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age gmups. observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered 1956-57.)
21-2t.f
INTERCOLIGIATE
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
2 Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25, 26. PUBLICSPEAKINGSEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests.
Arranged.
TO I ~ A M A T IARTS.
C
Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
29. INTRODUCTION
An introdllction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. ( O f k e d 1956-57.)
3 I. INTERPRETAM
~ A D I N G . SO. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. (Offered 1957-58.)
32.
ACTING.SO. II.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
51. GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1956-57.)
54. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. (Offered 1956-57.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must coniplete
both semesters.
2 Cr.
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. I.
Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1917-58.)
62. PERSUASION.
Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. n.
2 0.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAFT.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered
1957-58.)
2 Cr.
66. STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. lI.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. ( m e r e d I 956-57.)
2 Cr.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 . Jr., Sr. 11.
74. SPEECHHYGIENE.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of
speech habits. (Offered 1956-57.)
Y . Sr. II.
3 Cr.
76. SPEECH P A ~ O L O G Jr.,
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics; laboratory experience-in speech therapy. (Offered I 95 7-58.)
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
95. TEACHMG
See course 95 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of German
The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an
understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and
esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is to provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor,
I-2.t
20
credia.
BEGINNINGGERMAN.I, 11.
8
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language
Cr.
so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POE-ray. I,
n.
3, 3 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and poetry.
fChntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 2. GERMANLITERATURE.
I, n.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Offered
1957-58.)
TEACHING
OF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
See course 73 under Education.
73.
2
Cr.
Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Scandinavian peoples, as well as to transmit to
American life the best of their cultural heritage.
m i o r , 24 credits.
I-2.f BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.
Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
j, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard' authors. Brie& survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered 1956-57.)
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.I.
3 Cr.
A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. ( M e r e d 1957-58.)
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1957-5 8.)
Upper Division Courses
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Prereq. 4, or six credits in liter2 Cr.
ature. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered
5 5.
1956-57.)
56.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Prereq. 4, or six credits in literature. Jr., Sr. II.
2
Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjernson, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 195 6-5 7.)
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Romance Languages
hks. KINGSLEY, MR. HELLAND
The Romance Language Department aims to aid the student in the mastery
of the fundamental rules of' pronunciation and grammar, leading to a fuller
comprehension and correct usage of the foreign language. It aims further to
acquaint the student thmugh masterpieces of literature with the culture and
m d u s uivendi of the countries whose language he is learning.
French
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections fmm
French literature. ( m e r e d 19 57-5 8.)
3, 4. INTERMEDUTE
FRENCH.I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature. (Osered 1956-57.)
Upper Division Courses
5 I.
SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and Iiterary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected
students.)
FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
5 2.
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
See course 77 under Education.
2
Cr.
Spanish
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation,
and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1957-58.)
$2.
SPANISHCâ¬YNVERSATION
AND COMPOS~ION.
n.
3 Cr.
A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish t h m g h conversation
and composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual
aids, integrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered I 957-58.)
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
See course 77 under Education.
t
Cr.
Department of Music
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish t o become
teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialid study in the
field of music. General instruction is afforded students who are interested in
the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Graduation Major, 36 credits, including wurses I , 2, 7, 8, 15-16,55-56,
57, 58, 61-62or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied
music, z of which must be in piano or organ.
Teaching Major, 32 credits in addition to 88, 89; including wurses I, 2, 7,
8, 15-16,55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64"; a credits from 77, 78; and 6
credits in applied music,
2
of which must be in piano or organ.
Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior
year, is required of all music majors.
*A student with a major fsor teaching should be prepared for ibth vocal
and instrumental work. Unless he takes both technique wurses, his work in
applied musi,c, excepting the required credits in piano, must be instrumental
~liusicif he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers
for Instrumental Technique.
Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. 1f-16, 78; 4
credits from 10, $5-56, $7, $8, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in private lasuns in either vocal or instrumenml
music.
Teaching Minor, zz credits k addition to 88, 89; including course
5 5 . 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64; and 4 credits in applied music.
I,
2,
I 5-16,
Two credits are g-ken for membership for one year in the Choir, the Choral
Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the
Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is mt granted for less than two complete semesters
within an academic year.
One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, +no, organ, brass, or w d winds. Occasional lessons are available without credit.
For statement of fees see under Financial Information.
1, 2.
TEIEOIY,
I, IL
A basic
c o w
2, 2 G.
in the fundamentals of music, including the pIjncip!es of
not&am, major and &nor scales, intervals, triads rhythms: aural skills: sight
reading, dictation, and pate sin-eg. Should be =ken toncurrently with 11-16
mhencver +ble.
2, 2 Cr.
HETORYAND L ~ ~ ~ T OF
W MUSIC.
K E I, 11.
-4n IGstoricaI appmch ta &e appreciation of the world's greatest music.
Sppplunenred by musicaI scores and record illustrations. For students with or
7, 8.
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
&or 8, or have consent of instructor.
10. HYMNS
AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.TI.
2 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
Church, with special attention ro Protestant hymnody. Designed for the
ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors,
and pre-seminarians. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements of
a course in religion.
4 Cr.
IF-16.t HARMONY.I, H.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing.
Upper Division Courses
2, 2 Cr.
HARMONY.
Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11.
5. 56. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course I 5-1 6, with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music.
$Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
5 7 , 5 8 . CONDUCTING. Prereq.
2,
or
2
Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
Jr. I, Il.
2, n Cr.
A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music
education are advised to take the course m .their junior year.
61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instrumens, pffprdng the
prospective public school music teacher and director for work
orchestra.
b d and
CHOR~CL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice ai related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
63-64.?
77. C O U ~ ~ R P O IPrcreq.
NT.
3. I. Sr.
n Cr.
Strict c o u n ~ i n i
rn one. two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
7 8 . M u s r ~ ~At N A L Y Prereq.
~.
2 , 5 1 , and 77 or consent of instructor.
II. Sr.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical wmpositioa.
3 .
fi8.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. TI.
z Cr.
See course 8 4 under Education.
89.
TEACHING
OF
HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
2
cr.
See course 89 under Education.
CHOIR,CHORALCLUB OR BAND. I, 11.
r Cr.
MALECHORUS.I, 11.
I Cr.
These organizations exist not m l p for the benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled ts a studem wbo wishes to participate in groups affording
the opportunity for rnmiitaI e x p d a Credit in Choir is not granted for less
than two complete semesters within an academic year.
PIANO, I, IT.
I, I
Cr.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm
rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
ORGAN.I, TI.
I, I Cr*
1;lstruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is required
as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
:Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
VOICE.I, II.
I, I Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
brea.th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
% or
B u s s INSTRUMENTS.
I, II.
WOOD-WIND
INSTRUMENTS.
I, II.
% or
Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows:
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
a) Private instructim--onk thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester. I credit.
b) Class instruction--one thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. % credit.
Art
I . 2.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal h r m s . Plaster casting. (Offered 1956-57.)
3.
ART IN DAILYLMNG. I.
3 Cr.
See course 3 under Department of Home Econo~nics.
7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11.
2, 2
Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
Upper Division Courses
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
64. HISTORY
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
2
Cr.
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
It is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance
2nd value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to
develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
Department of History and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of ,the instructor.
I-2-f
SURVEYOF EUROPEAN
CIVILIZATION.
Fr. I, II.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Des&ied to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1 I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
3 Cr.
See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
t r , z z . UNITEDSTATES
HISTORY.SO., I, n.
3, 3 c r .
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
AND n i ~
REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
5 I . THERENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modern civilization and culture.
(Offered 1957-58.)
3 Cr.
TO I 800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
jz. ENGLAND
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors whi,ch shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1956-57.)
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
5 3. LATIN-AMERICAN
A study of Latin America and its development. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
54. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. I -2.Jr., Sr. 11.
Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
UNI~D
STATES.Prereq. 21,zz. Jr., Sr. I.
55. CONTEMPORARY
The United States from about 1900 to the present. (Offered 1957-588.)
DIPLOMACY.Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary
War to the present. (Offered 1957-58.)
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions
to modem cultures. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
62. CANADIAN
HIS-.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1957-58.)
64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 195 6-57.)
AND EARLYNINETEEN= CENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq.
71. FRENCHREVOLUTION
3 Cr.
IZ credits in H,kt. Jr., Sr. I.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
1848. (Offered 1957-58.)
72. LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE.Prereq. 1 2 credits in H i t . Jr.,
3 Cr.
Sr. 11.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848
to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise d imperialism,
and the background of World War I. (Offered 1957-58.)
Jr., 9. II.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT.
See course 58 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
8 I, 82. THET W E N ~ T
CENTURY.
H
Prereq. I z cr. in Hit. Sr. I, TI. 3, 3 Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak
of World War I to the present. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor.
99. HISTORY
A survey of historical literature and source materials. A research project is
required. Recommended for history majors and students who plan to do graduate work in history.
Political Science
Minor, 1 5 credits.
A I -42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are
stressed.
Upper Division Courses
3
53. POLITICAL PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1956-57.)
&=r.
56. AMERICANDIPLOMACY.11.
See course 56 under History.
3
Cr.
60.
PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 41-42or Econ. 1 5 for Political Science minors.
3 Cr.
Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics.
74. HISTORY
OF P O L ~ C ATHOUGHT.
L
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
.4 study of ,political philosophy and its in,fluence and historical significane
from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered 1957-58.)
85. TEACHING
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
See course 85 under Education.
2
Cr.
Geography
14. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. 11.
3
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. ( m e r e d 195 6-57.)
cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Geography; 6 credits each in Sociology and Economics; and Political Science
41-42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-41;
and 3 credits in Economics.
+Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Sociology
The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for
social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of'christianity to efiective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition aye History
[-2, or 21, 22.
Minor, 15 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology.
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum.
I.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLQGY.
Fr., SO. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
S o c m PROBLEMS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
TO STATISTICS.Fr., SO. TI.
4. INTRODUCTION
See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics.
3 Cr.
TN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
A course in general sociology for nurses.
z Cr.
16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
See course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Languages and Literature.
21.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with s p i a l attention to the
problems of the contemporary rural America.
22.
URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO.n.
3 Cr.
Study of the city a s to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
A N D FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
42. MARRIAGE
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
RACE RELATIONS AND
MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq.
Soc.
Sr. II.
Jr.,
I
3 Cr.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1956-57.)
) 6. LABOR
AND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.
1.1.
3 Cr.
See course 56 under Department of Business Administration and Economics.
3 Cr.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. Soc. I . Jr., Sr. I.
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
filnctions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in
the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
and other community agencies.
60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I.Jr., Sr. TI.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of contempor& public welfare and social security. (Offered 1956-57.)
61. SOCIAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5, and & and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64. INTRODUCTION
TO METHODS
OF SOCIAL WORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr.
structor. 11.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1957-58.)
OF SOCIAL
STUDIES.Sr. I.
85. TEACHING
See course 8 5 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Psychology
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
to assist in the adjustments that the in-coming student needs to make. The
work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying h,k own behavior as well as chat of his
fellow men.
r. (hmS'r~no~.
Required. Fr. OSered both seineseers.
r Cr
Designed m mist freshmar in making the proper adjusrrnenr to their work as
colIege studenrs. It inclade anits on orienraejon m the wllege, methds of
study, improvement of reading speed and comprehension, and vocariond and
educurbnd guidance,
P S Y ~ O L OAND
CY ORTEWA~N
Er.. L
3 Cr.
combines the aims and mutse content of Psychology r and Psychology 1. E m p h i s i s p!aced on heIping the studenr llrw his knowtedgc of
psychoIogical principle in solving pewnd problem t h a t arise as a part of
the adjvstmenr to college. Regismation rermcrd.
3.
mi course
I. 6. GFXERALPSYCHQL~GY.
1, IL
I, 2 Cr.
A study of rhe basic procews underlying hum= behavior. l%e genesal pdnciplts, methods and problems of psychology are dicassed. T h e second semester
emphasizes mental h d t h and the appEicarion of the principles of psych~logyto
other problem of everyday life.
7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
An introductory course intended for nurses.
t
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
61.
See
Socm PSYCHOLOGY.
I.
course 61 under Department of Sociology.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. j or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene. (Offered 19 57-58.)
Education
The ducarbn curticulam has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do high school reaching, dthongh any strrdent who is preparing to work
with yuuh is errcomged to smdy in this m a . The work in rhk dtpamncnt
will qualify the reaching graduate far a Minnesota Teacher's cerrificate on the
junior and senior high s b l level, as well
for further study in the 5eld of
educadon.
Admission to the teacher educaeian currkaInm reqnires nn application to be
appmved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application m a t be made
during tht seEond semester D+ the wphorwre year if r h e sntdent is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is g r a n d on the
basis of a satisfacmry health reporr, favorable personality characteristics, and
a min;mum in schoIasEic achievement of 1.5 honer p i n r ratio in the rnaiar, a
1.0 n t i o m the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. T h e applicant
s b d d be preparing for competency in a t least two subject-matter fieIds h a t are
aim po&r on the high xhml level.
All students admitted ro rhe teachcr educario~ crrnicnlmn must secure
be caken in connection with Ed. 5 1
two credits of Group Activity usually to
and gz. J i addition ra the regular lower division requirements, students in
reacher education are required ro hzvc four semester b u r s in general psychology, these credits to be completed before taking Ed. 51.
N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum
should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education.
EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 1, and 6. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
ilnderstand human behavior, especialIy tke behavior of adoIescents in a school
context.
I
!
istudy
ING
SECONDARY SCKWZS.Prereq. yr. Jr. II.
3 Cr.
54. T F . A ~
This course has three pm:a study of rhe p u t p e s and programs of secondary
xhoolq develophg p e d competency in plmning instructional activities;
2nd
developing the ability to evaluate the a r c a m c of instruction.
~ 3 .74.
GROW Amrvm.
I, I
Ct
sepvaee mme, but offeered in connection with Edncarion
1 1 , $ 2 ; Religion 6, $7, 58; Phpsicd Educarion 6, rr, 13, 14,51, 56. The a a w
of t h e experience will vary with h e course with which it i asmciattd, and
may incIudc such activities *s teaching, wperv;sing recreation, and advising
clubs. The t ~ p e r a r i wof the a~enciesinvol-red is necessary. with rtprts from
the supervisor and the srudcnt ro the reacher of the course wi& which the
work is mnnecred. A smdenr may nor receive more than z credits in Group
Activity.
Th;s is
not given v
is a
Prereq. 5 I . Sr. II.
3 Cr.
r6. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate &or student guidance,
including counseling.
78. Tssv~sIK CONTEMPORARY
EDUCA'FICM.
Sr. XX.
3 0,
The purpose of thc c o w is to develop ski11 in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to pin an u n d t r ~ r a n d i n af
~ possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to epaluare the various wlutions proposed. The relation
of h e problems ra the dtvelopmenr of American ducntian sad to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
73.
TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
z Cr.
2
Cr.
79.
TEACHING
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
s Cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSIN-ESS.
Sr. I.
z
83.
TEACHING
OF MA~HEMATICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
87.
TEACHINGOF HEALTHEDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I. z Cr.
88. TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
r Cr.
r Cr.
89.
TEACHINGOF HIGH, SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
2
Cr.
91.
TEACHING
OF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z
Cr.
92.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I1
z Cr.
93.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
z Cr.
95.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
Courses 73 through 9y include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a
major or a minor in the field and Education yz. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit listed.
Prereq. 52. Sr. I.
4 to 5 Cr.
97. STUDENTTEACHING.
Observation,' participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
Library Science
T h c .follosning courses prepare the strrdcnt to rneer the stare requhments
for a minor in library scicnce. Tbey main him in making a wjse choice of
h k s for tfie xhml Library, in preparing b k s and other librav materials for
cimlatios in a d d i s t c r i n g a schooI libtary, and in making intelligent and
d e t t i v e me of library tools for his o m needs as a teacher.
Minor,
I6
credits.
BASICF ~ C T T O OF
N STHE S ~ W LIBRARY.
L
Jr. 1. ?
I.
3 cr.
5 5-s6f
X g n e d to acquainr the smdenr prith the place of the librvg in tbe school
and comrnmiry; local public, county, scare, and national services; standards;
rclanions with school admieisnatim, facultg, students, and m m u n i r p ; rhe
h d g e t : planning, housing. and equipment; library recordr; organization of
materids; sdKxrl libnry adrnbistntion. Two credits first semester; one credit,
seeoad.
fcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
57-5 8 . t ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the, elementary school library; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1956-57.)
59-6of SECONDARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I. II.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; boak selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, their
use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selectian; reviewing
of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 7- 5 8.)
61. PRACTICAL
.METHODS.Sr. I.
I Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offer4 1957-58.)
62, READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. n.
2 Cr.
Remedial readin,g in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. (Offered
1957-58.)
Department of Business Administration and Ecanomics,
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help smdents gaia n b d hawledge
and sound perspefcive of bnkpss and our economic society. Such knowledge
and p e n w i v e are necessary far SUCF~PS in specific positions ia our complex
business world ind .should provide rhe bwkgmmd to fncilitate advancement.
with experience, ro positions of responsibility. A dgree wirh a business major
2- a common requirement of business firms m d guvefnmenr agencies. The
depamnent gives a general bnckground in emwrnics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a tcaching major or minor; and it prepares far gradurn
work in business and economics.
Business Administration and Economics
Major, 36 credits, including courses I ,
History 21 and 22.
Minor, 21 credits, including courses I ,
Division courses.
2,
2,
4,
4,
I 5,
I 5,
16, 5 3. Also required are
16, and six credits in Upper
-;Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
I,2. PRINCIPLESOF ACCOUNTING.
Fr. I, II.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. TI.
3 Cr.
The collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation of numerical data
for the purpose of determining measures od central tendency, deviations from
average, and correlation.
I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS.
SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
The iduence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary
and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level
with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1957-58.)
5 3. BUSINESSLAW.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
3 G*
5 5. MARKETING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I.
Marketinz from a businessman's standpoint, with emphasis on ways in which
management decisions are made concerning product planning, merchandise
selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling.
3 Cr.
RELATIONS.
Prereq I 5 ,16.Jr., Sr. 11.
56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT
A study of management, of labor, of ,their relations, and of their control by
government. T h e objective is to picture the different positions of these groups
in our economy and to investigate possibilities of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and government control.
.MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
57. INDUS~RUL
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
ACCOUNTING.
Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr. I.
59. ADVANCEI~
The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which
will enable the student to interpret financial data, and to acquaint the student
with cost accounting p ~ , C i p l e sand procedures. Preparation and analysis of
financial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-rder and standard costing
are stressed.
60. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity.
62. BUSINESS
FINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis
on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements.
Prereq. consent of instructor.
3, 3 Cr.
71, 72. SENIORTOPICS.
An honors course for selected seniors in business involving independent reading
and research in a specific area of ,business or economics leading to the writing
of an acceptable paper. A student may receive credit for one semester only.
Secretarial Studies
These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial
positions in business oflices, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of
buiness education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
A non-teaching major may be obtained by completing a minimum of 30
hours above course I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 I , 52, 53-54> Business Administration I , z, 53, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73. A
teaching major requires courses listed for non-teaching major plus Business
Administration 15, 16, a total of 36 hours above Sec. Studies I. A minor may
be obtained by completing a total of 2 5 hours above Sec. Studies I , including z,
3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I , .r, or IF, 16.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRITING.
Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
1. INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
$1
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, rnimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
51. ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.
I. Prereq. 2 or equivalent.
2 Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangement,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of l,egal documents. Open to students having
attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
52. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE.Prereq. 2, 3-4,11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for ,those who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
4 Cr.
SHORTHAND.
I, II. Prereq. 4 or equivalent.
53-54.? ADVANCED
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
8 I. TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
See course 8 I under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
66, 67?71,73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6,Physics 3, Economics 15,
Sociology I,Biology' 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 3 or 5, and 6, and 3
additional credits in Social Science.
.
-
Graduation minor, 22 credits including courses I,2,'3, 7, 39, 40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major, 38 credits; courses listed for non-teacKing major plus 33 and
75.
I.
CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f ~ b r i c s
suitable for different uses are topics considered.
iContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete
both semesters.
2.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
n.
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton
and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable
techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of
garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors.
Two double la~borator~
periods, one lecture discussion period per week.
3 . ART IN DAILY LIVING.I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
8. ELEMENTS
OF NUTRITION.
n.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
3 3. COLORAND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
36. CRAFTS.TI.
2 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application
to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1957-58.)
PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 8 or
permission of instructor. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
I aboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
fnod preparation. Three double laboratory period$ a week.
39, 40.
42. MARRIAGE
A N D F A M ~RELATIONSHIPS.
Y
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying ~ r i n c i ~ l eofs cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family- relationships, preparation for mamage, .the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular
lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.
11.
2 Cr.
A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
$7. TEXTILES.
I.
2 Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
64,
HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
Cr.
2
A study a+ the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1956-57.)
TI.
3 Cr.
66. HOME PLANNINGA N D FURNISHING.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analpsis of h r plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting.
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratorp periods per
week.
67. FAMILY HEALTH.
I.
2 Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within (the family group.
71. HOME
~ ~ N A G E M E NPROBLEMS.
T
I.
2 Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and cocrdmatiqg the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One
lecture period and one double lzboratory period per week.
73. HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
z Cr.
Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home ,management house with one conference hour per w.eek. Food costs to be determined
.by the group.
n.
74. CONSUMER EDUCATION
AND INCOME MANAGEMENT.
z Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and sefvices available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. More
advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the class
in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing garments .for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
( M e r e d 1956-57.)
z Cr.
OF HOME ECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
71. TEACHING
See course 91 under Education.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr.
See course 92 under Education.
92.
n.
z
Cr.
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
I t is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in the light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural
Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
&. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MISS H U T C H ~ G Mns.
S,
OSWALD
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, rq credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,
toward the major or minor.
j ~ 4,
,
7N d o not count
I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences.
Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory
work, and discussions.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
3 ~ .HUMANANATO* AND PHYSIOLOGY.
A professional course i,n human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students
who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit f o r Biol. 3N.
HUMAN
ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. n.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
4.
7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
I 3-14.?
GENERALZOOLOGY.
Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
twth semesters.
25, 26. GENERALBOTANY.SO., Jr. I, II.
4, 4 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed e n botanical principles.
Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periods per week.
Upper Division Courses
4 Cr.
51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25. 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lwtures per week.
(Offered 1957-j8.)
4 Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. 11.
52. ECOLOGY.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered I 9 5 7-5 8.)
53.
GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
'9~6-57.)
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr..
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
56. TAXONOMY
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles,
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one
double laboratory period per week. (Ogered I 95 6-57.)
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. n.
I or 2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microvcopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 6-57.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
79. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Physical Sciences
The courses offered provide iundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is :promotion of
scientific thinking and scientific approach.
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
nstural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in chemistry will prepare
him for further study in such specialized fields as medicine, research, engineering,
nursing, pharmacy, and other related fields.
The courses in physics will prepare h i for study in engineering and applied
mathematics.
Chemistry
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses
the major or minor.
1-2, j
~
4, do not count toward
.
1-2
THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, I?
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
3 ~ .CHEMISTRY
FOR NURSES.
I.
3 Cr.
9 lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
4. PRINC~PLES
OF CHEMISTRY.Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the
laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
GEN~RAL
CHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. .I or
conclirrent registration in Math. I . Fr., So. I, II.
8 Cr.
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
5-6.f
Upper Division Courses
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
51. ANALYTICAL
4
(3.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric.
rwo lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 I . So., Jr., Sr. 11.
4 or 5 Cr.
12. QUANTITAWE
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, six to eight hours laboratory per week.
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. y-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
8 to 10 Cr.
53-54.t ORGANIC
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1956-57.)
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
56.
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 5 1 and 5 2 , and Physics
5 Cr.
5 and 6. Sr. 11.
An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double labora'tory period
per week. ( M e r e d 1 9 5 7 - 5 8 . )
Physics
Minor, 1 6 credits. Courses
1-2
and 3 do not count toward the minor.
WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
I - z ~ . THENATURAL
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elem. algebra and plane geometry. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
12 lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light,
electricity, magnetism, and modern physics.
3.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math.
I3
or concurrent registration in Math
I 3.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one
q i z , and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11.
4 aThis course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism,
and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of modern topics in the field of physics including atomic theory, nuclear
transformations, radiation phenomena, .biophysical applications of physics, and
other topics.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
4 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 1 . Jr., Sr. TI.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magneti,~
field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments.
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
5:.
TEACHING
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
See course 7 9 under Education.
79.
z
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teuching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 5 I and 5 2 or 5 3 - 9 4 ; Biology 1 3 - 1 4 and 2 5 , 26; Physics 1 and 6.
Department of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s d c i e n t for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them e6cient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits.
Courses I , 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
3 Cr.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
I.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for inore advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher
algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course.
z. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~brmulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5 . ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. z. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours a week.
DRAWING
AND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 1 . n. 3 Cr.
6 . ENGINEERING
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
13,
14. INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or
equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
Upper Divisian Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. 1 3 ,
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
51, 5 2 .
5 3 . SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are srudied and their equations developed. Quadratic
sudaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
3 Cr.
OF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. 11.
54. THEORY
This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
83. TEACHING
See course 83 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Hea1,th and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of
leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a #physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the physical education program.
A course 'n personal and community health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Teaching ,Major for men, 3 1 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. 11,
12, 27, yo, 51, 52, 53, 74, 55, 56, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also
required.
Teaching Major for women, 28 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,
14,16, 17,27, 50, 52, 73, 54, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also required.
Teaching Minor, 19 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, I I, 12, g I, 5 3,
and 54 for men: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 16, 17,53, and 54 &orwomen.
Non-teaching major for men 33 credits; for women, 30 credits.
Non-teaching minor 21 credits. For course requirements see under .reachingmajor and teaching-minor and confer with department head.
r.
PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITY
HEALTH.Fr. Ogered both semesters.
2
Cr.
iZ study of modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
TZ.
%, % Cr.
ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, 11.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
%, % Cr.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
5.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTHEDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of hea1,th education,
physical education, and recreation.
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. n.
I Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. One double hour per week.
S. FIMT AID. Fr., So. n.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
1 I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
irolleyball. Three hours per week.
12.
INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Men). So. II.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbfflebmrd, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshm, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2, 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. I, TI.
Theory and practice in the coaching and officiating of field hockey, soccer,
basket,ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered 1957-58.)
16. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. ll.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffl,eboard, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered
1956-57.)
I 7.
SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Two hours per week.
(Offered 1956-57.)
27.
KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2
Cr.
Thii
is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effectmg of
efficient movements.
2 Cr.
29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of officiating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
PHYSICALEXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq.
2 Cr.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
(Ogered 1956-57.)
50.
5 I. SELF-TESTINGACTMTICS.(Men). Jr. I.
r Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling Three hours per week.
52. RHYTHMS.Jr. 11.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. (Offered 1957-18.)
I
Cr.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICAL
3 Cr.
E D U U ~ O NPrereq.
.
5 . Sr. I.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of che eTernencq and secondary schml health education and physical
education curriculum.
5 3.
ORGANIZATION
A N D ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND
3 Cr.
PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Sr. 11. Prereq. 5.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
54.
OF SPORTS:FOOTBALL
AND BASKETBALL.
Sr. I.
r Cr.
55. COACHING
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
2
OF SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.
Sr. lT.
56. COACHING
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
cr.
I Cr.
AND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
84. TESTS
A survey and evaluation of tests in ~ h ~ s i c aeducation.
l
(Wered 1956-17.)
86. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr., Sr. II.
2 Cr.
PtobIems of commuuiry recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work (%red
1956-57.)
OF HEAL= EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I
87, TEACHING
See course 87 under Education.
2
Cr.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Introductory
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and
IzLissionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. Ir offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal af building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
Application for Admission
Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theologkal Faculty, and should include the 'following:
A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary,
I.
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands ofdAtheSecretary of the Seminary
Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists ,of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Admission Requirements
The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's
degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
Philosophy
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
z years
I Year
2
years
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
Suggested Pre-Theological Courses
In order rhat studrnm may derive rhe peatest pmsiblc advantage from their
theological studies, it is recommended that their colleKc c o w of nudy, 'besides
f u l f l h g requiremenrs as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated a b v e , include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Youth Work
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
Education
Typewriting
years
year
I year
z years
I semester
I year
2
I
I
I
year
year
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good
academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Srudcnt~are admirted to the Seminarp with the understanding that their
studies aie to be pursued under rhe direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
armngement to t a k e + part of the theological course a t another seminary must
have the prior approval of ehe ThcoloRicol Faculty a t Augsburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying
for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Expenses
Seminarp students p;ry no tuition. They do, however, pay chc regular student
activity fee, healrh fee and a ~enerntSeminary fee of ten dollars per semester.
Unmarried Seminary smdenrs living in rhe dormitory. receive a special grant
to coccr the cost of mom rent. The m9t of h a r d k the same zs for the
College studears. See under Financial Information.
Class Attendance
A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences
may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference involving absenc'e
from classes mu& have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the
conference.
Employment
The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the
Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is
not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday.
Conditions and Incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be
removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of
attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time
allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the inwmplete may
he changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is
sdiciently high.
Seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary eash
student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and
supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer
vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the.
in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amciunt of
practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in
nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Service.
Student Activities
All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A principal
purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual
fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and
to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College
in a daily chapel servte.
During his s e r n i n a ~yean, each student is associated with a specific congregation and i4 e n c ~ u r a ~ eto
d serve there. As a united project, the Concordia
Society has mently assumed responsibility for conducting the Saturday noon
services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the Inter-Seminary
Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a
more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant
seminaries in the Twin Cities.
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Serninettes. They
meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to
their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord.
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus
six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all
the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of
Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I.
A minimum of
102
semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2.
Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered.
3 . The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.y (Cf average)
throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Faculty Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The prepara$on of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 1 7 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6 . A comprehensive examination, written and oril, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week af March. Written and oral examination sermons.
who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical
service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of I.$ in their studies, are
graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Yem
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
r Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
THEOLOGICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC.
A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
I Cr.
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
4.
*With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered annually
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
r. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
Luther.
Old Testament
Mu. STENSVAAG
HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from
Deuteronomy. (Offered 19 5 6-5 7.)
6 Cr.
9-10.
11.
THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 Cr.
12. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and -the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the
historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
3 Cr.
13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
14. THEPROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
3 Cr.
freedom. (Offered 1956-57.)
15. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems
of life. (Ogered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to
the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading
assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr.
Exilic period. (Offered 19 57-58.)
17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
2, 2 Cr.
in the Old Testament. (Offered 1957-58.)
A study of archaeological discoveries
19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics
I Cr.
and class discussion. (Offered 1957-58.)
New Testament
20-21. NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction d normal load.
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
22. INTRODUCTION
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.)
2 3 . THE GOSPELOF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will M expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
pf Jesus' ministry. (Offered 195 6-57.)
24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.)
25. THE GOSPELOF JOHN. The purpose and special tharacteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the
semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on
the English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1917-58.) 2 Cr.
CHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
26. THE JEWISHSECTIONOF THE APOSTOLIC
1-12. This will ba followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
1957-58.)
3 Cr.
27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL.A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 fi28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.
Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the
Christian life (chs. 12-16)will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.
In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
r Cr.
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.)
OF THE REVEL.~TION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
(Oflered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
Church History
40. THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the
Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and
decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward
reform. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
THE REFORMATION.
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
Catholic Counter-Reformztion. (Wered 195 6-57.)
3 Cr.
42.
AFTER THE REFORMATION.
This course covers the period
43. THE CHURCH
from the Refonnztion and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
the history of ofhe Lutheran Church. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
44. AMERICANCHURCH HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr.
is studied with special care. (Offered 1954-5 5. )
DOCTRINE.A study Of: the development
45, 46. THEHISTORYOF CHRISTIAN
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-59.) 2 , 2 Cr.
A study of the consti47. THELUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
Systematic Theology
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY.
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1957-5 8.)
2 0.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I . THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
52. SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His
Person, states, and oflice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
the order of salvation. (Wered 1958-59.)
3 Cr.
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOLOGY
of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
1958-59.)
z Cr.
j4, y y . CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of
Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
z, 2 Cr.
A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
56. SYMBOLICS.
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Wered 1957-58.)
z Cr.
SYMBOLICS
AND RELIGIOUS
CULTS. A comparative study
57. CQMPARA~VE
of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
Go. PRINCIPLES
OF PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.
This course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of the pastoral oflice and the New Testament ministry.
s Cr.
61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUAL
LIFE. A study of Christian experience
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
2 Cr.
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.)
62. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.
A course dealing with the
dynamics underlyi3ng human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
I Cr.
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
PASTORAL
TRAINING.
The purpose of this course is- 'to provide an
63. CLINICAL
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. It will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a
64. EVANGELISTICS.
short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.)
B. Homiletics
65. PRINCIPLESAND PRACTICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
2 Cr.
66. HOMILETICS.
The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of 'brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant pnctice in delivery. Middlers.
2 Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparaltion and delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
z 0.
are studied. Seniors.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; otlicers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered I 95 7-58 .)
2 Cr.
A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCHADMINISTRATION.
tional organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o&ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
I Cr.
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1957-58.)
72. PASTORAL
PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of
ethics. (Offered 1956-57.)
I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its
relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered I 95 6-57.)
I Cr.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered
'957-58.)
I Cr.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
76. METHODSOF PARISH E D U C A ~ O N
Studies
.
in the application of basic
principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used i n catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1956-57.)
t
Cr.
78. THE CHURCH AND HUMANSOCIETY. A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and
civilization and culture, and of .the
organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must
deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide
task of .the Church. The .Ecumenical Movement.
2 Cr.
C H R I ~ ~ A N IATNY
D SOCIALWORK. This Course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures,
rcports, and institutional visits.
2 Cr.
79.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
OfFicers of the Board
REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN
.............................
Vice-president
Term Expires in 1956
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisumsii
Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church
MR. R. E. MYHRE,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Banking and Insurance, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Term Expires in 1957
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLARENCE
J. CARLSEN,
hfinneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, St. Olaf Lutheran Church
Term Expires in 1958
The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Duluth, Minnesota
Pastor, Trinity LuAeran Church
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
Term Expires in 1959
The REV. C. T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota
Business Manager, Bethesda Homes
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minnesota
Contractor (retired)
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Advisory Members
The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg College and Theological Sem~inary
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preddent
MARTINQUANBECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College
JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminury
BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .Business Manager
K. BERNERDAHLEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Stdents
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
ERLWG J. URDAHL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar; Secretary of the General FacuZty
MELVINA. HELLAND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Faculty
AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
b r u R. HAMMARBERG
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
FRIEDELW ~ D M A N N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
S. P.HJELMELAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Field Representative, Development Fund
KENNETHLOWER. . . . . .Alumni Secretary; Manager of Musical Organizations
IRVINGHOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Supervisor of Buildings and Grounds
A w o SINKO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Mweum
IVERB. SON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist
CARL WOYU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director
BORGHILDESTNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Registrar
DONOVANLUNDEEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff:Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the
College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary, Business
Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel O6ce; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrars 0 5 c e ; Vivian
Isaacson, Recorder, Registrar's Ofice; Janice Sorheim, Secretary, Placement
Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Office; Ruth Hanson, Secretary,
Business Office; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Mrs. Ruth Elias, Faculty
Secretary; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Violet
Meyer, Secretary, Building Fund Office.
Library Assistants: Mrs. Carol Carlson and John Jenson.
Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Edward Nyhus and
Philip Nelson; Sivertsen Hall and Residence for Women, Helen Martens;
Miriam House, Verniel Anderson; Morton Hall, Alice Ullescad.
Su$ervisor of Hwsekeeping: Olga Hermumlie.
MEDICAL STAFF
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R. N.,
Nurse; Ethel Johnson, R. N., Assistant Nurse; Alice Ullestad, R. N., Assistant
Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
;2dministration: Christensen, Quan,beck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, Urdahl, Miss
Mortensen, Miss Joel.
Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segohn,
M i Joel.
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Bertness, Miss Pederson,
Hammanberg.
Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, Ozolins, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg.
Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, Torstenson, Chrislock.
Athletics: Soberg, E. W. Anderson, Kleven, Aldre, Savold.
Social: Mrs. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Mr. Dahle, Miss Tangjerd, Thut.
Studies: R. E. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, E. Nelson, Mrs. Nelson.
Convocations: Helland, Colacci, Miss Lund, E. Nelson. (Student members also
included in this committee.)
Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Tomtenson, Olson. (Student members also included in this committee.)
Tracher Educatim: Bertness, Thorson, Sateren, Mrs. Nelson.
Religious fife: Sonnack, Ozolins, Mrs. Petersbn. (Student members also included
in this committee.)
Faculty C m c i l : Quanbeck, R. Anderson, Milton, Soberg, Miss Joel, -Dahle,
Segolson, Sateren, Kingsley, Aldre, Torstenson, Bertness, Walton.
Board-Faculty Committee: Chrislock, Miss Pederson, E. W. Anderson (Board
members also included in this committee).
THE FACULTY
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 22; Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 922-2 5 ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Gottingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg <ice 1930. President since 1938.
MELW A. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 19 I 9; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
192 I -3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
IVER B. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of. Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 Additional study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological
Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-3 9; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1959-44. Adviser to SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Church History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake,
&., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor -of Old Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins, Oslo. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
JOHN
LAWRENCEM. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work,
1942-53. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, I 9 5 5-.
At Augsburg
since 1955.
WUHELM C. LINSS, S.T.B., Th.D., Lecturer in New Testament
Theological School for Prisoners of War, Montpellier, France; S.T.B.,
Erlangen University, Germany, 1950; Th.D., Boston University, 1951.
Pastoral work: 1910-52. Teaching: Boston University School of Theology,
I 9 5 t-y4; Gustavus Adolphus College, 19 54-.
At Augsburg since 195 5.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908- I o; Ellsworth
College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-1952.
MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tdlin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 19 5 I. Additimal
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. A t Augsburg since 1949.
ERREST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg
since 1946.
E. ANDERSON,
A.M., Assistat Professor of Speech
RAYMOND
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: M i e sota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t
Augsburg since 1949.
EVABAVOLAK,
A.M., Instractor in Business Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: M i sota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea.chers College,
Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. SOC. Work, lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-38; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44 Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director of Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
At Augsburg since 1954.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Xnnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., 1955. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools,
1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949.
ALLENBLAIR,A.M., lnstructor in Physics
B.S., Hamline University, 1949; A.M., University of Minnesota, 19 53.
Teaching: State Teachers College, Sr. Cloud, 1953-54. At Augsburg
since 1954.
CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy J y i o r College,
1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5I. A t Augsburg
since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,
Th.D., D.Litt., AssocicEte Professor of Clamical Lunguuges
Pontificium Acheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; Universiy of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campotram, Italy, 1941-49.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
LELANDK. DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf Colkge, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 195 2; U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1952.
K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Asso+te Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940,Ad&tional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, I 93 I ~39;Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41,U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg
since 1941.
IVAN DOSEFF, B.S., Inst11~ctorin Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19 I 8- I 9; Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21;Luther College, 1922-23; hfimeapolis Art Institute, 1928-30;
University ef Minnesota, 1926-53.A t Augsburg since 1955.
JOAN FAGERLIE,A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1953; A.M.,
h e s o t a . At Augsburg since 19 5 5 .
1955. Additional study:
JACKFISHER,S.M.M., Instructor in Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
r948. A t Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., Universify.of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering work, I 949-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
CLARICEA. FYLLING,B.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940;B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.Teaching: High Schml, 1941-43.
Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
DARYLGIBSON, Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instrummts
B.S., University of -Vlinnmta, 1934; A.M., 1941; PILD., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchem, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 19.13; University of Monuna, rg47-48;Gustavus
Adolphus College, 1948-52. Ae Augsburg since 1954.
WILLIAM H. HALVERSON,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, I 95 I ; Th.B., Augxburg Theological Seminary,
1955. Teaching: High School, I 95 I -52. Pastor at Northfield, Minnesota.
A t Augsburg since 1955.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Mimesota,
1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53.At Augsburg since 1953.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, .see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
LOIS M. HCTC~~~NCS,
Ph.D., Assistant ILrofessorof Biology
A.B., Mount EIolyoke College, 1927; A.M., Columbia University, 1935;
l'h.D., Cornell University, 1944. Additional study: Vermont, Newark
College of Engineering, Washington, Minnesota. Teaching: New York
University, I 946-48; Drew University, I 948-49; Kansas Wesleyan University, 1949-52;Blackburn College, 1952-14.At Augsburg since 1954.
K n w KHIN JENSEN, A.M., instructor in History
A.B., University of Rangoon, Rangoon, Burma, 1947; A.M., Bucknell
University, I 9 I. Additional study: University of Wisconsin. A t Aug~burg
since 1955.
MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of: Minnesota, 1947.
Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194146. At Augsburg since 1947.
VERNE- KAUPANG,A.M., lnstrlcctor in Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1925; A.M., r 928. Teaching: Braham,
and Minneapolis H,igh Schools. At Augsburg since 19 5 5.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Insfrucfor in Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42;O&cer, U. S. Navy, 1942-46.At Augsburg since 1955.
MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner. College, Staten
Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since I 947.
1 BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
.
.
rr
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5 ; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
I Ph.D.,
I
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Langwrges
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I ; Universi,ty of M i ~ e s o t a ,1938-425 Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Wee of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since
1947CARLW. LANDAWL,M.Mus., Instructor in Mmic
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; KVZMuc;,. 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwatern Schools, h h n e apolis, 195-. A t Augsburg since 1952.
ROBERTE. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of M b sota, I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Waldorf College,
1946-48. At Augsburg since 1953.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950.
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 195I . Additional study: Minnesota. A t
Augsburg since r 9 5 5.
ANNE MADSEN,A.M., Instructor in Englisb
A.B., University of California, Berkeley, California, 1944; A.M., University of Utah, 1949. Teaching: High Schools, 1945-46 and 19f1-54;
University of U,tah, 1946-49; St. Olaf College, 1954-51. At Augsburg
since 1951.
JOHN MILTON, A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. At Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50, A t Augsbufg since
1922.
E ~ C.R NELSON,M-Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach
of Fmtball and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.A t Augsburg since
H ~ L F I Y.
N NE~SOX,
Ph.I)., Asroci~tfProfessor of H m E m i e s
B.S, University o f h e s o t a , r938; M.S., r 9 e ; Ph.D., 1952. Teaching:
H i ~ hSchool, 1938-42; W ~ r m
Michigan Cokege, ICalamazw, 1942-44;
Uni~ersiryof California, 1944-46; Iowa Starc Teachem College, Su 1948,
1949. A t Augsburg since 1951.
IVERB. OLSON,A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ZETA Oswam, B.Sc., Insfmctor in Humma Anatomy
B.Sc., University of Albertu, 1949. Additionat srudy: M i n n m ~Taching:
Rap] Alexandra Hospital, Ednwnron, Albenn, School of Nursing, 1949$ 2 ; School of Nursing, St. -Michael's I-lospiral, Lethbridge, -Alberta, 195254. At Augsburg since 1915.
KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1952. Additional study: Mshnesota. At Augsburg since 1955.
ANNE PEDERSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46;
San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg
1932-44,and since 1946.
LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 19f3.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
M
~
QUA~WCH,
R
~
PhD., Professor
of
Ed?~cution
University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D.,
A&.,Aug~burgCollege, TgZ9;
rgvz. High Schonl administration, Manmtitle, Minn., 1929-36. Teaching:
valdorf College, 1936-38. Reghcrar, Awgsburg College, 1939-46;Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
DONALDREIMER,A.B., lnsfructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953. U. S. Army, 1953-55-Additional study:
Minnesota. At Augsburg since 195 5 .
RODERICKROBERTSON,
A.M., Instructor in Speech
A.B., h e l l University, 1950; A.M., Cornell University, 1954. Additional study: Oxford University, England. Teaching: Come11 University,
1953-54; Oxford English Center, summer session, 1955. A t Augsburg
since 1955.
LELANDB. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Mwic
A.B., Augsburg College, 193 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Comfition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), I 94I -43.
Teaching: High Schml, 1935-39.Miusic Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Dirqtor, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46.At Augsburg 1941-43,and since 1946.
A. MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Mwic
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: N o d Dakota, Minnesota.
Teamchiig: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D.,
1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48. U. S. Armed
Forces, 194.2-45; Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52. At Augsburg since
1912RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936.
A t Augsburg since 1944.
GEORGESOBERC,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Semkary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
A.M., Th.B., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Pastor, Mora,
Minnesota, 1944-47.At Augsburg since 1947.
WENDELLSWANSON,
A.B., Instructor in Reed lnstruments
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1939. Teaching: Minneapolis College of
Music, 1944-.At Augsburg since 1955.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929;M.Mus., 1936.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel ColColorado State
lege, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44;
College of Education, 1946-47.YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1947.
OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolph- College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota.
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Ad,olphus College, 1947-49, 1950-1 I . Probation
Ofice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953.
A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 193 6-3 8.
A t Augsburg since 1940.
A.M., Associate Professor, of English
GERALDH. THOKSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia. U.
Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946.
s.
VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: Amer,ican Con$ervatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with
Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46;
Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL
S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, I 945 -47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, a'nd since
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and EducaMARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
tion
A.B., University of Nebraska, 193 y ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
study: H a n a r d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teachi,ng: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1953-55. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46.
A t Augsburg since 1950.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. A t Augsburg since 1943.
SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Prof essm of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., University of htinnesota, 1947; M.B.A., H a n a r d University, 1949;
Ph.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
University of Minnesota, 1952-53. A,t Augsburg since 1953.
ANDERSKVAMME,A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mdthematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Au:gsburg
since 1955.
GRADUATES
COLLEGE, 1954
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aasen, E, Hildegarde . . . . . . . . . .Winger
Allar, Donald J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Donald Walter ....... Wayzata
Anderson, Arthur Leroy . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Janice A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Theodore Wayne .- .St. Paul
.
Becker, Louis Oliver . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Berntsen, Ruth Ann ........ .Minneapolis
Blake, Shirlee Arlene . . . ..Ottawa, Ill.
Botko, Witlard John . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Erwin L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Roger E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Chilstrom, Herbert W. . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Dill, Donald John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Elk River
Dorr, Ardis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Eldal, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Garfield
Erlandson, Wallace Emerson . .Minneapolis
Evenson, Leland Elroy . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Fisher. George William ........ ..Morris
Froiland, David C. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Fullerton, Gerald LeRoy . . , .Minneapolis
Gante, Marshall Henry . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gustafson, Violet E. . . . .McGregor, N. D.
Hafstad, Wallace LeRoy . . . . . . .Hawley
Hamberg, Elaine Lorella .Williston, N. D.
Harkman, Maryls Ann . . . . . . ..Cokato
Harrison, Jean L. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Helland, Florence . . . . . . .Binford,
.
N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald Cletus . . . ..Minneapolis
Hielmeland, Selmer Jerome
Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert Louis . . . . . . . . . . . .Shafer
Holmberg, Richard Daniel . . .Minneapolis
Huglen, Erling S. 8.
. . . . .Newfolden
Hushagen, Orpha L. A.
. . . . . . ..Gonvick
Ingman, Robert C.
Isaacson, Edsel C.
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . - - . ..St. Paul
. . . ..Minneapolis
Jacobson, Luther H.
Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . .Rosemount
Johnson, Marcellus L.
Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Johnson, Richard Jerome
..
Kleven, Lowell H.
.Blanchardville. Wis.
Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Knutson, Maryan Alberta . . .Granite Falls
Kylla, Valborg Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyan
Langseth, Robert Vern . . .Argusville, N. D.
Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Larsson, Kentan Dale . . . . . ..Taylors Falls
Lodahl, Helen M. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Lusk, George W. ............ .St. Paul
Lyngdal, Colette M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Marquardt, William G. . . . . . . . St. Paul
Mathiason, Alan . . . . . . . . . .Warthington
Mattison, Robert T. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Mickelberg, E. D. . . . . . Onalaska, Wis.
Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Myhre, Richard Thomas . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Gordon Arlen ...... .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . . . ..Ellendale
Nelson, Marion Jane . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norum, Donald Allan .......... .Hallock
~ y $ u s , Edward Obert . Cumberland, Wis.
Nystuen, Winifred H.
Erickson, Man., Can.
Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . .
Olson, Julian Richard . .
Oudol, Yvonne Maureen
.Racine, Wis.
. . . Minneapolis
. . .Minneapolis
Parkhurst, Milford Charles. .Mondovi, Wis.
Patterson, Robert James . . . . . . . . . Lucan
Peterson, Lloyd Evans . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Phillips, Merton C. . . . . . . Excelsior
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . Alvarado
Pousi, Ruth Miriam . . .
. . . . Dossel
Pribble, Fred C.
. . , . . . . . . . . ..Austin
Reimer, Donna Erickson . . . . . . Duluth
Reinertson, Arlene Kathryn . . .Moorhead
Robertorye, Paulette . .Whitefish, Mont.
Rolf, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Ronningen, Morlene Ann . . .Carpio, N. D.
Rust, Gary Roger . . . . . .Harwood, N. D.
Saari, Corwyn Jane . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sandness, Albert J. Jr.
LaMoure, N. D.
Sandquist, Shirley Kathryn . . .Cambridge
Seaver, John Edson . . . . . . Minneapolis
Sevold, Raymond Hove . . . . . Minneapolis
Shiell, James Lester . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Siege!, David Howard . . . . Minneapolis
Skogen, Clyde Lester . . . . . . . . . .Isle
Skovholt, Ardelle Elaine
Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . Williston, N. D.
Sonsteng, Ruth . . . . . . . . .Salol
Sorenson, James Arthur . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Strande, Nels A. D.
,
. Braoten
Thoreson, Allan Robert . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Thorson, Arthur William . . New Brighton
Tjornhom, Barbaro Lou . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
. . Minneapolis
Trelstad, Jerome Conley
Twiton, Robert E. . . . . .Sun Prairie, Wis.
Undseth, Morvin Sylvester . . .Minneapolis
Vick, Oliver Karl
. . . . . Spring Grove
Walker, Marilyn Kvam . . . . . .Minneapolis
Warner, Ruth Elaine . . . . . . .Duluth
Westphal, Joanne Carolyn . . Madelia
COLLEGE, 1955
With t h e degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aho, Arnold Duane
...
.Minneapolis
Amundson, Robert Edward . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Andersen, Sam C. . . .
Anderson, Curtis M. . . . . . . ..Bruno
Anderson, Donna Louise
.Argyle, Wis.
Anderson, James W. . . . Minneapolis
Benson, John E.
Berge, Mavis S. . . .
Bodin, Wesley James
Bosmoe, Valborg Jean
Bouchard, Janet A.
Bremseth, Janice M.
Briggs, Walter C. . .
Milwaukee, Wis.
Lansebora
Minneapolis
Pierpont, S. D.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Coviness, David C..
Dahlin, Maxine M.
Danger, Mary Jean
Drake, Spencer Ralph
Dronen, Richard Arlen
Egertson, Darrell J.
Eide, Delores Mae
Minneapolis
.
.Cokato
Krueger, Wallace T.
Kvamme, Anders . .
.
. .Minneapolis
Voss, Norway
Larson, Audrey Virginia .
. Robbinsdale
Lelvis, Patricia Marie .
Chatham, Mich.
Lunow, Arthur Alan . . . . . .St. Louis Park
. . . . Dalton
Maeland, Arnulf Julius
Magnuson, Albert Carl
Mahre, Richard A.
.
Martinsen, Ralph W.
Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . .
Mulliken, John Kitredge
.
Minneapolis
Nelson, Lennart Dean
Nelson, Philip A. ...
Omdahl,
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . Dawson
. . St. Paul
. . . .Madelia
Beverly F.
. . . . . . . Fosston
.Stanchfield
.
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
..
,
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Pauluk, George . . . .
Peterson, Clinton Jerome
. . Minneapolis
Jackson
Quanbeck, Paul Martin . . . . Minneapolis
Roesler, William Arnold
. . . . . .St. Paul
Holling, Beverly J.
Minneapolis
Sather, Dayne W.
Northwood, N. D.
Halvorson, Arvin H.
Galesburg, N. D.
Skoar, David Wayne . . . . . . .Rockfard, Ill.
Halvorson, Helen A.
Galesburg, N. D.
Hanson, James Edward
Minneapolis
Skjerseth, Donald
.
Brocket, N. D.
Honson, Lee David
Long Prairie
Sneitzer, Robert F.
. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Wallace Leonard
Waseca
Kandiyohi
Soderberg, LaYonne Anita .
Helland, Rachel E.
Thief River Falls
Steinbrecher, Woyne G.
. Minneapolis
Heng, Rolf 0.
Minneapolis
Stensrud, Richord H.
. . Minneapolis
Henjum, Raymond Harris
Hoffman
Strandlie, Wenona : ,
. . . . . Benson
Herman, Robert Marvin
Minneopolis
Holcombe, Thomas Earl
M~nneapolis Thompson, Agnes Elaine
.Minneapolis
Thoreson, Wayne Laverne
Peterson
Jenson, John Richard
Minneopolis
Twedt, Agnes S. . . . . . . . McHenry, N. D.
Jorgensen, Beverly Mae
Delano
Tweet, Agnes Marie .
Tunbridge, N. D.
Kohls, Allan J.'
Minneapolis
Wes?, Kenneth W.
,
Maple Park, Ill.
SEMINARY, 1954
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Berkland, Theodore A.
. . Minneapolis
Christopherson, James E.
Valley City, N. D.
Erickson, Stanley R. . . . . . Minneapolis
.
Kollevig, Lloyd C.
Storley, Calvin
. '.
Vaagenes, Morris G. .
. . .Willmar
Roslyn, S. D.
Minneapolis
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Gudim, Milo D. .
Halverson, Philip J.
. . . . . Mc Ville, N. D.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Soli,
John
. .... .
Minneapolis
SEMINARY, 1955
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Anenson, LeRoy H.
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris
..
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
Rokke, David
Thorpe, Gordon
Minneapolis
Aniwa, Wis.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Dahle, Norman A.
Oman, Lyman . .
Swonson, Edward E.
.
.
,
.
. . Aitkin
Amery, Wis.
.Minneapolis
Underbakke, Leland
Vaagenes, Carl .
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1954-1 955
College
First Semester
Class
Eqen
Women
Second Semester
Total
Men
Women
Senior . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . .
Sophomore . . .
Freshman . . . . .
Special
......
Pr. Nurse (S. H.) .
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1954-1 955
Class
Men
..
Senior .
Junior . . .
Sophomore
.
Freshman . ,
Special . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
-
Total
44 1
Women
Total
-
-
364
805
Theological Seminary, 1 954-1 955
Semester I
Men
Third Year
Second Year
First Year
Special
.
Total
Semester II
Men
Total
Men
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1954-1955
COLLEGE
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
...
, ,
, ,
,
SEMINARY
Men Students . .
Women Students ,
Total . . . . . .
, , , , . ,
, , ,
, ,
. ,
.
,
. ,
.
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, , , , , , , , ,
..
...............
..
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
....
,
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956
College
Second Semesbr
First Semester
Men
Class
Women
Total
Men
Senior . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . .
Freshman . . .
Speciol . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1955-1956
Men
. . . .
Senior
Junior
.......
Sophomore . .
...
Freshman
Special . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
495
Women
386
Total
Women
Total
Theological Seminary, 1 955-1956
Semester I
Msn
Men
Third Year
......... 6
Second Year . . . . . . . . .
10
11
First Year . . . . . . . . . .
Special
............1
Total
..............
Total
Semester II
Men
6
6
10
11
10
11
1
-
-
27
28
28
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
.
.
.
.
.
......
.................................
SEMINARY
Men Students .
Women Students
.......................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
Total
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
Graduates-1870-1953
..
Graduotes-1954
..
Graduates-1955
Total
.
.
. . . . . . . 629
.
................
, , , , , , ,
...
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
10
648
COLLEGE
Total
Total Graduates
21 12
2760
INDEX
Page
Academic. Administration . . . . . . 33
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . 16
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission. College . . . . . . . . .
33
Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 94
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
.
Administrotive Staff
. . . . . . . . . . . .105
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . 34
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alumni Association. The . . . . . . . . . 10
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 71
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . 21
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . 12
Augsburg Foundation. The . . . . . . . 10
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 32
.
Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30. 70
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 86
Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . 14
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1M
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration. Curriculum
. 46
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 80
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . .
21
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..30 70
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70
Christian Education and Sociology . . 103
Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . .
100
Classical Languages. Department of . . 59
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Clubs
29
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . .106
38
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents, Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
9
Control, Financial Support and . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Courses of Study, College . . . . . . . 53
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 53
. 42
Curriculums . . . . . . . . .
.
Debate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.
Deficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . .
..
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . .
64
34
39
50
Page
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..11. 26
Discipline
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . 41
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . 54
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29. 64
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Educational Plant
. . . . . . . 10
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Elimination of Students
. . . . . . . 36
. . . . . . . 20. 26
Employment Service
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 50
E.nglish. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 60
English Proficienq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Entrance Requirements. College
. . 33
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .37. 38
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . ..14. 16. 95
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . .
-107
Fees
...................
15
17
Financial Assistance . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Support and Control
9
Food Service . . . . . . . . . .
2 6
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
Foundation. Augsburg
. . . . . . 10
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
.
.
.
7
Fundamental Aims .
General Information . . . . .
.
5
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
German. Department of . . . . . . . 65
Grade Values
..............
38
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Graduates-(1 870-1955)' Summary of 120
Graduation Requirements. College . . 39
Grants-inuid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
. . . 91
Health and Physical Education
Health Service . . . . . .
. . . . . . 25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 98
Hebrew
High School Teaching. Curriculum
. . 44
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Home Economics. Department of . . . . 83
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . 45
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .102
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . 38. 40
Honors . . . . . .
. . . . . . .32.41
. . . . . .
-13
Hospital Affiliation
Housing
. . . . . . . .
26
P&s
.........
59
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercollegiate Activities. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
Humanities. Division of the
Journalism
.......................
31
63
Lower Division Requirements ........ 39
Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . 12
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
Law. Pre-Low Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Library
12
Library Science ................... 79
Loan Funds ...................... 17
Location . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . ..5, 123
Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . 90
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . .13. 48
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . 51
Membership in Educational Associations 9
Ministry. Preparation for the . . . . .42. 95
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
Missionary Work. preparation for . . . 43
Museum. The ..................... 1 1
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Music. Organizations .......... .30. 70
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Testament (Seminary)
Norwegion. Courses in ..........
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . .
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of
......
....
Old Testament (Seminary) .......
Oratory
..................... .30. 64
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
Organizations. Student ............ 29
Orientation ................... .25, 77
Parish Work. Preparotion for ....... 43
Pastoral Theology ................. 101
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Personnel Services. Student
23
Philosophy. Department of .......... 57
Physical Education. Department of
Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Physical Sciences. Department of ..... 87
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Piano ...........................
70
Placement Service for Graduates
26
Plant
10
Political Science
74
Polity, Worship. and Parish Work ..-102
Practical Theology ................ 101
.........
.....
...........................
...................
p
w
95
18
rre-seminary Curriculum ........ 4 2
Prizes. Scholarships and ............
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose .........................
*
76
28
5'
.............
Recreational Activities
22
Records . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Registration, Change of
35
Religion and Philosophy, Division of . . 55
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . .,
41
Eomance Languages, Department of .. 67
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
............
..
Scandinavian Language and Literature 66
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Secretarial Work Curriculum ........ 52
Seminary. Admission .............. 94
Seminary. Faculty .................107
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 97
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .14. 95
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 97
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . 22
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . .
Social Sciences. Division of the .....
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . .
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Programs of Study . . . . . , . .
Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Activities, Coordination of . .
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Government
27
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 23
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
...............
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . .44. 77
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 37
Theology. College Preparation' for 42. 95
Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 97
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
94
Transfer and Advanced Standing 34. 95
Trustees. Board of ................ 104
Tuition and Fees
14. 15
....
..............
University Courses ................
Upper Division Requirements ........ 40
.............
Veterans. Admission of
34
Voice ........................... 71
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between
Seventh and Eighth Streets South with administrative offices located in
Science Hall on Seventh Street at Twenty-first Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines:
1. The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first Avenue
South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and
Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
Main Switchboard-Science
Hall
*
,
*
*
Hours: Monday through Friday-7:55
Saturday-8:30
Dormitories
Memorial Hall:
-
, ,
.
,
,
,
a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
.
.
.
Alpha House ...............................................................................
Beta House
EE 8.0501
F
............
3.9143
3.9052
Gamma House ................................................................................ I
? 3.91 12
Delta House .................................................................................... FE 2,9949
Miriam House
-FE 2.9229
Morton Hall ....................................................................................E
2.9590
Residence for Women .......................................................................... E
2-9161
Library ......................................................................................................
E
8.0505
Health Office .........................................................................................
E
6.2468
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure
and requirements for admission.
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information
for admission to the Theological Seminary.
and requests
SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY
EVALUATION OF CREDITS--Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions pertaining specifically
to housing and dormitory life.
DEAN OF STUDENTS
For information that does not appear to be covered above
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
-
CALENDAR
1956
1957
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
OCTOBER
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 21 . . . . . .
JANUARY
S M T W T F S
.... 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26
27 28 29 30 31 . . . .
NOVEMBER
.... ,... 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 . .
DECEMBER
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22
23 24 25-26 27 28 29
30 31 . .', . . . . . . . .
MARCH
............
FEBRUARY
JUNE
.........- 1 2
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 27 28
8
15
22
..
5 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16
1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23
26 27 28 29 30
APRIL
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 . . . . . . . .
4
11
18
25
..
1957
NOVEMBER
JANUARY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 3 0 3 1 . .
FEBRUARY
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 1 0 1 1 12131415
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 ..
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 27 28
1
8
15
22
29
............
JULY
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 31
AUGUST
. . . . . . . . -1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
..
......
1
8
15
22
29
MAY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 ..
JUNE
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
91011 12131415
16 17 18. 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 . . . . . . . . . . . .
JULY
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 31 . . . . . .
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
........ 1 2 3
7 8
14 15
21 22
28 29
4
11
18
25
......
MARCH
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
1
8
15
22
29
DECEMBER
2 3 4 5 6
9 10 11 12 13
16 17 18 19 20
23 24 25 26 27
30 31 . . . . . .
7
14
21
28
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 2 7 2 8
............
1958
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 . . . . . . . . . .
OCTOBER
.... 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 6 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13141516171819
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 . . . .
..........
9
16
23
..
.......... 1 2
3
10
17
24
MAY
S M T W T F S
...... 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5
26 27 28 29 30 31 . .
............
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 2 7 2 8
............
APRIL
..
9
16
23
30
10
17
24
..
11 12 13
18 19 20
25 26 27
......
......
AUGUST
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
9
16
23
30
10
17
24
31
A
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1956
-
1957
and
1957
-
1958
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1958
- 1959
and
1959
VOL. XX, NO. 1
-
1960
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bimonthly and one... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1956
-
1957
and
1957
-
1958
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1958
- 1959
and
1959
VOL. XX, NO. 1
-
1960
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bimonthly and one additional
issue in April
by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March
21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
LMLLNUAK
1957
1958
SEPTEMBER
S
M
T
W T
F
MAY
JANUARY
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
1 2 3
8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617
29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
99 30
95 26 27 28 29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30 31 -
OCTOBER
FEBRUARY
1 2 3 4 5
1
6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415
2021 2223242526 161718192021 92
93 24 25 26 27 28
27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15161718192021
22232425262728
29 30
MARCH
NOVEMBER
1
1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415
1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29
JULY
1 2 3 4 5
6789101112
13141516171819
20912223242526
27 28 29 30 31
DECEMBER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4
15161718192021
29 23 24 95 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL
AUOUST
1 9
1 9 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
13141516171819 I011 1P13141516
20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23
27 28 29 30
g 2526Q7282930
M
T
W T
F
MAY
JANUARY
SEPTEMBER
S
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
14151617181920 11 121314151617
91222324252627 18192021222324
35 26 27 28 29 30 31
28 29 30
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 12131415 16
17181920212223
$: 25 26 27 28 29 30
FEBRUARY
JUNE
OCTOBER
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213
12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
98 29 30
96 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
MARCH
JULY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
1
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll
9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18
161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425
96 27 28 29 30 31
24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31
::
DECEMBER
APRIL
AUGUST
I 2 3 4 5 6
1 9 3 4
1
7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 ,
1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5
21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22
9 8 29 30 31
2627282930
g i g 9596372%29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
4
Academic Calendar
-
General Information
5
----
Financial Information
14
Student Community Life The College -
-
Academic Administration
-
21
34
--34
-
42
Curriculums
-
Courses of Study
53
Division of Religion and Philosophy
55
Division of the Humanities ....-.
59
--
Division of the Social Sciences
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics
General Requirements
96
-.--.
Courses of Study
.
96
1
0
0
-----
Board of Trustees
Administration
86
...........-...-----
--
The Theological Seminary
107
-
,.--lo8
-109
Committees of the Faculty
The Faculty
--
Graduates
Student Enrollment
Index
72
1
D
-m
-
1
0
-
-120
1
2
3
.--.I26
,
CALENDAR
1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60
FIRST SEh4ESTER
Sept. 11-16
Freshman Days
Sept. 10-15
Sept. 11, 16
Registration
Sept. 14, 15
Sept. 17
College classes begin
Sept. 16
Sept. 17
Seminary convenes
Sept. 16
s p t . 17
Late registration fee
Sept. 16
Oct. 24-26
Homecoming
Oct. 23-21
Nov.
End of first half of semester
Nov.
Nov. 27, 28
Thanksgiving recess
Nov. 26, 27
Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m.
Christmas ,recess begins
Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m.
Jan. j, 8:00 a.m.
Classes resume
Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 19-23
College examinations
Jan. 20-26
Jan. 20-23
Seminamry examinations
Jan. 21-26
Jan. 23
First Semester ends
Jan. 26
Jan. 16-29
Registration for Second
Semester
Jan. 18-Feb.
12
I2
I
SECOND SEMESTER
Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m.
Feb.
2
Late registration fee
Feb. 3
Feb.
12
Lincoln's Birthday
Washington's Birthday
April 3
End of first half af semester
Feb.
22
April
I
Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins
April 13, 4:zo p.m.
March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends
April 19, 8:00 a.m.
May
Seminary Commencement
May 27
May 25-29
Collage Examinations
May 27-June 3
May 30
Memorid Day
May 30
May 31
Bac,cala.ureate Service
June 5
June
College Commencement
June 6
22
I
GENERAL INFORMATION
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by
the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people
an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level,
students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further
study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and
theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields.
Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of
Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main
I~usir~ess
section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first
A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their
~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion
:
i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial.
social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums.
a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures.
Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of
relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both
from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent
vi~iit~rb.
College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency
for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The
teacher education program in home economics has been approved for
the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments
in this field.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SE~ARY
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin.
It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known
as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy
building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to
work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling,
where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a
building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was
incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution
was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being
organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were
spreading rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study
a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was
planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four
years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare
students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly
for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first
class was. graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course
was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth,
the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous
study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present
time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of
physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing
revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet
changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship
was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so
that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic
preparation.
While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as
integral parts of one institution.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a
century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from
1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907.
Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George
Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson
served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen,
the present president, has served since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion
there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and
God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human
life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the
Seminary, are integrated with this principle.
Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college
work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in
the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the
school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to
make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim
"to see all things through the eyes of Christ."
To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of
Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been
formulated by the college faculty:
T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end
that he may become both an effective participant in the work of
the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way
of life.
AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other
civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords
but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding
of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common
purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of
our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and
participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that
he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects
of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward
the development of good character.
T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of
humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight,
so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of
truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with
the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation
and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships
in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with
propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by
the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as
possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full
preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home
economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards
the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and
social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing
for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music,
physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency
in the various relationships of life.
To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop
such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with
good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social
and personal satisfaction.
To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which
will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him
better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL
From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with
two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the
newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences
concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed
the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church
has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a
century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The
Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the
Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation
through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property,
finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President
and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has
materially increased with the growth and development of the College,
the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle
oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and
others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business
and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota
Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the
part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution.
It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association
of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference,
the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota
Private Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The
annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The
affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of
Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give
united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the
school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the
Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities
have been closely coordinated with the development program of the
college.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms
and offices, the Chapel, and the museum.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern
building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped
laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the
student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium,
and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the
Tower Prayer Chapel.
The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth
president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall
and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious
reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the
Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices.
There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located
in one section of the Librarv building.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the
ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing
of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45
women students.
The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and
24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely
modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the
resident 'head and her assistants.
Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each
accommodating about 20 students.
The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the
College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing
educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha?
been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and
married student housing.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design
located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members
of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There
are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection,
and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions
to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
THE ARCHIVES
Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical
value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the
archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library
in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided.
Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare
books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes
of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for
scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof.
Iver Olson, Archivist.
The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides
a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains
about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open
stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading
tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close
.to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and
seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is
provided in the ground floor reading room.
The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing
with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted
to the interests of special fields.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and
Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to
out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference
Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections
ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is
within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students
make extensive use of all these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science
Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on
the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located
on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual
and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground
floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use
and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors,
slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape
recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records,
slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center.
Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with
facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are
made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean.
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess
and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first
semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission
to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is
completed at the hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of
Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are
made in the spring of the Sophomore year.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is
derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter
coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the
student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys
the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work
of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full
cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary
is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00
Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other
.
9.00
student projects)
Health fee
6.00
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) .....
Key deposit (refundable)
1.00
Locker (optional)
1.00
Mail box fee
..
.
.50
.
Total
.$272.50
Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit
hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each
additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up
to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay
the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is
taken for credit.
Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work
per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees.
ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1
Room
Board (estimate)
1
Subject to change.
..-$68.00 to 85.00
- 180.00
A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost.
Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of
$150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students
$125.00.
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ......................
Change of registration after the beginning of the second week
of classes .
....
Registration with the Placement Bureau
Placement fee, depending upon the method
of placement ....
$3.00 to
Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary..
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
.......
scheduled -....
..........
.......
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............
Comprehensive examination -. . .
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ....................
MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER
Piano
$35.00
Voice
35.00
.40.00
Organ
40.00
Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson
.
..
3.00
..........
14.00
Brass or Wood wind (class instruction)
. 8.00
Piano studio rental (one hour per day)
20.00
Qrgan rental (one hour per day)
4.00
Voice studio rental (one hour per day)
Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00
Concert Band
5.00
COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1
4.00
Art 1. 2
2.00
Art7, 8 .3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 75
.
5.00
Home Economics 39, 40
Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00
2.50
Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........
.
.
5.00
Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
.
1 Subiect ta change
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
1
Chemistry, 3N, 4
Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92
Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 .
.
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52
Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54
Education 97
A
5.00
7.50
5.00
.. 2.50
1.50
15.00
..
.
,
Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but
not breakage.
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Resident students
General expenses .......................................................................$272.50
Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00
Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50
Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00
Off-campus students
-General expenses .
Special, music, course fees, and books --A
Total, approximately -
$ 2 7 2 . 5 0
27.50 to 75.50
300.00 to 348.00
These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the
school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial
problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment
plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration
in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the
case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To
defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment
on the student's account after registration.
The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or
diploma until all college bills have been paid.
1
Subiea to change.
REFUNDS
Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the
middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per
week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees,
which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of
the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the
time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester
room rent.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid,
and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify
for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing
work both on and off the campus.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students in the Seminary.
The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the
Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans
to students preparing for the ministry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the
Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans.
In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on
financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work
out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition
for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided
between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be
awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of
scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in
memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department
and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually
to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950
until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her
parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor
and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of
singing.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching.
The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory
of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar-
ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each
fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected
by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious
leadership and scholastic standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is
awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an
assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of
the prize is $50.00.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is
awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award,
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a
fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg
student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free
Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to
encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects
of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the
Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making
preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to
$250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or
rrledical study.
20
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE^
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
GRANTS-IN-AID
A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in
special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student
must make application, providing information about his own and his
family's resources and anticipated expenses.
EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been
successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales
work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these
positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each
spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may
be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus
are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and
library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to
be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but
very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon
the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and
spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the
prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg
that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in
which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in
each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed
that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis
and attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian
College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at
Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the
product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily
Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this
'
council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College
Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility
are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings.
This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer
Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations
are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society.
The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the
year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the
study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran
Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA
Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the
Theological Seminary.
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is
covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of
Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may
attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and
a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social
affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at
Augsburg.
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the
formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard
to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation
and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to
the use of leisure time in general.
STUDENT
COMMUNITY
LIFE
'C
MUSICAND THE FINEARTS
Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural
advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker
Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services.
The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of
historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs
and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra
concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement.
Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
the University Theater drama programs.
A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued
from the Student Personnel Office.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing,
Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service,
Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services
is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned
a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college
program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad
intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the
professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide
counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and
financial needs are given consideration.
As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about
the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling
is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee.
These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of
group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When
a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study.
The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors
confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year
and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a
serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more
time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally
qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students
are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively.
- -
Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their
counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who
are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by
students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of
vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a
unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test
are available for all students.
Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able
to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality
through counseling sessions.
Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College
Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as
with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may
receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified
persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences.
The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health.
Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their
latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are
named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate
in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the
highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor
and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several
areas.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days.
College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used
by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal
adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the
students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the
best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally
standardized test.
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests,
inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow
students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences
during which they plan the student's program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the
students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of
college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are
explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and
vocational aims are discussed.
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the
supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data,
academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies,
including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster.
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office
l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric
referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health
Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's
residence hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a
program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to
take a course in personal and community health.
-
-
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others.
All students not living at home must live in college operated or college
approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room.
Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after
consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single
students are not permitted to live in apartments.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules
become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students
who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the
privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service
is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available
to men students.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth
Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men
and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health
service.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for
the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This
deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it
should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are
assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present
students must make room application and submit the deposit by May
15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on
the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to
cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit
if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is
received by September 1.
City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be
assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room
deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room
become available.
PLACEMENT
GRADUATE
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental,
welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local
as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both
on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement
fee are charged.
EMPLOYMENT
STUDENT
An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work.
OF STUDENT
ACTIVITIES
COORDINATION
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
sponsors are approved by the Coordinator.
The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the
Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council.
Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the
function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities
calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities.
A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by
the office of Student Personnel.
COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ.
Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may
go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give
character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg
has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it
regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be
guided by these general standards of conduct.
Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and
conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration
of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of
honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the
student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also
recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home.
Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those
not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on
Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases,
careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose
continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in
any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored
event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject
to severe disciplinary action.
Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those
stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued
for a given year.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body
of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and
provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity.
The administration of student government is delegated to the Student
Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the
various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the
Council.
Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association.
The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college
community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign,
Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action
Week.
Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through
a College Brother-College Sister program.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal
conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is
affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national
organization.
The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science
Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent
place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities.
PUBLICATIONS
The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student
stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members
enrolled in the class earn academic credit.
Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity
for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography.
The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian
constitute the Board of Publication.
A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the
assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook
a r ~ dDirectory.
CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation,
students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of
these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are
devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are
formed as the occasion demands.
r
AUGSBLJRG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
STUDENT
CLUBS
The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority
open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is
based upon scholarship, character and professional potential.
The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest
in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop
their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse
some of that spirit of interest throughout the college.
The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in
the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of
art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among
the student body.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is
the major objective.
The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly
to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people
of the various countries.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an
opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from
field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students.
The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to
its members associate membership in professional education associations
and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching
as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is
the only requirement for membership.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all
aspects of home and community life.
The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public
affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local,
state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression
in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts
in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism.
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECHOIR
The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In
addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various
parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada.
The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four
times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents
public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and
Imstrumental Ensembles.
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECANTORIANS
This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts
and makes short tours annually.
THE MALECHORUS
The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and
makes short tours in the vicinity.
FORENSICS
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in
Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate
in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
THE 'A" CLUB
Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a
major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible
plane."
WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION
Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a
wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student
participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity
for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners
of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college.
recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human
life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that
competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests,
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and
out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of
special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-,
creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from
being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing
with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must
either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his
other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire
and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy
"school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective
intramural and general recreational program.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the
most valuable player on the -basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a
prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the
annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the
possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science
Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student
of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least
two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is
open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average
and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in
scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities.
-
-
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point
ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg
College.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission
form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This
form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record,
if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an
admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions.
The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially
refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the
applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall
semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring
semester by January 15.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to
succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the
high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the
high school record or previous college record.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of
grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern
of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years
of high school include four units of English, or three units of English
and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one
uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined
as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120
hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence
of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on
literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The
General Educational Development tests are available to service men
through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken
at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students
whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate
they may have difficulty in doing college work.
TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If
their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg
only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted
to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of
comprehensive examinations.
ADMISSION OF VETERANS
Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits.
The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional
office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must
be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are
eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application
for entitlement when they enroll at the college.
In order to receive credit for experience in the military services,
the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to
the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some
college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service
schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on
the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after
classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than
two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration
is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required
nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours
per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for
which there is not sufficient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined
as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may
be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B,
or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined
by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the
Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A
course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F.
No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course
may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00
is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of
a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in
order to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will not
be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor
point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and
counted towards graduation.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college
credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of
honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are
classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each
school year.
PROBATION AND ELIMINATION
The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each
semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below,
Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as
well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester
are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain
on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is
not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low
scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer
with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this
rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must
be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports
are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record
is made of the total absences of each student for the semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants,
with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean
to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to
the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course
of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the
Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final
reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and
students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each
semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will
result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse
may arrange to take such an examination during some period after
the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is
charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will
give no examination before he has this statement.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a
year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions
are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing
grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high.
The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be
higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making
u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee.
When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be
secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for
each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office.
GRADE VALUES
3 honor points per credit
A-Superior,
&Very
good, 2 honor points per credit
C-Satisfactory,
D-Passable,
F-Failure,
1 honor .point per credit
no honor points per credit
minus 1 honor point per credit
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A
student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the
requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the
department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the
student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time
in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the
Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division Requirements
1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional
fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower
division courses:
Religion
Each semester, 2 credits
English
6 credits
Course 1-2. Students exempted from
Freshman English must earn 6 credits
above Freshman English.
3 credits
Course 11.
Fine Arts
2 credits
H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29,
or any literature course satisfies this requirement.
Foreign Langzmge
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and
students with majors in Home Economics
are exempted from this requirement.
Social Sciences
Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2.
6 credits
Natural Sciences
8 credits
Health and Physical Education
3 credits
Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors
in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec.
63 for P. E. 2.
Orientation is required of all Freshmen.
Major and Minors
A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors
for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's
aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in
the quality of work he does in the Lower Division.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major
line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to
their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior
year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor
and with heads of the various departments to determine their field
of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are
offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech,
Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration,
Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology,
Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements.
Electives
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a
student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and
Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or
above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum
of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each
c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one
semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each
credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a
grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A.
English Proficiency
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate
2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
Residence Requirement
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the
concluding year for such a degkea in residence.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Honor point n&
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg,
as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the
vocation of his choice.
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary,
which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary
course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek
the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
Sophomore
Freshman
.
Basic Bible
Orientation
. .
Freshman English .
Foreign Language
..
Healcth .
European Civilization
Physical Education
.
Electives
4
I
6
8
z
6
I
4
Junior
New Testament Greek
Speech
. .
.
History
.
Sociology or Economics or Political
Science or Education
.
Electives
. ..
Natural Science
Psychology
Foreign Langua,ge .
Typewriting .
New Testament Greek
Electives .
8
4
6
I
8
6
Senior
6
6
6
6
8
32
.... .
Religion
Youth Work in the Church
Philosophy
. .... ....
English Li,terature
..
Electives
. . . . . .
z
2
6
6
16
32
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH
AND
MISSIONARY WORKERS
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate
indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English
or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below.
Freshman
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Principles of Sociology
..... . 3
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Orientation
................. I
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
-
Sophomore
Religion . .
. . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . .
Types of Public Speech .
Foreign Language . . . .
General Psychology . .
Health
. . . . . . . . . .
First Aid . . . . . . . . . .
Electives
..........
32
Junior
The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education . 2
The Christian Churches
. . . . z
The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r
Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3
OgY - Actiltg
, ,
, , . .
. 3
Story Telling . .
,
. . . .I
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6
Recreational Activities
. . . I
Electives
. .
.
10
Senior
Parish Work
............ z
Youth Work in the Church
. .
z
Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Church
z
Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts
, ,
........ 2
Electives
. . . . . . . . . . . . 11.
-
HIGH
SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare
for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high
schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors
for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and
business education.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . .
Teaching in High School
.
,
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Major or Minor . . .
Senior
............... 4
Religion
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education. 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I
Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4
Sophomore
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare
students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home
economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the
training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home
.
economics and journalism, and home manomics in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics
education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for
Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home
economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general
home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Orientation
. . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I
P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6
Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4
Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2
-
3 4 or 33
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . , . . . .
4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3
Sophomore
Religion
.................... 4
Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marriage and Family Relations . . 3
Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4
Chemistry 5-6* or
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4
Child Development . . . . . . . . . z
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z
-
Senior
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education . 3
Home Management Problems . . . . . 2
Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2
Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
*Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study
in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles
research.
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In
addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following
suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion
Freshman English
Foreign Language
Principles of Accounting
Introduction to Business
Orientation
Henlrh
Physical Education
Elective
Junior
.
Religion
United States History
. ..
Business Law
Public Finance or Money and
.
. . .
Banking
Taxation or Cost Accounting
Electives
Religion
Psychology
. . ,
Speech
. .
....
Principles of Economics
Introduction t o Statisti,cs
Natural Science . .
Electives .
.
3
3
13
Senior
Religion
. . .
4
Business Finance or Marketing . . 3
Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3
Management Relations . . .
Seminar in Business Administration . 3
Fine Arts
,
. . 3
Electives
. .
. 16
32
32
4
6
3
-
-
LAW
The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan
to study law.
Freshman
Religion
.
. .
Freshman English
Principles of Accounting
. .
Sociology .
European Civilization
. .
Orientation
General Psychology
Pihysical Aotivities
Sophomore
Reli,gion
Christian Ethi,cs
.
Principles of Economics
American Government .
Logic
.
. . ... .
Introduction to Philosophy
History or Literature
..
Natural Science
.
.
SOCIAL WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions
are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate
training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all
such students.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . .
European Civilization
American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Sociology
Social Problems . . . .
...........
Foreign Language . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Statistics
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . .
History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . .
Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives
3
Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Urban Sociology ...............
3
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
6
3
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Introduction to Methods of Social
Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16
32
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years
of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital
or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for
examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended
that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
Sophomore
Freshman
................ 4
Religion
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Orientation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I
Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Zoology
..............
Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
.8
4
3
8
2
3
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6
-
Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical
work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2
-
Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at
the affiliated hospital in their senior year.
DI ACONATE
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service
in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the
Dean of Women and the Registrar.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of
college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those
who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses
in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the
school of nursing which they plan to attend.
Freshman
,
~
,
Religion . . . . . .
4
Freshman English
. . . . . . . . .6
General Zoology
. . . . . . 8
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elements of Nutrition .
- 3
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
-
,
~
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . .4
History or Political Science . . . . . . 6
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives
................7
-
33
34
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg
College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital.
Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to
the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
First Year
Anatomy and
Bacteriology
Chemistry .
Psychobgy .
Second Year
Physiology . . . . . . . . 4
. . . . . . . . ., . 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
. . , . . . . . . . . . .2
I2
Sociology
.
.
-
. . . . . .
2
2
Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program
should be made directly to Swedish Hospital.
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of
aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher
algebra and solid geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o
Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear
. . . . . . . . 4
Physics . . .
Electricity and Magnetism
..
4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6
-
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . .
. 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis
. . .lo
Orientation
.............. I
Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education
. . . . . , .. I
Sophomore
Religion
.......- European Civilization . . .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organic Chemistry . .
...
General Physics
. . . .
4
6
8
8
8
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools,
but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the
medical school to which he plans to apply.
Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need
to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . - 4History or Philosophy , , ,
,
6
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . 4
0r.ganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
35
33
-
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
German . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Quantitative Analytical C,hemisrrg j
General Ph,ysics . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
34
-
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4
Sociolagy . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts . . . . , . . .- . . , . . . . . . . . 3
Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . - . - 4
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1 4
32
SECRETARIAL
WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high
school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . . I
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . 2
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . 6
Orientation . . . . . . - . . . . . - . - . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
-
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Typewriting
Advanced Shorthand .
Psychology . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . .
Offi,ce Machines . . .
Consumer Education .
Electives . . . - , . . . . .
COURSES OF STUDY
COURSES OFFERED
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1958-60 are given on' the
following pages. Unforeseen circun~stances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be
completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a
comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive
credit for one semester without completing the other.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 1 8 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIUTION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
DIVISIONOF THE SOCIAL
SCIENCES
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
MR. STENSVAAG,
Chairman
the individual is apprised of
Through the study of religion and
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to Christ
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or
minor.
I, 2.
BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of ;brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the
emire New Testament.
CHURCHHISTORY.I.
2 Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
z Cr.
4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.II.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival .faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to
the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of
the present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
5. THEMISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.
I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
1959-1960.)
7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.
I
z cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
2 Cr.
8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN
CHURCH.11.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
g. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.I.
z Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
presemation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
lo. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
See Course l o under the Department of M&c.
2
cr.
23. GROUPACTMTY.
See Course 53 under Education.
I
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-~hristian religions of the world.
5 3. THECHRISTIAN
CHURCHES.I.
z Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
doctrinal position, and practices of the vafious branches of the Christian Church.
54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.TI.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
2 Cr.
56. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.11.
A study of ~rinciples,methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose
of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
57.
QROBLEMS
IN CHRISTIANL.IVING. II.
2
Cr.
A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life,
standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life
in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
5 8.
PARISHWORK.I1
s Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
are supplemented by actual field work.
I. Sr.
2 G.
59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
60. THE MESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT.
11. Sr.
2 cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with
the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to create an understanding of the principles of sound
reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 5 , 26, 41,42, 58 are required
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
35. 'LFrmo~ucm
TO ~ I L O S SO.
~ I.
.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected scarce materiaf, supplemented bp cIassroom lecture
and discussion, zhe srudmc is acquiinted with rhe terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected phitowphkal problems are rreated, including the of
ethics, mer*ph~sics, and theory of knowledge.
26. LOGIC.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics considered include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction
to the notation of symbolic logic.
41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
!in historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
U,pper Division Courses
2.
$2
n.
RELIGION.I,
under Department of Religion.
COMPARATIVE
See course 5 I,
2, 2
Cr.
j 5. CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 fie
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.)
n.
56. KIERKFGAARD.
Prereq. 41 or 42.
3 Cr.
A study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and
theology. (Offered 1958-59.)
cr.
5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11.
3
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11.
The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
61. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from
the viewpoint of philowphy and psychology. (Offered 1959-60.)
Jr., Sr. 11.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT.
See course 74 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
I , I Cr.
81, 82. SEMINARIN PHILOSOPHY.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and
students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. (OfEered 1918-59.)
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
MR. THORSON,
Chairman
It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
Department of Ancient and Classical Languages
The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real
insight into our classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard ,prerequisite for adrnission to most theological seminaries.
N e w Testament Greek
Minor, I 6 credits.
I-Z? ELEMENTS
OF NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
8 Cr.
111 adldition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of ,the Greek text of Ithe New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
5 r, 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
3 , 3 Cr.
Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax ai the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.
I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Latin
8 Cr.
I-2.t BEGINNING LATIN.
Fr. I, II.
Grammar, easy prose, composition.
3, 4. GSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE.
SO. I, n.
3, 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Gallic War and
Sr. Augusthe's Confessims. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.)
Hebrew
E3-E4.1
HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.I,
n.
6 Cr.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Sminary.
S f , 86. HEBREW
EXEGESIS.
I, 11.
See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary.
2,2
cr.
Department of English
The Department of English aims to train students in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of
the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may
exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted
from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.
Major: 27 credits pbove Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52,
61, 62, 74, and one of the ,following: 59, 81, 83, or 85.
Minor: zo credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, and 62.
Teaching major: 27 credits a'bove Freshman English, including courses
listed for the non-teaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed
for the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library scien.ce, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan to do gaduate work in English should include courses 76,
78, and 92.
$Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
Loth semesters.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING.
I, 11.
o Cr.
A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and
comprehension in reading. Open to all students.
I-2.f
FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are 'placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
21.
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recommended for non-English majors.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING.Prereq. 2 . I.
r Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
26. CREATIVE
WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
31. F O U N D A ~ OOF
N SLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical
tradition in modern British and American literature.
MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11.
English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to
non-English works.
3 2.
Upper Division Courses
50. CORRECTIVE
WRITING.hereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students
who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
2, 2 Cr.
Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I, 5 2.
5 7. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.1.
See course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
z Cr.
icontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
L
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
rn
DRAMA.
11.
5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2
Cr.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
z Cr.
57. THEBRITISH NOVEL.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered I 9 59-60.)
POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
59. CONTEMPORARY
Analysis of: the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 19y 8-59.)
z Cr.
BRITISH LITER~TURE
OF THE SEVENTEEN^ AND EIGHTEENTHCENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 3 I . I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY.
Prereq. 3 I . 11. 3 Cr.
Gr. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.Prereq. z. I.
z Cr.
71. INTRODUCTION
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
t Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM.Prereq. 2 . 11.
A study of basic :texts, winh emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.)
74. SHAKESPEARE.
F r e q . 3 2 . 11.
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and
the historical background.
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61. H.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Otfered
1959-60.)
78. CHAUCER.Prereq. 3 2 . 11.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Cmterbu~yTales. (Offered 1958-59.)
z Cr.
8 I. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 3 I . 11.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1958-59.)
8 3 . MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 3 I. I.
2 Cr.
The irmpo~tantli,terary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and nota'ble productions. (Offered 1959-60.)
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 5 I, 5 2 . 11.
85. CONTEMPORARY
Major writers since World War I. (Offered 1959-60.)
2
Cr.
2 Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMWAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in
English.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH. I.
See course 93 under Education.
93.
2
Cr.
Journalism
I.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, with emphasis on
reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing.
2.
EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.I1
2 Cr.
The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective
advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1959-60.)
5 . Echo STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augsburg Echo stag and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These
meetings are also open to members of Course I. Hour arranged.
A,
Augsburgian STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the schduled weekly stag meetings.
5, 7 .
Department of Speech
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills whidh contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of h e literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student
teach speech in the secondary schmls and to take graduate work in speech,
radio, theater, or speech pathology.
ta
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech I I , including courses
Also required is Phil. 26. English is recornmenKed as a minor.
Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students courses 66 and 76,
and st least one course f r m each of ~ h following
e
groups: 12,5 1 ; 31, 32; 61, 62.
II
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fcight should contzct the head of rhe department
for individual attention.
i I. BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speaking.
I z. TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I . Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking
activities.
I 5.
STORYTELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered I 9 5 8- J 9.)
21-2z.t INTERCOI-LEGIATE
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
2 Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
ZJ, 26. PUBLICSPEAKING
SEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests.
Arranged.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS.Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
zg. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered I 9 J 8- 5 9.)
3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.SO. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
kinds of prose, .poetry, and drama. (Offered 1959-60.)
32. ACTING.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1958-1959.)
5 j. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. I
2 Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and prodnction 04 radio programs. (Offered 19j9-60.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must conlplete
both semesters.
61. ARGUMENTATION
A N D DEBATE.Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1959-60.)
62.
PERSUASION.
Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Applications of psyahology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 8-59.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAFT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
A stu'dy of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered
1559-6b.)
3 Cr.
66. STAGEDIRECTION.
Prereq. 3 2 . Jr., Sr. 11.
Theory and ,practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
anmd conducting rehearsals. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction ,to principles and methods of speech correction.
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
95. TEACHING
See course 95 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Modern Languages
This ~ e ~ a r t m e n
aims
t to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and' a mastery of tshe
rules of grammar and rpronunciamtion. It furthermore seeks t o develop an interest
in the histony, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious
heritage. A special ai,m is to provide language facility and technical training
for such a plan to teach, study theology or become candidates for higher
academic degrees.
German
Minor, so credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNINGG E F ~ A NI, . 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and poetry.
fantinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
5 I, 1Z. GERMANLITERATURE.
I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Wered
1919-60.)
Scandinavian Language and Literature
24 credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
j, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered I 9 18 - 5 9.)
I I. SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.I.
3 Cr.
A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1919-60.)
r 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered I 9 19-60.)
Upper Division Courses
5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma La.gerl@f,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered
1958-19.)
DRAMA.Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
The course includes dramas 'by Bjgirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 19 18-19.)
French
Minor, zo credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNING
FRENCH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature. (Offered 1919-60.)
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature. ( m e r e d 195 8-59.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
y I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nimeteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected
students.)
FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
honet tic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition. (Otfered only as an honors course for selected students.)
52.
Spanish
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.i
BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation,
and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1959-60.)
52. SPANISHCONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
2nd composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual
aids, in'tegrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered 1959-60.)
TEACHING
OF MODERN
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
See course 73 under Education.
73.
z Cr.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Music
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the
field of music. General instruction is aflorded students who are interested in
the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon (the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Graduation Major, 36 credits, including courses I , 2, 7, 8, I 5-16, 55-56,
57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ.
Teaching Major, 3 2 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 7,
2 credits from 77, 78; and 6
credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ.
8, 15-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64';
Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior
year, is required of all music majors.
Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. I 5-16, 78; 4
credits from 10, 15-56,57, 58, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in private lesms in either vocal or instnunend
music.
Teaching Minor, 22 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2,
15-16,55, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;and 4 credits in applied music.
Two credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir or the
Concefit Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Women's
Chorus or Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two
com(p1ete semesters within an academic year.
One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voi'ce, #piano,organ, brass, or woodwinds. Occasional lessons are available without credit.
For statement of fees see under Financial Information.
3 , 2. THEORY,
I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A 'basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the prinoiples of
notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms: aural skills: sight
reading, dictation, and part singing. Should be taken ,concurrently with I 5-1 6
whenever possible.
.
*A student wirh a major for teaching should 'be prepared for both vocal
and instrumental work. Unless he takes 'bo& technique courses, his work in
applied music, excepting the required credits in piano, must be in instrumental
music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers
for I n s t m e n t a ~ lTechnique.
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC.I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
;, 8. HISTORY
,4n historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest musi,c.
Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before regisrering
&or 8, or have consent of instructor.
10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
2 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the
ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors,
and pre-~heologicalstudents. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements
of a course in religion.
15-16.? HARMONY.I, II.
4 Cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing.
Upper Division Courses
HARMONY.
Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
5 5, 56. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course 15-16,with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced ,chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music.
Prereq. z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
57, 58. CONDUCTING.
Jr. I, 11.
2, r Cr.
course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music
education are advised to take the course in their junior year.
61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the
prospective public school music teacher an,d director for work in band and
orchestra.
65-64.? CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. 2. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teascher and director for work in vocal music.
77. COUNTERPOINT.
Prereq. 5 5. I. Sr.
2 Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
-
f(=ontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
78.
MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq.
2,
$5,
and 7 7 or consent of instructor.
TI. Sr.
2
Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
88. TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.
Jr. TI.
See course 888 under Education.
t
Cr.
OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
89. TEACHING
See course 89 under Education.
2
Cr.
I,
z Cr.
cr.
I
%. % c r .
%, %, Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for fihe benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to ,participate in groups affording
opportunity for musical expression.
I , I Cr.
PREPARATORY
PIANO.I, 11.
Keyboard fundamentals. Major and harmonic minor scales, sight reading, hymns,
and simple repertory.
I , I Cr.
INTERMEDIATE
PIANO.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
Melodic minor scales, chords, and arpeggi. Repertory including Bach-Carrol,
Burgmuller Opus 100, and Sonatina album.
I , I Cr.
ADVANCED
PIANO.Prereq. Interm. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
Technique as needed, using Cramer, Loeshorn, Bach Two-Part Inven,tions,
Sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, etc. Repertory from Classical, Romantic,
and Modern Composers.
I , I Cr.
ELEMENTARY
ORGAN.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
General coordination and technique of playing the organ. Study of the Baoh
Eight Little Preludes and Fugues, Dupre's 79 Chorales, and hymn playing.
I , I Cr.
ADVANCED
ORGAN.Prereq. Elem. Organ or equiv. I, II.
Technique as needed. Repertory from pre-Bach, Baroque, Romantic, and modern
organ composers.
I'OICE.
I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
brea,th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
:Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
%
BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
I, TI.
or
% or
WOOD-WIND
INSTRUMENTS.
I, 11.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows:
a) Private instruction+nk
per semester. I credit.
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
b) Class instruction-ne
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/Z credit.
Opportunities for participation in Brass, String, and Woodwind ensembles are
offered each year on a non-credit basis.
Art
I . 2.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal Iforms. Plaster casting.
3. ART IN DAILYLIVING.I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practic,al problems.
Upper Division Courses
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
64. HJSTORY
!ke course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 cr.
tcontinuation course. To receive credir. for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
It is the general purpose of t h e work in this division m improve rhe student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation 0: rheir imporeance
2nd value, especially in their Chrktian interpretation. T h e work pmceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division i s therefore mwldsd to
develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
Department of History and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for .teaching in secondary schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history x p l a n to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I-r.? EUROPEAN
CIV~IZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Desfgned to lay the foundation for future work in History.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
See Course I I under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
SO., I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
2 1 , 22.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
5 I . THE RENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
(Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
52. ENGLAND
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1958-59.)
f-Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
53. LATIN-AMERICAN
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
A swdy of Latin America and its development. (Offered lr58-59.)
3 Cr.
$4. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Offered 1958-59.)
UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
The United States drom about 1900 to 'the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval
of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.)
DIPLOMACY.
Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United Sta,tes from the Revolutionary
War to ,the :present. Seminar offered in connection with .ahis course may be
taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.)
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cu1,tural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions
to modern cultures. (Offered I 9 5 8 - 59.)
62. HISTORY
OF CANADA.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early exploration to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered
I 9 59-60.)
64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 1958-59.)
71.
FRENCH REVOLUTIONAND EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in Hist. Jr., Sr. I.
Poli,tical, economic, social, and cultural developmen,t in Europe from 1789 to
I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, *he Revolution of
1848. (Offered 1959-60.)
credits in H i t . Jr. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Politi,cal, economic, social, and cultural ,deveIopment in Europe from I 848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, che rise of imperialism,
and the ,background of World War I. (Offered 1959-60.)
72.
LATENINETEENTHCENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq.
74.
HISTORYOF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
12
3 Cr.
Sec course 74 under Political Science.
CENTURY.
Prereq. 1 2 cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr.
8 I , 82. THETWENTIETH
A survey of recent developments in (the world, extending from che ourbreak of
Vorld War I to vhe present. Seminar offered in connection wich this course
may 'be taken for one ~d~ditional
credit ,per semester on approval of instructor.
(Offered 1958-59.)
SEMINARIN NORTHWESTHISTORY.Jr., Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor.
2 Cr.
A st,udy of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required of each member of the class. (Offered 1958-59.)
99.
Political Science
Minor,
I1
credits.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
41-42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are
stressed.
Upper Division Courses
S THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
53. POLITICAL P A R ~OF
3
American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1958-59.)
&=r.
16. AMERICAN
DIPLOMACY.11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
6 I.
PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 4 1-42 or Econ. I 5 for Political Science minors.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
74. HISTORY
OF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
-4 study of .political philosophy and its influence and historical signi,ficance
from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered I 959-60.)
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
81. TEACHWG
See course 85 under Education.
2
Cr.
Geography
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. II.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42;
and 3 credi,ts in Economics.
-'Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Sociology
The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for
social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of' Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Minor, 1 5 credits including k i o l o g y I , z. Required in addition are History
1 - 2 , or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is re~om~mended
for majors and minors in k i o l o g y .
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curricu1,un.
I.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLQGY.
Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
fin introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. 11.
4. INTRODUCTION
See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics.
YN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
4 course in general sociology for nurses.
16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
2I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of contemporary rural America.
22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO. n.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
42. MARRIAGE
See course 4 2 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
Upper Division Courses
51. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
RACERELATIONS
A N D MINORITY
PROBLEMS.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
5
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered I 9 5 8-5 9.)
56.
RELATIONS.
Jr., Sr. 11.
LABORAND MANAGEMENT
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 1959-60.)
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
fanctions of social work. A survey of private and publjc social agencies in
the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
and other community agencies.
60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of c o n t e m p o r a ~public welfare and social security. (Offered 1958-59.)
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. I , Psy. 5, 6. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
62. ABNORMAL
SSYCHOLOGY.
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64.
INTRODUCTION
TO METHODS
OF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr.
structor. 11.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1959-60.)
Department of Psychology and Education
Psychology
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
to assist in the adjustments tha* the in-coming student needs to make. The
work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
fellow men.
I.
ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as
college students. I t includes units on orientation to the college, methods of
study, irnprovemeht of reading speed and comprehension, and vocational and
educational guidance.
5 , 6. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I, TI.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin-
ciples, metho& and problems of psychology are discussed. The second semester
emphasizes mental health and the application of the principles of psychology to
other problems of everyday life.
7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
An introductory course intended for nurses.
2
cr.
Upper Division Courses
SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
See course 61 under Department of Sociology.
61.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. f , 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
62.
Education
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the
junior and senior high school level, as well-as for further study in the field of
education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Edu,cation. Application must be made
during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the
basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and
a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
also taught on the high school level.
All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 5 1
and $ 2 . I n addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in
teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these credits to be ,completed before taking Ed. 5 I .
N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum
should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education.
3 Cr.
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 1, 6. Jr. I.
y I. EDUCATIONAL
.4 study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
$2.
TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS.Prereq. I . Jr. II.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities;
and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
53, $4. GROUP ACTIVITY.
I , I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
5 i , $ 2 ; Religion 7 , 57. $ 8 ; Physical Education 6 , I I , 1 3 , 1 4 , 8 1 , 8 2 . The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in Group
Activity.
3 Cr.
56. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate .for student guidance,
including counseling.
58. ISSUES
m CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION.Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
73.
TEACHING
OF MODERNLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
79.
TEACHING
OF NATURALSCIENCES.Sr. I.
z Cr.
8 I.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
z Cr.
83.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.
Sr. I.
67.
TEACHING
OF HEALTHEDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I. z Cr.
$8.
TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
z Cr.
89.
TEACHING
OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
z Cr.
91.
TEACHING
OF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
92.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
53.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
2
Cr.
y5.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
z Cr.
z Cr.
Courses 7 3 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a
major or a minor in the field and Education 52.
4 to 5 Cr.
Prereq. $ 2 . Sr. I.
97. STUDENTTEACHING.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
Library Science
The dollowing courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of
bmks for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
Minor,
I6
credits.
3 Cr.
OF THE SCHOOL
LIBRARY.
So., Jr. I, 11.
5 ~ - 5 6 . t BASICFUNC~IONS
Designed to &paint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school admin,istration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
57-58.? ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, prin,ciples
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.)
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I. 11.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction;
and other non-book materials, standard dists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered
1959-60.)
I Cr.
METHODS.Prereq. 5 6 . Sr. I.
6 1. PRACTICAL
Giving the student practice experience in school limbraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READING
GUIDANCE.
Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
Department of Business Administration and Eccrnomics,
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge
and perspective are necessary for success in specific positbns in our complex
business world and .should provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of respons2bility. A degree with a business major
is a common requirement of business firms and government agencies.
Together wich secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching
major or minor, and it ,prepares for graduate work in business. Furcher, it
recognizes the need for trained people in &e social sciences and presently offers
a minor in economics.
Business Administration and Economics
Major in Business Administration, 36 credits, including courses I,
16, 53, 72.
2,
3, 4, 15,
In addition, History 21, z t and Psychology 5, 6 are required.
Minor in Business Administration,
21
credits, including courses I , 2, 3,
I 5,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics, I 5 credits, including courses
from 4, 51, 56, 6 1 , 62.
I
1, I 6,
and nine credits
I, 2.
P ~ C I P L EOF
S ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. Two lectures and
one double laboratory hour per week.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO BUSINESS.
Fr. I.
3 Cr.
An introductory survey of business and business management including a study
of the variety, nature and interrelationsship of problems of business operation.
Finance, personnel, production, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governmental relationships are a few of the :topics covered.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific met,hods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
gaphs and tables, as well as fin,ding measures of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound methods of sampling.
I 1: I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS.
SO. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and
public poli,cy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
poli,cy problems.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . MONEY AND BANKING.Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary
and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level
with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1958-19.)
5 3 . BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING.
Prereq. z, 4, 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Marketin,g :from a businessman's standpoint, winh emphasis on ways in which
management decisions are made con,cerning product .planning, merchandise
selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling.
(Offered 1959-60.)
RELATIONS.
Prereq.
56. LABORAKD MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
I
5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
MANAGEMENT.Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
18. INDUSTRIAL
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1958-59.)
59. COST ACCOUN.I?NG.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Essential features of accounting for manufaoturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; order method;
process costs; and cost reports. (Offered 195 8-59.)
3 Cr.
61. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. I.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and ,the impact of governmental finance on economic activit,~.
62. BUSINESSFINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis
on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. (Offered 1958-59.)
6 3 . TAXATION.
Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will cover several types of taxation, wich particular emphasis on
the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, proced,ures and problems as they relate .to business and individuals. (Offered
1959-60.)
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
72. SEMINARIN BUSINESSADMINISTRATION.
This seminar will cover special problems of concern to business majors which
are not considered in the regular curriculum. Lectures will be given by local
business leaders. The course will encourage advanced study by students in
areas of particular interest to them.
Secretarial Studies
These courses are pIanned to prepare students for stenographic =nd secretarial
positions in business o&ces, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of
buiness edmcation in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major, 31 credits above I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54,
Eusiness Administration I , z, 3, 53. Business education major, 37. credits above I
including courses listed f o r grad,uation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16.
Minor, 25 credits a~bove I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business
Administration I , 2, o r I 5 , 16.
I.
ELEMENTARYTYPEWRITING.
Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
A course f o r the development of the fun.damental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
SHORTHAND.I, 11.
6 Cr.
3- 4 . t ELEMENTARY
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
i-.Gntinuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
Upper Division Courses
TYPEWRI~NG.
Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
2 Cr.
5 I. ADVANCED
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangernent,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Open to students having
attained a speed of 50 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
52. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE.Brereq. 2, 3-4,11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.
Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
5 3-54.f
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
81. TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.
Sr. I.
See course 8 I under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of .the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home
economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recom.mended for
general education.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
66, 67-71, 73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics I 5,
k i o l o g y I, Biology 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 5, 6, and 3 additional
credits in Social Science.
Non-teachin,g minor,
22
credits including courses
I,
2, 3, 7, 39,40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major, 3 8 credits; courses listed for n o n - t e a c h g major plus 3 3 and
75.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CARE, AND REPAIR.I.
3 Cr.
-4 study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f2brics
suitable for different uses are topics considered.
'Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete
both semesters.
n.
2.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUC~ON.
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton
and rayon. It includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable
techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of
garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors.
Two double lrboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week.
3 Cr.
3. ART IN DAILY LNING. I.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
E. ELEMENTS
OF NUTRITION.11.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
3 3. COLOR
AND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
11.
z Cr.
36. CRAFTS.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can 'be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to
crafts will be studied. Two double lrboratory periods per week. (OfTered
1959-60.)
PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 8 or
permission of instructor. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
f m d preparation. Three double laboratory period9 a week.
39, 40.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILY
RELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular
lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
11.
2 Cr.
44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.
A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
57. TEXTILES.
I.
r Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household an,d clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week. (Offered 1959-60.)
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of archi,tecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. ( m e r e d 1958-59.)
66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING.
11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per
week.
67. FAMILYHEALTH.
I.
r Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problem within ,the family group.
HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
2 Cr.
Con~i~deration
of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating ohe resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
71.
73. HOME
MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
2 Cr.
Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipment.. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs .to be detemined
by the group.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATION
AND INCOMEMANAGEMENT.
11.
2 Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and s e ~ i c e savailable on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. z. I.
2 Cr.
This course provides labrstbry experience in making garments in wool. More
advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2.
Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also
given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1958-59.)
Sr. I.
91. TEACHINGO F HOME ECONOMICS.
See course 91 under Education.
z Cr.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. 11.
See course gz under Education.
2
92.
Cr.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
It is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in t h e light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural
Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
MR. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MR. MICKELBERG
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits, at least 8 credits in Upper Division courses; minor, 16
credits. Courses 1-2, 3 ~ 7~
, do not count toward the major or minor.
I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences.
Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory
work, and discussions.
A N D PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
3N. HUMANANATOMY
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students
who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3N.
4.
HUMAN
ANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
h t h structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
I.
3 Cr.
7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
'
1 course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
8 Cr.
13-14.? GENERAL
ZOOLOGY.
Fr. I, II.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, ada~tarion,and reproduction of type animals. Biological ~rinciples
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
tmth semesters.
4. 4 Cr.
25, 26. GENERAL
BOTANY.SO., Jr. I, TI.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles.
Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periods per week.
3 2. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES.
Prereq.
1 3 - 14.
11.
4 Cr.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate ,phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week.
Upper Division Courses
4 Cr.
51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four le~turesper week.
(Ogered 1959-60.)
4 Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14 or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. 11.
5 2. ECOLOGY.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1959-60.)
;Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14. Sr. I.
5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offend
1958-59.)
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr..
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
56. TAXONOMY
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles,
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and' one
double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1958-19.)
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. TI.
I or 2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 8-59.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
79. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Chemistry
I t is the purpose of this department ,to give students an understanding and
an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways (by d i u h this has {been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity .to examine
the chemical aspect of ehe structure, the power and the beauty of one of the
great intellectual accomp1ishmen.t~of man-modern
science, and it provides
dramatic exa,ples of effective ways to handle certain types of ,problems.
Courses in this department are designed to prepare students for teaching
,chemistry in secondary schools, {to provide background for graduate study in
chemistry and f,uroher study in medicine, dentistry, engineerin,g, nursing,
pharmacy, ,medical technology, and other related fields.
Major, 25 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,3N and 4 do not count
tow,ard the major or! minor.
Pre-medical students are required to com,plete the following courses and
should take them in the order shown: Fr. 1-6;Soph. 53-54;Jr. 61, 66. Medical technologists should complete, in the order shown: Fr., 5-6; Soph., 53-14;
Jr., 61.Prospective teachers of chemistry in secondary schools should complete
5-6 and 53-54;61 and 66 are highly recommended, and may ,be substituted for
53-54.Prospective chemists and graduate students should complete 5-6, 53-54,
61,62, 71, 91-92.
1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
j ~ CHEMISTRY
.
FOR NURSES.
Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course coverin'g subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and pa~hola~ical
ohemistry. Designed
to meet 'the needs of the ,&hools of N'ursing of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital
and Swedish Hospital. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory ,per week.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO CHEMISTRY.
Fr. 11. Prereq. High School algebra (or
4 Cr.
permission of instructor).
A lecture and laboratory course designed for the non-major and to meet the
needs of students in home economics. A study of laws and theories of chernistq
with descriptive material selected from the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and physical chemistry. Students who complete 1-6 may not receive
credit for Chem. 3N or 4. Students who had chemistry in high school may not
receive credit for Chem. 4 except by permission of instructor. Three lectures and
two hours of laboratory per week.
5-6. GENERALCHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATNE
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or
equiv., or concurrent registration in Math. I. Fr., So., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations. Three
lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
53-54.
ORGANICCHE~IISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts
of reaction meohanisms. Laboratory work in study of technique and in the
preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods per week.
61.
Q U A N ~ T A T I VANALYTICAL
E
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6,and ability t o use
logarithms. (Students receiving less than C in 5-6 may register with
y Cr.
,permission of instructor only.) So., Jr., Sr. I.
Classical methods of gravimetric and volumetric ana1,ysis. Study of ionic equilibrium. Three lectures, one hour of recitation and six hours of laboratory per week.
62.
INSTRUMENTAL
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 61. (Students receiving less than C in
61 may register with permission of instrucmtor only.) So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr.
Modern menhods of anaNlysis. Electrochemical and optical met.hods; emphasis on
use of instruments. Recent developments in analytical methods. Two lectures
and six hours of laboratory per week.
66.
TO PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 61 and
INTRODUCTION
Physics 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
A course designed t o meet the needs of pre-medical students. A kinetic approach to gas laws, liquids, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions,
colloids, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period per week. Students completing 91-92 may not receive credit for 66.
71.
ORGANIC
QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 3-54. Jr., S r I.
4 Cr.
Methods of q~alita~tive
analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. A study
of theories and mechanisms of substitution and elimination reactions. Two class
discussions and six hours of laboratory per week.
91-92.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. $2, Chem. 61 and Physics 6;
Ghern. 53-54 is himghly recommended. Jr., Sr., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A course &or ,prospective graduate students and chemists. An advanced course
in ph'ysical chemistry emphasizin.g ,the thermodynamic approach to the properties of matter. Gas laws, liquids, solids, solutions, !phase rule, thermodyna,mics,
kinetics, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. (Offered on demand, 1959-60.)
Department of Physics
Recent developments in the field of Physics make it imperative that more
than adequate training be provided for those who intend .to continue their
studies in graduate school 04 who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of
,physisics.It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both
of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background
to make i't !possible for him to fallow with some degree of comprehension the
developments in .the field of science as they come to hi,m from # h emedium of
semi-scientific publications.
Major,
28
credits, including courses 5 I , 52, 63, 64, 73, 74.
Minor, 16 credits.
1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
3.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
8 Cr.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstramtion-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electrici.ty, magnetism, 1igh.t and sound. This
course is intended for students of home economia but may be taken by others
who wish. some basic information in ,the field of Physics. Three lectures, cwohour 'laboratory. Students with high school physics may nat receive credit for
Physics 3 except by ,permission of instructor.
5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Mach I 3 or concurrent registration in Macth I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and hea,t. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one ,two-hour laboratory period per week.
Uspper Division Courses
N ATOMICAND NUCLEARPHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math.
5 I. I N ~ O D U C T I OTO
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eY'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Four hours lecture per
week.
~
MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
52. E L E C T R I C IAND
4 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I.So., Jr. 11.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical
instruments, electmnics. Four hours lecture per week.
61.
OPTICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51.
Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1958-59.)
62.
MECHANICS. Prereq. 6 .and Ma&. 5 I . Jr. 11.
4 cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion o'f a rigid 'body, work, kinetic energy, vibra~tions in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field. (Offered 1958-59.)
63-64.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in an
upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
z Cr.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and ,magnetism, atarnic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (Offered
1958-59.)
71.
HEATAND THERMODYNAMICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
registration- in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
secon,d laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1959-60.)
72.
MATHEMATICAL
PHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 51. Sr. II.
4 Cr.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics wirh applications to various
fie1:ds such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1959-60.)
73-74.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in an
upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
z Cr.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (OSered
1959-60.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.
Sr. I.
74. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
t
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 and
either 53-54 or 61, 66; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
Department of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sugcient for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford
studens in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. It aims to open to those who major in the subject a
wider horizon with experience chat will make them e6cient workers in their
chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor,
20
credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 'do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other ,courses.
I.
SECOND
COURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher
algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course.
i . SOLID GEOMETRY.
Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. TI.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~hrmulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5 . ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an i n t d u c t i o n to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours o week.
3 Cr.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIP~VE
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 5. TI.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
13,
INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math.
I or
equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
14.
Upper Divisi0.n Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. I 3,
14. so., ~ r I,
. 11.
5, 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I,
J 2.
53. SOLD ANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surface and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
3 Cr.
OF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. ll.
54. THEORY
This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
83. TEACHWG
See course 83 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Heal,th and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of
leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of che physical education program.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men, 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, I I, 12, 23,
all upper division courses. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women, 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
I?,23, 17, $8,66, 73, 74, 84, 86. Biology 4 also required.
Minor,, 2 1 credits, includinmg courses 2, 3, 4, 1, 6, 8, 1 I, 12, y 1, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women.
2. PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITY
HEALTH.Fr. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
-2 study of modern concepts and practices of health and heakhful living applied
to the individual and the community.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
II.
ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
n.
%, % Cr.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTHEDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
P, brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of heal,th education,
physical education, and recreation.
1.
6. RECREATIONAL
A c m m s . Fr. II.
I Cr.
Theory and practi,ce in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
K. F ~ AID.
T Fr., SO. 11.
American Red Cross F i a t Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
:rolleyball. Three hours per week.
I 2. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL
SPORTS.(Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbffleboard, handball, Aerial darts,
table tennis, horsehoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2, 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.So. I, TI.
Theory and practice in the coaching and o6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (OfTered 1959-60.)
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.
(Women). SO. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of t e a ~ h i n stunts
,~
and tumbling. Two .hours per week.
(Offered 1958-59.)
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. 11.
2 Cr.
18. INDIVIDUAL
Theory and practice in teaching skatin~g,skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, acchery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Otfered
1958-59.)
23. RHYTHMS.So. I.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms.
I
Cr.
(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
29. OFFICIATING.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of ofliciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 I . SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Jr, I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teachin,g individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours ,per week.
57. KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 O.
This is a study of ,body movements and the mechanics in the effectinlg of
eflicient movements.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
A N D ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.
Prereq.
2 Cr.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and onganic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
58.
COURSEm FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
I Cr.
Methods and materials in .teaching ahe American Red Cross First Aid Cowst.
73.
PRINC~PLES
A N D CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
A N D PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq. 5. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives d health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school healrh education and physical
education curriculum.
74.
ORGAN~ATION
A N D ADMINISTRATIONOF HEALTH EDUCATION A N D
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq. y. Sr. TI.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
81.
COACHING
OF SPORTS:
FOOTBALL
AND BASKETBALL.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82.
&ACHING
OF
SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.
Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or a,pproval of instructor.
M PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
I Cr.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
A survey and, evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1958-59 and
1959-60. Alternate years after 1959-60.)
86.
COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and ad,ministration of recreational
work. (Offered 1958-59.)
OF HEALTH
EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I.
87. TEACHING
See couqe 87 under Education.
2
Cr.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
INTRODUCTORY
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of
the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran
ccngregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultivated and
nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following:
1. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal convictions, and church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4.
A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
2 years
Greek
Philosophy
1 year
German, or
Latin, or
2 years
Norwegian
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage
from their theological studies, it is recommended that their college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
~iiinorand, in addition to the subjects indicated above, include as many
as possible of the following:
2 years
English
1 year
Speech
1 year
Psychology
2 years
History
1 semester
Youth Work
1 year
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
1 year
Education
1 year
Typewriting
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that
their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Faculty. Any arrangement to take a part of the theological course at
another seminary must have the prior approval of the Theological
Faculty at Augsburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
Seminary students pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of thirty dollars ($30.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in the dormitory receive a special grant to cover the cost of
room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students.
See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is payable
a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
EMPLOYMENT
The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a
year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are
not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing
grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high.
SEMINARY INTERNSHIP
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amount of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a
deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel service.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes.
They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects
relevant to their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called
Concord.
GRADUATION AND DEGREES
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and
study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students
who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated
with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be
summarized as follows:
1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course
in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly
offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point rati.0 of at least 1.5 (C+
average) throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of
the Faculty C~mrni~ttee
on Service.
5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words
in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be
submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year
and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken
during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
The degree of Graduate in Theology is conferred upon the students
who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point
ratio of not less than 1.0 !C average) in their academic work but who
have not met all the normal prerequisites for admission to the Seminary,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary
studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Year
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History an,d contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
t Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
THEOLOGICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC.
A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
I Cr.
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
A.
'With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered amual1.y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
r. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Gnfession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
I.ucher.
Old Testament
FOR BEGINNERS.
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
9-10. HEBREW
using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from
6 Cr.
Deuteronomy. (Offered I 9 5 8- 59).
11.
THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195 8-59.)
3 Cr.
THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
12.
on religious values and -the rise of ~mphetism. Selected passages from the
3 Cr.
historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 cr.
14. THEPROPHETJEREMIAH.A studY of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
freedom. (Offered 1959-60.)
3.
I T . THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems
2 Cr.
of life. (Offered 1960-61.)
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to
the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading
assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr.
Exilic period. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
EXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
17, 18. HEBREW
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
z, z Cr.
in ,the Old Testament. (Offered 1 9 ~ 9 - 6 0 . )
A study of archaeological ,discoveries
19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The co'urse consists of a number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics
I Cr.
and class discussion. (Offered 1960-61.)
4
New Testament
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Two years of Greek is a requirement f o r
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
r t . INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 19 59-60.)
i3. THE GOSPEL OF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered irn the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry: (Offered 1959-60.)
24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek texf with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.)
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the
semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on
2 Cr.
the English text with the ai,d of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1960-61.)
26.
THEJEWISHSECTIONOF
THE APOSTOLICCHURCH. Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
3 Cr.
1960-61.)
1-12.
27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 G.
28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. T h e
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-1 I ) , and the section o n the
Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1960-61.)
t Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
t Cr.
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 19jg-60.)
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims a t a
jo. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
(Offered 1958-59.)
t Cr.
Church History
l o . THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
with a brief survey of the Book of Acu. (Offered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the
Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and
decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward
3 Cr.
reform. (Offered I 9 59-60.)
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3
Catholic Counter-Reformation. ( m e r e d 195 6-5 7,)
This course covers the period
43. THE CHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the h,istory of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
44. AMERICANCHURCH
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr.
is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-61.)
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.A study of. the development
45, 46. THEHISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-19.) 2 , 2 Cr.
CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
A study of the consti47. THE#LUTHERAN
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
Systematic Theology
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY.
2 Cr.
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.)
A N D ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
f z . SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOL~GY
of the Church; t h e Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
1958-59.)
z Cr.
54, 55. CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of
Christian ethics t o individual, group, and public life. (Offered 1959-60.)
2, 2 Cr.
j6. SYMBOLICS.A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
SYMBOLICS
~
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
57. C Q M P A R A
of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
2 Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1959-60.)
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
Go. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.
This course, which is based o n the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of .the pastoral office and the New Testament ministry. (Offered 1960-61.)
t Cr.
61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUALLIFE. A study of Christian experience
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
2 Cr.
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.)
62. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORALCOUNSBLING.A course dealing with the
dynamics ,underlying human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
I Cr.
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
TRAINING.The purpose of this course is 'to provide an
63. CLINICALPASTORAL
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a
64. EVANGELISTICS.
short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.)
B. Homiletics
65. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICEOF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
r Cr.
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
66. HOMILETICS.
The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of ,brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
z Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the prepara~ionand delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
r G.
are studied. Seniors.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; o6cers, organization, and government in the epostoli~c'times; the
growth of the idea of ,the Church; the idea of a free church. I and 11 Corinr Cr.
thians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.)
A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCH ADMINISTRATION.
tional organization. Methods of increasing e6ciency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.)
I Cr.
PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
72. PASTORAL
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1959-60.)
I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its
relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1959-60.)
I Cr.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered
1960-61.)
I Cr.
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
D. Christian Education and Sociology
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic
principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schwls, Parochiai schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1959-60.)
2 Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANSOCIETY.A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the
organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must
deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide
r Cr.
task of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
AND SOCIALWORK.This course is designed .to give the
79. CHRISTIANITY
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures,
r Cr.
reports, and institutional visits.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Officers of the Board
. .President
Vice-President
. . Secretary
. Treasurer
Term Expires in 1958
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, Universic~r of Minnesota
Duluth, Minnesota
The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Pastor, Trinity Lutheran Church
Term Expires in 1959
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Fdls, Minnesota
Contractor (retired)
The REV. C . T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota
Business Manager, Bethesda Homes
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Term Expires in 1961
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,
M,arinette, Wisconsin
Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church
Austin, Minnesota
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
Tenn Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG,Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON,Minneapol,is, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Churoh.
Advisory Members
The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg Colle,ge and Theological Seminary
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
ADMINISTRATlON
. President
Dean of the College
Dean of the Theological Senzinary
. Bzlsiness Manager
Dean o f Stzldents
Dean o f W o m e n
Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty
Secretary o f the Theological Faculty
. . . . . . Librarian
Director of Placement and Testing
Assistant Treasurer
Director of Dez'elopment Fund
..
Director of Public Relations
Agent; Szcperz'isor of Buildings and Grounds
Assistant Business Manager
Director o f Food Services
Curator of the Museum
. .
.
.Archivist
Director o f Admissions
Assistant Registrar
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ofiice Sfaff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President; Mrs. R u t h Gamm,
Office Manager, Public Relations; Mrs. Mildred Cleveland, Secretany, Public Relations M c e ; Banbara Cole, Secretary, Admissions Ofice; Mrs. Valborg Ellingson,
Audio-Visual Assistant; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Registrar's O&e; Lilly
Gerhard, Cashier, Treasurer's Office; Mrs. Mary Jean Holmquist, Recorder,
Registrar's Oflice; Randi Langfeldt, Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Ofice; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's Office;
Violet Myers, Secretary, Development Office; June Nelson, Secretary to t,he Dean
of the College; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Marilyn
Petersen, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Lillian Peterson, Faculty Secretary,
Mimeographing; Delores Rotramel, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna
Staub, Clerical Assistant, Library.
Resident Counselors i n Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Philip Nelson; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Delores Rotramel, Joanne Rotramel.
Supervisor of Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. Manager of Grill: Arthur C.
Engen.
---
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Ali,ce Swensen, R. N.,
Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R. N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
I
I
-1957-1958-
Administration: Christensen, M. Quaekck, Stensvaag, Fosse, Dahlen, Miss
Mortensen, Miss Joel.
I Curriculum: M . Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segolson,
II
I
Miss Joel.
Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, A. Anderson, Chrislock.
I
4
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, J. Thut, Miss Pederson,
Hammarberg.
I
-.
Student Personnel: Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, P. Quanbeck.
E. Anderson, Dahlen.
I
Athletics: %berg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Hanwick, Savold.
1
Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Tangjerd, Otolins, Mickelberg.
I
Institutional Studies: R. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, Nelson, Wckelson.
Imvocations: Holum,
C h r i s l d , Thut, Miss Mortensen. (Student members
also included in this committee.)
Student-Faculty: M. Quanbeck, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, Miss Cole.
meinbers also included in this committee.)
Reliaiozls Life: P. Ouambeck, Ozalins, Mrs. L. Peterson. (Student
I
Teacher Education: Johnson, Thorson, Sateren, Urdah(1.
q a c u l t y Council: M. Quanbeck, A. Anderson, Miss Pederson, Landa, Holum,
Trautwein.
I
THE FACULTY
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
Xi. CHRISTENSEK,
Th.l,I., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., ?rugsburg Collcgr, 1911: Aupsburg Theo:ogical Seminary, 1922-25;
Th.M., I'rinceton T h ~ l o g i c 3 l Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundarion, r 9 zg. Additional study: Columbia, Chiago, Berlin, G~ttingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg T,heological Seminary,
19 I 8 ; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
192 1-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
IVER
B. OLSON,AM., Th.D., Professor of Systemtic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 ; Th.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
Universitv of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PHIL~PA. QUANBECK,Th.D., Assistant Professor of New Testament and
Rrligiotr; College Cbuplain
A.B., Augsburg College, 1 9 ~ o ;Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 195I ; Th.M.,
Princeton T!xuIopical Seminlry, 1914; 'I'h.D., 1957. Pastoral work, 195 1-5 3.
Teaching Fellow, Princeron Theological Seminary, 1954-57. A.t A u g s b q
since 1957.
PAULG.
~ O K X A C K , A.B., Th.B., Assoriait- Pr~frsroro j Cb~trchHistory
A.B., Augsburg Gllesr, 1942; C.T.,Augsburq Thmbgica1 Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Addition31 study: University of Chic~go.Pastor, Moose Lake,
Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since r949.
STEXSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Profrssor of OIJ Tcston:mt
A. B., Augshurg Callegt, r g 3 6 ; ThB., Augsburg ~ e o l c - g i c a lSeminary,
1939; 5.TII.I.. Nzrrford Seminary Foundzrion, 1940; Ph,D., 1941. Additional study: Johns HopBins, Oslo. Pastor, Mimespolis. Mim., 1942-46.
At Augsburg since 1942.
J ~ H NM.
DORRISFLFSNER,Ph.D., 1 , ~ c t a r r rin Church Hirf0r.y (Seminary)
,\.B., Car1h3~cCollege, r 9 3 6 : B.D., Hamma Diviniry Schoa!, 1939; S.T.M.,
Wsrtburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., Univenitp of Chicago, 1953;
Ph.D.. Hartford S e m i n ~ r y , 1956. Associate Professwr of Church History,
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, I 9 57.
LAWRENCE
M. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939;C.T., Awgsburg Theologi3cal Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M., Andover Newton 'heological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954.Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1955-. At Augsburg since
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tallin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.At Augsburg since 1949.
ALBERTB. ANDERSON,
A.M., Th.B., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., Concordia College, 195 I ; l%.B., Luther Theological Seminary, I 95 6.
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of
Capenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College,
1956. A t Augsburg since 1956.
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946;A.M., 1950.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsbwg since 1949.
JOHN BATES,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.S., B.S.Ed., Ohio University, 195I ; M.S., University of M i e s o t a , 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Awgsburg since 1957.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 195 I. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., I 934-38; Elrnhurst College, 1938-42;Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44.Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director off Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
At Augsbung since 1954.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University af Minnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., 1955. U. S. IVavy, 1943-46.Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools,
1948-49.Teaching and pidance work: Hyline Public Schools, University
of Washington, Pacific Lutheran College, Tacoma Public Schools, I 95 6-58.
At A,ugsbung since 1949. (On leave of absence, 195 6-58.)
CARLCHRISLOCK,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Polifical Science
A.B., Augsbung College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48;Augwtana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-51.At Augsburg
since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,
Th.D., D.Litt., Associate Professor of Classical Languages
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblimcal Institute de Uibe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Itamly, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsbucg since 1952.
AILENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949.A,dditional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193I -39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41.U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg
since 1941.
IVANDOSEFF,B.S., 1nstru.ctor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-I 9; Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21; Luther College, I 922-23; Minneapolis Art Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, 1926-53. At Augsburg since I 95 y .
CHARLESG. EAKIN,A.M., Instructor in M71sic
A.B., Manhattan School of Music, 1 9 ~ 0A.
; M. Carnegie Institute of Tech.,
1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1957.
JACK FISHER, S.M.M., Instructor in Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
1948.At Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. A m y , 1943-46.
Ind,ustrial Engineering work, 1949-53.At Aug~burgsince I 95 3.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instruments
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus
Adolsphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954.
ORLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Tea~hin,~
Bethel
:
College, I 954-56. At Augsburg since I 956.
HARVEYH. GLOMMEN,A.B., Jnstructor in Debate
A.B., Concordia College. Ad'ditional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove High School. A t Awgsburg sinmce 1917.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. A,d'ditional study: Minnesota. Teac'hing: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. A t Augsburg since 1953.
THEODORE
J. HANWCK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching:
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193842; U. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46. Rutgers University, 1946-1956. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A . ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., instructor in Economics and Business Ad-
ministration
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A. M. University of Nebraska, 1957. Teaching:
University of Nebraska, 19 56-57. At Augsburg since 19 57.
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
JOHN R. HOLUM,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1950-52. University of Maryland, 1956. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg since 1957.
MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, w i t h raltk of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
A,dditional study: Saskat,chewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School,
1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
EINAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Edu.cation
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 1950. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway and University of Washington.
At Augsburg since 195 6.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Instructor in Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Priva,te practice, 1939-42; O s c e r , U. S. Navy, 1942-46. A.t Augsburg since 195 5.
~ I I M B.
I KINGSLEY,A.M., Assisfmf P ~ U ~ P S SofMSfimtish
A.B., h f a v i l l e College, 1936; A.M., Universiry of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Co!urntia, Midne~ora, Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Lland, N. Y., rg41-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsbung College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor o f Germanic Languages
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952.
Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk
University, 1945-47. U. S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg
since 1947.
CARLW. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor o f Music
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Serninary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern Schools, Minneapolis, 1 9 5 e . A t Augsburg since 1952.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Concordia College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1 9 ~ 4 - 5 6 A
. t Augsburg since 1957.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B. lnstrzrctor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; Additional study: University of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of S~cretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 I .
Teaching: High School, 1943-45. West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At. Augsburg since 1950.
SUE LUND, A.M., 17zstrz~ctorin Edz~cation
A.B., Iowa State Teachers College, 1939; A.M., University of Wisconsin,
1940. -4dditional Study: University of Minnesota. Teachin'g: Oregon, Ill.
Community High School, Iowa State Teachers College, University of Minnesota General College. At Augsburg since 1958.
RUTH A. MARFELL,A.M., lnstructor in Library Science
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: High Schools in Minnesota, 1941-56; University of Minnesota,
Summers 1952, 1953. At Augsburg since 1957.
ERWIND. MICKELBERG,
A.B., Instructor in Anatomy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. A,dditional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6.
JOEL C. MICKELSON,Ph.D., l n s t r ~ ~ c t oinr English
A.B., University of Minnesota, I 9 5 I ; A.M. University of Pennsylvania,
1955; Ph.D., 1956. A t Augsburg since 1956.
RAYMONDMIESNIEKS,A.M., lnstrurtor in German
A.B., Concordia College, 195 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1913.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, 19 5 5-57. At Augsbung since 1957.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean o f W o m e n w i t h rank o f Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, I 928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor o f Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsbung College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor o f Physical Education and Coach
o f Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since
'946.
CATHERINENICHOLL, A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching:
Colby Jr. College, 1954-55; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon
College, 1956-57. A t Aug~bur.gsince 1957.
IVERB. OLSON,M.A., Th.D., Professor o f Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instrzrctor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1 9 5 1 ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 5.
HOWARDE. PEARSON,A.M. lnstructor in Physical E d ~ c a t i o n
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. A t
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 947. Additional study: Minnesota, 'Columbia. Teaching: High School, I 945 -46;
San Mateo Junior College, Calimfornia, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg
1932-44, and since 1946.
K A ~ E R I NPETERSON,
E
M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. A t Augsburg since 195 6.
LAVONNE PETERSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Ed?ccation for
Wmen
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, Ma,cPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
1952. High School administration, hfantorville, Minn., I 929-36. Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-3 8 Registrar, Augsburg College, I 939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 1938.
A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Assistant Professor of New Tcstnrnelzt arzd Religion; College Chaplain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see T h
Seminary Faculty listing.
ILIP
. t Augsburg since 1957.
of Minnesota, 1 9 ~ 5 - 5 7 A
LAND
B. SATEKEN,A.M.,. Professor of Music
University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Ci
Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946.
MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Associate Professor of Mz~sic
of Minnesota, :928-44; Washington State College, Summer 19 3
burg since 1944.
SOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A. B. Augsburg Col,lege, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
ORGE
G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associafe Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologi
inary Faculty listing.
UL
SONSTENG,A.B., Instrzlctor in Home Economics
A.B:, Augsburg College, 1974. Additional study: Universi
Teaching: Hinckley High School, 195 5-5 6; Graduate- Assi
TH
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic -preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,A.M., Th.B., Lecturer i n Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1913; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 195 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-51. Probation
OBce, Hennepin County, 195 I - . A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. A t
Augsburg since 1940.
Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
GERALDH. THORSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT,A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota; Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193144; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mw., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
state College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL
S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Associate Professor o f Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 3 8 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940. Additional stud(y: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg I 93 8-42, and since
1947.
MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Addi,tional
studmy: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 6-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, Universiny of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1 9 5 3 - 5 ~ .U. S. A m y Air Force, 1942-46.
A t Augsburg since 19 50.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor o f Biology
A.B., Conmrdia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-3 1 Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 193 5-41. A't Augsburg since 1943.
CAROLL
0. SATRE,A.B., Th.B., lnstrzlctw in Religion
A.B., University of Iowa, 1943; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1945.
Pastor of St. Paul's Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, since 1957. A t Augsburg first semester, 1957.
ARLENSTENSLAND,
A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B.. Augsburg College, I 9 5 6. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. At Augsbung since 1956.
ALP EIKAAS,A.M.. fnstructor in Norwegian
Statens Larersk, Oslo, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Additional study: Oslo University and Minnesota. Teaching: Elementary and
high schools in Norway, 1946-48; Adult Ed. Dept., (Evening classes) ;
YWCA, Minneapolis, 1952-56; University of Minnesota, 1948-52. A t
Augsburg, 1956-57.
MARYHELEN HAAS,M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
A.B., Upland College, 195 1 ; M.S., University of California, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Upland Academy, 195152; Upland College, 1912-54; University of Minnesota, 1954-56. A t
Augsburg, 1956-57.
DONALDHELLAND,B.S., Instrz~ctorin Accounting
B.S., Lewis & Clark College, 1950. Additional study: Au,gsburg Theological
Seminary. At Augshurg, I 9 56-57.
R A D O ~ NJONES,
A
B.S., ln~tructorin Library Science
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of
Colorado. Teaching: Elementary schools, Great Falls, Mont., Edina, Minn.
At Augsburg, 1956-17.
FACULTY
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, I 95 I. Additional study: Minn
A~gsburg, 1 95 5 - 5 7.
MILTON, AM., Instructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg, I 949-57.
JOHN
JAMESW. NOEHL,
B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, I 95 5. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. A.t Augsburg, 19 56-57.
ROLFE KERMIT VANDERBILT,
Ph.D., Instri~ctorin English
A.B., Lucher College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949; Ph.D.,
195 6. Teaching: Wartburg College, I 95 I - 5 3 ; University of Minnesota,
1954-57.At Augsburg, 1956-57.
SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.B.A., Harvard University, 1949;
P,h.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
Universi,ty of Minnesota, I 95 2-53. At Augsburg, 195 3-57.
COLLEGE, 1956
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anderson, Curtis R.
Anderson, Deloris Ann .
Anderson, Norman E.
.
Anderson, Edward William
Andress, I. Shelby
Barber, Robert Eugene
Bartel, Henry Paul
.
.Minneapolis
Lamberton
Ashland, Wis.
Fargo, N. D.
Saginaw, Mich.
.Hastings
Boraas, J. Sherman
.
.
.Dawson
Britton, Paul R.
Leavenworth, Kansas
Brodin, Arlen George . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Brue, Donald Wayne . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carrelli, Robert A. . . .
Christensen, Orla J. . . .
Christianson, Mary Joyce -
Minneapolis
. .Clarkfield
Knapp, Wis.
Dickens, Claire Mae
Harrisburg, S. D.
Dongoske, Robert Frank .
Mound
Dreyer, Earl Edwin
Ferndale, Wash.
Dumpys, Hans George
. . .Hutchinson
Eckhoff, Donald E.
Field, Marvin William
Fitch, Gary D. . .
Fowlds, Carol Marie
. . . . . .Osseo
Minneapolis
Gehring, Farolyn Johnson
Minneapolis
Gilbert, Verner Lloyd . . . . . . . .Duluth
Gilbertson, Nora M.
Frontier, Sask., Canada
Gjengdahl, Robert Allen . . . . .Minneapolis
Grinde, Lloyd C. . . . . . . Estherville, Iowa
. Rugby, N. D.
Gunderson, Eulah Irene
Hagen, Elizabeth Gerda
. .Montevideo
Hagen, Harold L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanggi, Glen &en
. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Ruth Ellen .
.
.
. Aikin
Haugen, James S. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Haynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgerson, Luurayne Renoro
Mt. Sterling, Wis.
Holzinger, Robert A.
. . . . .Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet Marie .
Hoversten, momas H. . .
Howard, Charles Henry .
Hsiao, Andrew Keh-hsieh
. Alden, low
. .Lake Crysta
Hunt, Elaine Helen
Jha, Anil Kumar
Larson, Donald Rae
Larson, Melvin W. .
Larson, Robert Duane
Newman Grove, Nebr.
Lee, Russell Curtis
. . . . . . Fosston
Lockwood, Robert Rae
. . .Minneapolis
Lower, Carolyn Elizabeth . . Minneapolis
Ludviksen, Stanley B.
.Portland, Ore.
Lundin, Harvey Allen
Main, Ronald C.
.Portland, Ore.
. .
Meredith, Patricia Jo-Anne . . .Minneapolis
Moen, Ardell John . . . . .Hillsboro, N. D.
Mortensen, Elizabeth Anne . Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert Laverne . Spokane, Wash.
Ose, Roger
.
Overlund, Ervin K.
,
Pearson, James Kenneth
Pederson, James Lowell
Petersen, Marilyn J.
Peterson, Russell Jerome
Radde, Robert Edward
Roos, Robert Allen
Rorvig, Bruce W.
.
Rundquist, Bertil . .
Rykken, Franklyn E.
Saastad, Jerrald A.
Sar5, Donohue R.
Solem, Duane J. .
Sorum, Ann Carlson
.
Steenberg, Evelyn Chanco
. Minneapolis
Stensland, Arlen H. . . Portland, N. D.
Stoa, Harold Merlyn . . . .
. Minneapolis
Swanson, Allen John . .
. Cloquet
Tader, David Leon
Thompson, John .
,
. Staples
. .Minneapolis
.McGregor
Madison, Wis.
Thompson, Theodore T.
Twiton, Margaret Halen
. . . . . Stephen
Estherville, Iowa
Warnes, Wanda E.
Woiden, Gerhard P.
. Fargo, N. D.
Ysteboe, Ruth
COLLEGE, 1957
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anfinsen, Arthur Morris Jr.
Armstrong, James William
Aranson, Donald W. . .
.
Arvidson, Kenneth
Baker, Stanley B.
Berg, Richard Lloyd
Berg, Sidney
. .
Bernier, Jack L. . .
Berntsen, Rita Maxine . .
Beyers, James Russell M.
Bockhaus, Mary Gail
Borman, Dennes L.
.
Braseth, Mary Ann
.
Burke, Dorothy Ann .
Hopkins
St. Paul
Minneapolis
Rockford, Ill.
.
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
,
.Minneapo!is
. . .Minneapolis
Escanaba, Mich.
.St. Louis Park
... .
Mound
,
.Minneapolis
. .Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
,
.
Ingebretson, E. Arlene
Minneapolis
Jamieson, Robert Grant
Jensen, Carl A. . . . . .
Jespersen, Morris Gene
Johanson, Eldri Ruth .
Johnson, Marshall Duane
Johnson, Ralph Stanley
Johnson, Ronald Clarence
Johnson, Wilgard G.
,
Koltved, Leon M.
Koupins, Alfreds Egons
Knox, Philip S. . . .
Kolden, Lois Jeanette
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
St. Paul
. .
Dalton
Middle River
. . . . . Duluth
. . St. Paul
. . . Herman
Rockford, Ill.
.Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Portland, Ore.
. . Bagley Loidig, Anneliese . . . . . . . willmar
Christianson, Harlan Charles
James
William
Minneapolis
~
~. . ~
l
i
conyers,L ~ ~ R ~~ . ~ ~ ~ b i ~~ Lanning,
~~
t~
.
.Minneapolis
Larson, Patricia Ann
st. paul
Co[nelius, Jane Collins
Larson, Richard John . . . . . Kerkhaven
Larsson, Nancy Elaine . Wahpeton, N. D.
Dahl, Linnea M.
Minneapolis
Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . .Roseau
Lecander, Roger V. . . Menomonie, Wis.
Emery, Curtis V. .
Minneapolis
. ..
. . . . . . Fasstan
Lee, Harris W.
Engedal, C. Gayle
,
Minneapolis
.
.Minneapolis
Lindsley, Dale A.
Faust, Daniel Gordon
Valley City, N. D.
. . . . .Lake Lillian
Flann, Duncan D. . .
Forss, Grace Lois
.
. .Minneapolis
Franzmeier, Richard Allan
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Freedland, David A. Jr. . .
Gehring, Virgil Robert
Minneapolis
Gibson, '~ruce Allen
. . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Gilbert, Barbara Ann
Glasoe, James Lowell
. .Minot, N. D.
Grant, Gloria Helen . Cumberland, Wis.
Graus, Gilbert L.
. .
. .McGregor
. . . Benson
Grimstad, Jason .
.
Minneapolis
Grinde, Raymond A.
Gutzmann, Gordon Keith
.
St. Paul
Hamre, Paul Andrew
Hofflander, Thomas M.
Holmes, Dean Karstens
Holmgren, Charles Gordon
Holt, Evereti V.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Cannon Falls
St. Paul
. . Carver
Mackey, Roger Clarence
Main, Christine Munson
Manguson, Jean Marie
Martin, Gerald A.
.
Mindrum, Gerald . .
Moe, Erwin John .
.
Monson, Harley C. . .
Moren, Orval Kenneth
.
Nelson, David J.
Nelson, Victor E. .
Nielsen, Bernard G.
Norman, James A.
Nyhus, ,Paul Luther
Ohlin,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
...
John L.
Beverly JoAnn
David W. .
Jeanetie I. .
John H. .
Oscar E. Jr.
.
Minneapolis
. .Atwater
. .Tracy
.Minneapolis
Minneap~lis
Excelsior
Minneapolis
.Mentor
. . Minneapolis
Whitehall, Mich.
. .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Cumberland, Wis.
.
Minneapolis
Cottonwood
New London
Minneapolis
Cottonwood
. .Mound
~
Ose, Gaylen
Oslund, Robert C.
Thief River Falls
..
. St. Paul
Paton, Richard James
Peterson, W. Fred .
Pickering, Donald M. . .
Plumedahl, James Duane
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
St. Paul
Robbinsdale
Rasmussen, Joyce Marie
. .
Rodvik, Marvin S.
Rokke, Robert John .
Rovick, Doris Jean . .
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Strandquist
.Minneapolis
.
. . Donnelly
Sather, Judith Ann
Schuldt, Kenneth Edward
Minneapolis
Seaver, Raymond E. .
Minneapolis
, .Minneapolis
Sherry, Richard J. . .
Skovholt, Verna Joanne
Mooreton, N. D.
Snider, Neal E. . .
Pembina, N. D.
Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce
Sunde, John P.
Swenson, Darwin Warren
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lake Lillian
Tamminen, Joon Katherine
Stambaugh, Mich.
Tebben, Peter J.
Sebeka
Bod@, Norway
Thomassen, lvar .
Thompson, Rodney F.
Minneapolis
Trelstad, Gordon Anthony
Minneapolis
Vevle, Richard Harold
Minneapolis
Warme, Thomas Martin
Welckle, John Edwin
Welde, Ronald 6.
Minneapolis
Woad Lake
Minneapolis
Zinn, Wilton Harley
.
St. Paul
SEMINARY, 1956
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Berntsan, Rudolph E.
Carlsen, Glenn T. .
Goodrich, Quentin A.
.
Edinburg, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
Duluth
Rimmereid. Arthur V.. New Rockford, N. D.
With degree of Graduate in Theology
Unseth, Malcolm Wulff
Rockford, Ill.
SEMI NARY, 1957
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Hanska
Minneapolis
Newfolden
Evenson, Leland E.
Helland, Donald E.
Huglen, Erling S. B.
Nyhus, Edward 0.
Sandness, Albert J
Shiell, James L.
Cumberland, Wis.
La Moure, N. D.
Hoffman
With degree of Graduate in Theology
Anderson, Eugene C.
Elness, Jerome
Willmar
Garfield
Nelson, Maynard L.
Salem, Ore.
STUDENT REGIS=
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1956-1957
College
First Semester
Class
Men
Women
Second Semester
I
Total
Men
..
Senior
Junior . .
Sophomore
Freshman
Speciol
.
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1 956-1957
Clan
Men
Senior . . . . .
Junior
. . .. .
Sophomore
. .
Freshman
....
Special
. . . ...
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Women
-
-
523
433
Total
Theological Seminary, 1956-1957
Semester II
Semester I
Men
Third Year
Second Year
First Year
Special
Total
Women
8
I
Men
10
8
8
10
8
I
-
-
-
27
1
26
Women
Total
Women
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1956-1957
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
SEMINARY
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
Total enrollment
,
,
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1957-1 958
COLLEGE
First Semester
Class
Men
Women
Second Semester
Total
Men
Senior
Junior . . . . . .
Sophomore . . .
Freshman . . . . .
Special
.....
Fr. Nurse (S.H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1957-1958
Class
Men
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .&3
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . W
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . I29
Freshman . . . . . . . 195
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . .
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
......
Total
...........
520
Women
27
39
81
130
16
88
38
32
451
Total
Women
Total
Theological Seminary, 1957-1958
Semester I
Semester II
Men
Men
Third Year .
Second Year
First Year . .
Special
.
.
Total
Men
8
8
7
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1957-1958
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
SEMINARY
Men Students
Women Students
Total
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
Deducting those counted more than once
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
Total
COLLEGE
Total
Total Graduates
Page
Page
Academic Administration
. . . . . 34
Accounts, Payment of . . . . . . . . . 16
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission. College .
.
. 34
.
.
. 96
Admission. Seminary .
Administration . . . . . .
. . 108
Administrative Staff . . . . . . 108
Advanced Standing . . . . .
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . .
Alumni Association. The . . . . . .
Ancient and Classical Languages .
Archives. The
. . . . . . . . . . .
Art
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Athletics . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel
..
..
Attendance. Class .
. .
AudieVisual Education
....
Augsburg Foundation. The . . .
Awards
. . . . . . . . . .
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Dining Hall . . . .
2 11. 6
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 27
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . 41
Divisional Organization .
.
..54
Dramatics . .
. . .
30. 64
Band
31. 7 0
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
. . . . 107
Board of Trustees .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration. Curriculum . . . 46
Business Administration and Economics 80
Calendar
. . . .
4
.
.
36
Cancellation
31. 7 0
Cantarians . . . . .
.
21
Chapel Service. The
. 88
Chemistry. Department of
Choir
. . . . . . .
31. 7 0
Church History (Seminary)
. . . . 103
..
59
Classical Languages . . . .
Classification of Students .
. . . . . 37
Clubs
. . . .
30. 31. 99
. . . 29
Cc-curricular Program .
. 109
Committees of the Faculty .
Community Standards and Discipline . 27
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . 38. 98
.
9
Control. Financial Support and
. . . . . . . .
. 22
Convocation
. 27
Coordinator of Student Activities
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Course Fees . I . . . . .
15
Courses of Study. College . . . . 53
Credits .
.
.
41. 53
.
.
.
42
Curriculums
.
Degrees
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
.
39. 99. 100
.
50
Economics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Educational Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 98
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 5 0
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements. College . . . . 34
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Examinations
.............
38
Expenses
..........
Faculty. The
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . .
Financial Support and Control
...............
Fine Arts
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
26
31
10
66
General Information . . . . .
5
Geography
........
-74
German
......
. . . 65
Grade Values . . . .
39
Graduates . . . . . . . .
120
Graduates--(1870-1957)
Summary of 125
Graduation Requirements
,
.39. 99
Grants-in-aid
. . . .
20
Greek
.
...........
59
.
Health and Physical Education . .
73
25
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60. 101
High School Teaching. Curriculum
44
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
6
History. Department of . . . . . .
72
Home Economics. Department of
83
45
Home Economics. Vacations in
Homiletics
. . . . . . . . .
105
Honor Pbnfs
. . . . .
39. 41
Honors
. . . . . . . . .
Hospital Affiliation . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the
Page
Page
. . . . .33. 41
. . . . . . . . 13
. . . . 26
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . .105
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Publications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Purpose
.................... 5
. . . 59
.
Incompletes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 98
Intercollegiate. Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Journalism
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Lower Division Requirements .
Laboratories. Natural Science
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Library Science
.........
Loan Funds . . . . . . . .
Location
. . . . . . .
Majors .
.............
40
Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31, 70
Mathematics, Department of
92
Medical Staff . . . . . .
109
Medical Technology . . . . . . . .13, 48
Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . 5 l
Membership in Educational Associations 10
Ministry, Preparation for the . . . .42, 97
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.
Missionary Work. Preparation for . . 43
Modern Languages. Department of
. 65
Museum. The
...
. . 11
Music. Department of
. . .
68
Music Fees . . . . .
15
Music. Organizations
31 70
.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . .
New Testament (Seminary) . .
Norwegian. Courses in .
.
.
Numbering of Courses
.
.
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . .
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of
Old Testament (Seminary)
Oratory
.........
Organ . . . . . . . . . .
.
Organizations. Student
. .
Orientation
. .
86
1 02
66
53
49
13
. . . . 101
31, 64
. . . . . 70
30. 99
25 77
.
Parish Work. Preparation for
Pastoral Theology . . . . . .
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of . . . . .
Physical Education. Department of
Health and . . . . .
Physics. Department of
...
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Service for Graduates .
Political Science . . . . . . . . . .
.
Recreation
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..22. 32
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . 55
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Language and Literature 66
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . 52
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . 96
Seminary. Faculty
. . . . . . . . . . .110
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . 100
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . ..14. 98
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 99
. Seminary
. . . .
Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . 22
Sociology. Department of
. .
75
Social Sciences. Division of the . .
72
Social Work Curriculum . .
. . . . 47
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Spanish
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . 67
Special Programs of Study
.....
13
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Student Activities. Coordination of .
27
Student Community Life
. . . . . 21
Student Government . . .
2 8
Student Personnel Services .
. . 23
Student Society. The .
. 27
Systematic Theology . .
103
Table of Contents
.
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . .
Teaching Curriculum .
. . .
Testing
. . . . . . . . . .
Theology. College Preparation for
Theological Orientation Courses
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
Transfer and Advanced Standing .
Trustees. B w r d of . . . . . . . . . .
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . .
37
41
University Courses . . .
Upper Division Requirements
Veterans. Admission of
Voice .
.
35
70
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth
Streets South with administrative ofices located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t
Twenty-first Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines:
1 . The Franklin bus t o Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus t o Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus t o Seventh Street and! Cedar Avenue
&h+mdkce
may de a&ued
a a &ellowa;
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application
for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and
requirements for admission.
OfFice of Admissions
ADMISSION TO THE
Theological Seminary.
SEMINARY-Information
and
requests for
admission
t o the
Secretary of the Theological Faculty
EVALUATION OF CREDITS-Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer
of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
O f i c e of the Registrar
HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions
pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life.
Dean of Students
For information that does not appear t o be covered above
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin... Show more
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma
(1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit
for one semestm without completing the other.
SYMBOLS
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must
complete both semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of
prerequisites.
CREDITS
CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION
THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Division of Religion and Philosophy
MR. P. A. QUANBECX,
Chairman
THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised
of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to G r i s t
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of
these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division
credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do
not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation.
Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during
their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the
sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion
requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may
apply toward the major or minor in religion.
I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament,
including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament
with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament.
3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of
developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5
7. CLASSICS
IN CHRISTIAN
I)EvoTIoN. I.
2 Cr.
The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional
writings of different periods in the history of the church.
8. THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.11.
2 0.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands.
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.I.
2 Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
9.
lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
Upper Bvision Courses
5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of
the great non-Christian religions of the world.
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I.
3 Cr.
5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS
The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical
development of some of these doctrines.
CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11
3 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The
main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
54.
5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I.
2 Cr.
The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to
some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in
America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church.
5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11.
2 Cr.
Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal
psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church.
1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11.
2 cr.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy
60.
YOUTHWORKIN
THE
CHURCH. II.
r Cr.
A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of
developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I.
3 cr.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
62. THEMESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11.
3 Cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
TO CONTEMPORARY
THEOLOGICAL
THOUGHT.
INTRODUCTION
Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I.
3 Cr.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian
Church.
63.
64. THE CHRISTIAN
FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the
student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the
present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
THE COURSES
IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant
with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western
civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning,
and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in
such areas as religion, art, and morals.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for
the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor.
23.
LOGIC. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a
brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
24. INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.11.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture
and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics,
metaphysics, and theory of knowledge.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47
HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in
selected primary sources.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great
philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
54. AUGUSTINE
A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of
each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 cr.
6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.)
3 0.
64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11.
A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its
outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke,
Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.)
65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary
sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the
course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered
1960-61.)
66. EXISTENTIALISM.
Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered
1960-61.)
7 I . CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.)
OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11.
3 Cr.
72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered
1961-62.)
85. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .)
86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language
of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Humanities
IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN,
AND HEBREW
THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into
our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission
to most theologicaI seminari&.
Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and
1 4 credits in ,Latin.
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Minor:
20
credits.
,
1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11..
8 Cr.
In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
8 Cr.
3, 4. CZSAR,
AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and
St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .)
Division of the Humanities / 49
HEBREW
83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11.
See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary.
6 0.
2,
2
Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
T m DEPARTMENT
OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld
U
I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d
the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt
a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I
may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not
achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the
course before they enroll in course 2.
All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore
year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the
A.B. degree.
Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, 62, and 74.
Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61,
and 62.
Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language.
Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76,
78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French.
Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first
semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74;
second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper
classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit.
1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.)
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
50
/ D i ~ d i o nof
thc Hzrmanities
5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.
I.
z Cr.
AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and
listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English.
9. COMMUNICATION
FOR NURSES. I.
2 Cr.
A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening
12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC
WRITING.
See course 12 under Journalism.
IT.
2
Cr.
21, 22. LITERATURE
OF THE WESTERN
WORLD. Prereq. 2.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various
literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered
both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
CREATIVE
WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
26.
31.
MEDIEVAL
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
I.
z Cr.
Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to
Chaucer.
32.
RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
11.
z Cr.
Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention
given to non-English works.
Upper Division Courses
JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students
who rank low in the sophomore English test.
56.
5 I,
52.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.Prereq.
?.
I, JI.
2,
z Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 5.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
5 6.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA- n.
z cr.
See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq.
2.
I.
2
Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I
58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 cr.
The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers.
yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I.
Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry.
3 Cr.
60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater.
BRITISHLITERATURE
O F THE SEVENTEENTH
AND EIGHTEENTH
CENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 2. I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr.
62. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2.
5 cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of
language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I.
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and
the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II.
2 Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.)
z Cr.
78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.)
83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I.
a cr.
The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.)
8 5 . CONTEMPORARY
AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1.
Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.)
2
Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
2 Cr.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature.
52
/ Division
of the Humanities
STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT
partment chaiman. Offered both semesters.
I , I Cr.
JOURNALISM
r 1. SURVEY
OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS.
I.
z Cr.
Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on
analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the
reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication
agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied.
12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11.
2 0.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to
editing and headline writing.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student
to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
theater, or speech pathology.
II
All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department
for individual attention.
Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32,
66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors.
Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech
I 1.
For Education students courses 12, 3 I,
32, 5 1 or $3, and 66.
I I.
BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters.
Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening.
12.
ARGUMENTATION.
50. II.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
16. STORYTELLING
AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS.SO. Il.
z Cr.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice
id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and
elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE
z Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25. INTERCOLLEGIATE
SPEECH. Open to all students. I.
Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests.
I
Cr.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS. Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
29. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING. So. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP
AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group
discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .)
53. ADVANCED
PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work
in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.)
5 5. PERSUASION
AND PROPAGANDA.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising,
selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered
1960-61.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d
1361-62.)
3 Cr.
66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals.
76.
SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
54 / Division of the Humanities
92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe
uie of primary sources and the methodology of research.
94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and
interests.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
THIS DEPARTMENT
aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem
language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the
rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest
in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who
plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees.
GERMAN
Minor, 20 credits.
8 Cr.
I-2.f BEGINNING
GERMAN. I, 11.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
GERMAN. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all
students planning to teach.
Upper Division Cou.rses
1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
3. 3 Cr.
SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Minor, 24 credits.
I-2.f BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Humanities / 5 5
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.)
Upper Division Courses
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I.
Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d
1960-61.)
5 5.
2
56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11.
t Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.)
FRENCH
Minor, t o credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries.
52.
FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION. 11.
3 CC
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition.
SPANISH
Minor,
20
credits.
8 Cr.
I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and
background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
56
/ Division
of the Humanities
Upper Division. Courses
5 I . SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports.
52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON
~m Cornsmow. 11.
3 cr.
A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual
aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
THE DEPARTMENT
OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are
primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect
to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded
other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an
understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in
private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical
organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the
junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors
y
in
and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation
the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and,
upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the
requirement.
Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance
Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals
which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students
with a repertory of musical excellence.
All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by
the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a
moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention
or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn,
Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or
twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in
vocal or instrumental music.
A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor
of Arts degree.
"A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work.
Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique
if hi applied music is largely vocal.
I , z. THEORY.
I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota-
tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight
reading, dictation, and part singing.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO MUSIC. 11.
z Cr.
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music.
Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple-
mented by musical scores and recorded performances.
10. HYMNS
AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11.
2 G.
Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to
Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion.
I 5-16.?
HARMONY.
I, 11.
4 cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing.
Upper Divisionl Courses
5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED
HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U.
2, 2 Cr.
Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass
and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music.
CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
Jr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and
administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and
community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior
year.
57, 58.
61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H.
z, z Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and
orchestra.
63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral
ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music.
69.
TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr.
I.
z Cr.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species.
58
/ Division of
the Humanities
78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of
the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11.
I , I Ct.
Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research.
APPLZED MUSZC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must
complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others
receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester.
Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under
Financial Information.
I, I Cr.
PIANO. I, 11.
Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and
minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this
examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor.
ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
I, I Cr.
VOICE. I, 11.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both
sacred and secular.
WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
2
Cr.
I, I
Cr.
CHOIR.;
I, 11.
CONCERTBAND. I, 11.
WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11.
%, % Cr.
%, % Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but
for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression.
PERFORMANCE
SEMINAR I, 11.
o Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
THE D E P A R ~ E N OF
T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and
conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing,
painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history
Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59
and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are
encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art.
Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71.
I.
BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ ,
.and sculpture.
ART IN DAILYLIVING. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3.
3 Cr.
17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life,
landscape, and portrait painting.
21, rz. SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and
animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting.
32. WATERCOLOR
PAINTING.11.
z Cr.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting.
Upper Division Courses
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. CI.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
71. HISTORY
OF PAINTING.I.
3 Cr.
A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean
cultures to modern times.
The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir,
directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the
55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly.
Division of the Social Sciences
MR. CHRISLOCK,
Chairman
IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the
student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their
importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work
proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore
intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's
adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
THE WORK
OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations
of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords
preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
HISTORY
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, ~rere~uisites
may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I , 2.
WESTERN
CIVILIZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History.
21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
So. I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas
afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester,
the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present.
Upper Division Courses
52. ENGLAND
TO I 8 3 2.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.)
5 3. HISTORY
OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.)
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
UNITED
STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of
kstructor.
Wision of the Social Scimces / 61
AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci.
or #. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present
is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for
one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.)
56.
AND PROBLEMS
OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST
ASIA.
GOVERNMENTS
Jr., Sr. I.
See course 57 under Political Science
57.
58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr.
See course 58 under Political Science.
H.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution
to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival
of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.;
64. MEDIEVAL
EUROPE,1200-1500.
Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies,
decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian
Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.)
3 cr.
65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars.
(Offered 1960-61.)
3 cr.
66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II.
A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe,
contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their
effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.)
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the
nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.)
67.
PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND
JAPAN.
AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n.
3 Cr.
68. CHINA
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with
each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.)
FRENCHREVOLUTION
AND EARLYNINETEENTH
CENTURYEUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
1848.
7I.
62 / Division of the Social Sciences
LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism,
and the background of World War I.
72.
Jr., Sr. I.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
See course 75 under Political Science.
TWENTIETH
CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq.
3 Cr.
credits in History. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of
World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor.
82.
12
99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST
HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Minor: I 5 credits.
AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT.I, 11.
6 cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government.
41-42.$
Upper Division Courses
5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC
HISTORY.
11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
57.
GOVERNMENTS
AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST
ASIA. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and
economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. P O L I ~ CAND
S
PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle
East. (Offered 1960-61.)
PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science
3 Cr.
minors. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
61.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the
Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.)
GEOGRAPHY
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Division of the Social Sciences / 63
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16;
Political Science 4 1 -42.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political
Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better
understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu
for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 .
Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology.
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum.
I.
INTRODUCTION
TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11.
See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics.
3
e.
5 . SOCIOLOGY.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses.
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11.
See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2 I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of,contemporary rural A.merica.
URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
22.
42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3
cr.
64 /Division of the Social Sciences
Upper Division; Courses
5 I. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
52. RACERELATIONS
AND ,MINORITY
PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an
examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.)
5 6. LABOR
AND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 19.61-62.)
3 Cr.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work.
A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare,
child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies.
3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.)
Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I.
3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
PSYCHOLOGY.
62. ABNORMAL
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64. INTRODUC~ON
TO METHODS
OFSOCIAL
WORK. Prereq. #. II.
3 Cr.
Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.)
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION
PSYCHOLOGY
THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the
data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in
psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
#fellowmen.
Minor: 15 credits.
Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y
GENEU PSYCHOLOGY.
Offered both semesters.
y.
3 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed.
7. GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY.I.
z Cr.
An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed
upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene,
and to methods of therapy.
10. PSYCHOLOGY
OF ADJOSTATENT.
Prereq. y . So. 11.
3 Cr.
Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living,
theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered
with respect to personality and mental hygiene.
Upper Division Courses
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I.
Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
64.. EXPERIMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal
learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality
traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
IN PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
66. TOPICS
A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations
begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of
their choice.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 Cr.
EDUCATION
THE EDUCATION
CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and
senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7
PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow
STUDENTS
the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During
this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation
66 / Division of the Social Sciences
ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which
are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to
take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must
make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by
the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education.
2, 2 Cr.
50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11.
This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes
consideration of the techniques of studying children.
METHODSAND MATERIALS
OF THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOLCURRICULUM.
Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary
school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music,
and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of
the elementary school.
5 2 , J 3.
METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES
AND THE LANGUAGE
ARTS
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I.
j Cr.
The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in
the fields of social studies and language arts.
54.
IN THE
Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I.
5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING.
A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to
three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may
assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion
hour a week. I credit per semester.
J
8.
TEACHING
OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e
materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory.
19.
CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t
requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
60.
SEMINARIN TEACHING.
Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student
teaching experience.
62.
DIRECTED
TEACHING
IN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11.
8 Cr.
Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular
teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools.
Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college
staff.
Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67
SEGONDARY EDUCATION
ADMISSION
TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application
to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be
made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to
complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on
the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics,
and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major,
a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in
special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two
subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete
a major and a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71
and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester
hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71.
For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
72. TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and
developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11.
I, I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group
Activity.
76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques
used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling.
78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
OF NATURAL
SCIENCESIN
79. TEACHING
THE
SECONDARY
SCHO~L. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
68 / Division of the Social Sciences
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS
IN
THE
a3. TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS
IN
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
85.
TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES
IN
87.
TEACHINGOF HEALTH
EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION
M THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
s Cr.
88.
TEACHING
OF MUSICIN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL.
89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
91.
THE
TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS
nu
m E
JT.
11.
2
cr.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN
N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr.
92. EVALUATION
93.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISHIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
OF MODERNLANGUAGES
IN
94. TEACHING
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 .
97. STLTDENT
TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered
4-5 Cr.
both semesters.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control
of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college
supervisor and selected critic teachers.
99. TOPICS
IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr.
1-2 Cr.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi
tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own
field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the
approval of the department.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books
for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher.
M i o r , 16 credits.
Division of the Socid Sciences / 69
55-56.?
OF
BASICFUNCTIONS
THE
SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI.
3 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
57-58.i
4 Cr.
ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered
1961-62.)
61. PRACTICAL
~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I.
I Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of
thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND
ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THE
OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad
knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The
business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e
economics major provides the background necessary for further study in
gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides
a teaching major and minor.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS
Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses
16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required.
I , 2,
3, 4, 15,
Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve
credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required.
Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits
from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62.
70
/ Division oj
the Social Sciences
I, 2, PRINCIPLES
OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO.
. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial
statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions.
Meets four hours per week.
3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK
TO Busn~ss. Fr. I.
f Cr.
An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study
of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation.
~
Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred.
INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound rnethds of sampling.
4.
I 5, I 6.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems.
Upper Division, Courses
5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I.
3 Cr.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and
fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with
high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.)
53. BUSINESS
LAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing
are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining
merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.)
RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11.
56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
58. INDUSTRIAL
,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 Cr.
59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and
process costs. (Offered 1960-61.)
Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I
60. INTERMEDUTE
ECONOMIC
ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.)
61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
62. CORPORATION
FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of
financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of
corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.)
63. TAXATION.
Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give
a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to
business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.)
72. SEMINAR
IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION.
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of
previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students
in areas of particular interest to them.
SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching
of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide
an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54,
Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53.
Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for
graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above
I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or
I 5, 16. S
i
x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student
can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRTTING.
M e r e d both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11.
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.I, n.
6 Cr.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
72
/ Divisim
of
the Social Sciences
Upper Division Courses
5 1. ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I.
z Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having
attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week.
5 z. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal
forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
53-14.? ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer
training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home
economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics
departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general
education.
Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 ,
66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3;
Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5
and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor:
22
credits, including
I,
3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33
and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are
Education 91 and 92.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CAREAND REPAIR. I.
3 Cr.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets,
quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing
and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week.
2. CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.11.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent
fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week.
3. ART IN DAILY
LIVING. I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73
8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION.
TI.
A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health
all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old
emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of
bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three
periods per week.
3 Cr.
throughout
age. Special
class memsingle class
3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I.
3 Cr.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home
Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory
periods per week.
36.
CRAFTS.
11.
2
cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1961-62.)
AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr.
39, 40. FOODPREPARATION
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service.
Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per
week.
42.
MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11.
3 Cr.
P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
r Cr.
44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations
in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr
10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double
laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
57.
T ~ x m s . I.
2
Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy
hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.)
64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .)
66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods
per week.
74 / Division of the Social Sciences
67. FAMILYHEALTH. I.
z Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.I.
z Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.I.
t Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management
house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the
group.
73.
z Cr.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in
fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also
given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
Many practical demonstrations are carried
out in the home econ o m i c s department.
T h e help studem in
their personal develop
ment, prepare them for
the responsibilities of
home-making and give
training for a professional career.
Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
MR. NASH, Chairman
ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the
light of the Word of
to acquaint rhe student with the significance of
science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound
mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip
the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the
liws of his felbw men.
a;
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT
is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper
Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26,
and at least one Upper Division course not including 60.
'
I-2.i
GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science
majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
3. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for
Biol. 3.
HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
4.
7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
I 3-14.?
GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
8 cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles.
Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periodr per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I.
4 cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1961-62.)
52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II.
4 Cr.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
1960-61.)
Prereq. Chem. 6. 11.
4 Cr.
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week.
cr-
PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11.
3
56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING
Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI.
4 Cr.
A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11.
A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
IT IS
THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an
appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine
the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great
intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic
examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems.
Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education,
but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine,
dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical
,
technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 )
-graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics
J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental
students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study:
I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50.
Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years.
See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of
the American Chemical Society.
3 Cr.
3. ELEMENTARY
CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed
especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per
week.
INTRODUCTORY
CHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists,
and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry
and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory
per week.
5, 6.
AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY. Fr. I,
17, 16. INORGANIC
TI.
4. 4
(3.
For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission
of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry.
32.
ELEMENTARY
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11.
4 Cr.
Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics
students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 3. 54.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq.
I 6.
So. I,
TI.
4. 4 Cr-
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based
on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study
of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per
week.
78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics
61. QUANTITATIVE
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to
solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of
laboratory per week.
72. ADVANCED
ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11.
4 Cr.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis
of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr.
78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO
11.
4 Cr.
For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic
structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week.
82, 83. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure,
states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium,
solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per
week.
84, 85. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY.
Jr. II, Sr. I.
I, I Cr.
Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week.
86. ADVANCED
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II.
3 cr.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry,
and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
85 . INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUES.
Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis
utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of
laboratory per week.
ADVANCED
INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides,
and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four
hours of laboratory per week.
90.
93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
o Cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these
informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest.
97, 98. CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11.
Cr. Arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in
chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff
member.
Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut
training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute
schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the
zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups
and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t
possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns.
Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 .
Minor: I 6 credits.
Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
2.
D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI.
3 Cr.
A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar
q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe
znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening
meetings ra observe the sky.
3. PRINCWLW
OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including
mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is
intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others
who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one
mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit
for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r .
GENERAL
PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 fi.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and
one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
INTRODUCTION
TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR
PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math.
3 Cr.
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per
week.
52.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent
3 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical
instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
53.
So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
E L E C T R I C AND
I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent
registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
54.
OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51
Jr. I.
3 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.)
57.
61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field.
63. 64. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS.
registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.)
71.
3 Cr.
72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various
fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1961-62.)
.
73, 74. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
I , I Cr.
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6,
(or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in
Upper Division courses.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to
afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller
understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the
subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers
in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81
I.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
o Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not
have higher algebra in high school.
2.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11.
o Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5. ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours a week.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra
3, I 4. INTRODUCTION
or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I
Upper Division Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3,
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I , y 2.
53. SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
51.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree.
6 I , 62. ADVANCED
CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI.
3. 3 Cr.
Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis
is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of
leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics
All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the ~hysicaleducation program.
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51,
57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women.
PERSONAL
A N D COMMUNITY
HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
%, % Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO
HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
R E C R E A ~ O NFr.
. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education,
pbysical education, and recreation.
I Cr.
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAM
SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
I 2.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2 , 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So.
Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern.
1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Women). So.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three
hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics
/ 83
\
I 8.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered
I y 60-.6 I.)
23. RHYTHMS. So. I.
Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing.
z Cr.
z Cr.
29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 1. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem.
1961-61.)
57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
escient movements.
5 8.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
z Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases.
I Cr.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I.
j Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical
education curriculum.
73.
ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D
PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
74.
8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL
AND TRACK.Sr. II.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.)
86. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work. (Offered 1960-61.)
Curriculums
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major
field of study and vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be
followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the
major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under
departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion L, Z
.2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3,
3
History or Sacfalogy
.3
Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4
4
Natural Science
..3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Education 3. 4 .... M
M
.............
......
.......
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z
Foreign Language ......... -3
Social Science
.3
Natural Science
Electives ................... .P
.............
............-
Cr.
2
3
SENIOR
ISem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... .3
3
Speech
2
Social Science or History . 3
Electives ................... 10
12
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Fine Arts .................. . 3
Literature or Philosophy
.Electives .................. .14
..
Cr.
3
14
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
COMPLETIONOF
THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which
prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Basic Bible ................
Freshman English ......... . 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
Western Civilization ...... . 3
Physical Education ........ $4
Natural Science ........... . 3
Electives .................... 2
Cr.
2
3
4
3
95
3
2
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
e.
Religion .................... Z
Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3
Foreign Language ......... 3
Typewriting ............... .1
New Testament Greek ... - 3
Electives ....................3
Cr.
2
3
3
Curriculums / 8 5
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
.3
3
2
.....
.....................
N e w Testament Greek
Speech
History ..................... 3
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ........ - 3
Electives ................... .5
SENIOR
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2
Philosophy ................ . 3
English Literature ........ . 3
Electives .................... 8
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
THE PURPOSE
OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its
satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate
indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker,
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
the chairman of the department of religion.
The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or
Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below.
FRESHlYIAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
.
................ .Z
Basic Bible
Fi-eshrnan English
.3
Natural Science ........--.-3
Typewriting ............... .I
Physical Activities
'5
Foreign Language ......... . 4
Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3
.........
.........
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
2
'h
4
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Chzrrch History
.-2
Speech 11 ................ ..2
3
Speech 12 ..................3
Foreign Language
.3
General Psychology
.3
3
Fine Arts ...................1
First Aid ..............-....
Natural Science ........... .3
2
Speech 16 ................. .Electives ....................
3
3
...........
.........
.......
-
SENIOR
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
T h e Missionary Enterprise .
Principles of Christian
Education ................ .2
2
T h e Christian Churches
T h e Lutheran Church ..... .%
Social Psychology or Urban
Sociology ................ .3
Acting
3
Crafts
2
Elementary Shorthand .... .3
3
Recreational Activities .....
1
Electives .................. .6
4
.-
...-
-
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2
Educational Psychology ... .3
H y m n s and Music o f t h e
Church .................. .2
Journalistic Writing .. .: ...
2
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3
Secretarial Practice .........3
Electives .................. .8
6
-
HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such
as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should
usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields
in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain
teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history,
social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics,
chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors
are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature,
French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
.2
Religion 1, 2 .............
English 1, 2 .............. . 3
History or Sociology ..... 3
Foreign Language
.4
'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4
Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$
.......
.JUNIOR
Cr.
2
3
3
4
3 or 4
2
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. .2
Foreign Language
.3
Psychology
.Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4
Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......
...............
Cr.
2
3
3
-
3
6
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
3
Religion ...................
Education 71. 72 .......... .3
Education 73. 74
-1
Speech ....................
Electives in Major
or Minor ................ 10
........
-
Cr.
3
3
1
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
Education 76 ..............
Education 78 ..............
3
Special Methods ......... .4
Education 97 ............. .4-5
Literature or Philosophy . .
3
Electives in Major or
Minor ..................... 7
--
-
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of
their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or
more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman
English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits;
fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits:
foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must
be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be
f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to
complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated,
substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of
Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are
possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the
program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in
this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take
a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from
those described by the department may be permitted subject to special
departmental appreval.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... 2
2
3
Freshman English ......... .3
Western Civilization
.3
3
Modern Foreign Language 4
4
Physical Science ....... .3 or 4
3 or 4
(Selected from Physics 3,
Astronomy, Chemistry 5,
6. 32)
Physical Activities ........ Yi
'h
......
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ...................
.2
Literature .................. 3
Child Psychology .......... .2
Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,..
Methods & Materials of the
c&I
~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl
r~
culum (Music, Science &
Health. Art, Mathematics.
Physical Education) ... .3
Observation of Teaching . .I
Electives
.6
-
..................
2
SOPHOMORE
ISm.
Cr.
Sem.
Cr.
-
3
2
Religion ................... .2
General Biology ...........9
Speech .....................
General Psychology ....... . 3
Geography .................
U. S. History .............. .3
Modem Foreign Language ..3
Health .................... . 2
.-
SENIOR
'
a
3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Religion ...................
Observation of Teaching . I
Teaching of Reading ...... .3
Seminar in Teaching .......
Directed Teachine .........
Children's ite era cure .......3
Methods & Materials of the
Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies &
Language Arts) ......... . 3
Government ............... . 3
Electives ....................2
Cr.
.
-
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip
students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare
them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the
training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics
education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home
economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not
required for a general home economics major.
88
/ Curriculums
FRESHMAN
..
.............. 2
I Sem
Cr
Religion 1. 2
Physical Education ........ J'2
English ..................... 3
Sociology ................... 3
Biology 1-2. or 4 or
13-14'
I1 Sem.
Cr
2
.
Yz
3
.
Religion 3 4 ...............
Psychology
Foreign Language
Physics .....................
Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or
I Sem . I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
2
2
3
4
4
3
.
..................
..........
5. 32 ..................... 4
..................
0 4
........
........................-
Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development ..........
Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3
Art in Daily Living
3
Nutrition
Clothing Selection ......... 3
Clothing Construction
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
.
I Sem
Cr .
Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3
Speech
S
Economics ............. ,
Color and Design .......... - 3
Home Planning & Furnishing ........................
Family Health ............. 2
Textiles ..................... Z
Educational Psychology ....3
Teaching i n Sec. Schools .
Group Activity ............ .I
....
IISem .
Cr .
2
3
2
-
-
3
--
.-
-
3
1
SENIOR
..
.................... 2
I Sem
Cr
Religion
Literature
Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2
Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9
Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2
Home Management Lab .....2
Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2
..
I1 Sem
Cr
2
3
4
2
3
3
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements .
CHEMISTRY
The following couise of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for
students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry .
Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt
from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences
and the second year of a foreign language .
FRESHMAN
..
.
I Sem. II Sem
Cr
Cr
.
Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4
Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5
Religion 1. 2 ................ 2
English 1. 2 ................ 3
History or Sociology
3
Physical Education 3 4 .... %
.........
4
5
.
2
3
3
I/,
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Ct.
Cr
4
Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4
. ...............
Chemistry 82
Chemistry 84 ................
Chemistry 93
11
German 1-2 ................ 4
Mathematics 61
.a
Physics ......................
Religion .....................
Fine Arts .................. 3
..............
...........
.
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem .
Cr .
Cr
............ 4
4
5
4
2
2
4
..-
SENIOR
.
........5
Chemistry 53. 54
Mathematics 51. 52
Physics 5. 6 ................
Religion 3. 4 ..............
Speech .....................
Literature or Philosophy
2
3
.
I Sem. I1 Sem
.
.
Pr
Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3
~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1
Chemistry 90
Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m .
Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O
................... 2
Religion
French 1-2 ................. 4
Physics ..................... 4
................
.
..
Cr
1
3
4
Arr .
0
2
4
.
*Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds
textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng
special training in dietetics .
Curriculums / 89
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students who
are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition
to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested
course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Freshman English .......... 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
History or Sociology
.3
Introduction to Business .. 3
Physical Education ........ %
Natural Science ........... .-
2
3
Religion
Foreign
Principles of Economics ....3
Principles of Accounting . 3
Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3
Speech ................... - 2
Sent.
Cr.
2
3
.
......
JUNIOR
ISem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Psychology .................
3
Business Law ............ . 3
Public Finance or Money
and Banking ........... . 3
Corporation Finance or Marketing ...................
3
Electives .........,......... 7
7
-
-
-
I Sem.
Cr.
.................... 2
Language ........ . 3
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion
3
Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3
Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3
Industrial Management or
Labor-Management Rela3
tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. ....
3
Electives ................10 or 11
7
-
-
Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science,
History, Speech, English, College Algebra.
LAW
Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is
required, but the student should select a broad program including
courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below:
FRESHMAN
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3
Foreign Language ........ .4
4
History 1, 2 ............... . 3
3
Natural Science ........... .4
4
Physical Education 3, 4 ....H
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr,
Cr.
Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2
2
English Literature
.J
3
Foreign Language
.B
3
Health ..................... . 2
Logic ..................... . 3
Social Science ............ .3
3
Natural Science ........... . 4
4
........
........
SOCIAL WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions
are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
90
/ Curriculums
organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate
training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
oE social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation
work, child welfare, group work, and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all
such students.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English
Hktory
Foreign
..............
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.2
.3
.3
Language
.4
1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3
Sociel R o b I m s
Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h
1, 2
1, 2
1. 2
..............
...............
........
.........
JUNIOR
2
3
3
4
-
3
lh
I S m . IISem.
Gr.
Religion ................... . 3
Principles of Economics
.3
Fields of Social Work ..... . 3
Criminology ............... . 3
Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech
Electives ................ - 6
.
Cr.
-3
-3
3
2
5
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2
American Government
.3
Natural Science ........... . 3
Psychology .................3
Statistics ....................
Rural Sociology ........... 3
Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3
...
-
SENIOR
2
3
3
3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion
.................. .Introduction to Methods o f
Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3
Abnormal Psychology ......
History of Philosophy ... . 3
Electives in Upper Division
Courses ..................10
-
3
3
3
3
4
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of
work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or
Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is
suggested.
FRESHMAN
J S m . LISm.
CT.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2
English 1, 2 ................3
Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 ....
History or Sociology ..... .3
Foreign Language ........ .4
Physical Education 3, 4
'6
+
....
2
3
4
3
4
'h
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
.2
2
Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4
0-4
Biology 13-14 ............ .4
4
Fine Arts ..................3
Foreign Language
.3
3
Electives .................. .3
.............
.........
SENIOR
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Bacteriology
Literature or Philosophy .. . 3
Chemistry 61 .............. 4
S ~ e e c h .....................
Social Science ............ . 3
Electives .................... 4
-
3
4
2
3
5
Lectures, laboratory and
practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........
32
Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as
at the affiliated hospital in their senior year.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
or more years of
c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is
suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing.
Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select
courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study
in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend.
ut least one year of college. En many instances two
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II,Sem,
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................. .Z
Freshman English
.3
General Zoology ......... .4
Health .................... .1
Sociology ................. . 3
Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5
Electives ................... .2
2
3
........
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Relieion
...................
Cr.
.2
or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3
................
Psychology
-3
C h ~ l d Care ,...............
Gcneral Chand
Qualitative Analpsf<
.4
Phi,s~ral ducati in;
.2
Fjrst Aid ..................
.
-
Cr.
2
3
2
...
E!ectircs
....... -
...................
.Z
Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School
01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota,
arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course
offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of
Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota.
FIRST Y E A R
I Sem.
Biology 3 ..........................
Biology 7 .........................
Chemistry 3 ........................
Psychology 7 .......................
CT.
4
., 3
3
2
SECOND YEAR
I Sem.
CT.
Sociology 5
......................... 2
Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and
Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at
Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should
be made directly to these hospitals.
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of
aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering,
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different.
Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra
and solid geometry in high school.
V
.
L
FRESHMAN
I Sem II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............... .2
2
English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3
3
Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5
5
Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S
3
Physics 5, 6
4
Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5
................
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2
Mathematics 51, 52
.5
Physics 52 .................
Physics 53
-3
Chemistry 15, IS .........
Social Science ... , .........3
....... -
.................
2
5
3
.+
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II Sem.
C
r.
--.
.2
Religion .................
English 1, 2 .............. .a
Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4
Mathematics 13, 14
.5
Electives .................. .3
.......
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Religion ...................
Zoology
Chemistry 52, 81
Physics 5, 6 ...............
Electives
.2
....................
............ 44
Cr.
2
4
.4
.................. .a
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but
it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical
school to which he plans to apply.
Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need
to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
.2
Religion 1, 2
3
English 1. 2 ............... . 3
#emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4
Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5
Physical Education 3, 4 ....%
History or Social Science . . 3
............
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
C*.
-
Cr.
2
4
.........
SENIOR
I S e n . II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ....................
3
Social Science or Historv . . 3
German ....................3
Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4
Physics 5, 6 ...............4
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
r Sem. rr Scm.
Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2
German ....................Q
Biology 13, 14 ............ .4
Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54
.4
Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2
I s m . 11 Sem.
cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Social Science .............
Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4
Electives .................. - 9
-
Cr.
Curriculums / 93
SECRETARIAL WORK
The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. ?I student ~ h has
o had simila~cowses in high
school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching
bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ .
FIRST YXAR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion ................... .3
Freshman Enalish ........ 3
3
Elementary ~fpewriting . . I
Intermediate Typewriting ..2
Introduction to Business . . 3
Office Machines ........... *2
Elementary Shorthand ... - 3
3
Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4
I42
Electives ................... 5
5
SECOND YEAR
I Sem. 11 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion ...................-2
2
Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting
-2
2
Advanced Shorthand ..... .2
3
Principles of Accounting ...3
3
Secretarial Practice ........
Psychology ................ .3
5
Electives .................... 5
...
-
Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher
education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the
Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens
in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
INTRODUCTORY
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of
the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran
congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and
nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
APPLICATION
FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following :
P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p .
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2.
years
P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year
Germs, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2 years
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
IN
ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage
from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as
many as possible of the folIowing:
English
Speech
Psycholog
..History -.-....LL-----.L---.
Youth Work
Natural Science -.
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
Education
..
Typewriting
1
.
-
.-1
-
2 years
1 year
year
2 years
1 semester
1 year
1 year
year
When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew
be taken in the senior year of college.
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
S ~ E N TARE
S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that
thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at
another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological
Faculty at Aupburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
SEMINARY
STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover
the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College
students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50
is papabk a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
96
/ Augshrg
Theological Seminary
EMPLOYMENT
THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following
semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the
condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be
recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is
sufficiently high.
SEMINARY INTERNSHIP
IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen
a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary
/ 97
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes.
They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects
relevant to their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called
Concord.
GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES
THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and
study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students
who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated
with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be
summarized as follows:
1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course
in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly
offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+
average) throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of
the Faculty Committee on Service.
5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words
in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be
submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year
and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken
during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents
who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point
ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who
have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary
studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis.
Courses of Study'
THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE
Junior Year
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
origin of the Biblical writings.
z Cr.
OLD TESTAMENT
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.
with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old
Testament. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the
Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
12.
THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the
3 Cr.
historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.)
13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
freedom. (Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE.
Place of the Psalms in the worship
I .
of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The
fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.)
3 Cr.
"With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99
16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament
approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment
and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr.
17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.
A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the
2, z Cr.
Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.)
A study of archaeological discoveries
19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics
and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.)
I Cr.
NEW TESTAMENT
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
22.
INTRODUCTION
m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.)
23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.)
24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.)
zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes
3 Cr.
which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.)
26.
THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
3 Cr.
1960-61.)
1-12.
roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary
01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to
27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY
Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions
of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
28. INTERPRETATIONS
OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the
essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul
relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.)
2 Cr.
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
2 Cr.
(Offered 1961-62.)
CHURCH HlSTORY
MR. SONNACK
40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
2 Cr.
with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.)
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
(Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr.
Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.)
This course covers the period
43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr,
is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.)
44.
45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr.
CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY
MR. OLSON
OF THEOLOGY.
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLES
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
2 Cr.
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.)
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
52. SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOLOGY
of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
2 Cr.
1961-62.)
CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications
~ 4 55.
,
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of
Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr.
A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
56. SYMBOLICS.
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
AND RELIGIOUS
CULTS. A comparative study
SYMBOLICS
57. COMPARATIVE
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
2 Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.)
58. THE THEOLOGICAL
ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT
REFORMATION.
The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism
and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with
regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared
with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily
in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent.
(Offered 1959-60.)
2 Cr.
102
/ A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary
PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A.
Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U
basis for the Christian ministry, the call and
of Ehe pastor, hia
public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church
today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.)
2 0.
61. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.A course dealing with the
dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
I Cr.
62. CLINICALPASTORAL
TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the
Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history
and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given
2 Cr.
to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.)
6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE
OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
z Cr.
The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS.
lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
2 Cr.
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
2 Cr.
are studied. Seniors.
C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103
CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION.
A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.)
I Cr.
71.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation
I Cr.
to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.)
HYMNOLOGY.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.)
I Cr.
74.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
Studies in the application of basic
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION.
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.)
2 Cr.
THE CHURCH
A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized
movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the
Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled.
z Cr.
77.
Emphasis upon preparation
and practice in delivery of
sermons is included in the
homilectics course for Seminary Middlers.
Personnel
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Oficers of the Board
THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
.
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president
MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary
.
MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND,
Willmar, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1961
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin
Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church
Austin, Minnesota
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Insurance
Term Expires in 1963
The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota
A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
MR. HERBERT
Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company
Term Expires in 1964
The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota
Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church
MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
Personnel / r 05
MR.
JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company
ddvisory Mern bers
The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided
NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development
MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . .
PAUL G. SONNACK. .
,
. . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean
of the Theological Seminary
BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager
PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty
MELVIN A. HELLAND
.........-
.Secretary of the Theological Faculty
Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60
AGNESB. TANG
JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian
.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
FRIEDELVINDMANN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer
S. V . HJELMELAND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development
HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias;
Manager of Musical Organizations
IRVING
HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds
RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager
MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services
BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum
IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist
DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions
BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar
KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian
MARCELLUSJOHNSON
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor
ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud
Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois
Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and
Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild
Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs.
Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs.
Ruth
Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and
Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn
Petersen
and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs.
Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub;
Printing and Mailing-Valborg
Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield;
Receptionist-Mildred
Nelson.
Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda
Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and
Mrs. James Glasoe.
Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C.
Engen.
MEDICAL STAFF
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N.,
Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960
Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen.
Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson,
Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick.
Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins.
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci,
Holum.
Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel.
Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg.
Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng.
Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn.
Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members
also included in this committee.)
Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.)
R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.)
Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre.
Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson.
Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament
A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional
Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959.
IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and
Religion; College Chaplain
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M.,
Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957.
PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion
(on leave).
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake,
Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60.
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty
listing.
Io8
/ Personnel
DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History
A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M.,
Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ;
Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957.
LAWRENCE
M. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At
. A u g k g since
'955.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
COURTLAND
L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research
Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
L n a MAE ANDEREGG,
M.A., Instructor in Education
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College,
1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At
Augsburg since 1959.
ALBERTB. ANDERSON,
A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy
A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956;
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of
Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956.
At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60).
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed.,
Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basbtball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy,
1946. At Augsburg since 1949.
Personnel / 109
A.B., Dean of Students
PETERH. ARMACOST,
A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since
1959.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission
House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary,
Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg since 1954.
LRL
H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954.
Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since
1959.
CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg
since 1952.
GRACIACHRISTENSEN,
A.M., instructor in English
A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College,
Study: University of Chicago.
I 93 1.
Additional
Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin
MARIOCOLACCI,
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsburg since 1952.
AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg
since 1941.
I Io
/ Personnel
IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19;
Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21;
Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5.
JACK
FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
1948. A t Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus
Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954.
ORLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Instr~~cbor
in,History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956.
W~LMM
H. HALVERSON,
Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton
University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t
Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959.
ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss
Administration
A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I.
Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5
2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois
College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assistant
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College,
1948.Additional study: Minnesota.
Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since
Professor of Psychology
1932;A.M., University of Minnesota,
Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
1953.
Personnel /
III
THEODORE
J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching:
Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar
Augsburg since 1976.
MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology
A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds
B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music,
I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail
School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g .
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business
Administrotion
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona!
Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957.
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry
JOHN R. HOLUM,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland,
1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At
Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science
A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University,
Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
MILDREDV.
JOEL,
A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High
School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947.
I I2
/ Personnel
EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50.
Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public
Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota;
American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of
Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8.
KARLLN,
ROBERT
B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools,
1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota,
1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955.
MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges
AB., Voss
S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching:
High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University,
1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel /
I I3
CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota.
Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg
Teaching: High
Morris, 1945-47;
49. A t Augsburg
College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture,
Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950.
ERWIND. MICKELBERG,
A.B., Instructor in Anatomy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6.
F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching:
Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At
Augsburg since I 9 59.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;
Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach
of Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
I I4
/ Personnel
CATHERINE
NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching:
Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon
College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957.
NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development
A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional
Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t
Augsburg since I 95 8.
IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French
Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948
KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of
Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5.
HOWARD
E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School,
1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t
Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946.
KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956.
LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
Personnel /
II5
OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D.,
,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50;
University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc,
I ~ J Z - T ~A
. t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 .
MARTINQUANBECK,
Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D.,
1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M.,
University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-.
At Augsburg since 1958.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946.
A. MAYOSAVOLD,
A.B., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota.
Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D.,
1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed
Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since
R u m SEGOLSON,
M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At
Augsburg since I 944.
GEORGESOBERG,
A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
I I6
/ Personnel
R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University
of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957.
ROBERTC. STENSTROM,
M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South
Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional
study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since
(Xu H.
SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation
Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At
Augsburg since 1940.
P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art
A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8.
Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner
College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel /
I I7
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D.,
1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public
Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947.
ADELEF. TURRITTIN,
B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German
A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota,
1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958.
B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion
HAROLDTOLLEFSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study:
University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg
since 1959.
HELENULVESTAD,
B.A., Instructor in Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
(Deceased, October 29, 1959)
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth
College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz.
MANIVALD
ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
(Deceased, November I , 19 5 8)
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota.
Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58.
I I8
/ Personnel
ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology
A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-.
OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional
Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg
1958-59.
ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor
of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary.
GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration
S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957.
Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN,
B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration
A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59.
LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa,
University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9.
JOHN V. HALVORSON,
C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59.
Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary.
JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration
B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59.
WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59.
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At
Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59.
Personnel / I 19
GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching
Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy
S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota.
Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's
Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59.
MARYBELLE
RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech
A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg
1958-59.
ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science
B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver,
1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59.
PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59.
DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957.
Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
SHELDONL. TORGERSON,
B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup.,
Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar,
1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology
MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional
study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46.
Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and
1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59.
ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration
A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t
Augsburg 1958-59.
Graduates
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958
WITH THE
Almquist,
Anderson,
Anderson,
Anderson,
DEGREE OF
BACHELC
IR
.........
.......
James Arnold
.Spicer
Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis
Eugene M.
.Minneapolis
Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga
Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke
Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis.
Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis
Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson
Minneapolis
b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield
Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b
Berge. Gerald P.
.Minneapolis
Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk,
Bergtnm. R o w G.
..WinneupolLs
Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph
San Francisco, Calif.
Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis
Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis
.Wyoming
Bullock, Richard W.
Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis
..........
......
........
........
Minneapolis
Carlson. Roger Alvin
.Nopeming
Cherne, John Edward
Christenson, Erwin William
Portefield, Wis.
.......
Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis.
Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa
Dodds, Donald Jack
.Minneapolis
Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton
Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis
Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S
Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak.
Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby
........
Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis
Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul
Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
OF
ARTS
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Betty J. ..........Minneapolis
C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis
Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor
Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis
Wayne Charles
St. Paul
........
Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak.
............Minneapolis
............Minneapolis
Lindell, Alice M.
Lindell, John L.
Lundquist, Elyce Ellen
..........Buffalo
Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa
Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa
Miskowiec, John Jr.
.JTinn@apo?is
Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ?
......
Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis.
Niederloh. Janet M.
Chetek, Wis.
.......
Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis
Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis
Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla.
Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis
Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis.
Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis
Olson, Richard Carl
Minneapolis
Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis
Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis
........
Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis
Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis
Peterson,
Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield
~
Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis
Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis
Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis
Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls
Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay
Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis
Gllmme. Hugh
Mfnnea?wI%
Schulz. Davlci W.
.Minneapolis
Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul
G r t q . Bonita Mad
IZemderaan
Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y.
Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr.
Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre
Minneauolis
Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont.
Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis
Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis
Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk
Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck
Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine
Duluth
Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis
Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia
Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls
Thompson, Norman Ephriam
Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis
Leonard, N. Dak.
Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis
Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis
Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis
Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis
Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis.
Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis
Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis
Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis
Hovland, Anna Jane
Mora
Welch, Robert M.
.Minneapolis
West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield
Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis
..............
...........
.........
......
.............
.........
.
Graduates /
1 2I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959
W
I
THE
~
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF ARTS
Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me.
Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul
Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer
Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville
Andersen. Sara Jane
Robbinsdale
Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove
Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis
......
.....
.Lamberton
Batalden, Charlotte D.
Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis
Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis.
Wanmka
Berg, John Allen
Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis
Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale
.Lakefield
Berkness, Vernon Orville
Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth
Northpod, N.Y.
Lamberton
Burreson, Dennis Basil
Byhre, Mary H.
.Minneapolis
............
....
......
.............
Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis
Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis
Christensen, Paul James
"Stewart
Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis.
.
.....
Doren, Mary Mathilda
..........St.
Eldridge, Patricia Darlene
Fall, Ronald David
Fering, Charles A.
Paul
........Shafer
..............
Ivanhoe
Lambe~ton
...........
Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton
Grahn, Dale E.
.Minneapolis
Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis
Grant, Gaylord 0.
..Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Green, Richard Reginald
Grill. Keith E.
.Caruthers. Calif.
Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis.
Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis
...........
........
..
.......
Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview
Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck
Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis
Hawks, Franklin D.
Willmar
Heggem. Kenneth Clark
.Minneapolis
Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis
Hemingway, G. Jerome
.Minneapolis
Hill, Rodney Elmer
Cokato
.Spring Vallql, Wis.
Hojem, Ruth E.
Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Home, Harry James
Hulbert, Elsbeth M.
New York, N.Y.
...
............
...
...
............
.......
....
Jacobson,
Johnson,
Johnson.
Johnson,
Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich.
Corrine Joann ......Northf eld
Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis
.Savage
William Douglas
.....
Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash.
Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis.
Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis
Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm
.......
Kambak, Harold M.
.Minneapolis
Kim, Ock Hyung
.
- .......... Seoul. Korea
Kopka. Heinrich
Pine River
Kopp, Wilbur E.
.Minneapolis
Kvamme, Ardella E.
.Minneapolis
.............
.........
.....
Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis
Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis
Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis
Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka
Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis
Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A.
Minneapolis
Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale
Lyngdal, John Walter
.Duluth
...........
Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis
Martinsen. John Phillip
Menominie, Mich.
Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis
Matheson, Donald W.
.Minneapolis
Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield
Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis
Moen. Thomas Harold
.Minneapolis
Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa
......
....
Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis
Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis
Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson
Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis
Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis
Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis
Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield
....
Olsen, Willard L.
Watertown, S.D.
Olson, Donald C.
.Minneapolis
Olson, Douglas 0.
.Minneapolis
Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls
Overby, Richard N. ............Mound
.........
.........
Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis
Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis
Pearson, Vivian K. Skor
.Minneapolis
Peterson, Eugene S.
.Jackson
Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis
Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen
Minneapolis
Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis
Pulkrabek, Carol Rose
.St. Paul
Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis
..
..........
.......
Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Norman J.
Bertha
..........
Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight
..Minneapolis
.............. Ashby
.... ..Minneapolis
Ringstad, David J.
Romo, Luther Edward
Sabo, Martin Olav
........Alkabo,
N.D.
.....
Sallen, Donald Arthur
.Minneapolis
Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis
Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis
Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato
Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan
.Minneapolis
Sletten. Richard Glenn
Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis
........Minneapolis
Solomon, Morton B.
Strand, Theodore Hagen
Svanoe, Rennard Gale
....Minneapolis
.... .Minneapolis
..........
Thorson, Dale B.
.Minneapolis
Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis
Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson
..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis.
,
Twiton, Mary Ann
Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar
Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis
West, Stuart E.
Cla~kjield
Willmar
Westphal, Carolyn J.
..
...............
...........
.....
Zielke, Carolyn Margaret
..Minneapolis
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958
WITH T H E
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF THEOLOGY
Gusdal, Delmar M.
Erickson, Manitoba, Canada
Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak.
.Madela
Nelson, Philip A.
.............
Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn.
.Hoffman
Shiell, Wendell C.
Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn.
Steinbrecher, Wayne G.
.Long Siding
...........
...
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959
Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn.
Evavold, Charles A.
.Battle Lake
Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England
Nevin, LeRoy E.
.Cumberland, Wk.
.......
.....
Anderson Kenneth L.
Anderson, Norman E.
Hagestuen, Richard M.
Swenson, Jasper
.......Owatonna
.......Lamberton
....... . S b b u c k
.............Rendricks
Enrollment Summary
STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959
College
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . _
Junior ..................
Sophomore ............
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . .
Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F H.) .........
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) ....
TV Students (only) . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Total
First Semester
Men
Women
Total
83
107
117
191
32
30
45
68
167
11
37
32
113
152
185
358
43
37
32
46
99
14
12
46
2
1
-
. . . . . . . . . . ., 533
99
12
11
Second Semester
Men
Women
Total
78
109
113
175
32
29
46
64
153
14
107
155
177
328
46
A
558
TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959
Claw
Men
85
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students- (only) ..........
2
N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
.
.
.
.
.
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
.
Women
Total
31
48
73
168
18
37
32
46
99
13
11
116
167
195
379
60
37
32
46
.
99
15
12
576
THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959
Semester I
Men
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..................
.6
7
9
1
Semester II
Men
6
7
9
Total
Men
6
7
9
-
.
1
.
23
22
n
TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
576
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Total
-
.............................
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
-
Total
23
.
..................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . .
1175
2
.
STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960
College
Class
Men
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . . .
2
36
44
89
171
13
42
29
45
95
21
127
144
203
436
50
42
29
45
95
29
-
615
585
1200
.
.
Total
,
............
Second Semester
Total
Men
Women
36
122
86
43
145
102
85
199
114
164
412
248
13
52
39
First Semester
Women
Total
.
TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961)
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special
....... . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . .
Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
Women
36
44
90
176
18
42
29
45
95
26
.
601
Enrollment Summary /
I2 5
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960
Semester I
Men
7
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
-
Total
....................
Semester II
Men
7
7
11
1
Total
Men
7
8
11
2
.
.
26
28
28
TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
665
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
.
-
Total
..........................
,
........
1266
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
0
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
28
.
..................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . .
.
1294
3
.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Seminary
Total
.....................................
679
College
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320
Graduates-1870-1957
Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Total
...................................
2538
3217
Index
Page
Academic Administration
.......... " 3 5
Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7
Page
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9
Education. elementary .......... .65. 87
.......................6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db
Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
!.3
Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9
Alumni Association. The ............. 11
Archives. The ...................... 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71
Athletics .......................... 32
Attendance. Chapel ................ 23
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95
Audio-visual Education ............. 13
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86
Electives .......................... 41
Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?,
96
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91
Accreditation
Administration
Biology. Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89
Business Administration and Economics .69
Calendar
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39
Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95
Faculty. The
...............
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . .
Finonciol Support and Control
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Requirements . . . . . .40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100
............
Classification of Students
37
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06
Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96
Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41.
Curriculums
42
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
Discipline
49
..................... -37
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88
Degrees
.............
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Cancellation
Credits
English. Department of
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35
........
97
92
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28
Distinction. Degree with
.............
41
............. 43
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53
Divisional Organization
General
Information
Geography
Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Grants-in-aid
Greek, New Testament
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Health and Physicol Education
....... 81
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98
High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86
Health Service
Historical
Sketch
................... 7
.............. 6 0
History. Department of
Home Economics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,
87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41
Homiletics
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Housing .......................... 26
Humanities. Division of the
..........48
Index /
Page
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Journalism
Junior Year Abroad
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Laboratories. Natural Science
. . . . . . . . 14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
.
Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Latin
Location
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
I 27
Page
19
............
........................
Prizes. Scholarships and
Probation
Psychology
37
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
....................... 3 0
........................... 8
........................... 26
Publications
Purposes
Records
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28,
...........................
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Registration,
32
18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36
Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7
Religion ond Philosophy, Division of
. . .44
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Room Costs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6
Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0
Scandinavian Language and Literature 54
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses
. . . . . . . . . 92
. . . . . . . .93
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Secretarial Work Curriculum
Membership in Educational Associations 6
Seminary,
Ministry, Preparation for the
. . . . . .84, 95
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85
Seminary, Courses of Study
Minors
Seminary, Expenses
Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54
Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Music, Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58
Admission
. . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24
Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60
Social Work Curriculum
Sociology, Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . .89
. . . . . . . . . . .63
Natural Sciences and Mathematics,
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
. . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4
. . . . . . . . . . . .42
Schools of . . . . 15
Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28
Norwegian,
Courses in
Numbering of Courses
Nursing. Affiliation with
Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses
Old Testament (Seminary)
. . . . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . .31,
32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26,
98
Organizations, Student
Orientation
........ 91
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . .
Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
.....
......
............
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Service far Graduates
.
............
................
Plant. The Physical
Political Science
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Special Programs of Study
. . . . . . . . . . 15
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96
Student Personnel Services
. . . . . . . . . .25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2
Svstematic Theolwv
.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Symbols
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
. . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38
Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94
Teaching Curriculums
Testing
Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Trustees. B w r d of
Tuition and Fees
. .36.
95
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17
University Courses ................. 37
Upper Division Requirements
-41
........
AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED
IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND
EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
PICTURED
AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion
by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is
estimated at $8,000,000.
Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium,
student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development
during this same period include additional research and instructional
equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship
funds.
The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction
and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it
will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics,
chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events.
The development program states as its purpose
"to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support
of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring
the college to the fulfillment of its destiny."
Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this
purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations,
parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These
volunteers work with and through a Development Council.
Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a
manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are
thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan,
memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts
iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable
tax benefits to the donors.
The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher
Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation
and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg.
Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be
addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less
AUGS8URG COLLEGE
731 2 1 s t AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
gr
- 8
Official Publication o f
I
Augsburg College, ~ i n n e a p o l i sM
, N
I-
m
A
I
S U M M E R 1980
!I
.
J
1
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r... Show more
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t
p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
Calendar
I
I
November 10-13
December
8
January
5
...
.. .
...
Interim Registration
Late I n t e r i m Registration
F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m
r Class
January
6 .
January
8 .
I 9:Ooa.m.
Class I 1
..
..
1:00 p.m.
I
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d
L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g
g r a d i n g system
.
January
19 . .
January
23
...
January
30
. . .
Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f
c r e d i t courses *
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g
courses
I n t e r i m ends
I
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e :
0
>
..
0
I - 8:00
I1
-
1 :00
-
IF00
-
5:00
d L.
;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e
The number a
w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
*
Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine
t h e g r a d i n g system.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l
The N i t t y G r i t t y
One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d .
There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an
i n t e r i m course.
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0.
S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s .
A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g .
Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e
a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d .
A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e
n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d
d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements.
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f
w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n
t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m
f o r graduation).
This C a t a l o g
T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n
a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1
t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t
~ ~ f f e r cby
d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t ,
a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n
about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Options
June Interim
A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f
summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h
no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l .
S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n .
2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
International Interims
Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas
These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981
ims a r e under these departments:
.
Education
EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY:
LONDON, page 10.
-
LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND
Foreign Languaqes
T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13.
THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY
MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14.
THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND
GUATEMALA, page 1 6 .
-
HAWAII:
H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science
A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC
INTERACTION, page 20.
Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College.
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l
.
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October.
Internships
I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l
t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no
l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18.
Independent or D l r e c t e d Study
Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r
d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e
s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
A.
Meet departmental requirements,
B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed
s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal
must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r
forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e
t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal
.
Interim Office.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13
Interims a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s
a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be
c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r
i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e
i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t
may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r
t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e
January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e
January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s ,
h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e
i n t e r i m course.
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e
t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d
by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome
t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m
h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c
o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y
accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n
i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s ,
admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and
o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs.
N e e d M o r e Help?
Check w i t h :
The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) ,
o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y ,
Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r
e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092.
4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Calligraphy
ART 1010611 0306
Instructor:
P h i l i p Thompson
Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c
s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n
p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
a major p r o j e c t i s required.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o )
-
Film-Making I Film-Making ii
ART 1024211 0342
Instructor:
Paul Rusten
T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e .
There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m .
Fees:
$70.00 l a b f e e
None f o r Film-making I
You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r
f o r Film-making 11.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
L i f e Drawing
ART 10247
Instructor:
Norman Hol en
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The
f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r
v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an
hour and a h a l f .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l
p e n c i l and p a s t e l s .
A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS
rn
N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t
BIOLOGY 20104
Instructor:
Erwin Mickel berg
Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion.
A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e
basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals,
vitamins and water.
9
An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured
i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l
concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 212
T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng
BIOLOGY 20185
Instructor:
Robert H e r f o r t h
A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y
experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related
changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects
o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes?
What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from
t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n
c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o
t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be
addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions
o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation
w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 205
M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h
BIOLOGY 20301
Instructor:
Neal Thorpe
The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y
has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d
research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l
methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry,
s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an
in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e
6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e
t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y .
Prerequisites:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106)
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e 202
Wetland Ecology
BIOLOGY 2031 1
Instructor:
Roberta Lammers
In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs,
marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these
w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as
we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota
d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e
p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be
l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the
p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g .
Prerequisite:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112
I
Room:
S c i e n c e 213
-
D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation
BUSINESS 21495
Instructor:
K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The
method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com-
m e n t a t i o n and s
There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y .
Prerequisfte:
Time:
I
A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
L2O1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7
CHEMISTRY 341 13
Instructor:
E a r l A1 t o n
Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a
cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course
dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry.
The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There
wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three
hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day.
knowns and a few q u i z z e s .
Lectures
-
Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory
11 :00 a .m.
Prerequisite:
H i g h School C h e m i s t r y
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
18111
Room:
-
1 :00-4:00
p.m.
Science 318
Introduction t o Chemirtry
CHEMISTRY 341 04
Instructor:
John Holum
T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s
o f chemistry:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common
u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o
use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s .
Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how
p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s .
Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r .
Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n
t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e
h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental
p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made.
A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y
and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and
t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a
chemistry major.
Distribution:
Time:
I
,
Yes
Room:
S c i e n c e 318
81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
.
,
,
4
.
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y
CHEMISTRY 34205
Instructor:
A r l i n Gyberg
A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally
1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc
medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f
chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical
teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent
.
q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam.
Prerequisites:
Time:
Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223
Room:
I
Science 320
E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s
ECONOMICS 221 20
Instructor:
Ed S a b e l l a
A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban
environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g
Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s
i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards
an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r .
Distribution:
Time:
Economics o r Urban
I1
Room:
01 d Main 11
Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains
ECONOMICS 22493
Instructor:
Satya Gupta
Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n
Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o
wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap*
tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be
sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models,
Z
.
.
Prerequisite:
Time:
I1
-
H i g h School A1 gebra
Room:
L-1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9
EUROPE January 3-28
E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n
EDS 44260
EDE 45260
Instructor:
Cost:
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
$1395
An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e
4
#
u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example.
The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns
as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and
t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and
l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John
i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a
l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l
a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community
a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t
i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a
l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences.
Counts t o w a r d m a j o r :
F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n
t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255)
Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t
Grading:
PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l
E n r o l l m e n t : 15
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r .
Student Teaching
EDUCATION:
Instructor:
44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484,
45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e
provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s
a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l
( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h
c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l
t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n .
.
Prerequisites:
Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f
instructor.
1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Heritage Reporter
ENGLISH 54212
Instructor:
Dave Wood
"Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng
about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures
o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques
of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a
comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o
submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr
choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only.
Prerequisites:
Time:
English 111
I
Room:
Old Main 10
Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s
ENGLISH 54233
SOCIOLOGY 94233
Instructors:
Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell
The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the
Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their
societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized
duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways
t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular,
they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological
comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations
(approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take
a final written examination.
Laboratory Fee:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
$35
Yes
Room:
Science Audi t o r i urn
A S e v e n t i e s Sampler
ENGLISH 54249
Instructor:
Ron Palosaari
We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in
the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of
Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective
s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and
films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s .
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11
I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e
o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t .
Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do
t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage
o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I1
Old Main 18
Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop
ENGLISH 54362
Instructor:
Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas
Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of
prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four
s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period.
The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n
w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being
produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these
afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l .
The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s
(normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience
w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken
a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class.
I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r
work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n .
Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion
ENGLISH 54445.
Instructor:
Barbara Anderson
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l
reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n
small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r
themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l
term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e
i n t e r i m session.
Prerequisite:
J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 12
12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
'EUROPE January 3-28
L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s
French 70215/70315
Instructor:
Cost:
Mary Johnson
$1595
Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced
students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press,
+
and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d
w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres
and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e
chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three.
French 70315 counts toward major (French)
French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign
Language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
70215:
70315:
French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t
French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o n l y
Enrollment:
15
I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October.
F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n
FRENCH 70243
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r
t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f
s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n
mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and
c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t
French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e
r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y
w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13
d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n
form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s
e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen
l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading,
c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Yes
Room:
I
O l d Main 27
.EUROPE January 3-28
The Rhine Frontier: Germany
M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e
GER 72333
Instructor:
Cost:
Donald Steinmetz
$1595
+
Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been
4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe.
Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here
modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne.
Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes.
Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s
which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and
t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area
on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels
Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German.
Counts toward German m a j o r
-
Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t
i n German
Enrol l m e n t : 20
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary
Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distri butlon:
Time:
Yes
I
Room: Old Main 29
N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311
Instructor: Leif Hanson
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations
in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work
and field experience required. No special fees.
Prerequisite: 75211
-
Intermediate level
Distribution: Yes
Time:
I1
Room: Old Main 29
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5
MEXICO January 5-30
The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala
SPA 76381
GST 58181
Gunta Rosental s
Instructor:
Cost:
$1395
+
T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian,
c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala
4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l
Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan
r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y .
Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r
i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a
d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s
w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . )
O p t i o n A:
Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r
F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t
Prerequisite:
Option B:
General S t u d i e s
Prerequisite:
Grading:
Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r
-
f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t
None (Spanish 11 1 recommended)
PIN o n l y
E n r o l l m e n t : '30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229
o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as
p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Safety Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114
Instructor:
Doug Nelson
P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community
l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I(Jan. 5-16)
Room:
Melby 12
Chemical Dependency Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f
abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as
w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a
drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems
a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g .
Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s
and t e x t book.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby 12
Recreational Activities & Rhythms
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l
r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s ,
camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square
dancing
.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby
AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17
Modern D a n c e
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e
composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and
design. No previou.s experience necessary.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y
Time:
I (Jan. 5-16)
i course
Room:
credit.
Melby
Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477
Instructor:
Rees Johnson
Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It
wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade
e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a
w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work.
T h i s course
--
equals o n l y
Prerequisite:
Time:
i
course c r e d i t .
I n s t r u c t o r approval
I1
Room:
Melby 13
Coaching of H o c k e y
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478
Instructor:
Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey.
It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on
d r y land and on i c e .
Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching
notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must
be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k .
This course
--
equals o n l y % course c r e d i t .
Prerequisite:
Time:
1
I n s t r u c t o r approval
Room:
Me1by 13
18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes
HISTORY 56111/56311
Instructor:
Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e
"navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e
i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which
i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western
C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s .
I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since
t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l
l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some
s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double
(maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation
w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper
d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be
a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r
way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Yes
-
h i s t o r y o r urban
Room:
Old Main 12
D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y
HISTORY 56299
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e
t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S.
H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e
20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o
supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o
consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by
students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l .
Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e
inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be
t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m .
Prerequisite:
One h i s t o r y course
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119
H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n
' HAWAII
January 4-28
H i s t o r y 56240/56340
P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355
Instructors:
Cost:
I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan
$1495
*+
Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s
i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus
on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s .
Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and
H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on
Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each
s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper.
Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Prerequisites:
Grading:
lower d i v i s i o n , none.
upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f
instructor.
PIN o n l y
Enrollment:
30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e
INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285
Instructor:
Grier Nicholl
the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l
War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n
Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and
WaF and World
novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period.
Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n
the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the
Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the
c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters,
the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William
O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels
such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s
muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic
forces in the c i t y .
Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y
background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof
s readings, and several visits
t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual
o r group oral presentation.
Distribution:
Time:
Urban
I1
Room:
Music 23
B r u s h Up
MATHEMATICS 61103
Instructor:
Beverly Durkee
This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an
introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful
f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s
a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students
who wish t o work with t h i s medium.
There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o
gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades.
Time:
I
Room:
Science 108
Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music
MATHEMATICS 61 130
Instructor:
Ben Cooper
In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the
often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow
related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the
sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121
mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as
acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics
no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but
where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and
mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features
of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical
constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic
ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on
these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that
everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will
try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings
or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly
mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The
necessary the ma tics will be developed in class.
Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Music 5
Room:
I
An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s
MATHEMATICS 61136161336
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which
calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas"
on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller
cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data,
buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies
and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and
its links to geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the
historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will
note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported
scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research
paper is required.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing
ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
Old Main 23
ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians
MUSIC 82151/82351
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These
systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal
a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study.
For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l
be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do
more memory work away from t h e i r instruments.
Time:
I
Room:
Music 9
M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c
MUSIC 82212/82312
Instructor:
Robert ~ a r l i n
An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l
and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f
music.
Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by
the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions.
Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h
l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course.
Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t
one.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Majors:
Theory 4; others:
No: Majors: e l e c t i v e
Yes: Others: Fine A r t s
Room:
I1
Music 26
Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e
M U S I C 82233182433
Instructor:
Roberta Metzl e r
none
&:
Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research
i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o
treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas
and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123
. Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the.
Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl ,
Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8
f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham
btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB,
T. Eitglq,
wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh
RMT. Graduate sJudents from
r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@
Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion
w"ll1 be b
S
rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11
intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on
c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal
.
d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0.
Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn.
and Tekaa
-r
e
I
Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas).
would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board.
Time:
I
Room:
T h i s fee
Music 26
The Opera of Puccini
MUSIC 82253
Instructor:
Stephen Gabriel sen
A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and
reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as
w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r
t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
I
Music 4
History of Jazz
MUSIC 82377
Instructor:
L a r r y Tallman
This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we
know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement
exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e
music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t
t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s
and a f i n a l .
Time:
I
Room:
Music 2
24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
a
T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g
NURSING 81 320
I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust
T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f
n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t
p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e .
Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations.
Prerequisites:
instructor.
Time:
Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f
Room:
I
O l d Main 13
T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s
PHILOSOPHY 83132
Instructor:
Bruce Reichenbach
Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says
develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l
be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
June 1981
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
a t Some Contemporary Issues
PHILOSOPHY 83250
Instructor:
Kenneth B a i l e y
A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is
i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun
i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s
t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l
discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face
whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1
be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes
Time:
I1
Room!
01 d Main 1 0
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125
The Starship Accords
PHYSICS 84180
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180
Instructors:
Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel
You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the
f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As
one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to:
A.
FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on
any of the several planetary systems thought to be
suitable for colonization. .
B.
Help design a system of governance for the entire
comuni ty
C.
Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the
colony sent to each location.
.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory
will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group
projects.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Music 22
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics
PHYSICS 84341
Instructor:
Kenneth Erickson
Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry,
materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of
the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of
s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the
leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of
lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions
i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working
knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid
s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed
will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures;
interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic
properties of sol ids.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125
Room:
Science 24
26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
+,,
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355
Instructors:
I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.)
*
N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t
Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345
Instructor:
M i l d a Hedblom
The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a
powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In
thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of
t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political
coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll
cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980
general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course
we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their
unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f
the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the
second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three
teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing
election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working
where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the
Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes
11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn
work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis.
Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading
Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee,
twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges.
R
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l
j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 25
T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e
PSYCHOLOGY 86210
Instructor:
Norman Ferguson
This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas:
1)
How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n
everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad
h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h
anger).
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27
2)
Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV
violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s
c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?)
Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f
these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l
students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c
t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions
can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l
be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n .
The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on
psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o
develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11
group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s
presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short
paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen.
Prerequisite:
Time:
Psychology 105
I1
Room:
Psychology 2
' P o p Psych': What's i t all About?
PSYCHOLOGY 86235
Instructor:
L y l a Anderegg
Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups ,
happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed
reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior.
Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today?
Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology
has disappeared?
What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional
psycho1 o g i s t s ?
I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ?
These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course
t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format.
Each student w i l l be responsible
f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h
respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e .
Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen
references.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Psychology 3
28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y
PSYCHOLOGY 86241
Instructor:
Richard Marken
See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I )
can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple
programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure
response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses,
See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV
scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I
Psychology 3
Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
Instructor:
Duane Johnson
Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on
childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular
persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers,
Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports
t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r
strengths.
This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of
Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop.
Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t
approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the
reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of
the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than
December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r
reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading,
regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and
a short summary paper.
Prerequisites:
Registration:
Time:
I
86105 General Psychology
P/N only
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129
Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools
3f.Q
RELIGION 87355
Instructor:
Eugene Skibbe
We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n
and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l
be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s
associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be
analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e
phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern.
Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g
o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned
reading.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
Music 23
T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y
RELIGION 87369
Instructor:
David Fagerberg
This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t
fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees
of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t
three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of
worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The
aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies,
but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp.
R
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e
s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n
t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 11
I I-
C
d
\I
3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981
INTERIM
T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e
SOCIAL WORK 95312
Contact:
Eddie Hertzberg
An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e
i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency
treatment agency.
Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes,
e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency.
Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d .
Fees:
$100
Prerequisites:
Time:
Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission
o f c o n t a c t person
I& I 1
Room:
Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson
Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN.
Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention
SOCIAL WORK 95410
Instructor:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rosa1i e C l a r k
To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n
t h e present.
To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y .
To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y .
To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e
broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e .
To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address
domestic violence.
Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g
c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader
s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e
issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l
provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r
students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d .
Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n :
4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam
1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31
F i e l d Work i l l
SOCIAL WORK 95466
Instructor:
Doug Perry
T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement
i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15
hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y
f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations
w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed
c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms.
This course
carries
Prerequisites:
Time:
4:OO-5:00
o n l y % course c r e d i t .
F i e l d Work I 1
Room:
Old Main 22
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of
Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films
SOCIOLOGY 94233
I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .)
T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g
SOCIOLOGY 94313
Instructor:
Gordon Nelson
Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e
nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a
s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions
asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on
these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s
m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o
observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l
i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l
and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Old Main 22
32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Discussion and D e b a t e
SPEECH 98112/98312
Instructor:
Ray Anderson
Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative
problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y
phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and
c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o
achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f
problem-sol ving.
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions
i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions
using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various
formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y
every day.
Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on
readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance
i n discussions and debates.
Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have
a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable.
Yes
I1
Room:
Old Main 13
Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r )
SPEECH 98285
Instructor:
Ailene Cole
This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play.
Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music,
dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e
scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week.
Time:
9:30
1:00
-
12:OO
3:OO
Room:
Stage 11, Old Music
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133
I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication
SPEECH 98331
Instructor:
Joel Mugge
This course will explore both the problems and the potential of
communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will
examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers
between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the
course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small
group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as
readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there
will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t
the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication
between cultures.
The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study
o r travel abroad.
-
Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project.
Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor.
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 18
34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Other Courses
These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h
Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y
a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e
s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e
i n t h e Interim Office.
10163
B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g
O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a .
-
Tuition
$159.
551 06
S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h )
Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m
n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s
e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t
Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n .
58120
W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r )
Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary
Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s .
85399
Washington Interim
A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n
w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e
f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113.
95312
T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e
-
I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i
t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency
t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i
p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical
dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d .
-
S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t
person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100.
98251
PeacemakingIPIaymaking:
A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t
a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm
A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and
t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by
Y
workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g .
Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e
n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e
i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r
Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and
discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e
i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s
and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n
J o e l Mugge).
Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285.
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135
Lifetime Sports
The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m .
They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e
s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any
one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be
expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received.
F o l k Dancing
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Time:
E r n i e Anderson
12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday
Running
Room:
Melby
- A Positive Addiction
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program
designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t .
There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y
attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside.
Time:
12:OO-1:00
(meets :an.
12-30)
Room:
Me1by
Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Mike Teitelbaum
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and
p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r .
Fees:
$20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n
Time:
12:OO-1:00
Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y
36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Room:
Me1by
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Libr... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. O l d M a i n
5. Wcsl Hall
6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music- Hall
11. Psychology Building
12 Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Slage II Thrdter
15. Lillle Thrcitc,r
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Studrnt Parking
C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Facul~y-StaffParking
F. M u r p h y Square
G. Practice Field
H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp
-..-... + ' -
,
,
.
. - , .,\: ,. -.:+,
.
(
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Contents
2 Campus Map
5 Introduction
7
8
12
16
24
30
44
45
128
139
140
142
Facilities
Admissions
Costs
Financial Aid
Student Life
Academic Information
Brief Facts
Course Descriptions
Registers
Communication List
Index
Academic Calendars
Philip Thompson, Art Department chair,
checks a student project
Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and
women's volleyball
Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower
at Homecoming
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultwral and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for
knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a
broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The
college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear,
disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents
in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages
within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners
throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is
a cran~~nued
goal of the college,
f
P$
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us
for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression
and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its
studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In
addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand
I ~ Christian
P
faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the
commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world.
a
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and
educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware
that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the
college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting,
provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao
educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany,
in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years
later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college
graduation was in 1879.
Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year.
Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg
Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway,
centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl
' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College
Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years.
Location and Campus
Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West
Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc
adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St
Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern,
Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus .
or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals
listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office
of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and
Elementary)
The Council on Social Work Education
The American Chemical Society
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Minnesota Private College Council
Lutheran Education Council in North America
Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e
five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South.
Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
Eousing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff.
Admissions
9 Freshmen Students
Early Decision
Early Admission
10 Transfer Students
11 Former Students
Special Students
(Non-Degree)
International Students
8
Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue
South
Campus Hub, the College Center, and
Urness Tower
I'
Moving in - often a family affair
Ir: .
.
4
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college
community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race,
creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin.
cP
Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors.
visit prospective students in their schools, assisting
rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services
slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House
i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Whencves possible, the
Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the
Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class
visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor.
The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group
tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or
call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made.
f
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon
graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented
instcad of t h high
~ school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious
academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred
personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be
required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made.
g
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted
upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scorcs, and tecommenrlation5.
Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the
Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid
0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award
by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office.
f
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin
corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr
~
of the senior year of high i r l i o o f
hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman
applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or
counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould
go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted
work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal
a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to
granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg.
P
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5
average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the
Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is
required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or
less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the
Admissions Office.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed
personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be
required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An
~ ~ r i l 1
arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit
or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon
request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ .
py
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has
attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an
official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo
not pay the application fce,
b
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
5
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult the information available from the Admissions
Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other
nations.
Financial Information
13 Costs 1980-81
14 Deposits
15 Payments
Refunds
Financial Aid
16 Application
17 Gifts
18 Loans
Campus Work
19 Sponsored Scholarships
12
Melby Hall - site for registration,
Chapel, games, Commencement
Gymnasts praclice for competition
Music Hall entry invites a lineup
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1980-81
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
......................................$3,660.00
Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are
considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester
tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer
trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and
admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is
pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
............................
510.00
This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
.........................
255.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
957.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week)
...............................
.
......
880.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
Late Registration (per day
after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $
5.00
A d d a course (after first three
days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Cancel a course (after first three
days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
....
.........
.........
...
20.00
.......
5.00
Nursing Admission Test
Introduction t o Cinema Arts
35.00
Film Making (Interim)
70.00
Life Drawing (Interim)
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
20.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
................. 510.00
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after fPrst, w h ~ c h
is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Special Examinations (Schedule o n
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00
Student Teaching
.............. 35.00
Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00
10.00
Private, Interim, per lesson
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00
...
Psychology of Music
10.00
Radio-Television
...........
Production . . .
10.00
..
35.00
Theater Technical Production
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
............................................
$ 50.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge.
Housing
...........................................................
100.00
Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a
housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated
for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e
.
of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint
day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc
n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor
r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late
cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o
july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from
[he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f
cancellation is alier these dates.
Breakage and Fine
... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... .
,
... . .., , .. . ..
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r
Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon
aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each
remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd
Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates
l single year contracts are
indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as
r
brochure will be miiilcd.
availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and
b
Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g
~
of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a
previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls
11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc
r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y
the C o l l e g ~
(Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according
to established repaympnt schetlulcs.
r
Refunds
Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released
from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room
(except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes.
90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h
10th day of cla~srs.
UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h
h
75th clay ofclasses.
;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs.
60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs.
5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn.
-
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
t
to
Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled
a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room
sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life.
Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office.
All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund is determined.
IG/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant
investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this
i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection
of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes.
Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto
hcl
rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary
an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing
costs.
9
Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with
Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For
the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received
scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from
all aid sources.
\
The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student
and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources.
The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor
~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp
and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting
Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor
c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent
incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc-
men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a
high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to
t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration.
Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the
M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF.
Au~sburg'scode is 6014.
3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg
,
will receive the analysis. If at that time you
are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aitl packagc.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial Aid/l7
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the
Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary
award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of
their awarcl by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income
information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to
inverti~ate
rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in
rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe
company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and
frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir
requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid
through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational
Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others,
"i
Gift Assistance
-
Available to students who have shown academic
Augsbur Tuition Grant
r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1
E
need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A
r;~urlen~'s
scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
1
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants
from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1.
St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional
Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and
demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic
standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln.
18/Financial A i d
Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic
Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The
maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount
. grants are hilsed on need
the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe
as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion
.
is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or
and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr
to the appropriate BEOG officc.
mF)
Loan Assistance
National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial
eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g
your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do
a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on
c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least
l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc
fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol
minimurn of830 a ~manih)
b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school.
principal (a1 t
R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation
claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0.
f:
'h
Y
Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs
backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal
c
or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly
from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams.
W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge,
Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and
rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may
be e x ~ ~ n d up
e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive
!
.
arc available at thr?callcge, samc
~1ndr1rgra~luate
maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications
banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan
without demonstrating financial eligibility.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National
~ denrolled in
Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or
the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e
In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have
financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc
cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum
loan is $2500 per year.
Campus Work
Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial
need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on
the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl,
Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as
scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl
per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to
the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the
student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
1
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For
departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and
Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
General Scholarships
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/senior students as recommended by the committee.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
deserving junior/senior students.
-
awarded annually t o t w o
M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the
scholarship committee.
David J. Formo Scholarshi
established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more
scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance.
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by
the scholarship committee t o needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded
annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclassstudents.
Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls
P
of scholarship,
p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe
o f State
nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf
~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate
application
required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3
rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer
I r)unrldtron {code h577)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior.
Minority Student Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Blaca student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students.
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the
senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded
Christian service.
on the basis of need, character and interest in
The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry.
awarded annually to an able and
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi
deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be
awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with
a preference for basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the
wrestling program.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
interested in the field of business.
- awarded to one or
more upperclass students
Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business
and/or education.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration.
Chemistry
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship.
Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship.
Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry
Scholarship.
Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi
students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . -
established in 1978 for upperclass
History
awarded annually to students majoring in history
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi
with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s)
choosing librarianship as a career.
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/
senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability.
Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of
mathematics.
Music
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
promise in the field of music.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in
physics.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political
science.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
-
Student Life
25 Religious Life
Student Government
26 Athletics
Student Activities
Student Services
27 CSD
Intercultural Center
28 Health Service
Food Service
Residence Life
29 Student Rights
All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the
College Cenler
Ready for Christmas - afler finals
Classes are small, so you get to know
faculty and students
Li
~b
7
..
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but
learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege
and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to
your edura~ion.
!'
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin
rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an!
plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and
hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some
200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion.
We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to
gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the
church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for
the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and
providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the
means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg.
Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who
elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement
arp possibl~!
from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If
p.
..:-.
you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn
the College Cenlcr.
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the
C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon
,
i
unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd
the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat
inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station
v,
serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is
lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower.
There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to
appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and
Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical
rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the
theater arts depart rnent.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA).
M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
B
Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW).
Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball,
tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes
that t ~ pconiext
.
in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal
growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding
relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and
interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h
intrllectual
conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its
students.
F:
The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider
and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, l ntercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes.
, and staff as well as
You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f
with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life.
"'""6
Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be
when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a
I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment.
htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~
plan
t
to liclp you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your
lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor.
B
Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered
each year to P
II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to
fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships),
lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc
availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf
several limes d u l i n ~the year.
P
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
7
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle
elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise.
c h a l l r n g ~mare
\
Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or
minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of
policy anrl procedure.
f
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentratr i n two major areas:
American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support
program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian
community
Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices,
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities
available.
lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
International Student Advisor.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~
thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at
rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included;
if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available.
Food Service
The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing
alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student
growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in
group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are
able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h
individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
residcnt students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing
only if space is available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional
residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity
to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa
maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof
the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students
have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics.
Yo
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has
provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade
appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct
hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify
a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student
~fEir5.
7
t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain
la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement
office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are
parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the
record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have
signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation
( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Academic Information
31 Degrees
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Library & Audio-Visual
32 Divisions
33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s
Teaching Licensure
34 Certification Programs
Pre-Professional
35 Inter-Institutional Programs
37 Study A b r o a d
38 H o n o r s Program
Internship
C o n t i n u i n g Education
Academic Policies
38
39
40
41
42
Registration
Graduation Requirements
Grading
A u d i t i n g Courses
Grade Point Average
Classification
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
Probation a n d Dismissal
Dean's List
43 Graduation w i t h Distinction
Independent/Directed Study
Veterans
44 Brief Facts
45 Course N u m b e r i n g
Prerequisites
Psychology Building, Norwegian class,
Music Therapy class
Academic Information/31
-
Academic Information
Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad
liberal arts backgroun! i
n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social
sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are
c
of faculty advisers.
encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help
Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~
ing
' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s
outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS
with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir
meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission.
~~rl
rY
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select
the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs
separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h
semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire
earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring
the regular term. (See Registration).
j a ~ ~ u a Interim
ry
is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto
employ styles of teaching ~ n learning
d
and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in
places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf:
~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog,
pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by
c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a
v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or
nt
rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1.
Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual
problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their
programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books
eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
gbraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service,
guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are
available.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding.
Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d
by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section.
P
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
lnternational Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Church Staff Work
Communication Arts
Corrective Therapy
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
(Chinese,' French,
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,'
Spanish)
History
International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Stud~es
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso hy
PhysicaPEducation
(& Adapted PE)
Ph sics
PoLtical Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science/Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
S eech
TReater Arts
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education:
Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German,
Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural
Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics
Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is
olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have
advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s).
34/Certification, Pre-Professional
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Chairperson.
Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary
courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program
should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas
focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
7
Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology,
sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr
exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program.
~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson.
a
-
Program Evaluation Certification
Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required
to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact
the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and
engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
I nter-l nstitutional/35
he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the
handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the
poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they
possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high
gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate
rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C.
he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments
[ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry
115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one
from each r,l ~ I i r c e
groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353
recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
at othcr medical schools may
including psychology and sociology. R~guirements
vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two
scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of
Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn*
mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs
724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry
I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/,
351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1
course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political
sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution
requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary,
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
36/l nter-I nstitutional
Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies.
See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the
other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to
help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses
are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the
metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information,
confer with the Dean of the College.
Study Abroad/37
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive
Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The
cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at
Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
-
Semester or Year Abroad
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The
Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University
of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational
Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved
before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued
each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv.
38/Academic Policies
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified
s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special
seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general
eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be
addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be
related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available
with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
- Semesters, Interim, Summer
Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the
intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as
full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the
registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for
permission.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
f
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
(or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to
pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and
the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of
each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements.
Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late
registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a
semester.
8,
P
Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this
results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the
c
of the Registrar.
completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office
Graduation Requirements
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more
than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under
departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students
whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course
total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses
re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by
in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof
Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc
minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or
I
4
7
minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's
degree.
2. Completion of a major.
Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or co-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
40/Evaluation, Grading
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Socio ogy
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one
adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of
the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports -Two
sports.
lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care
? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0
scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N
mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto
l use the P/N
gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look
ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For
graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f
aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the
minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn.
%
Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several
~
radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education
interim C O U ~ S Carp
courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English
111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N.
1
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
\,
Grading, AuditingMI
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized
by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The
grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors
must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1.
An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO
receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d
Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving
il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\!
h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd
r
hy
~
~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere.
P
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the
second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record.
A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated
lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned
n
may not be repeated
for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y
,
h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record.
d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation
O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp
and in ~ l i grade
c
p n i n l average.
A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation o n the record.
Auditing Courses
Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g
(or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for
part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n
ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1
confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to
dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s
l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f
have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton
cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W
(Wii hdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t
does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the
GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a
college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement
Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the
College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her
t
has been o n probation two or more
a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is
n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who
ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from
c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs
r
the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions
and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n
probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission t o re-enroll.
A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses.
Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or
equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n
courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and
each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average
Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average
Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
IndependentIDirected Study
Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate
~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision
departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for
lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~
(Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or
indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may
exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof
X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill
n t r c g i s t ~again
r
tor t h e c o u r s ~
to rrceive the final grade.
Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first
securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses reqi~ircrllor he degree.
Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on
tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs
attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own
academic dciln.
Y
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he
minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each
veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of
the Registrar, as i t is for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to
meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
7
44/Brief Facts
Facts & Figures
about Augsburg College
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota,
since 1872. Founded in 1869.
Affiliation - The American Lutheran
Church. 57% of students are Lutheran,
16% other Protestant, 14% Roman
Catholic.
Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on
Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by
American Chemical Society.
MemberTwin Cities
Associated Colleges of the
Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26
states and 20 nations.
Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of
1980,288.
Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new
since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80.
Library - Over 160,000 volumes,
access to over 5,000,000 through the
Twin Cities private college consortium
and Minitex.
Majors - 40 in 20 departments.
Special offerings include International
Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in
Global Community, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive
internship program.
Athletic Affiliation - Association of
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate
Athletic Conference (MIAC), National
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA).
Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by
Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
School Year - September to May,
4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school
sessions.
~ugsburgCollege
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Departments, Courses/45
Departments,
Course Descriptions
Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the
student should consult the instructors of the courses.
subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer
Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ .
Courscs and terms listed arc
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the
course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not
b e ~ fulfilled
n
iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the
academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
t:
t:
Departments
and Courses
47 Art/Art History
49 Biology
53 Business Administration
& Economics
55 Chemistry
58 East Asian Studies
Education
Elementar /Kindergarten
Early Chidhood
Secondary
Library Science
68 Engineering
69 English
72 Foreign Languages
Chinese
French
German
Greek
Japanese
Linguistics
Norwegian
Russian
Spanish
81 Geography
Health and Physical Education
84 History
87 International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
90 Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
93 Music and Music Therapy
98 Natural Science
99 Nursing
101 Philosophy
103 Ph sics
106 Poitical Science
109 Psychology
112 Religion
115 Russian Area Studies
Scandinavian Area Studies
117 Social Science
Social Studies
118 Social Work
120 Sociology
122 Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
126 Transdisciplinary Major
127 Women's and Minority Studies
46
Chemisrry lab, Science Hall
from the Quad
XB
FWF-
-
I
. .
ART
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history
coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs
with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on
approval by thc Art taculky.
Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250
plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil,
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq. :225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making I1
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits t o museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
1982-83)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture i n Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century.
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1981-82)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n
19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
Biology
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
-
Major
Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also
requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are
advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
reauire Chemistrv 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105,106).
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What
influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and
103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism,
socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1982 and alternate years).
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.
Spring, 1981 and alternate years).
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistrv
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate
years.)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research.
(For seniors majoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta,
Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne
Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel.
Business Administration
I
Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391,
392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n
accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administratiod53
M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131,
335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from
nnc of t h following:
~
Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ .
Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign
languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474:
8 Internalional
Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be
taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be
pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq
l
follow. Studrrlrs w h o
plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their
n
program of
t'
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- 3 t o b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration
Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373,
379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations
f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e
deparrmcn~chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants
{C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have
corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting
and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr.
r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more
than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics).
Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules
of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o
select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r
program o f study.
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business,
C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r
Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 lntroduction to Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (On Demand)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
I
I
.
,
.
.
."
Business Administration/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall)
263 Intermediate Accounting
- II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
,
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
430 Marketing
- Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand)
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454
and three other
upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete
calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study
i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming
are strongly recommended.
MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or
453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly
recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on
379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo
to thosf: listetl above.
Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses
(122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer
ly
to
programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged
take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics.
Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought,
Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains.
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a
d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
(Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or
minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should
instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken
i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics
considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use
sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods
and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are:
Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis
of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one
advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics
121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the
Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year.
7:
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required.
/
Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation
for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3
courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491
(Biology
367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the
Education Department early in their planning.
71
Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a
course program early in thelr college career.
d
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and
351 or 352.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed
before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in
registering for the second term.
60/C hemistry
-
-
105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic
anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling
A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral
erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst
t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry
nl
prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry,
r
Secontl term,
nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological
cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours
,
labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the
major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r
I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school
h
chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the
time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the
reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal
cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al
e
~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy
c rmeansol
l
mocl~rn
r h ~ o r ~ of
e schem~cal
bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry
to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour
laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116.
Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124,
125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East Asian Studies
East Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator)
This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto
acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a
general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents
include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc
program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government,
teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies,
l
7
This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration
OI
eSt. Catherine
possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~
~ n (College
l
of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on
one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a
contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language
Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e
languages beyot~dthe first two years.
7
To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose
from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government,
history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis
is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr
.
stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1
i~
only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural
comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion.
I
Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2
P
introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative
studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised
to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major.
d
Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent
competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course
in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of
electives.
- ---
Economics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and
,
Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for
s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical
Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto
Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the
jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to
asr
deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n
applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg
College.
Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To
enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the
tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe
spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc,
S t u d ~ n ~transferring
s
from an education program at anuther rollege must be
readmissible lo that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115:
. . Librarv Sciencr?.341.
358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand
l l 2.i i n major and
minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The
first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
(Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading
system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver
(483, 484, 478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood
license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator.
7,
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe
program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course.
Application farms arcavailabl~
in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying
for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of
their rleclarcd major. A student
take education courses aficr thc Orientation
course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf
Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for
admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota
13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's
gl~
Education
< Ion
program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t'
program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478,
special r n c t h ~ t l in
s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three
courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired.
my
Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools:
( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S.
degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation
program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6)
Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses.
1
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she
plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these
special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt
teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe
art majorwill r r g i s t ~for
r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365;
and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC.
373.
The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening
seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking
two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study.
All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course)
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r
more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f
the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses
363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
d
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
Library Science/67
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler,
JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services in the Library
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
tngineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an
en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period.
P
k
The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated
university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average,
an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College.
R
Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year,
Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged.
English
Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni
Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American
literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
Briii~h
literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat
surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish
245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser
nl
regulaj A
i l u d ~ with
n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n
(he English department should
work closely wiih an adviser in the department.
a10
Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the
major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American
literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience
and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be
required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through
t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir
ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education
in tke tall term of the so~hornore
y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n
the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli
departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f
Education.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration,
American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration.
k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by
the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by
the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should
work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is
successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P I N grading only.
111 Effective Writing
Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall)
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium.
The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films.
(Spring)
245 lntroduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes
o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will
Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on
later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry,
romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets
to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships
among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their
relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and
prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature.
366 Poetry
Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience.
The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous
selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from
selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods,
themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry
and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 Modern Drama
Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century,
with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism,
Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and
minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus
internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
72/Foreign Languages
P
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century
beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol
surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray,
Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof
rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm,
(Alternate years, 1982-83)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 English Seminar
Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (On demand)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of
Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley,
William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald
Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to
their level of preparation.
Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or
equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or
more of that language.
Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a
course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with
satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311.
k
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the
I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only.
The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in
which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be
traditional.
For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses
may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad.
For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is
reauired for graduation.
Chinese, French/73
For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division
credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd
enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings
and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI
Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r .
Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion
Competency Exam.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior
year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis
demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator.
French
Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n
France strongly recommended.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement.
112 Beginning French
For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two
hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 lntermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those
who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
212 lntermediate French
Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse
works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of
sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~
become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing.
Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand)
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy,
and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements,
effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A
prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing.
Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for
business and p ~ r s o n ause.
l
French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of
wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic
principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the
practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf)
352 Creativity and Restraint
survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the
essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
n
354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds
A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the
literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and
self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
450 French Seminar
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th
Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand)
451 The French Novel
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature
a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required.
Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser.)
German
Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j .
Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n
311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly recommended:
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had
111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
211, 212 Intermediate German
For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basir < k ~ l into
l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with
emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and
discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or
minor. (On Demand)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof
German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history
of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic
to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P
prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\
practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs
r
uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig
and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl
e.
lor majorstrid minors.
Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid)
351 German Literature through 18th Century
Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque,
n,
hulklarung and Sturm und Drang
lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~
011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and
genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In
German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of
the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature
are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are
A--:---^I
.-
-:A
r+..^I--e.r
-un.-eccn,
.
.
Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n
. '411 n r ft
nn
nPmand\
Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
499 Independent Study
Creek
See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation
with Macalester College.
111,112 Beginning Greek
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours
preparation per week required.)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups
according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #.
Offered on demand)
Japanese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information.
Linguistics
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the
mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying
samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand
minors. (Fall)
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with
those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of
traditional grammar. (On Demand)
Norwegian
M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one
Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended.
M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in
cP
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged.
R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu-
age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112,
Spring)
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises.
Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from
Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of
four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as
possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous
population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian
language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand)
Russian, Spanish/79
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Russian
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two
years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator.
111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral
classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance
with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended)
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian
civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class
discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward
a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand)
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish
and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with
emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of
grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian
civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic
principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the
[ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~
practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly
selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In
r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for
t l ma]c~r<
and mrnors. Open to all
q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the
literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years)
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey
course. O n demand)
457 Spanish Novel
Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral
and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Geography, Health Education/81
Geography
Paul Grauer
114 Human Geography
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment.
Health and Physical Education
Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul
Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson,
M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin
Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n
Health Education
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;
SOC. 231, 241.
Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105;
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ.
sequence for teaching license.
Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
114 Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid course.
115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
82/Physical Education
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physical Education
Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol.
103.
Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,
472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493;
Professional Affilialion
Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be
accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl
ion
or teaching and student tcachin i n an
udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator.
(This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc
adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.)
f
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota
high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No
course credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school
setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,
outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some
weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years)
Physical Education/83
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
254 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-2)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary.
(Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.:
243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined
by pre-test. Fall)
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half
of term, odd # years)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half
of term, odd #years)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd years)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
487 Neurology and Pathology
A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer
School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer
school only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter
organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic,
ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and
professional ethics. (Summer School only)
495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas
of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of
department.)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
History
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen,
Richard Nelson
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for
certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for
details.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances,
h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n
application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1
3
1
r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e
language at 1
course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee.
Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses.
History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students.
Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering
for an u p p e r level course.
There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five
o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty
schedules a n d student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member
and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area.
A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will
especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji
era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban
development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
-
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges
forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students
majoring in history. See department chairperson.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of
modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th
and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the
English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis
is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714.
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of
cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic
cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and
those who desire a background to enrich future travel.
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the
last fifty years.
l nternational Relations/87
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life
of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for
directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator)
Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104,
332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a
modern foreign language.
(2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351,
381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade;
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the
discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge
work in a second modern language.
Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite
courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14
required courses.
Mathematics
/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad
Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional
courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r
year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d
Mathematics-Education.
104 Basic Mathematics
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring;
solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor
i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor.
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and
integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124,
Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich
have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not
intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Fall)
211 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations,
and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Computer Science/89
242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics
The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II
Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including
the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions,
improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324,
Spring; 325, Fall)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982
and alternate years)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses
145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science
areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics.
245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming
A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include
Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage,
and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall)
90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal
problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming
cl
languagr in numerical analy~~s.
Topin tncluric error analysis, the
a ~ n r r a concepl
l
of ill*rativc%
formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear
4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on
ant1 integration. Credit may be granted
toward a ma~tiematic~
rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent
registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser)
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or
Abbott-Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with
which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical
Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be
accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate
dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved.
Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the
internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who
already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution.
P
Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103
(or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology.
Metro-Urban Studies
Garry W. Hesser (Director)
Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc
722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical
Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor
independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least
one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art
: 102, Religion
354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105).
To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Metro-Urban Studies/91
Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psyc~ology,
religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc
required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171,
381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or
indepenBent study.
399 lnternship
-
Metropolitan Resources
498 lndependent Study
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed
i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member.
499 lndependent Study
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 lndependent Study (Optional)
lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation
with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related
to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society
is coordinated wirli ~ h c
language instruction.
92/Metro-Urban Studies
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning
- in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 lndependent Study
I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
study.
382 Field Experience
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
499 lndependent Study
Music
t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand.
Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier,
l
5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D.
johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia
Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas,
l
David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to
the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
Bachelor of Arts Degree
Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458;
4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance.
Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,
355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education.
Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf
Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music
rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of
Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in
music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the*
camplction of Thcory 1112,
Bachelor of Music Degree
Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,
499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2
years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to
study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science Degree
Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or
365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice;
Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103,
Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7
Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended
courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and
Soc. Ill,
lZT,231,241,362,375);
7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during
t h senior
~
year.
This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with
internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for
intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek
internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS
limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply
fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith
nn
I
~
N;lrinnal
P
A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r
radiratlon honors In music If they (1)
provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within
the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts
bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor
promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n
music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors
.
Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d
term of the junior year.
Honors Maior: Students may qualify for
1
Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble
of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before
a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of
designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of
Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests.
Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance
Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof
l music majors. Music minors
musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring
Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance
ir
5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for
Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is
requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major
may r u b i r i ~ u r e
rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior
recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof
Music.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been
accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area
of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits
earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg
College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore
regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the
end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test.
Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one
term of residency a t kugsburg College,
101,102,223,224 Theory
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224,
Spring)
230 Introduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand
music majors. (Fall)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such
aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 lnstrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring)
440 Advanced Musicianship
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
96/Music Therapy
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Music Therapy
110 Introduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is
used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is
necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded,
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit.
Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies
Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars,
and guest lecture demonstrations.
Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and
acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality
performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must
register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital.
Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students.
Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may
beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for
students majoring in voice or another instrument.
S
Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for
students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument.
-
Guitar
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class
lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument.
-
Orchestral and Band Instruments
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Music Organizations
The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity
for musical expression.
Augsburg Choir
Wind Ensemble
Chamber Orchestra
(Membership by audition)
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
Jazz Ensemble
Percussion Ensemble
String Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
98/Natural Science
Natural Science
Earl R. Alton (Coordinator)
Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492,
and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics
121, 122.
This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a
major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor
admission to most m ~ d i c aschools,
l
including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical
School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs
carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which
hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is
recommended.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical
Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades
7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9.
d
!
All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in
addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle
School Emphasis.
Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science
and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the
student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the
pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation
with ~ d v i s e ris
recommended.
a
&road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life
S c i ~ n (Riology
r~
111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115,
116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122.
Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses,
including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or
353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar,
Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245.
Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and
three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488.
Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon
corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science
EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach
chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12.
Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics
101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life
Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223,
353; Physics 245).
Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base;
for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics,
any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base.
Nursing
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust,
Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited
college or university prior to admission to the nursing major.
In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given
at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past
five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable
equivalent.
Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in
nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350,
403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y
355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of
study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the
nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior
P
to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA
of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue
part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The
prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl
abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to
the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive
statistics are supportive tn lhe major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two
academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the
total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of
the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their
applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.:
Acceptance into the nursing major)
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected
nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303)
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course
content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major)
311 Community Health Nursing II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and
cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of
the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will
demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected
caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355)
325 Nursing Process
I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools
i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and
negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o
make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major).
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse.
Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their
implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year).
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing
major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics)
403 Contemporary Nursing Ill
This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis
a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a
group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior
year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse
roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o
or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum i n Nursing I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*)
427 Practicum in Nursing II
This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is
provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*)
499 Independent Study
This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic
or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration.
*If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer
Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344.
Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe
d
junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the
student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this
thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof
i y t h departmrn~.
~
Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it
is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine
the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal
~
world was not overly
important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a
timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened
the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the
worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.)
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course
studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis
of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt
with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about
him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the
citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its
laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and
the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western
political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there
certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in
philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of
individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for
credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,
343, or #)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics
Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark
Engebretson
Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,
125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the
sophomore year,
Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report.
Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e
senior year.
Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students
providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d
o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n
SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics.
1
K
Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics
h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a
m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d
o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science
programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will
be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to
discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
(3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified
majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math
124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse
indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A
review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of
analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to
computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus
math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a
wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic
theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
351, 352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363,
Spring)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics
seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics,
electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints;
the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand
seniors with departmental approval.
106/PoIiticaI Science
-
Political Science
M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r
170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science
Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area.
Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division
7
courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas.
Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n
Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n
seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors
Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any
rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars
c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts
M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar.
Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative
Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements.
Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science
major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state
requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social
Studies Coordinator.
See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics
of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure
of federalism; and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States;
governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in
the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in
presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall
term of election years)
Political Science/l07
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:
Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or
#.I
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on
demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #).
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of
the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign
- Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
in Political Science or #)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
108/Political Science
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national
government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law I1
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I I for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the
values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic
dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Offered on demand)
Psychology/lOg
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: #.)
498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5
courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399
and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a
wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent
may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he
freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~!
ear. 381 or 399 in !he
junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion
with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent
chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the
discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and
professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be
cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended
[hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will
cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc,
devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis
recommended far many students.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more
than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor.
E
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363,
PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and
skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which
[lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing
self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for
furthcr dctails.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine
intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Studv
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of
children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical
bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of
people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology. Fall)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
r h a n u and
~
indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects.
n
IPrerea.: 1051
359 Measurement
Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest,
personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
See under Department of Sociology,
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
-
450 Proaram Evaluation
The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for
social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof
programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~
and effici~ncy,
The ~~oliflcdlantl
organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on.
The roleof
evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC
362; 50C 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and #. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration
of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5
courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness,
James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh,
Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart
Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar
especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each
major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~
department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc
upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major.
Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399,
481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other
departments can lead t o Augsburg certification.
public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at
the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare
for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with
the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an
academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable
i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina,
and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471.
ky
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or
358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or
Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This
program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American
P
Lutheran
Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three
courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n
parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work.
1Y
7
7
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chair.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
P
350 Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City
The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures.
355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools
The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed.
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
i n American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on
the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures.
(Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious
liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country.
(Offered as funding permits)
380 Music of the Western Church
(See under Department of Music)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first
semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations
given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early
church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983)
475 Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h
Chatailqila Society annually
makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as
seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the
Christian Church. (Spring)
482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic
definitions of the church.
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator)
The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated
Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible
exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and
philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can
enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as
government, international business, o r teaching.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in
Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Mildred Joel (Director)
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents
rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
&vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr
!
Department of Foreign Languages.
312 Old Norse
An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from
Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of
lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required.
N(~rwt?gtan
language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
325 Scandinavian Music
(See under Department of Music)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable
but not required.
llG/Scandinavian Area Studies
-
345 Scandinavian American Experience
The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable.
Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and
other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof
~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~
language desirable.
Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11
rcl
written work in a
Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(Offered under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(Offered under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science, Social Studies/l17
Social Science
Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the
Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and
in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major.
Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221,
222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and
121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines:
g
Economics,
History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by
the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould
choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division
courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to
fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.)
!
Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science
n~rthodology
course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12
courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104,
3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant
topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social
science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson
!
of thc Dcparrmenl of History in
choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r .
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123,
Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of
five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above).
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
118/Social Work
Social Work
Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry
The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are
advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the
faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of
required courses from other departments.
Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the
department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year.
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*;
and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466
and 467. At least
{CHR) course i s strongly recommended.
onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and
Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive
ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement
in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the
transcript.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
257 Practicum in the Human Services
-WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a
social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen
and sopharnores. Open ro all students.
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social
Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #).
3613ystems of Social Welfare
An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions
and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of
modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Fall)
Social Work/l19
363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques
of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363.
Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of
generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2)
understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3)
examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall)
462,464, Field Work II and IV:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours
per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0
in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work
with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings,
analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and
practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course.
The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463,
Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit.
Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making
extensive,systen~~tic
dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings.
~ r m i ~ ~These
~ c e sresources
,
become the
core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #)
Sociology
Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams,
Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson
Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR
course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y.
This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e
variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department
chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.)
HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof
thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of
junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors
rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly
Ocfcndsthc
tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation.
Y
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363,
PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and
skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which
do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing
self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for
further details.
\
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the
context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology
An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major
organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n
different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture.
300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest.
360 Religion and Society
A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.:
high school algebra. Fall)
363 Research Methods
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research
designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice
doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately
after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of
commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o
program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121, Fall)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look
at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation
i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course.
(Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105)
122/Speech, Communication
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban
sociology; t h metropolis
~
as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems;
tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan
r
area is
m a j o r i s ~ u relaled
~s
utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
388 Social Inequality
Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological
- Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances,
hearings. These resources become the
core of I ~ courqe,
P
supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department.
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard
Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior
~
year.
Communication Arts/l23
-
- -
Communication Arts
Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for
differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area
are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech
111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English
225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and
typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech
111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375,
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355,
352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English.
Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351
or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in
any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind
er
speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must
he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication
major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly
recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,230 Visual Communications I, II
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
243 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
124/Theater Arts
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and
listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #.
Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
355 Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall)
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
480 Seminar in Communication
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Theater Arts
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to
major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be
sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including
ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's
theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts/125
r:
B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e
chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses
:
i n movement,
cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing
emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage
management, a n d 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art.
Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature.
Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n
technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r
243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors,
a n d a m i n o r i n English.
Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions.
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243,
350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and
art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing,
painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in
freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Spring, Alternate years)
362 Theater Criticism
A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at
local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions
on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate
years)
126/Transdisciplinary Studies
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #.
Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design II
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive
scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,
French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the
Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years)
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of
two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major
enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an
indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in
the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
Women's, Minority Studied127
Women's and Minority Studies
Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter
The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof
several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a
certificate program i n women's studies.
CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6
courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences
{ i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music,
philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses,
independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc
colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for
further details.
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
232 Blacks in America
This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major
issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics,
economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding
the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of
Black culture on American society.
260 Contemporary American Indians
Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes
today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals,
speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will
collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the
founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and
other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Registers
129 Board of Regents
Division for College and
University Services
130 Administration
131 Emeriti
132 Faculty
Music Hall, newest campus building
Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater
Commencement Procession wends
through Murphy Square
i
P
.,--
.
Regents, DCUS/l29
-
Augsburg College Board of Regents
Officers
Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman
Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
James C. Lindell, Treasurer
Norma E. Knutson, Secretary
Members
Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n
Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota
Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota,
Washington, D.C.
N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term.
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas
Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland
Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan
~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~
h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . .
Administration
President
President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
College Pastor
Carolyn Magnusson
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President
........................................................
................
A c a d e m l c Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College
Rlchard Green
Associate Academic Dean
Pat Parker
John (Jack) A. Hlll
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Carol Stack
Margaret Anderson
Head Librarian
Cralg Carnahan
Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator..
Director of Audio Visual Services.. ......................................
James Olson
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................................
Valerle Gealther
Mary Olson
Recorder ...............................................................
Interim Director ..........................................................
Tonl Clark
Mary A. Klngsley
International Studies Program Director
International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson
Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl
............
................................................
........................................................
......................................................
...................................................
......................
..............................
F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t
Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson
Herald Johnson
Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services
Vlrene Luthl
Associate Director, Financial Aid
Director of Personnel
Bonnle-Jean Mork
Chief Accountant
Jeff Kosse
Manager, College Center
Mlldred Nelson
Robert Gores
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending
Gerald Johnson
Director of Plant Services
Custodial Supervisor
Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
Rob Curtls
Grounds Supervisor .....................................................
Fred Wolter
Manager, lcae Arena
James Carey
......................
........................................
.............................................
........................................................
.............................................
..............................
............................................
................................................
..................................................
...................................................
D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde
Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland
Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson
Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler
A. 8. Batalden
Assistant to the Vice President
Lols G. Wollan
Director of Public Relations..
Janlce Rykken
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs
Kay Cady
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information
Manager, Graphic Center
Therese Nlchols
Executive Secretary
Irene Steenson
........................................
.........................................
...............................
........................
............................................
..................................................
Admlsslons
.............................................
Kathryn E. Lange
Director of Admissions
Assistant Director
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor.
Admissions Counselor..
Admissions Counselor..
Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator..
..........................................................
Blll Ross
Sue Bonner
......................................
...............................................Erlc Anderson
................................................
Sally Hough
................................................
Llsa Novotny
.......................Charlene Weidenbach
Administration, Emeriti/l31
Student Affalrs
..............
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students
Marlanne Sander
Associate Dean of Students
Rlck Thonl
Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Patrlcla M. Olsson
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell
Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater
Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm
Director of Human Development
Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager ............................................
John Augustlne
...............................................
.....................
...............
.......................................
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser
Foundation.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc
University of Latvia.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~
of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y
01
Minnesota.
Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music.
Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music.
JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
132/Facu lty
Fac uI ~ 01Y
as
September, 1980
Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music.
James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach.
Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University.
JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English.
Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College.
*Part-time
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications
Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L.,
B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan
Music School.
Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach.
David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion.
Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia
College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S.,
California State University.
Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary.
John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English.
Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Colorado.
Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
134/Facu lty
Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville.
Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science.
Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of
Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director.
Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar
Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of
Iowa.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A.,
Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron
College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and
International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Winona State University.
Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College.
Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of
Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan.
Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Facu lty/l35
Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
University of Georgia.
Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach.
Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International
Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College.
Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State
University.
Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion.
Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University
of Minnesota.
Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda
University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska.
Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education.
Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University
of Kansas.
Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music
Ed., University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of
Tennessee.
August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu,
Estonia.
Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope
College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Ph.D., Indiana University
Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University.
Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry.
James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach.
William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of
Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois.
Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College,
Moorhead.
Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work.
Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies.
George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg
College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications.
Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B.,
Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University;
M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University.
Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach.
William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina;
Facu lty/l37
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest,
Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion.
Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary.
George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College.
Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College.
Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A.,
Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach.
Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D.,
Michigan State University.
Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology.
James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach.
Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology.
David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University; Ph.D., New York University.
Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota
Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette
University.
David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University.
139 Communication List
for Mail or Telephon
140 Index
141 Academic Calendars
F?
T...
. ; .. .,
! .
..-.."". ... ,.. .......
" -,
138
O l d Main, campus keyslone
Hockey is the key attraction at the
Ice Center
Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran
,
'
r...
,
,',,',
..,
'.:'
Communication List/139
Communications Directory
Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
All have this mailing address:
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
Area Code: 612
President .................................................................330-1212
Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024
Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168
Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001
Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046
Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105
Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036
Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025
Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162
College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107
Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028
Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171
Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations,
publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179
College Center Manager. ..................................................
330-1 109
Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251
Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110
General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000
The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance:
Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin)
Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator
(matters based on physical or mental handicap)
Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title
IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)
ployment
- Em-
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College,
731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described
in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office.
140/l ndex
Academic Adviser ..................... 77
Academic Enrichment ................. 27
Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38
Academic Policies and Procedures
38-45
Accounting Major ..................... 52
Accreditation ....................... 6, 44
Adapted Physical Education ............ 82
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131
Admissions
9-'1'1
Advanced Placement .................. 42
Advanced Standing
42
American Indian Programs
27
Application t o Augsburg
11-11
Application for Financial Aid
15-17
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC)
31. 36
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Auditing Courses
41
...
.........................
....................
.............
.............
........
...............
.....................
Black Student Programs ................ 27
Black Student Union
27
Board for College and University
Services. TALC ..................... I29
Board of Regents
'129
Books and Supplies .................... 14
Brief Facts about Augsburg
44
..................
.....................
.............
Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142
Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Campus Tours ......................... 9
Campus Work
10
Cancellation from College
39
Cancellation of Courses
39
Career Planning and Placement
27
Center for Student
Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3
Certification Programs-Art
34. 47
Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112
Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120
Women's Studies
34. 127
Chemical Dependency Program
36
Chinese
62. 73
Classification ......................... 42
Coaching Endorsement
82
College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26
College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139
College Work Study Program
18
Communications Directory
13!1
Computer Programming (CDI)
36
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) .................... 36
38
Continuing Education
Coordinators - Discrimination
or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
82
Corrective Therapy
13
Costs 1980-81
C.P.A. Certification
34
........................
.............
...............
........
..........
................
........
...........................
................
.
...........
...........
.........
.................
....................
.........................
....................
Courses. Majors. Minors
Art. Art History .................. 47-49
Biology ......................... 49-52
Business Administration
and Economics
52-59
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Education
62-68
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72
Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Health and Physical Education
81-84
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87
International Relations
87
Mathematics/Computer Science
87-90
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
90-92
Metro-Urban Studies
Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Scandinavian Area Studies
115-116
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120
Sociology
120-122
Speech. Communication and
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126
Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Women's and Minority Studies
127
.................
.......................
.....
..............
...
.............
......
.....................
......
Dean's List ............................ 42
31
Degrees ..............................
Deposits ............................. 14
Directed Study ........................ 43
Dismissal from College ................42
Distribution Requirements ............. 39
Divisions .............................
32
Driving to Campus
..................... 3
.......................10
.......... 53-55
........................ 10
Early Admission
Early Childhood Education
Early Decision
Economics .........................
Elementary Education
Emeriti
Enrollment
Evaluation and Grading .............
56-59
..............63-65
..............................131
...........................14
4n-47
.........................
.................................
Facilities..
2-3. 7
Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137
Fees
14
......................
..................
.......
......................
.....................
Financial Aid
16-23
. 28
Food Service
Foreign Study
28. 37
French ............................ 73-75
13
Full-time Student
German ...........................
Grade Point Average (GPA)
Graduation Requirements
Graduation with Distinction.
Grants
Greek ...........................
75-77
......10. 39. 41
..........39-40
...........43
............................
17-78
77
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Higher Education Consortium
(HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Honors Major (See Departmental listings)
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29
Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27
.
.
.
........
............
...................
............
43
Independent Study . . . . . . . .
26. 44
Intercollegiate Athletics
Intercultural Center
27
Inter-Institutional Programs
35
Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112
International Business
53
11. 28
International Students
Internship Program
38
26
Intramural Athletics
Japanese
62. 77
26
KCMR Radio
Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63
.................
..............
....................
...................
..........................
.........................
....................
27
Learning for Living
Library/Audio-Visual
31. 35
Library Science Courses ............. 67-68
Life Science Emphasis
98
40. 82
Lifetime Sports
Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78
Loans ................................ 40
Location
2. 3, 6
...............
..................
.....................
..........................
Majors and Minors (Also see
Courses) ........................ 33. 39
Management Major
52
52
Marketing Major
Memberships .......................... 6
Metro-Urban Studies
91
Term (MUST)
M i d d l e School Science
Emphasis
99
Minnesota State Work Study
Program ............................ 18
Mission Statement ..................... 5
Mortensen Tower
2. 3. 29
26. 97
Music Organizations
...................
......................
.......................
...........................
.................
...............
Numbering of Courses
Off-Campus Programs
................45
.................44
Part-Time Students .................... 13
Physical Science Emphasis
98
Payment Plans
15
Policies ............................ 6. 44
Pre-Professional Programs
34. 3 5
Prerequisites
45
42
Probation
Program in Global
Community
37
..............
........................
..........
..........................
............................
........................
Re-admission o f Former
Students
11
Refunds
.
15
Registration ....................... 30. 39
Religious Life
25
Residence Life
28.20
Residence Requirement ............... 39
Room Rent
13
ROTC
36
Russian .............................. 79
...........................
.........................
.........................
.....................
...........................
................................
...........
San Francisco Summer Term
92
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68
SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook
26
Semester or Year Abroad
37
Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104
Smiley's Point Clinic
2R
Society of Physics Students ............ '104
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... 79-81
Special Interest Houses
29
Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student Government
25
Student Life .......................... 25
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37
Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
26
Sudent Rights ......................... 29
Student Services
26-29
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37
Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38
.....
..............
...................
...
................
..................
....
...................
....................33
............................
9
.........................9. 70
............................... 13
.....................9. 10
.....................
2. 3. 29
Teaching Licensure
Testscores
Transcripts
Tuition
Tuition Deposit
Urness Tower
Veterans
.............................
43
Academic Calendar
1980-81
Fall Semester
1981-8z*
Sept. 2-3
Sept. 4
Registration and Welcome
Classes Begin
Labor Day Recess
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to designate grading
option
Mid-term break
lnterim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Final Grades Due
Sept. 1-2
Sept. 3
Sept. 7
Sept. 17
Sept. 17
Oct. 27
Nov. 10-13
Nov. 17-Dec. 5
Nov. 20
Nov. 27
Dec. 1
Dec. 12
Dec. 15-18
Dec. 29
Sept. 17
1980
1981
September
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
January
6
13
20
21
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1 2 3
89101
15 16 11
22 23 24
2 3 4
91011
16 11 18
23 24 25
30 31
November
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 17 18 19
"10 24 25 26
6
13
20
21
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
1
14
21
28
1
8
I5
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
5
12
19
26
Jan. 6
Jan. 23
Jan. 30
Feb. 3
Classes Begin
Last day to register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
4
11
10
25
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
5
12
19
26
I
1
9
15
22
29
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 11 I6 19
''m?'~ 25 26
Jan. 5
Jan. 22
Jan. 29
Feb. 2
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
11 I8 19 20
''1 25 26 21
1
14
21
28
2 3
1 0 l
16 11
23 24
30
4
l
I8
25
1
14
21
28
6
I3
20
21
1
14
21
28
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
1
14
21
28
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
4
1
18
25
6
13
20
21
7
14
21
28
I
8
15
22
29
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 I4 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 26 29 30
3
0
11
24
31
October
November
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 18 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 21 28
29 30
June
1
8
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
16 11
23 24
30 31
September
6
13
20
27
May
Jan. 4
1
9
15
22
29
August
4 5 6 7
1121314
18 19 20 21
25 26 21 28
April
6
13
20
21
Interim
Jan. 5
5
12
19
26
March
I
8
15
22
29
December
7
14
21
28
3
0
17
24
31
Februarv
October
Nov. 2
Oct. 26
Nov. 9-12
Nov. 16-Dec. 4
Nov. 19
Nov. 26
Nov. 30
Dec. 11
Dec. 14-17
Dec. 28
July
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
21 28 29 30
December
6
13
20
21
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
Spring Semester
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
M a r . 23-27
April 3
April 17-20
April 24
April 27-May 7
M a y 15
M a y 18-21
M a y 22
M a y 27
M a y 24
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term Break
Last day to designate grading
option
Easter Break
Last day to withdraw from a class
Pre-registration for Fall
Classes end
Final Examinations
Final grades due
Seniors
Others
Baccalaureate-Commencement
1982
1
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
(See Easter)
I
April 2
April 3-13
April 23
April 26-May 6
M a y 14
M a y 17-20
January
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
"1
25 26 27
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
I
4
I1
I8
25
5
12
19
26
July
1 2
6 7 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 28 29 30
Augusl
3
0
17
24
31
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
18
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
7
14
21
28
5
12
19
26
6 7 8
13 14
20 21
27 28
Februarv
1
7 8
14 15
21 22
28
2
9
16
23
3
10
17
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
I9
26
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
I4 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4 5 6
1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
16 17 I 8 19 20
23 24 25 26 21
30 31
April
1 2 3
6 7 8 9 1 0
13 I 4 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
2 1 28 29 30
March
M a y 21
M a y 26
M a y 23
4
I1
18
25
5
12
19
26
Summer School
J u n e 1-26
J u n e 29-Aug. 7
Term I
Term I1
'
*Subject to change
AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454
612/330-1000
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
14 I 5
21 22
28 29
6
13
20
27
June
2 3
1 0 1
16 17
23 24
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
September
1 2 3
9 1 0 1
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
4
1
18
25
October
3 4 5 6
I 0 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
."J
25 26 27
7
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
5
16
23
30
November
May
2 3 4 5
9 I 0 11 12
16 17 I 8 19
7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26
4
11
I8
25
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1
7 8 9
14 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4
1 0 1 1 1
16 17 I 6
23 24 25
30
5 6
2 1 3
19 20
26 27
December
4 5
1 1 2
18 19
25 26
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 I 4
20 21
27 28
1
9
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
I 6 17
23 24
30 31
4
1
18
25
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 44, EXPENSES
PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 147, FACULTY
PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 158, INDEX
BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC..
. . . . . . . .The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
... .. .. ... .A subject
studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
COURSE..
.
........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n
MAJOR . ... .
20 departments.
-......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major.
MINOR.. .
.. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
ELECTIVE
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
FEE
.............,....
Charges made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
.... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
LOAN . . .
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP
. . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
.... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion o f
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
I n the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, is
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities i s available t o
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC).
more than loo
years
A u g s b u r g celebrated its
centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second
century of Christian higher education.
The current study body of about 1600 is
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are resident students,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient,
Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available to you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans i n America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round,
the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the
winter you may join other students on
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities i n the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n one area
or major.
Department of Health, Education and
Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand the
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors
and the Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial
Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander,
M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e
Director of the Office for Civil Rights,
The Campus
Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The Universitv of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to
the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
i n the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting t h e Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students to learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
t o exchange information vital i n the
process of selecting a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
with a member of the faculty and to
attend classes, Monday through Friday,
when school i s in session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the admissions office
(330-1001). Preferred times for campus
visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
I
,
I
::-
'
I,:
DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
-_--
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Studio Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Old Music Hall
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
-
--..
Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.)
Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor)
College Pastor (College Center 1st floor)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
->
/.
A
*,>4<
4-
.< -?A
,
1
+..&-+--
.
*.,
;. ,
-
.
- ,
-...
,--
- --.
-,
.
,
?
.
d
i
,-
--
8
7.
.:
-./y-
-
<
-.
, -
-,
-
--
-
-
*.
? ,
,
*,T'-.
,.:. -"----.
/~-//~T~cc<F-,
-
<,/ER
.-
--
Housing (College Center 1st floor)
Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor)
Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor)
Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation t o each other.
Remodelling and construction work to
eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will
include street level access from 21st
Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway
system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle.
Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of
some departments and offices by 1980-81.
Following are descriptions of buildings.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building provides space for administrative
and faculty offices and houses about 40
students.
The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the
newest building on the campus. It con-
tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n
1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s
two floors.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed i n 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r
dramatic and other speech activities. A
theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for
completion late i n 1980.
Annex Houses, located i n the campus
area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide i t s students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers in business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching i s available.
Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students
through their academic experience to
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning i s not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary inner
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to
take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term
paper topics, and directions to other local
sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h faculty and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls in
four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged i n this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest in
music may take form i n the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study
and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested in communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
In selecting courses t o meet the general
distribution requirements, students may
select an approved course in the areas of
mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r
philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of
a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list
of courses containing an emphasis on
urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports.
For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration
section.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Norwegian
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western
Studies, International Relations)
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian
Area Studies are available t h r o u g h
cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Consult directors of these programs for
further information. It i s possible for
students t o complete other majors also
through ACTC. Students who wish to
complete a major offered at one of the
other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office
of the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It i s suggested
that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and
then the course of study at Augsburg be
planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, i n the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
the United States, t o help determine
whether they possess an interest i n law.
Since law schools encourage students t o
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course.
Students are encouraged to consult with
in the freshman
the faculty adviserearly
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career i n
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d
o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~
mended.
students arc encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged t o consult with
the faculty adviser early i n the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses in
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
literature, music, humanities, theater, and
upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder
of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed tofulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program t o
gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to
undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The
interim term may also be taken on
another campus. A regularly scheduled
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program i s new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students,
interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program in social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the
equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
College.
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly to the hospital.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables qualified students to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student to receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available t o students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application t o be approved by t h e
director of the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average i n work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
metropolitan area and may be pursued,by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
International Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there i s a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico,
focuses on the study of issues related to
global justice and human liberation in the
light of Christian proclamation. Includes
intensive Spanish instruction, group trips,
home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is
equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment
limited.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them to spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications t o the program are
made i n the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France;
The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experi-
ment in International Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks t o
fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
i s planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
New Dimensions Program
Honors Program
Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r
qualified students t o pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through i t s Continuing Education Pro-
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life,
The transitional course, "The A d u l t
Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arising from the return t o
schooll The course enables returning
adults t o get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and
knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to
enhance personal growth. At the present
time, there are offerings in Art, Women's
Studies, and Church Staff Work.
Certification in Art requires eight courses,
one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department
Chairperson.
The Women's Studies Certificate may be
earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each
individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and
t h e humanities. Interested students
should contact Professor Toni Clark.
The Church Staff Worker Certification
Program i s designed t o help persons
prepare for full-time specialized lay work
in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a
"Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion
(9 courses) plus additional specialized
courses in departments such as psycholo-
gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet
or exceed criteria used in the American
Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors i n other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center is a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The College
Pastor has an office in the College Center
to be readily available for counseling,
consultation or ways to get more involved
in religious activity and groups.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there i s open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context in which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate i n are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions
you have about college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship
to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on
current offerings and opportunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t o
improve your skills i n such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor to
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a
desire t o explore new interests, enhance
leisure time, and meet others doing the
same. This i s a non-profit effort of the
Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a college in the city, committed t o the
values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and
counseling for all minority students in
close cooperation with administrators,
faculty and community. At the present
time these efforts concentrate in two
major areas:
American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support
program to meet the special needs of
lndian students. The American lndian
Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve
educational opportunities for American
Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with
responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and
activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and
programs.
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other
countries, and i n planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural
awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in
study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of International
Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like
to be part of the activities of this group,
contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able to
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option i s Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation i s to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing is available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements i n the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one i n the area of
education.
tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and i s
open through the noon hour and i n the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living i n College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure to check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government i s organized into the
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held in the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives in the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
Food Service
Student Rights
The Commons, situated on the top floor
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this is a good place to work them out.
Health Service
of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea-
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Student
Affairs.
The College operates i n compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in
the office of the registrar and the place-
ment office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of Success i n college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal
recommendations.
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
The ~ ~ ~ Process
l i ~
for ~~~~h~~~
A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors
abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
~
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
t
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 1 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit is granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courseswhere
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses in religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must-also complete the Department of
Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent to the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need t o have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
i n the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them i n the
transition to college and t o the United
States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships i s available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. I f they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it is extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through
the junior year, test scores and recommendations.
Early Decision candidates applying for
financial aid are encouraged t o complete
the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid
Application, which enables our Financial
A i d Office t o compute a preliminary
award. Candidates will be notified of their
award by January 1.
After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o
other colleges.
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s
required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity t o cope with a college
course after the junior year i n high school.
Also, it i s recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, to
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfully completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required
for students applying t o the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg
and all other sources.
Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program t o
which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also
available. Applications for financial aid
received by April 1 will be considered
first. For further information, contact the
Office of Student Financial Services at
Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board i s $1760 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union t o which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations i n a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify f o r special benefits.
Amount is dependent upon eligibility
as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Office in your area.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r
special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
American lndian Scholarships
American lndian students who meet
federal and state requirements may
apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs,
Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship
monies. lndian grants are supplemental
to all other sources of financial aids. For
assistance in application, contact the
American lndian Programs Counselor.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the normal full-time academic load, the
Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in
college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7% interest. The
maximum loan is $2500 per year or the
cost of education, whichever is less. The
aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents o n
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected t o
apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
Return completed application and FFS
t o The American College Testing Pro-
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up t o full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up t o full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number i s 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l
Scholarship -established in 1979 by his
family. One or more scholarships will
be awarded annually t o needy and
deserving upperclass students.
4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/ senior students.
5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given to those in
music and/or elementary education.
7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing
Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
deserving senior.
10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship
- $250 awarded to a senior.
11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John
G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o
freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship - distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian
service.
14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y
Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing
M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black
student.
3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually to membersof racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty,
administration. staff and students at
the Homecoming auction.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to
a student(s) in the senior class who is
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Depart-
ment of the American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically to students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
juniorhenior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ART
- winners
selected by Art faculty.
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of
Norway to be awarded annually to a
talented art student with financial need.
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of
financial need.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded t o a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made t o students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship - awarded t o one or more
upperclass students interested i n the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o
one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
Awarded t o students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English
faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan t o
teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English.
HISTORY
faculty.
- Winners selected by History
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring i n history with preference
given t o those who plan a career in the
field.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem-
istry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded
t o qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by
Library staff.
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on
basis of need and academic ability.
2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded
to an able and deserving student in the
field of mathematics.
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty.
1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually
t o juniorhenior students who are
majoring in a modern language with
preference given t o those who plan t o
teach language as a career.
2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available
to language majors studying a language
abroad during the academic year, t o
help with travel expenses. A special
application i s required by the Foreign
Language Department.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel
Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass
students seeking t o acquire musical
and performance skills i n instrumental
music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award i s "made t o students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
student studying choral music.
Winners selected by Music
1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conduaing and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3- The
solberg
SchO1arshi~
- awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a maior/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement i n the art of singing.
NURSING -winners
faculty.
selected by Nursing
Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial
-awardedtoagraduateof
the Abbott Northwestern School of
Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division
Nursing Program at Augsburg.
PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
faculty,
The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually
to an upperc~ass
stu-
dent majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the
basis of skilled performance or aptitude
in stringed instruments.
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
Costs listed here are for the 1980-81
academic year, and are subject to change
without notice.
T U I T I O N - $3,660
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1980. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $510 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing is one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
Students enrolled in the music therapy
program will arrange their internship
with Music Department faculty. The
charge for this one-course credit is $510.
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Psychology of Music, $10
Nursing Admission Test, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition to tuition are
$140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00
per lesson during Interim.
Class piano lessons, $70 per term
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an
interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
An application fee of $10.00 i s required
from all new students.
Nursing students are required to have a
name pin, available at cost through the
Department of Nursing.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00.
OTHER COSTS
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge is
$510.00.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made in the Registrar's Office with
charges according t o the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore o n a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room
- $1,760.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
I n the event of excessive increases i n the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for
the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r .
charge. New 'OnApplied to the
tracts may be terminated for Fall or
Spring term by notifying the Office of
student Life in writing by the first day of
registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late
cancellation or lack of proper
notifica. .
tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior
to
(Fall semester) or
(Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited
from the $100 advance payment
as a
.
.
service charge. If the new contract is
cancelled after July or January
the
entire amount will be forfeited.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Settlement of Account
Application Fee - $10.00
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded t o
the student early i n August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year isdue
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
Tuition - $3,660
Board and Room
- $1,760
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded o n termination o f studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
No student is permitted to register if hisor
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five daysof classes.
90% from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds a r e made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty
advisers
who are readily availablefor consultat;on
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected t o be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and t o equip students for
lifetime sports.
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Students who enter the
nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts
degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor
of Science degree should contact the
Office of the Registrar for information on
the specific requirements for a second
bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors i n other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson:
Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
of
of
of
of
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairperson:
Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary .Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in
one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of
Science/Arts degree and 17 for these
degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor
of Science i n Music Therapy, and
Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
No more than these maximums may be
the 35
'Ourses
required: CHR
courses
independent study or directed study or
a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship
and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in
the major except Elementary Education
and one in the minor if approved by the
department chairperson).
Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish
t o earn a B.S. degree should contact
the Office of the Registrar for specific
requirements for a second bachelor's
degree.
For transfer students, the maximum in
the areas listed in the paragraph above
is an average of two courses per year of
attendance at Augsburg.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major (except for
Elementary Education and Nursing,
where 2.5 averages are required).
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number o f i n t e r i m
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are availableinthe
Registrar's Office.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following seven areas (onecourse
may fulfill the requirement in one
area only):
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission t o register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology -.Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English -Speech, Communication &
Theater Arts
Art - Music
Although a student may register up t o two
weeks after the semester begins, it i s
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
C. Students without prior study of a
foreign language will complete two
courses (111 and 112) of one foreign
language. Students who test above
111 level of a foreign language will
take one additional course at placement level in that language or two
courses (111 and 112) of another
foreign language.
Students are urged n o t t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result i n a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments i n
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
D. Three approved courses in religious
studies of which not more than one
may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
E. A course related t o urban concerns.
Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term.
F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency i n two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
i n order t o receive credit for it.
A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim.
Students registered for three or more
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised t o withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
t h e Committee o n Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been o n probation for
two terms and withdraws from the Cod
lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards o f
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance ( n o
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383 and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system or only o n the
traditional system. English 111 is graded P
or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are
graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select
the traditional grading system i n most
other courses. Students are cautioned t o
use the P/N grade option with care since
some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number
of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according t o dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the caseof extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that i s t o be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade
point average. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within t w o
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes i n courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
Magnacumlaude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e
average
3.6 - 3.79 grade
average
3.3 - 3.59 grade
average
To qualify for graduation with distinction,
transfer students must have completed
two years (14traditionally graded courses)
of work at Augsburg.
Independent Study
An opportunity for independent study i s
offered through many departments. This
i s available to conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficient background and
preparation in a given field to carry out
work on an independent basis.
Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term
suggests, this requires considerably more
faculty direction than for independent
study, and a student i s not expected t o
have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered
on a lower division level.
Students interested in registering for
either independent study or directed
study must first secure permission from
the faculty who will direct the study.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it i n one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
i n order t o receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n
which the independent study is proposed
is not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions t o this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached t o
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information t o the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classified as full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o
report any change i n registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n t h e case of extreme
emergency. See section o n Grading.
Grade reports are issued t o students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran'; academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported t o
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested i n earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersons or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts.
Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts.
Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts.
..
..
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered i n the Division
of Professional Studies.
A full course has the approximatevalue of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition t o laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. students shouid consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered i n the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
deDartment
symbol
#Consent of instructor
T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t
Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................
Summer Session,1979 ...........................................
Summary o f Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................
Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979).
.....................
1,712
408
7,290
337
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
bf the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 231, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities i n the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and497 (
A
~
~
~
;
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 120, 122, 723, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 127,122,170,325,326,
370, 371, 427
Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer School and at
other colleges should be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery~
evangelicalism.
Course content subject t o
~
~
~
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience in urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women i n
American culture from the founding of
the colonies to the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107, and 1 art history course.
Two required from 118,221,223,225,250;
one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389.
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
including 386, 3 8 7 ~388.
100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional
courses dealing with subjects not usually
offered by the department.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading toward
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
242 FILM M A K I N G
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS I
An introduction to the making of pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
t o black and white photographic process.
Need access to 35 mm. camera.
A study of visual communications i n
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS I1
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
Advanced work i n ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778.
Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
107. Offered alternate years).
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
t o determine project.
478 SCULPTURE 11
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture i n Europe. (Offered
7 982-83)
240 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
7 980-87)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century.
(Offered 7987-82)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times.
(7 982-83)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the
present. (Offered 7987-82)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements.(7980-87)
Early Christian through late Gothic and
Biology
Chairperson: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122
also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily
choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses in earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill,
ll2and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation in
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in .the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair;
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not
apply to the major or minor. Spring)
108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course i n which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as biology majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall)
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate
years)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well as descriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella
M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business
Administration courses (101,102,131,261,
262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4
Economics courses (122,123,251, and one
from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper
division courses are required. For those
planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262,
373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4
Economics courses (122,123,251, and one
from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper
division courses are required. Economics
392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data
processing and computer programming
are strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business
Administration courses (101,102,131,145,
250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5
Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340,
445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373;
Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111
or English 223; Communications 354 or
355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135,
.,
J
0
250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics
courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications
351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is
strongly recommended.
Majors in Marketing and Management
are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered in the department in
addition to those listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income
Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination i n
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major in Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible, i n
order to carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
Principles of basic policy and strategy
issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and
control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the
role of the professional manager. (On
Demand)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
search methodology; marketing research
results; evaluation of the effectiveness of
research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad.
135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand)
340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources;
desirable working relationships; effective
integration of the worker with the goals of
the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745
or consent of instructor. O n Demand)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY A N D CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
An introduction t o quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring)
330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D
ANALYSIS
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
Research process as an aid to decision
making i n marketing management; re-
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full
t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report o n his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is
strongly recommended. Fall)
479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE
METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D
BUSINESS
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management
and decision making, planning marketing
programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f
instructor. O n Demand)
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods
through use of the electronic computer.
This course stresses the understanding of
statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be
presented in the course are: Computer
Programming Techniques; Statistical
Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379
or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o
lab fee. Spring, O n Demand)
440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
483 AUDITING
Concepts and principals related t o the
management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing.
Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling,
and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
295,495 TOPICS
Lecturer, discussions, meetings with
478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
members of the staff or visiting faculry
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ".
FaSI, Interim, Spring]
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed t o afford him or her the
opportunity t o analyze some topic or
issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
NOTE: In addition to the courses listed
below these topics are offered under 295,
495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History
of Economic Thought, Research Methods
for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and
one other upper division economics
course.
ECONOMICS
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics
courses (including 122,123,251,258,454);
Business Administration 101, 102, 379;
Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may
be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence
is very strongly recommended for those
planning graduate study in economics.
I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses
i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS:
9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258,
454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper
division);Business Administration 101,
102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. The student
i s strongly encouraged t o take other
Economics courses in addition t o those
listed above.
-
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251,
258); 6 Business Administration courses
(including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses
in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The
student is very strongly encouraged t o
take additional courses both in business
administration and economics.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, i n order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate
discussion of t h e above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in Economics or Business
Administration. It does not apply toward
an Economics major or minor. Students
who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead
enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open
to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction t o macroeconomics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term i n order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
An introduction to microeconomics, the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student t o progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of
monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make
better business and economic decisions.
Emphasis is on applications, which are
taken from the areas of transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route,
inventory models, information systems,
etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and
h i g h school algebra o r equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY A N D BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M
454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not t o the
major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. I n
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S
Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor
of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation
and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or
#. O n Demand)
445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and
practices i n forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, price and
non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of
economic problems o f relevance t o
management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or
equivalent o r consent o f instructor.
Spring, O n Demand)
479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE
METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D
BUSINESS
Provides the opportunity t o become
familiar with statistical research methods
through use of the electronic computer.
This course stresses the understanding of
statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be
presented i n the course are: Computer
Programming Techniques; Statistical
Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379
or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o
lab fee. Spring, O n Demand)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Mathematical economics with emphasis
on the application of mathematical tools
t o the areas of micro and macro economic
theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at
least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent
o f instructor. O n Demand)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity t o analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent t o one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE
EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR:
Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry
(115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth
and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353,
361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be
substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students
are advised t o consult with the Education
Department early i n t h e i r planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance i n planning a
course program early i n their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115,
176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years or # . Fall
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall;
106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3
hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115
Fall, 116 Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed for non-chemistry majors and
those in allied health science programs
whose professional goals do not require
either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied, followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic
acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for
Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for
both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem.
103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or
115, Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
i s correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied in
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds in the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge
of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are
expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Chemistry majors who are interested in
non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue
their interest via independent study.
(Junior Standing)
East Asian Studies
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Componentsof
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses in Japanese or
4 courses in Chinese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
Economics
Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella
74
See under Business Administration and
Economics.
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
t o all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll i n other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 341 (%), 358
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least
a 2.5 average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a
traditional grading system only.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Sociology of the Family
Soc 231
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences i n
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music ('/z course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (Y2 course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
his/her life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health ('/z course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(Yi course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. o f Ed. Summer I)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may select
Opportunity for advanced and special-
A learning'Ontract
m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
a
situations for professional work experi-
425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM
Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates o n
details essential t o the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements i n a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
It is the responsibility of each student t o
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
t o conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu-
2.
3.
4.
5.
cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if heor she has been admitted into
the program of the Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least
a 2.5 average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359, 388, 478; the required course(s)
in special methods i n t h e area
of t h e student's major, and two or
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them t o teach i n their area i n all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans t o teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
art major will register for Educ. 361
and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365;
and the music major for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major i n a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for
inschool work. Open t o all students.
(Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(lh course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses i n special methods must be taken
from the department in the major field.
Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found i n regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fa 11)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course
360 American Studies Methods
'/Z course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
'/Z course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
?hcourse
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
Emphasis o n the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups i n Minnesota for
the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. Open to all.
(Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(A minimum o f two courses, except three
courses required o f Art, Music, Physical
Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval.
Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance in use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical d i -
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest i n the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student to earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission t o the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course i n American literature, one
course i n the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course in the English
language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance.
In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, t o
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested i n a teaching major
are encouraged t o take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planningtheir courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o
department chairperson early i n senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies t o the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e
courses listed under the American Studies
major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses i n writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING
226 CREATIVE WRITING
A preparatory course for effective writing
for students identified by an examination
as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing
skills will be given. Students will write
short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N
grading only. (Fall, Spring)
The purpose of the course is t o encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing i n
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
227 JOURNALISM
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n
order t o hold a place i n the course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student i s first
introduced t o the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
communitv news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention is paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE
PROFESSIONS
A practical course designed to improve
writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The
writing of reports, letters, and proposals
w i l l be emphasized. Students will be
encouraged to use material from their
own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1
or Equivalent)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
'
The development of essays i n a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
t o stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, i n
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring)
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o t h e emergence o f
literary naturalism. Attention is also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given t o the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
1980-81)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets to Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
i s given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship t o the
literature. Special emphasis i s given to the
city as setting and symbol i n modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and its emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 1980-81)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
isc cuss ion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the department chairperson.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors.
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
Open t o junior or senior English majors
w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes
use of the resources of Augsburg's urban
location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language
study should register in courses suited to
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
below their level may only d o so for a
grade of P/N.
., be:
,c.J/.
--
,;.I
-
For majors, a minimum of four upper
division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maximum of
four upper division non-Augsburg courses
may be accepted. N o fewer than two of
these four courses should be taken abroad.
For minors, a minimum of two upper
division courses at Augsburg College is
required for graduation.
For transfer students intending to major
or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified.
See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0
average in Advanced Conversation and
composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later
than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
/
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with
no previous background in French to the
language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hour? laboratory work. See
above on placehent. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintaice with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and three in literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and
developing greater ease in reading. For
those who have studied most of the basic
structures. Two hours of laboratory work.
(Fall)
come acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor. (Offered o n Demand)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through informative and controversial
articles, interviews and literary readings,
this course works toward the goals of oral
fluency, communication of ideas, and the
acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue
general reading in French. Completes a
review of basic structures. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N
Explores topics of current interest in both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t ,
grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N
TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students be.
.
--
.
,
.
a
.
-
-
%
.....
(Fall)
*
,,,...... . .
*
,
*
.
.
,
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317
or #. Alternate years)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works o f French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
317 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required of all majors.
(Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led t o new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts in French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts in French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training in the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements in style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
an
Or
Study in depth
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French.
For advanced students. (See also Interim
offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
to complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho
have had 111 or equivalent or less
than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple
G
~ insights
~ intoG~~~~~
~
~
culture and participation i n short conversations.
~~b~~~~~~~
materialsavailable.
(Fa//, spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in terms of their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply t o
a German major or minor. (On Demand)
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. I n German.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered o n demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability to express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. In German.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t
pansion of
Aims at developing and refining the stuof
reading
skills
through
selections from
use of German as a vehicle for
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax
ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough
the
Greek
text.
(Prereq.:
772 0' #. Fall)
language,
use of German as classroom
(Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
451 GERMAN PROSE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century to the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand)
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according to foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Japanese
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Offered in conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including
311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in
Norway recommended. (Academic credit
may also be earned through the Camp
Norway program in Norway.) Consult
department for details.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus
one course under Scandinavian Studies.
TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
PREPARATION:
Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 172
or equivalent.)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 O L D NORSE
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have
special assignments. (Offered alternate
years)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
This study of Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring
1981. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice i n spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of class for course offerings, and
Russiam Area Studies in this catalog.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the
course (711, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high
school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring)
223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE
Through essays, short stories, and novels
written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists,
the course will introduce the student t o
the world of the Chicano and his dual
struggle t o maintain his traditions and
culture on the one hand, and t o integrate
into American society on the other. (On
Demand)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion in English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (On Demand)
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution t o world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate
years.)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In
Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980, alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de-
velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352,
Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311
or #. O n Demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.;
and
non-Western.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o
the regular history major a social science
major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
a
language at the college level
(0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o One course credit) to be
defmded before a faculty committee.
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five
or six are offered each term, or 11 per
year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directing faculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as is the period of the Cold War.
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries.
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation.
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
to the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course is
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel.
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia,
Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
412 ENGLAND I N THE
TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and o n the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods.
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and i t s
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714.
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in
the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.
Attention i s given to overseas emigration.
463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
i n this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus o n
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam.
464 M O D E R N CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion
of China's isolationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions o f the 20th
century.
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa.
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n
history courses are encouraged t o apply
for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study
may be applied toward the major.
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires i n Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
An introduction t o the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns t o be found in
our physical and human environment.
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
t o department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study i n
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
i n one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement
in mathematics.
114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r
equations, exponents a n d radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications t o the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications t o the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily from the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN
ALGEBRA
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall)
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa/ I )
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or
125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years)
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods
including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation
between student and department.
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer languages
and methods.Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
in numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division
College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics:
Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one
western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology.
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work
lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s
closely with the Medical Technology
equivalent should expect to spend two
adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in
antee that all students will be accepted by
the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship.
logy major is not designed for persons
Students must negotiate directly with the
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
hospitals involved.
- degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g.
lectures, symposia, performances, hear-
ings. These resources become the core of
the course, supplemented by traditional
college resources. The course is designed
in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member.
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agenciesfor work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
A N D CULTURE
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending
on
.
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed o n
Norwegian urban development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
Structured field course focusing on plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips to other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o
various types of barrios and to public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SA U S)
This "semester in the city" program is
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student .elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and in-
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
-
Readings.
discussions, and lectures in
" ,
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
-382
dependent study.
FIELD EN'ERlENCE
383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major in Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of the sophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform in music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
of Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE:
17
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457,
458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and
electives; 4 years of Performance Studies
with double periods in the last two years,
and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies in'cluding at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective i n speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need t o apply for internshipsites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ-
izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and i t s defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals is required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
is required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring to
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented i n parallel, rather than i n
sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The development of music through the
study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s
placed upon relationships between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fa 11)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
O F MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
I n a historical approach to the study of
music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into
topics of particular interest. Suitable for
both non-music and music majors.
330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE
A historical survey of solo vocal literature
from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the
performer as interpretation, style, and
diction. (Fall)
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music
theory and history classes t o the study of
20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring,
alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Fall)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to
d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N
BEHAVIOR
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
MUSIC THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in
the surrounding area, with field trips to
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background in
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This is
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM
IN
THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS
An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
RECITALS
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Student recitals afford an opportunity for
public performance and acquaint
students with all aspects of preparation
a quality perforand presentation
mance.
Instruments: Technique as
ertoire~performance.
rep-
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The music organizations exist not onlyfor
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes t o
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
participate in groups affording
- opportun. .
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
ity for musical expression. The student
available t o all students. For statement of
must be carrying at least two courses each
fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
required. No course credit.
Brass Ensemble**
Piano
Choir*
Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale**
mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band*
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
Jazz Ensemble**
examination has been passed may be apOrchestra*
plied toward the music major or minor.
String Ensemble**
Woodwind Ensemble**
Organ
*Membership by audition.
Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent
formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor.
Natural Science
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas
~
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12
Physical Science, grades 7-12
Earth Science, grades 7-12
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses i s designed t o
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general educa-
tion requirements of the college and, i n
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES
7 COURSES
-
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111, 112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry
I n order t o make the program slightly
more flexible, it i s recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - Comparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
SCIENCE
- 7 COURSES
Candidates may be recommended for
licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science
Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical
Science Emphasis-Physics major. The
student licensed in Physical Science may
teach chemistry and/or physics in grades
7-12.
1. Chemistry Major
Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry
in place of Chemistry 362
Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit)
Physics 245 - Modern physics
2. Physics Major
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
Physics 351 - Mechanics I
Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I
Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory
Three additional Physics courses t o be
selected from the following: Physics
261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical
Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II;
Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II;
Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics
486, Quantum Mechanics.
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding t h e
Weather (the alternative course not
taken i n the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R
Candidates requesting certification bas'ed
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation i n chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers an upper division major
i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of
Science degree.
Requirements for admission to the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. i n
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses
at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the
nursing
- major.
.
I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are
given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current
nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the
past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing
refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is
highly recommended. The required
courses i n sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward admission t o the major. An
upper division science course is required
and must be completed during the first
year of study in the nursing major. This
is to be selected after consultation with a
nursing faculty advisor.
Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned
so that they may be completed within two
academic years. However, more than two
years may be required to complete the
total course of study, depending on the
number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
(!h course)
This course will present principles of
teaching and learning within a process
framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The
students will have an opportunity t o assess
their own learning style, write behavioral
objectives and develop a teaching plan
for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
(1/2 course)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
I n this course the student will examine
elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The
student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history
and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a
holistic assessment of an elderly person.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
Students will assess their own leadership
style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional
nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.:
303.)
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this
course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique
nursing research and design a research
project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.)
310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
Focuses on systems theory, change theory
and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issues and the
practice of nursing. Students will do a
health assessment of a client and will
explore a community health issue related
t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.)
This course will examine the diversity of
American families. Content includes the
structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of
situational and developmental crisis
events. The emerging role of the nurse in
providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304,
377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or
concurrently with Nursing 423.)
311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV
This course provides a knowledge base
for understanding community values of
cultural groups as they relate to health
care and the nurse's role in a community
health team. Strong clinical component
for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior
year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.)
This course deals with the integration of
communication, leadership theory and
the professional nurse role in the context
of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken
prior to or concurrently with Nursing
427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I
The preceptorship practicum offers the
student an opportunity to implement a
negotiated learning contract in a selected
practice setting. This approach provides
opportunities for developing objectives,
selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s),
client and agencies, in providing complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.)
groups i n a selected practice setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To
be taken concurrently with or following
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING
A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course
utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership theory t o
I n depth study of a learner-selected topic
or issue. Students must consult with
faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration.
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241,242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the
Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendations will be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another is that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action i s
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual i n the Renaissanceand the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course,
247.)
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? I n innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and
other issues are dealt with in astudy of the
m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested
prior course, 247, 242, or 343.)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and
reason? Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language. (Suggested prior course,
730 or 344.)
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or
one course in natural science.)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to
problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion,
care for the dying and euthanasia.
410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY
Advanced studies covering a specific area
of philosophy, such as studies in the
thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an
idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May
be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses, any from 247,
242, 343, 344 or #.)
430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474;
Biol. 103. Students wishing to become
licensed teachers should consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H
SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy major must be secured from the
corrective therapy coordinator.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
474, 485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major plus coaching
practicum meets the coaching requirement.
234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
t o spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (7/2 course. Spring)
243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703.
Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
223 TEAM SPORTS
CHILD
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
(See Health Education)
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (7/2 course. Interim)
(See Health Education)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term, odd # years only)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term, odd # years only)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term, odd # years only)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd # years only)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-
education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354
Summer school only)
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL
AFFILIATlON
115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103,
l . 108, 111;
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required.
Chem. 103 or 105;
105;
231,
Includes actual hospital experience i n
241.
four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy
o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485,
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.)
]OR: Same as health education major plus
H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n an area of
physical education. O p e n only t o junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231,
110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course
Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.)
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course
Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand
evaluation of tests in heaith and physical
education. (spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
Historical background,legal bases,school
health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
-
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged to work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
-
-
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early i n their planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall, Spring)
103
FOR
LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed to serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
"
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications t o both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus
Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
A careful study of classical mechanics i n
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSlvE
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.*
H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
See the class schedule for precise listing of
terms in which courses are offered.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
A N D POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues in American society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy in the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
160 W O R L D POLITICS
Introduction t o the processes and issues
of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system,
theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in th: electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential elections
(optional i n non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic to be included
i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
(See Section II for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue t o inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
to political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,)
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY:
METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered on demand)
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between instructor and student. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264,
265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum
of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also
required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the
senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from among
299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward
the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a
minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399, and
499 may be counted toward the minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction t o the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING
An ecologically oriented approach to the
study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on
the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive
behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel
environments such as outer space, animal
& machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705)
264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, A N D
ANALYSIS I, II
A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II.
Majors i n psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory i n respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made,
has on behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowding and environmental stress,
territoriality, defensible space & crime,
and built environments such as rooms,
buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Study of selected areas and topics i n
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior t o
registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #).
399 INTERNSHIP
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
Issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
.
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students i n psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all
other courses.
Department approval i s necessary before
courses taken in other colleges can be
accepted for Religion Department and/or
general education course credit.
ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including
111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r
especially for majors to be taken i n the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied t o the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION
M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483,
471 or 473. These together with specified
courses in other departments can lead t o
Augsburg certification.
PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR:
The Minnesota Department of Education
does not at the present timegrant teacher
certification for a religion major or minor.
To prepare for teaching about religion in
public schools, the student should work
closely with the Religion Department t o
design a program which includes: a) a
major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or
secondary teaching, and b) a religion
major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355,
356, 360, 363 and 471.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted for the
minor.
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N
THE LlFE O F THE CITY
The Gospel and various forms of ministry
evident in urban structures.
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implications will
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious communities.
358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7987-82)
See under Department of Philosophy
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N
AMERICA
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological
thought of the Protestant reformersof the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
A study of the development of religion i n
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T
CHURCH HISTORY
Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this
country.
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
(See under Department of Music)
399 INTERNSHIP
Limited t o students who have completed
at least four academic courses, have at
least first semester Junior standing, and
satisfy department guidelines.
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found i n his writings. (Offered
1981-82)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 1980-81)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period to
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative
trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
structive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con-
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian A r e a Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. In addition to providing a
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
MAJOR: 11 courses
4 courses (2 years) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course i n Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course i n Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives.
M I N O R : 6 courses
2 courses (1 year) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
1 course i n Russian history
1 course i n Soviet politics
1 course in Marxist theory
1 other course from the approved list
of electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred l o e l
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
Major programs must contain 4 courses
listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses
under Department of Foreign languages.
312 O L D NORSE
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given t o O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language majors and minors
will have special assignments. (Offered
Spring, 1981.)
325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See under Department of Music.
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture
with special emphasis o n conditions and
developments i n the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required.
345 SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
- AMERICAN
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand)
351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required t o d o
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7987)
352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980)
364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T
CHURCH HISTORY
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of Religion.
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST).
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D
CULTURE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department
Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar.
Term (SUST).
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching i n social studies. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned i n any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2
non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of
these must be upper division.
2. 2 political science courses.
3. 1 social science methodology course
from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business;
Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc.
362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365,
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation.
4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics,
geography, psychology, sociology.
vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241.
3. 1 social science methodology course
from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC.
362 or 365.
D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
EMPHASIS
6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122,
14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th
term of collegework in a modern
sion, from economics, history, political
foreign
language.
science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332,
clude:
Poli. Sci. 363, 461.
I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any
disciplines.
one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258,
2. 5 or more courses from another of the
495, seminar, independent study or
disciplines other than history.
interim course on a relevant topic;
3. 1 American history course (may be Part
Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar,
of requirement 1).
independent study or interim course
4. 1 social science methodology course
on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351,
from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot.
380, 381, 382, seminar, independent
362 or365 (may be Part of requirement
study or interim course on a relevant
1 or 2).
topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS
lege work in a second modern foreign
language.
1. Hist. 103, The Modern World.
2. 12 courses in non-Western studies,
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
with at least 4 disciplines represented,
each of five disciplines, selected from the
from the following: Econ. 122, 258;
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science,
nar, independent study, or interim
psychology, and sociology. The selection
course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci.
of courses must be approved by one of
351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science
ent study, or interim course on a relemajor.
Social W o r k
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as to sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree. The core
program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*,
351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*,
and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363,
364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467.
Recommended courses are: one CHR,
Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326,
Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year.
SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n
Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and
Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of
functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement
in the senior year in the special area.
Completion of aspecialization i s noted on
the transcript.
SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work
i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
.:
..
I..
.. -,:. ' -
Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim)
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior.
Spring)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned to address needs
of older population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL W O R K
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi-
364 FIELD W O R K I
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL W O R K
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD WORK Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. ('/z course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resource development will be
studied in the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (#half or full
credit. Interim)
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
Sociology
Chairperson: G . Nelson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362,
363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a
CHR course, internship, independent
study or upper division interim course i n
sociology. This recommendation is made
in the hope that the student will take ad-
vantage of the variety of learning models
offered through the department. Consult
department chairperson concerning
areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted to a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE
M O D E R N METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students i n a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring)
The first course in atwo-coursesequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative informa-
tion. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications t o program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention is
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
orientation in social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and
Psych. 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city i n history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related to
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
777 or 127 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power in the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #.
Fall)
-
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY
METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty
member of the department.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
contai'ning rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of
Admissions.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory
performance on competency tests in
writing and typing.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize i n any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
An introduction to radio and television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
emphasis on producing, programming,
writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics.
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN
SOCIETY
See under Department of Political Science.
351
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL
COMMUNICATlONS
action through verbal and non-verbal
I, II
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art
munication barriers. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N
See under Department of English
A study of group dynamics and leadership
242 FILM-MAKING
with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
See under Department of Art.
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction t o principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate
years.)
480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N
Cooperative investigation o f topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
t o major i n theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is
not part of the major.
A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233,
243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses i n voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
C.
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor i n English.
THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
i n dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course,and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor i n English.
and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd.
(Spring, alternate years)
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice i n reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization,crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee.
Offered alternate years).
229 STAGE DESIGN I
lntroduction t o scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
361 THEATER HISTORY
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.)
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.)
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterization to
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
dividion students only. Spring)
233 ADVANCED ACTING
367 STAGE DIRECTION I1
This course explores t h e elements o f
characterization through improvisation
and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on
a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and
In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor.
Spring.)
429 STAGE DESIGN II
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Fall)
- Advanced design projech based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary M a j o r
- -
-
.
Students wishing to develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students to respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic
fields. Students wishing to develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available in the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARD OF REGENTS+'
Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Oscar M. Austad
President
The Austad Company
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and
Management Committee
Dr. Paul B. Batalden
Program Director, Health
Services Research
St. Louis Park Medical Center
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Arley R. Bjella
Chairman of the Board
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard
Chairman of the Board and
C.E.O.
First Bank System, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Chairman, Academic and
Student Affairs
Committee
*as of September, 1979
Dr. Harold I. Lunde
Executive Vice PresidentAdministration
Kobacker Stores, lnc.
Columbus, Ohio
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
William A. Nelson, jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates,
Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Development
Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo
Member of Congress
Fifth District-Minnesota
Washington, D.C.
Bertil Sandberg
President, N. H. Sandberg
Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Lut.her Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
N. Stanley Stake
Group Vice President
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Howard E. Olson
Mary Lou Williams
President
Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota
St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla
Chairman of the Board and C.E.O.
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
George T. Pennock
Chairman
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
*SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg
College
B
*JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
* D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University
*LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
Barbara
-Santa
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University
* J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of
Minnesota
*LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969,
University of Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
F
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University
o f Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota
PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
*JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University o f Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre
Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of
Kentucky
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
* D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970,
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
*MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
M
J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of
Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
*LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University
of Minnesota
ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976,
University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Seminary
Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
*BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University
* J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of
America
*DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
-
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus.
1965, Lakeland College
E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
*WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974,
Mankato State University
*MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of
Pittsburgh
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ)
*LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
*PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
*VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University
*BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
*MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977.
NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President..
.Avalon Okerson
......
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
.Beverly Wegge
Registrar .............................................
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach
.Bonnie Wallace
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither
Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte
.Pamela Louisa
Assistant Registrar .....................................
Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson
.........
DEVELOPMENT
........................ .Glen W. Johnson
...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland
............................. .Michael Walgren
Vice President for Development
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... ,
Associate Director, Alumni and
Parent Giving .......................................
Executive Secretary ....................................
....... .A. B. Batalden
.Jeroy Carlson
.Irene Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information..
Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
....
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange
Assistant Director
Bill Ross
.Sue Bonner
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson
Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough
Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson
.....................................
.....................
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs and
Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg
Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine
INDEX
...........
Academic Administration
47
Academic Life ..................... 14
Accreditation ....................... 7
Administration ................... 156
Admission to the College ........... 31
Advanced Placement ...............34
Advanced Standing ................ 34
American Indian Programs
26
American Studies .................. 56
Anthropology .................... 139
Art, Department of ................. 57
Biology. Department of ............. 60
Black Student Programs ............ 26
Board of Regents ................. 116
Business Administration ............ 63
Calendar ...................... Cover
Campus Map ...................... 70
Certification Programs .............. 22
Chemistry. Department of .......... 71
Chinese ........................... 87
Classification ...................... 54
Communications ................. 141
Computer Science ................ 101
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) ................. 19
Continuing Education .............. 22
Corrective Therapy ................ 19
Costs .......................... 35. 44
Course Descriptions ................ 56
Course Value ...................... 54
Credit by Examination .............. 54
Dean's List ........................ 52
Degrees ........................... 23
Divisional Organization ............ 47
East Asian Studies .................. 74
Economics ........................ 67
Education. Department of .......... 75
Engineering ....................... 81
English. Department of ............. 81
Enrollment ........................ 55
Expenses ....................... 35, 4
Faculty ........................... 147
Financial Aid ...................... 35
Five-College Cooperative ........... 18
Food Service ...................... 29
Foreign Language,
Department of ................... 86
French ............................ 87
44
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education
Requirements ................... 15
..........
..........
Geography ........................ 99
German ........................... 90
Glossary of Terms ................... 4
Grading ........................... 50
Graduates ......................... 55
Graduation Requirements
48
Graduation with Distinction
32
Greek ............................ 92
Health Education ................. 719
Health Service ..................... 29
History of Augsburg College
6
History. Department of ............. 96
Honors Program ................... 22
Housing ....................... 27, 45
Independent Study ................ 52
Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25
Intercultural Center ................ 26
Inter-Institutional Programs
75
International Students .............. 27
Internship Program ................ 22
Japanese .......................... 92
Journalism ........................ 83
Library Science .................... 80
Location ........................... 6
Majors ............................ 15
Mathematics, Department of ........ 99
Medical Technology .............. 702
Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102
Music, Department of ............. 104
Music Therapy .................... 108
Nature and Objectives
.6
of Augsburg ...............
Natural Science ................... 109
22
New Dimensions Program
Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7
Norwegian ........................ 93
Numbering of Courses ............. 55
Nursing .......................... 111
Personnel of the College .......... 147
16
Pre-Professional Training
113
Philosophy, Department of
Physical Education ................ 116
Physical Plant ...................... 12
Physics, Department of ............ 120
Political Science,
Department of .................. 123
Probation and Dismissal ............ 49
Psychology, Department of ........ 126
Regents, Board of ................. 146
45
Refunds .........................
Registration ....................... 49
..........
........
.........
.........
..,
..........
...........
........
Religion. Department of ........... 129
Religious Life ...................... 24
Russian Area Studies .............. 132
Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133
Scholarships. Grants ................ 35
Social Science Majors ............. 134
135
Social Work. Department of
Sociology. Department of .......... 138
Spanish ........................... 94
Speech. Department of ............ 141
Student Life ....................... 24
Student Rights ..................... 29
.......
Student Services ................... 25
Study Abroad ...................... 20
Summer School .................... 22
Symbol (#) ........................ 55
Theater Arts ...................... 143
Transdiciplinary Major
145
Transfer t o Augsburg
32
Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44
Veterans .......................... 53
Visiting the Campus ................. 7
Work-Study ....................... 35
............
...............
CATALOG
1980-82
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the
1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog,
with page number references. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it i s subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic
policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have
questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser,
the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Accreditation and Memberships
National League for Nursing
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
College Costs 1981-82
Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00
600.00
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ...........................
300.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................
Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00
986.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) .......................................
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
..............
5.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) ............
Class, per semester
.......
150.00
50.00
600.00
Music Therapy Internship (one
course credit) ............ 600.00
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 2
Summer 1981
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring,
Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis
M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Financial Aid/l7-18
Gift Assistance
Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A
student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All
applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of
April 23.
Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and
demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory
academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission.
Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program
ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of
higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s
$1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The
grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s
made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the
necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office.
Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet
federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or
lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be
enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other
sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
lndian Program Director or your tribal agency.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The
American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities
and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be
considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee.
Scholarships/20-23
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time
service careers in the church.
The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing
in fields leading to full-time service in the church.
Departmental Scholarships
Chemistry
Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going
into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is
planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded
The Rev. and Mrs.
study of history.
annually to a history major.
0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the
Music
Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in
church music.
Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded
annually to a music therapy student.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in
political science.
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one
division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section.
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
International Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-BusinessAdministration
Elementary Education
Engineering'
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese,l French
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,l
Spanish
Health Education
History
International Relations
Mathematics
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to
complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education:
Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics.
Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5
5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv
Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the
Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl.
Graduation Requirements/39-40
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the
Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic
record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more
than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the
Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of
Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing
degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor
i i1udenr5 whore complete
academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include
one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg.
No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required:
4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/
directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P).
Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary
Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a
major i n Nursing.
2. Completion of a major.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
Psychology-Sociology
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one
additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is,
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the
Office of the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N
means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N
grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses
are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To
receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing
it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must
be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v
the teacher along with the incomplete.
J
A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship
that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed
during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated
for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record.
Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation
and i n the grade point average.
A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Art/49
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the
cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o
determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as
applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg
College.
Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the
teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341,
358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and
academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in
Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341,
352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a
traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ.
481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood
license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and
other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of
lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n
352. 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent
registration i n 352. 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent
registration i n 352. 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per
week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
181,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for
admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure
program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course.
Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying
f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of
their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation
course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of
Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in
the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4)
Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations
through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115;
Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a
minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required.
Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools:
(through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S.
degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6)
Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she
plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese
5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student
teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe
art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365:
and the music major for Educ. 373.
The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking
two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study.
All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or
more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses
361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
'
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
-.
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
-.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n
to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and
program approval)
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r ,
James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h
Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Sources and Services
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information
and use libraries effectively.'(Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library
situations i n the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service.
worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Germad75
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.)
Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history
m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
M a t hematics/89-90
361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355)
A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal
ofoan procedures
problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~
l
Topics tnclude the general concept
or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~.
of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245)
tlon, numer~r-a1
Computer Science
Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare
students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o
a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs.
Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t
several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a
Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers.
Augsburg also has access to large
r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational
C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota.
~~~~~~~r.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly
C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r
C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495.
Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a
career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is
t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor.
145 Introduction to General Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for
students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor.
245 An Introduction to Computer Science
An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly
language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
345 Computer Systems
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications
of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development
of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout
the course. (Prereq.: 245)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to
data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245)
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
(See Mathematics 361, new number for this course)
395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science
Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395
for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms.
Music
L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine
Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson,
Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman,
Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund,
Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David
Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt.
See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information,
guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must
apply to the department.
Specific Music Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355,
365 or 375, music elective. French or German.
Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350
or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for
requirements in education.
Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum
plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of
Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior
recitals; French o r German.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360,
382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350
or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion
to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g
103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv
and 1Sociology. ~ncluding
Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended
courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362,
3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended],
Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music:
Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent
with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a
GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in
performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s
defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of
graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of
not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior
year.
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors)
1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261.
2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters;
Recital appearance.
3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Applied Music
Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall
semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These
organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student
who wishes to particrpate:
Augsburg Choir
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
String Ensemble
Concert Band
Jazz Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
Orchestra
Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening.
Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area.
MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the
end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree.
Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading.
D ~ ~ r l nthe
g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a
major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and
Instruments are available for rent.
jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each
semester for a faculty jury.
Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest
lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly
workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument.
Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50)
designated music events each year.
Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must
present full Junior and Senior recitals.
Examinations
All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music
majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two.
101,102,223,224 Theory
MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of
~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt,
and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224.
Spr~ng)
110 lntroduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s
used as a therapy. (Interim)
230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature o i Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and
music majors. (Fall)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch
aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and
arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 Instrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall)
375 Instrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring)
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is
nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p
sites must be made
n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded.
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
440 New Music Seminar
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Natural Science/99
Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative
course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology
courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245).
Nursing/99
Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science
degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing.
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of
the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and
Mathematics 122 or 125)
486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy
-\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian
riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud.
lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by
them. (Spring 1982)
Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land.
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
Social Science/l17
Social Science
M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science
l
major: t h e General M a j o r and the
Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d
es
t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected
on
In the Soc~al
I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless
Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major.
GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3:
Hi5tory221,222;
G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or
710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses
i o n
in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics.
:
Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv
the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should
rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division
course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to
fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course
(Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4
disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440,
474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 :
seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or
Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should
consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
on rhe high school level must complete, in
Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~
addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History
222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one
of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or
v sociology - o r
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
Social Work 118-119
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*;
and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least
one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required
in the major.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s
noted on the transcript.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative
internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or
Social Work 465.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Official publication of
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue S.
Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less
Please write for application material to:
REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING
THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL
2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church;
A member of Fairvi... Show more
Please write for application material to:
REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING
THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL
2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church;
A member of Fairview Community Hospitals
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1980-1981
For The FRESHMEN:
Freshmen arrive
Sept. 2
Registration at Augsburg College
Sept. 3
Fall semester begins
Sept. 4
Thanksgiving holidays
Nov. 27-30
Last day of fall semester
Dec. 19
Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays
Interim begins
Jan. 5
Interim ends
Jan. 30
Feb. 4
Spring semester begins
April 16-21
Easter I spring holidays
May 21
Spring semester ends
For The JUNIORS & SENIORS:
Aug. 20-22
Orientation for transfer students
Aug. 25
First quarter begins
Oct. 24
First quarter ends
Nov. 3
Second quarter begins
Nov. 27-30
Thanksgiving holidays
Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays
Second quarter ends
Jan. 16
Third quarter begins
Jan. 26
Third quarter ends
Mar. 27
Fourth quarter begins
April 6
April 20
Easter holidays
Fourth quarter ends
June 5
The above schedule is tentative and subject to change.
1646 students have graduated from Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing
128 students are currently enrolled.
Cover photograph by Miriam Weinstein
LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL BOARD OF TRUSTEES
AND ADMINISTRATION
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Gerald Simonson, Chairman
Dr. Kenneth C. Bailey
Mr. James W. Krause
Mr. George Michaelsen
Mr. Charles H. Clay
Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann
Mr. Donald A. Nelson
Mrs. Marlene Engstrom
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson
Mr. Richard Franzmeier
Rev. John N. Parbst
Mr. Allen A. Housh
Mr. Clinton A. Schroeder
Dr. Richard D. Hovland
Dr. John M. Stensvaag
Dr. Donald Johnson
Dr. Francis J. Trost
Mr. Verne C. Johnson
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital
School of Nursing
HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION
Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Administrator
Mr. Mark M. Enger, Assistant Administrator
BULLETIN
EDUCATION & COMMUNITY RELATIONS COMMITTEE
Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann, Chairwoman
Mr. George S. Michaelsen
Dr. Donald Johnson
Mr. Donald A. Nelson
Mrs. Gloria Nelson
Rev. John Parbst
ex-officio:
Mr. Gerald Simonson
Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Hospital Administrator
Mrs. Margaret Hermann, Director, School of Nursing
1980-1982
A three-year hospital-based diploma program
in basic nursing approved by the Minnesota Board of Nursing
and accredited by the National League for Nursing.
We believe our diploma program meets a
unique need. We intend to continue with our program
as long as we meet this need.
2315 14th AVENUE SOUTH• MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404
36
1
.
*Mary Catherine Hooke, R.N., B.S ................. Instructor of Pediatric Nursing
State University of New York-Binghamton, B.S.
Graduate work: University of Rochester, New York
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
June lge, R.N., B.S.N ........................ Instructor of Fundamental Nursing
Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota
*Genevieve McCarr, R.N., B.S., M. Ed ......... Instructor of Fundamental Nursing
College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.Ed.
*Rachel Nelson, R.N., B.S ........................ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.
Jean Pekarek, R.N., A.A., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, Minnesota, R.N., A.A.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
Dawn Ranger, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............... Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
West Suburban School of Nursing, Oak Park, Illinois, R.N.
Wheaton College, Wheaton, Illinois, B.S.N.
De Paul University, Chicago, Illinois, M.S.N.
*Eva Schander, R.N., B.S.N ................... Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota
A. Marlin Stene, B.A., B.Th., S.T.M ............ Hospital Chaplain Supervisor and
Instructor of Religion
St. Olaf College, Northfield, Minnesota, B.A.
Luther Seminary, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.Th.
Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa, S.T.M.
Marie Joel ........................................................ Registrar
A~EA M~~ A
. G RELATIONSHIPS ............ 3
·~ .> ••••••••• , •• • ••• • ••••••••••••••• 4
PHILOs~PHY
·. I:~S ()F THE PROGRAM .......... 5
> .. S~ND PROCEDURES ............ 11
ENTRANCE RE ·.· . · .
STUDENT SERVIGEs ::~··)<.·~··v ... · ......................... 16
STUDENT ACTIVI'f~JSS ... :;,..: •..........•... , ................ 18
FINANCIAL INFORMATION .. : ............................. 19
FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION ............................ 21
ACADEMIC INFORMATION ................................. 23
CURRICULUM ORGANIZATION , ........................... 26
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS .................................... 29
SCHOOL OF NURSING FACULTY ............................ 34
LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ADMINISTRATION ..... 36
.HISTORY ..
v·:''
The contents of this bulletin are subject to change without notice.
or information contained herein.
*Part-time instructors
. ..
•,
~
35
'··· ,,
1_0,,L3<.:::
Flow Chart continued:
1
ii::_,
E
'
LUrrHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL SCHOOL OF NURSING
0
rSo
.µ
<Cl
OJ
S<d
u
+>
(/) (/) S- U1 • r- (/) U1 U1
VlS-OS-S::::S-<IJS<Cl ::::; ..o ::::; ,,_ ::::; E ::::;
.--- 0 <Cl Or- 0 <lJ 0
U:C...J:CU:Ctn:C
0
THIRD YEAR
Fall Semester (16 weeks)
+Rehabilitation Nursing
+Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing
Trends in Nursing II: History
45
45
8
135
135
Interim (4 weeks)
Independent Nursing Studies
BULLETIN SUPPLEMENT FOR 1980-1982
This supplement describes the changes that have occurred
in the school and the nursing program that it offers
since the printing of the bulletin.
8
8
•7
2
CHANGES IN ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Level IV
Spring Semester (16 weeks)
Nursing Intervention in Acute Care 48
48
Management of Patient Care
Trends in Nursing III:
Professionalism
8
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 22
* * * * * *
196
196
The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of
Nursing has been changed so that all three years follow the 4-1-4
plan consisting of two semesters and an interim. Each semester
is 16 weeks in length, and the interim is 4 weeks.
8
8
•7
2
CHANGES IN THE CURRICULUM:
* * * **
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS:
The following courses have been added or redefined in the
curriculum:
CURRENT COSTS FOR 1981-82
Tuition at Lutheran Deaconess
Tuition for Augsburg College
Health Fee
Dormitory Room Rent
Graduation Fee
Books, Supplies & Incidentals
FIRST
YEAR
COSTS
SECOND
YEAR
COSTS
THIRD
YEAR
COSTS
$1,800.00
2,400.00
30.00
625.00
$3,000.00
150.00
30.00
625.00
$3,000.00
400.00
400.00
30.00
625.00.
50.00
400.00
Tuition and fees are estimated above. Effort will be made to keep charges
as estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as
necessary.
OPERATING ROOM NURSING (4 weeks)
Op~rating Room Nursing is a Level II course which introduces the student to the nurses role during surgical
intervention and the maintenance of surgical asepsis. The
student functions with professional staff learning the
role of a circulating nurse and scrub nurse. Focus is on
responsibility to the patient pre-, intra-, and postoperatively. There are 36 hours of classroom theory and
72 hours of clinical experience in the operating room
or clinical area.
NURSING INTERVENTION IN ACUTE CARE (8 weeks)
Nursing Intervention in Acute Care is a Level IV course
in which the student TS exposed to patients and their
families with complex threats to health. Focus is on
specific nursing interventions appropriate for patients
and their families in intensive care, coronary care and
emergency areas. There are 48 hours of classroom theory
and 192 hours of clinical, 160 hours of which is inhospital, and 32 hours of which is psychomotor skills
practice in a laboratory setting.
New Course Flow Chart continued:
Vl Vl
Vl
rtJ ~
s...
,._ 0
Interim (4 weeks)
Pharmacology II
General, Organic & Biological
Chemistry II*
Spring Semester (16 weeks)
Fundamentals of Nursing II
General, Organic & Biological
Chemistry II* (continuation)
Microbiology*
+Effective Writing
c
0
.µ
r-•
m
u
rtJ
FIRST YEAR
Level I
Fall Semester (16 weeks)
Fundamentals of Nursing I
Pharmacology I
General, Organic & Biological
Chemistry I*
Anatomy and Physiology*
+General Psychology*
Vl
u :r:
45
28
_J
Vl
S-
::::l
0
::r:. u:c (/) :r:
0
45
0
s...
Vl •r- Vl Vl
s:: s...
~s .,..
~
rtJ 0 Ir- 0
-.I
u
:r:
Vl
s...
Q)
E ~
a; 0
:r: (/) :r:
14
2
12
45
30
42
42
(])
.µ
u
28
12
s...
rel
45
30
42
4
4
4
Level II
SQ)
.µ
S- Vl .,.. Vl Vl
S- 0 S- s:: S- Q)
;:::) ..0 ;:::) .,.. ;:::) E
,... 0 rel 0 ,... 0 a;
Vl
Vl
rtJ
:r:
res
SECOND YEAR
In addition, Medical-Surgical Nursing 201 and 202 have been
combined into one course.
*******
I
0
0
S-
u
,...
+-'
s...
Independent Nursing Studies is the last course in Level
III and is taught during the four week interim of the
senior year. In this course, the student engages in
two self-selected independent learning projects. The
first project consists of a one week student investigation of the identification and possible use of health
care resources in an urban or rural setting. The
second project consists of a two week investigation of
a nursing topic selected by the student. For both
projects, the student develops a contract in conjunction
with an instructor. One week of the course is also
devoted to having the student obtain certification
in first aid and CPR if ne/she does not already possess
current certification valid through the date of
graduation.
E
S0
0
0
INDEPENDENT NURSING STUDIES (4 weeks)
NEW COURSE FLOW CHART
>:,
E
4,
2
42 42
4
42
42
4
4
Fall Semester (16 weeks)
Medical-Surgical Nursing
Principles of Sociology**
Church and Sects of America**
96
42
22
Interim (4 weeks)
Operating Room Nursing
First Aid
16
18
96
0
2
Level I I I
Spring Semester (16 weeks)
45
+Pediatric Nursing
45
+Obstetrical Nursing
'42
Developmental Psychology:The Child*
8
Trends in Nursing I: Assertiveness
135
135
8
8
4
*Courses taken at Augsburg College
**Cours,es offered by Augsburg Co 11 ege on
Deaconess Campus
+Course taken in the fall or spring semester
256 14
4
2
.7
I
FACUL TY, SCHOOL OF NURSING
Margaret Hermann, R.N., B.S.N., M.A ........... Director, School of Nursing and
Instructor of Trends of Nursing
Milwaukee Lutheran Hospital School of Nursing, R.N.
University of Wisconsin-Madison, B.S.N.
College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A.
Barry L. Lundquist, B.S., M.A., Ed. S. . ........... Director of Curriculum Affairs
Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, B.S.
Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, M.A.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, Ed.S.
Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
*Lisa Austin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ................. Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, B.S.N.
Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, M.S.N.
*Susan Bates, R.N., B.A., M.A .................... Instructor of Trends of Nursing
College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.A.
College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A.
Graduate Work: William Mitchell College of Law
Beverly Beling, R.N., B.S.N. Ed ................... Instructor of Pediatric Nursing
St. Luke's School of Nursing, Fargo, North Dakota, R.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Ed.
Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota
*LuAnn Dahle, R.N., B.S.N., M.S ................ Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S.
Sharon Dodds, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............. Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing
St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, R.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P .H.
Christine Erdahl, R.N ., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing
Abington Memorial School of Nursing, Abington, Pennsylvania, R.N.
Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
Marjorie Erickson, R.N., B.S.N .................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N.
Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota
*Loretta Hanafin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing
College of St. Teresa, Winona, Minnesota, B.S.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S.N.
Carol Heupel, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............... Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing
Memorial School of Nursing, Wilmington, Delaware, R.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N.
University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P.H.
34
UNIVERSITY OF
MINNESOTA
DETAIL OF HOSPITAL AREA
--. ;:::::====:!::::===~~
CHILDREN'S HEALTH CENTER
.
AND HOSPITAL
EBENEZER
SOCIETY
Deaconess
Hospital
E LAl<E ST
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is ideally located close to downtown
Minneapolis at 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
In addition to the facilities of the hospital, the nursing program is augmented by
relationships with the following institutions and agencies:
Fairview Hospital
2312 South 6th Street
Minneapolis, !'Jinnesota
Fairview Southdale Hospital
6401 France Avenue South
Edina, Minnesota
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Planned Parenthood
127 South 10th Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Children's Health Center and Hospital
2525 Chicago A venue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Planned Parenthood
1965 Ford Parkway
St. Paul,Minnesota
Ebenezer Society
2532 Portland Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota
3
NVR 340
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital was founded in 1888. The first building with a
maximum bed capacity of twelve was a frame dwelling at 2731 Hennepin A venue.
Young women called into the service of the Master as deaconesses cared for the patients. In 1891 the first building on the present site was purchased and remodeled for
hospital use. The sick continued to be cared for by deaconesses, graduates and
students.
In 1916, on the foundations laid by the Diaconate, and in response to the demands
for more adequately prepared nurses, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of
Nursing was established under the direction of Miss Inger Bergh. The ideals of Christian service which inspired the pioneering deaconesses became also those of the leaders
who followed. Since the beginning, the School has offered a three year diploma program in basic nursing, preparing nurses to take the examinations leading to state
registration (R.N.). Continuous efforts have been made to meet nursing needs of people through many periods of social change.
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is located within the metropolitan area of Minneapolis
and participates in the delivery of health care to the inner city residents. The present
bed capacity is two hundred forty-five.
In 1967 a nursing school building, Anna Bergeland Hall, was completed. This
building provides school offices, classrooms, library, lounges and recreational facilities
in addition to dormitory rooms for nursing students.
In 1973 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital entered into a consolidation with the Fairview
Hospitals to form the Fairview Community Hospitals.
In 1976 with the closing of Fairview Hospital School of Nursing, Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing became the school for the Fairview Community
Hospitals.
PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL HEAL TH NURSING 8 Credits
This course consists of a study of the dynamics of human behavior, assessment of
the needs of the psychiatric and chemically dependent patient with a focus on emotional needs, therapeutic approaches, use of self as a therapeutic tool, implementation,
and evaluation. The student is provided with varied opportunities to work in collaboration with nurses and other mental health team members and to assess various community based mental health agencies. Laboratory experiences are focused on theory
based nursing interventions with emphasis on communication skills and group
dynamics. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351.
NUR 400
MANAGEMENT OF PATIENT CARE
Management of Patient Care is taught in the last quarter to all senior nursing
students. The course focuses on principles of leadership, management, research in nursing, and the nurse's role in disaster. The student spends 24 hours a week in the clinical
area caring for the critically ill adult patient, acting as co-team leader for a nursing
team and managing care for a group of 4 to 5 patients. Emphasis is placed on the integration of past and present knowledge in the management of patients' care. Prereq.
NUR 310, 320, 330, 340.
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is:
accredited by: National League for Nursing
approved by: Minnesota Board of Nursing
member of: Gopher State Nurses Association
member of: Helene Fuld Health Trust
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is:
accredited by: Joint Commission of Accreditation of Hospitals
4
8 Credits
33
NUR 212
TRENDS IN NURSING III: PROFESSIONALISM
.7 Credits
This course provides the student with a comprehensive study of the nature of professionalism as it applies to the field of nursing. Within this context, the student examines
the goals and requirements of licensure, the selection, application, and resignation processes as they apply to the employment of nurses, government programs and state and
federal legislation as they affect the field of nursing, and the nature and scope of continuing education programs for diploma graduates.
NUR 310
OBSTETRICAL-MATERNITY NURSING
8 Credits
This course is a study of the normal maternity cycle related to the mother and
newborn infant with emphasis on family centered and mental health principles. The
student is introduced to the physiological, psychological and ethical concepts needed to
provide comprehensive nursing care to families during the child bearing cycle. Complications of pregnancy and selected disorders of the reproductive tract are also included. Seminars and selected clinical laboratory experiences in the care of the mother, the
newborn, prematures, and certain gynecological patients are provided. Prereq. NUR
203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351.
NUR 320
ORTHO-NEURO NURSING
8 Credits
This course provides the student with the basic principles of orthopedic-neurologic
nursing care and the rehabilitation process in hospital and community ambulatory settings. The student acquires facility in discharge planning, exploring selected health care
services and systems in rural and urban environments, and developing health assessment skills. Prereq. NUR 203.
NUR 330
PEDIATRIC NURSING
8 Credits
Pediatric nursing concentrates on aiding the student develop: a knowledge of normal
growth and development from birth through adolescent years, an understanding of the
child and his family, a knowledge of normal and pathologic embryology, anatomy and
physiology, understanding of the diseases caused by disorders of the body systems,
proficiency in the application of the nursing process in the care of children, and proficiency in performing technical skills in caring for children. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351
or concurrent registration 351.
32
PHILOSOPHY
The philosophy of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is in harmony
with the Statement of Mission of the Fairview Community Hospitals of which
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a member.
The School of Nursing faculty believes that:
NURSING is a science and an art which seeks to preserve and promote health by
meeting physical, social, emotional, and spiritual needs of the patient as a member of
family and community. As a profession, nursing is the unique integration of the art of
caring with the application of the natural and behavioral sciences. The nursing process
is used to facilitate a person's ability to adapt and to move toward self-actualization.
EDUCATION is a life-long learning process, integrating and developing knowledge,
attitudes and skills. Through participation in the learning process, the learner should
be able to lead a full and purposeful life and function as a responsible citizen.
Specifically, nursing education provides systematic direction and guidance in using
scientific principles and the art of nursing to facilitate the development of knowledge,
attitudes and skills necessary for professional nursing.
LEARNING involves changes in the learner's cognitive, affective, and psychomotor
responses. Learning is an active, continuous process influenced by the learner's intellectual ability, experience, environment, and attitudes. Facilitation of learning occurs
when education is sequential and proceeds from simple to complex as students advance
in the educational program and when opportunities for practice are provided concurrently with theory. In addition, a Christian and democratic atmosphere promotes learning. Christian faith instills a spirit of love which promotes the ideas of worth of the individual and of service to one's fellow man, and the democratic process promotes
respect for the rights of others and for their opinions together with freedom to explore
and question.
The ROLE OF FACULTY is to facilitate the learning process by providing an environment conducive to acquiring knowledge, attitudes, and skills necessary to give
professional nursing care. The faculty assumes the responsibility for planning, implementing, evaluating and revising learning experiences. The STUDENT shares the
responsibility for his own learning and self-development through self-involvement and
utilization of guidance which fosters self-direction.
5
The SCHOOL meets its commitment of service to the community by preparing a
safe practitioner who responds to the health needs of the community as a member of
the interdisciplinary health care team by promoting wellness, intervening during illness,
and rehabilitating to optimum functioning. The school is responsible for meeting the
student's educational needs through providing a curriculum based on scientific fact,
current knowledge, sequential learning, continuity, and integration of major areas of
nursing. Furthermore, the school assumes the responsibility to provide an educationally prepared faculty who functions as effective instructors and role models, and requires
a high standard of performance by the student to meet the school's responsibility to the
community. Lastly, the school assumes the responsibility of providing the appropriate
and necessary facilities to allow for the optimum interaction of the students and the
faculty through the use of the curriculum.
NUR 201
MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I
8 Credits
Medical-Surgical Nursing I is the first course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence which introduces the student to pathophysiology, man's adaption to illness,
and the process of nursing. Attention is given to special nursing techniques, the aging
process, spiritual needs, communication and limited threats to health. The course is
taught on a body systems model composed of classroom and clinical experiences. The
student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient. Prereq.
NUR 103 or equiv.
NUR 202
MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING II
8 Credits
Medical-Surgical Nursing II is th.e second course in the medical-surgical sequence
building on MS I, with attention focused on moderate threats to health, communication techniques, cultural influences on health and illness, and intermediate nursing
techniques. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult
patient with intermediate threats to health. Prereq. NUR 201.
NUR 203
MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING III
8 Credits
Medical-Surgical Nursing III is the last course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence, building on MS I and MS II and focusing on multiple threats to health, community resources and complex nursing techniques facilitating adaptation. The student
spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient with multiple
threats to health. Time is also devoted to visiting community resource agencies and correlating them with patient care. Prereq. NUR 202.
NUR 210
TRENDS IN NURSING I: ASSERTIVENESS
.7 Credits
This is an assertiveness class that assists the student in identifying characteristics of
assertive, non-assertive and aggressive behaviors. The student follows specific steps in
attaining assertiveness and learning to distinguish hindrances in reaching a specific
goal. Applications of principles are made to the professional career of nursing through
feedback and communication exercises.
NUR 211
TRENDS IN NURSING II: HISTORY
.7 Credits
This course provides the student with the historical foundations of the nursing profession. The student examines a brief survey of the historical development of the nursing profession, focusing on the forces, trends, and issues of the past that have shaped
the profession into what it is today.
6
31
PSY 351
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 Credits
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children.
REL 353
DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 2 Credits
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects.
Some contemporary cultic movements will be considered.
SOC 121
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing offers a program of nursing
education with a Christian influence at the diploma level. The graduate is prepared to
apply for licensure as Registered Nurse (R.N.).
4 Credits
PROGRAM OBJECTIVES
Sociology as a mode of analysis or a way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society: socialization, family life, social inequalities, largescale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
NURSING COURSES
NUR 101
FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING I
4 Credits
This course introduces the student to the nursing profession. It provides a guide for
the beginning student in the development of ideals of service in the care of the sick and
own life as a nurse. The course helps the student to understand the basic needs:
physical, psychosocial, and spiritual, and the means whereby these needs are met. The
student learns basic nursing skills in the classroom and in the hospital as she begins to
care for patients.
NUR 102 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING II
4 Credits
This course provides the nursing student with the biomedical background needed in
order to approach the subject of pharmacology rationally. It emphasizes the fundamental principles of pharmacology and concentrates on prototype drugs with which the
student will have to be familar in further encounters with pharmacology. The student
develops a habit of referring to various resources of drug information needed in more
advanced courses. Prereq. NUR 101.
NUR 103 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING III
4 Credits
This course, the last in the three-course sequence, focuses on man's interaction with
the environment. It considers basic human needs and reactions to threats of these
needs. The student utilizes a problem solving process to assess the health status of the
patient when planning and executing nursing intervention. Prereq. NUR 102.
30
The graduate of this program will:
Function as a beginning staff nurse in hospitals, clinics and similar health care institutions.
Function as a member of health care team and a member of and/or leader of the
nursing team.
Demonstrate by clinical performance the attainment of curriculum objectives.
CURRICULUM OBJECTIVES
Upon completition of this program of studies the graduate is prepared to:
Synthesize the principles from biological, physical, and behavioral sciences to the
nursing process.
Adapt the nursing process in providing nursing care.
Utilize appropriate communication skills to establish effective interpersonal relationships.
Utilize principles of teaching-learning in health care situations.
Integrate community resources in planning comprehensive health care.
Practice nursing according to legal, professional, and social responsibilities and
constraints.
Practice safe nursing by making judgements based on scientific principles and
medical diagnosis.
Adapt to the changing role and demands of the nursing profession and the need
for continuing education.
Assume a leadership role in directing and coordinating the activities of the nursing
team in caring for patients.
Integrate Christian principles and values into the professional life.
7
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES TAKEN AT AUGSBURG
COLLEGE DURING THE FRESHMAN YEAR
BIO 103
The mission of The Fairview Community Hospitals is to provide high quality healthrelated services in a spirit of Christian concern to meet the personal needs and improve
the health status of the people and communities we serve.
In fulfillment of this mission, we affirm that Fairview Community Hospitals:
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
4 Credits
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory.
BIO 108
4 Credits
MICROBIOLOGY
>Is an expression of the healing ministry of Jesus Christ.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory.
>Is committed to view those whom we serve as persons of dignity and worth,
regardless of race, sex, creed or social status.
Chem 103 & 104 GENERAL, ORGANIC &
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 4
>Shall reflect the Biblical vision of health as wholeness, and be committed to minister
to body, mind, and spirit through its medical staffs, personnel, programs, services,
and institutional roles.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme:
the molecular basis of life. Lecture and laboratory.
>Shall fulfill or surpass established levels of excellence in its service and shall provide
an environment for growth and satisfaction of its employees.
>Is committed to operate as a private voluntary health care organization.
>Shall be a strong, growing, cost-effective organization through the application of
multi-unit organizational concepts.
>Will participate in and carry on research and educational activities supportive to the
mission of Fairview Community Hospitals.
>Views its focus for growth and development primarily as the Upper Midwest region
of the United States.
>Shall work in cooperation with other health care community agencies and social
organizations, and shall relate meaningfully with the Church and congregations.
ENG 111
EFFECTIVE WRITING
4, 4 Credits
4 Credits
The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct
usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course
is either PIN or 2.0-4.0/N. In order to hold a place in the course, the student must
either attend the first day or personally notify the instructor that he cannot be present.
Psy 105
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 Credits
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purposes
of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
ADV AN CED COURSES TAUGHT BY AUGSBURG PROFESSORS
AT THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
2 Credits
PHIL 380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care
and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying
and euthanasia.
8
29
THE CURRICULUM PLAN: THE COURSE FLOW CHART
Beginning of first year
LEVEL I
Fall Semester (14 weeks)
101 Fundamentals of Nursing I
103 General, Organic & Biological Chem
103 Anatomy and Physiology 0
105 *General Psychology 0
Interim (4 weeks)
102 Fundamentals of Nursing II
0
Spring Semester (14 weeks)
103 Fundamentals of Nursing III
108 Microbiology 0
111 *Effective Writing 0
104 General, Organic & Bio Chem
0
Beginning of second year
LEVEL II
First Quarter (9 weeks)
201 Medical-Surgical Nursing
210 Trends in Nursing I
121 Principles of Sociology 0 0
353 Denominations and Sects
LEVEL HI
Fourth Quarter (9 weeks)
One of the Following:
310 OB-Gyn Nursing
320
330 Pediatric Nursing
340
Second Quarter (9 weeks)
202 Medical-Surgical Nursing II
211 Trends in Nursing II
I
------------------------------------------------ ....
in America 0 0
Third Quarter (9 weeks)
203 Medical-Surgical Nursing III
212 Trends in Nursing III
351 Development Psychology: Child
------------------------------..,..
Ortho-Neuro Nursing
Psychiatric Nursing
351
Developmental Psych. cont.
Begining of third year
First Quarter (9 weeks)
One of the Following:
310 OB-Gyn Nursing
330 Pediatric Nursing
320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing
340 Psychiatric Nursing
380 Medical Ethics 00
LEVEL IV
Fourth Quarter (9 weeks)
400 Management of Patient Care
0
Second Quarter (9 weeks)
One of the Following:
310 OB-Gyn Nursing
330 Pediatric Nursing
320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing
340 Psychiatric Nursing
Third Quarter (9 weeks)
One of the Following:
310 OB-Gyn Nursing
330 Pediatric Nursing
320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing
340 Psychiatric Nursing
Courses taught at Augsburg College
° Courses taught at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing by Augsburg Faculty
* Courses that can be taken during either the fall or spring semester
0
0 0
to enhance her performance of previous roles when the client is in a crisis situation and
to expand the student's teaching to groups. It introduces the role of the nurse as a
health counselor in various primary health care settings. This level also includes the
study of medical ethics.
LEVEL IV
During this level, the student completes an advanced level Management of Patient
Care course, which affords opportunities to apply principles of leadership in the nursing process and to supervise the care of individuals and groups of patients with multiple
and critical problems. The theory relative to collaborating and advocating is examined
as the student cares for clients in complex situations. Interactions with the health team
and with groups in the community help the student develop leadership skills.
At each level of the curriculum, there exists a set of courses or course that reflects a
disciplinary or a synthesis of disciplinary and competency based learning designs. The
disciplinary based learning design is featured in the courses offered at Augsburg College and in the classroom component of each course taught at the School of Nursing,
because this design stresses the importance of theory, its role in the curriculum, and the
changing nature of theory. The competency based learning design is featured in the
clinical component of the School of Nursing courses because it allows the student to
systematically apply theory to the nursing process through the mastery of specific nursing skills.
27
Curriculum Organization
Four levels of learning have been identified and courses are provided at each level to
assist the student in achieving the objectives at each of the levels. Such a curriculum
design was developed and implemented because it provides a continuous and sequential
learning environment that emphasizes a simple to complex learning approach.
Equal Opportunity Statements
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is committed to the policy that
all applicants shall have equal access to the program without regard to race, color,
sex, age, religion, marital status or handicap. In adherence to this policy, the school
abides by the requirements of Title IX of the 1972 Education amendments, section
504 of P. L. 93-112, and other statutes relating to equal opportunity. Questions
regarding compliance may be directed to Director, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital
School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404, or to
the Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare, Washington, D.C. 20201.
LEVEL I
This level consists of fundamental science and psychosocial courses and introductory
courses in nursing and the health care system. Anatomy and physiology, chemistry,
microbiology, psychology, and English courses are taken at Augsburg College located
near the School of Nursing. These courses provide the essential scientific and social
scientific foundations upon which the nursing curriculum is developed. At the School
of Nursing, fundamental nursing skills and attitudes are developed through introductory nursing courses utilizing basic scientific principles and correlated clinical experiences. The emphasis is on the healthy individual, the client, and the nurse. The
nursing process is introduced as the student learns to assume the comforting and protecting roles for her clients.
LEVEL II
The second level focuses on maintaining and promoting an individual's abilities to
meet health needs and assisting individuals in meeting these needs. Courses at this level
feature an emphasis on illnesses and representative common medical-surgical conditions that affect the adult client. The nursing process, a problem-solving approach to
meet both physical and psychological needs of the client and his family, becomes an
important means for translating theory into practice. The student begins to practice the
therapeutic role and to incorporate teaching in her care of patients, and she begins to
include the family to a greater extent. This level also includes the study of historical and
contemporary trends in nursing and advanced courses in psychology, religion and
sociology.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
A graduate of an accredited high school or its equivalent.
A course in high school chemistry or its equivalent.
Rank in upper 1/3 of her class.
The American College Testing Program (A.C.T. test) The applicant makes the arrangements for this with her high school. It is recommended that the first available
testing date during the senior year be used. Our A.C.T. code number is 2119.
5. If college attended, a GPA of at least 2.5 average in courses applicable to nursing.
6. After acceptance a certificate of immunizations as specified by the School.
7. Health and physical abilities of the applicant need to be such as to enable the applicant to meet the academic and clinical requirements of this program.
LEVEL III
The third level is designed to have the nursing student apply the principles and practices
of nursing to special situations in which the nursing process is extended to the clinical
areas of obstetrical, pediatric, psychiatric, and ortho-neuro nursing. The student
rotates through a set of courses that emphasizes assisting the client with more complex
needs, requiring the student to develop and use more complex procedures for health
supervision and the teaching of the family. This level gives the student an opportunity
26
11
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
TERMINATION
1. A request for information and application forms should be addressed to Registrar,
The School of Nursing reserves the right to terminate any student whose class work,
health, conduct or nursing practice make it inadvisable for her to remain in the School.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55404.
Application forms to be submitted are:
a. Application for Admission.
b. Official transcript of high school credits and college, if attended. Rank in high
school class.
c. A.C.T. scores - each applicant must have A.C.T. Send complete score report
to school.
d. Three letters of reference. These references must come from persons who have
known the applicant well, in one of the following capacities. Only one reference
from a group.
(1) recent teacher, (2) recent counselor, (3) clergy man, (4) current or recent
employer, (5) personal friend or co-worker.
e. Application fee.
A personal interview may be required.
Further testing may be required.
Credit may be given for college level courses if the grade is a "C" or better, if
taken within the last 5 years, and if taken at an accredited school.
Within one month after all application materials are received, the applicant will be
notified of the decision of the Admissions and Promotions Committee.
After acceptance, applicants are eligible to apply for financial assistance. All applicants for financial aid are required to complete the FFS.
ACCEPTANCE
Acceptance is based on the following:
1. Complete record for review by the Admissions and Promotions Committee.
2. Satisfactory achievement of admission requirements.
NOTIFICATION OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS
1. The Admissions and Promotions Committee meets monthly from November
through June to review completed applications.
2. The Admissions and Promotions Committee notifies each applicant of its decision
in writing.
3. Notification will occur within one week of the decision.
Accepted applicants musl ,,,ign the note of intent and return the note with the
matriculation fee within two weeks after the date of the acceptance letter, or the application will be automatically withdrawn. The matriculation fee is non-refundable.
12
RETURNING STUDENTS
See re-admission under Entrance Requirements and Procedures.
GRADUATION AND LICENSURE
Students who successfully complete all program requirements and who meet all
financial obligations to the School will be awarded the diploma and the pin of the
School of Nursing.
Upon graduation, the student is eligible to write the examination for licensure which
is given by the State Board of Nursing. Successful passing of this examination enables
the graduate to practice nursing as a registered nurse (R.N.) in the state which administered the examination.
ACADEMIC RECORDS
Grade reports of students over 18 years of age may not be sent to parents or responsible parties without a signed waiver by the student.
Grade reports of students under 18 years of age may be sent to parents or responsible
parties upon request.
A student may request to see her academic record at any time. If the student is
over 18 years of age, a signed waiver by the student must be submitted to the Registrar
before parents or responsible parties may review the academic record.
If the student is under 18 years of age, parents or responsible parties may request the
Registrar to review the academic record.
A request to the Director of the School of Nursing or the Registrar may be made at
any time for the correction of an incorrectly transcribed item in the academic record.
The student or graduate when applying for employment must by written waiver
specify the items to be released from the academic record to the prospective employer.
For additional information see Records under Entrance Requirements and Procedures.
TRANSCRIPTS
A transcript will be furnished only upon the written request of the student or
graduate. Such requests are to be sent to the Office of the Registrar, Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing. The first copy of a transcript is issued without
charge. Thereafter, a charge of $2.00 is made for each additional transcript.
25
GRADING SCALE
APPEAL OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS
The following grading scale has been adopted by the faculty. The numbers represent
percentages of points awarded for completed work.
If the applicant is not accepted for admission and wishes to appeal this decision, the
following procedure must be followed:
1. The applicant must notify the Admissions and Promotions Committee in writing
of her intent to appeal within two weeks of the date when she was notified of nonacceptance.
2. Upon receipt of the intent to appeal, the Committee will make provision for the
applicant to appear before the committe in person.
3. If the in-person appeal to the Admissions Committee is denied, the applicant may
present her appeal in writing and in person to the Executive Committee of the
Faculty Organization.
4. The decision of the Executive Committee is final.
98%
94%
91%
88%
85%
80%
- 100%
- 97%
- 93%
- 90%
- 87%
- 84%
A+
A
B+
B
c+
c
Students who do not attain a "C" in any course must repeat the course.
PROMOTION
WITHDRAWAL OF APPLICATION
I.
Applicants may withdraw their applications at any time by notifying the Registrar.
The applicant's record will be retained in the files until one month after the class enters
in September and then will be destroyed.
Non-completed or non-processed records will be retained until one month after the
class enters in September and then will be destroyed.
Promotion from One Level to Another
Promotion from one level to the next is accomplished through a periodic review of
the student's level of achievement in the required areas of theory and clinical experiences of each level. In order to be promoted, the student must have a minimum
grade of "C" in theory and a "pass" in the clinical laboratory for all nursing courses
and a minimum grade of "C" in all other courses.
In the event that a student fails or drops out of a course, and would like to continue
in the program she must:
1. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to enroll in another course
in the curriculum.
2. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to retake the failed or
dropped course.
A course may be repeated only once, and students must always meet the prerequisites
of a course before they can take it.
The faculty has the authority and assumes the responsibility for determining whether
a student possesses the qualifications necessary for her to become a competent
nurse. In the event a student fails to demonstrate the personal and professional
qualifications, the student may be asked to withdraw from the School.
II. Moving from One Term to Another
Each student must have paid the tuition and school costs or made arrangements to
do so before the beginning of the next term. See the Director of the School if you have
any problems.
WITHDRAWAL
Students wishing to withdraw from the School must submit a written statement to
the Director of the School. Failure to report to class or clinical assignment is not an official withdrawal.
24
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Candidates who have completed courses comparable in hours and content to those
currently offered by Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing are considered
for course exemption on an individual basis. Exemptions will not be granted for
courses taken prior to five (5) years of the application date without special permission.
Exemption Requirements by Category
1. Non-nursing courses: applicants must provide
a. official school/ college transcript(s)
b. school/college catalog containing the course description(s) for which exemption(s) are being requested.
2. Nursing courses:
a. L.P.N. Graduates - exemptions may only be granted for First Level Nursing
courses. The applicant must:
1. have graduated from a state approved N.L.N. accredited school.
2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C average
minimum).
3. have a current L.P.N. license and be eligible to practice in the state of
Minnesota.
4. satisfactorily achieve in faculty-designated examinations.
5. If academic requirements are met, the applicant may be admitted to the
Second Level for an evaluation period.
13
b. Students from professional nursing programs - The applicant must:
1. have been enrolled in a state approved and N.L.N. accredited program.
2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C minimum)
in previous nursing courses.
3. submit references which include (1) from the director of the nursing program and (2) from nursing instructors who can adequately evaluate the applicant's previous nursing performance.
4. submit a school/college catalog containing course description(s) for which
exemption(s) are being requested. Only current credits earned within the
five years prior to application will be considered for exemption.
Exemption Procedure
1. In addition to furnishing the credentials required for admission, the applicant
must submit an Application for Exemption form and provide the appropriate data
listed in Section B above.
2. The following fee schedule will prevail:
a. non-nursing course exemption fee - $5.00 each.
b. nursing courses exemption fee - $10.00
c. standardized testing fees - at cost
3. The Admissions and Promotions Committee will approve or disapprove course exemption requests. Granting of final acceptance will be the responsibility of the
Faculty Organization.
4. In order to be eligible for graduation from this school, the student must complete a
full academic year at the school.
5. All requests for course exemptions must be submitted and approved before the
academic year begins. The deadline for submitting requests is May 30 prior to the
academic year in which the exemption is desired.
ACADEMIC YEAR
The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, School of Nursing differs according to the level of the program. First year students, (Level I), follow Augsburg College's academic calender consisting of the 4-1-4 plan of two semesters and an interim.
Each semester is 14 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. Second and third year
students (Levels II, III, IV) follow the School of Nursing calender consisting of 4
quarters, where each quarter is 9 weeks in length.
The academic year at the School of Nursing begins in the fall, and this is the time
that most students enter the School. Occasionally, transfer, returning, and special
students enter at the beginning of a quarter or semester during the year.
UNITS OF CREDIT
The unit of credit at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is the semester
hour. For transfer students, 1.5 quarter hours is equivalent to 1 semester hour.
Students at the School of Nursing accumulate a total of 114 semester hours of credit,
of which 36 semester hours are recorded on an Augsburg College transcript and are
automatically transferred to the School of Nursing. These transferred credits represent
all work taken at Augsburg College and those courses taught by the Augsburg professors at the School of Nursing.
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
RE-ADMISSION
In any re-admission, the Admissions and Promotions Committee reserves the right
to require additional information and testing when there is an indicated need for it.
Re-admission Procedure
1. Should a former student desire re-admission, she must submit a new application,
including references, updated transcripts and physical examination report if the
period of time since the last admittance at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School
of Nursing exceeds one year. A re-admission fee of $50.00 will be charged for this
student.
2. Should a former student desire re-admission, and has been away from the school
less than one year, she will need to submit a letter of request for re-admission
containing (a) reasons tor re-admission to the program, (b) activities during
absences from the program, and (c) professional goals. A re-admissions fee of
$25.00 will be charged for this student.
14
Students at Lutheran Deaconess
as follows:
First year students
Second year students
Third year students
Hospital School of Nursing are divided into classes
Freshmen
Juniors
Seniors
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT
Each freshman student is assigned to an instructor who functions as a counselor. It is
the responsibility of each counselor to meet with her advisees at the close of each course
to review academic progress and any problems that should occur.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS
See Advanced Placement under Entrance Requirements and Procedures.
23
LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ENDOWMENT FUND
NON-MATRICULATING STUDENTS
Seven percent, simple-interest loans are granted from time to time. This fund provides
loans up to $1,000 per academic year. Applications may be obtained from the Director
of the School of Nursing.
Individuals may request permission to take selected nursing courses to meet personal
or professional objectives.
The candidate must:
1. have an interview with the Director of the program to assess and plan appropriately for courses to meet the objectives.
2. submit an Application for Admissions form and indicate course(s) desired.
3. submit the application fee for processing the record of $10.00.
LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL
SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM (AAL)
This scholarship provides varying amounts of financial aid up to $1,000 per student
per year. This scholarship is available to students who are members of AAL. Recipients
are selected on the basis of financial need, Christian character, academic achievement,
and leadership potential. Information and applications can be obtained from the
Director of the School of Nursing.
MINNESOTA STATE GRANT-IN-AID
State money is administered and distributed through the Higher Education Coordinating Commission. This money is available to students who meet the state requirements. Applications are made through the BEOG form and can be obtained from
the Director of the School of Nursing or from your high school counselor.
SOCIAL SECURITY BENEIFTS
For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired,
deceased or disabled. The amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the
Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area.
VETERANS' BENEFIT
Eligible students may receive assistance from the Veteran's Administration under the
0.1. Bill.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
In addition to loans, grants and scholarships, students can also seek employment to
help pay for their school costs. It is recommended that a student have sufficient funds
so that employment is not necessary for the first semester of the freshmen year, as
many students often need that period of time to adjust to the rigors of the program.
Employment may be available in various departments of Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Applications for employment may be made through the Personnel Department. This information concerning employment at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is
subject to change in accordance with employment needs and policies of the hospital.
22
15
CAMPUS VISITS
Prospective students or any other interested persons are invited to visit Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing campus at any time. School tours may be
scheduled with the secretary at the School of Nursing.
HOUSING FACILITIES
In addition to housing the School of Nursing, Anna Bergeland Hall contains a coed
residential facility for the nursing students. The third and fourth floors provide housing for female students, while the second floor contains rooms for male students.
Single students should live in the residence hall or with their parents if their homes are
within commuting distance. Two students share a room, and applicants may request to
live together. A few single rooms are available at a higher cost. Student accommodations include a desk, a bed, and a closet. Lounge and laundry areas are located on each
residential floor of the hall, and there is a main lounge on the first floor adjacent to the
library. The residence hall is connected to the hospital through a tunnel. A residence
hall director lives within the hall and is there to assist students with any problems that
should occur.
FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION
The following is a list of the major types of financial aid that students who attend the
School of Nursing may be eligible for. Students are encouraged to meet with their high
school counselors to discuss some of the following sources of aid as well as other
sources that they may be eligible for.
BASIC EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY GRANT (BEOG)
The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program is a federal aid program designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend a post-high school
educational institution. The amount of a Basic Grant is determined on the basis of the
applicant's and her family's financial resources. Awards usually range between $50
and $1800. Applications may be obtained from the School of Nursing or from your
high school.
ELSIE HORTON ANN ROAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND
This fund is used to assist students in nursing either in the basic program or advanced
nursing program. Funds are generally awarded to second or third year students. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing.
DINING FACILITIES
FEDERAL LOAN THROUGH THE NURSE TRAINING ACT
The hospital offers complete cafeteria service to the nursing students, and meals can
be purchased at a reduced rate. There is also a hospital coffee shop. Within the resident
hall itself, there are limited facilities for food preparation.
Three percent, low interest, cancellable loans are available to students who meet
federal requirements. These loans are administered by the School of Nursing, and
graduates must work in a needs hospital in order to be eligible for the cancellation. The
loan is interest free until 9 months following graduation. Applications may be obtained
from the Director of the School of Nursing.
PARKING
FORTY & EIGHT SCHOLARSHIPS
Available parking space near the School of Nursing is limited. Parking facilities exist
in the hospital's parking lots for students.
HEALTH CARE
This unit of the American Legion provides several $100 scholarships for students in
the School of Nursing. Students are selected on the basis of academic achievement and
financial need. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing.
GUARANTEED BANK LOANS
A nurse is in charge of the student health service at all times. Students are required
to carry group hospitalization insurance through the school unless they have insurance
under family policies. The specific services of the student health service are described in
the student handbook.
16
Seven percent interest loans administered through the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Commission are available. These loans are cancellable if the graduate
works in a needs hospital, and are interest free until 9 months after graduation. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or from your
high school counselor.
21
THIRD YEAR
CHARGES
Payment Due
Tuition
Health Fee
Graduation Fee
Room Rent
COUNSELING PROGRAM
1st Term
Aug.
$600.00
22.00
40.00
135.00
2nd Term
Nov.
$600.00
3rd Term
Jan.
$600.00
135.00
135.00
4th Term
Total
Apr.
$600.00
$2400.00
22.00
40.00
135.00
540.00
The school has a counseling program which is flexible enough to meet varying individual needs. The program assists the student in meeting and solving educational
and personal problems. Referral services are used as indicated or requested e.g.
pastors, psychiatrists and psychologists to assist the student in becoming more selfdirecting.
LIBRARY SERVICES
LDH TOTAL
$3002.00
Additional expenses include: transportation to various clinical facilities and to
Augsburg College. Additional tours may also require additional charges. No attempt is
made to include personal expenses. Uniforms are purchased directly from the uniform
company. Books are purchased directly from nearby bookstores. Health insurance is
mandatory and may be purchased through the school.
Payment of Charges: Charges must be paid by due dates. If charges are not paid
and/or arrangements made, the student will not be allowed to attend classes.
Employment: The student academic hours allow time for employment. Many
students secure employment to help defray school expenses. It is suggested that
students not work during the first semester in the school.
Refunds: Tuition for a student leaving the school will be refunds as follows:
During the first
second
third
fourth
fifth
week
week
week
week
week
- 80%
- 70%
- 60%
- 50%
- 40%
No refund is made after the fifth week. No refunds are made for the Interim period.
Fees are not refundable.
Re-Admission: Should a former student apply for re-admission she will submit a
new application, including a physical examination report and 'references. A readmission fee of $25 will be charged to students returning after an absence of up to six
months. After an absence of more than six months, a $50 charge will be made in addition to the regular tuition charges. Transfer students pay the re-admission charge.
20
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital Inger Bergh Library is located on the first floor of
Anna Bergeland Hall and is under the direction of the medical librarian. This library
contains about 3,000 volumes and about 120 periodicals. The library also houses a student learning center. Nursing students also have full privileges at the Augsburg College
Library and at the Children's Health Center and Hospital library.
RECORDS
The maintenance and safety of the applicant's records is the responsibility of the
Registrar.
Procedure for Gaining Access to Records:
I. Student Records
a. Access to student progress records is limited to School Administration, the
Registrar, the individual student, and faculty members.
b. Anyone except the Registrar gaining access to the file shall sign and date the
access sheet in the file. The purpose of the access shall also be completed on
the access sheet.
2. Graduate Records
a. Access to graduate records is limited to the Director of the School or her
designee, the Registrar, and the graduate.
b. Anyone gaining access to a graduate file shall sign and date the access sheet
for that file and shall state to what purpose the file was viewed.
c. No information is given from any graduate file unless upon the written request
of the graduate.
d. The above procedure also applies to files of resigned students.
For additional information see the Student Handbook.
17
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
Students are encouraged to practice the teachings of the Christian faith by attending
a church of their own affiliation and chapel services and by participating in student
groups that are sponsored by the churches or other religious organizations. As part of
the School's annual program of religious emphasis, six mission interest meetings are
held during the school year. The Good News Committee schedules chapel devotions
and plans activities for the annual spiritual emphasis week. The Taiwan project is a
plan in which one Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing graduate annually
is given the opportunity to serve for a two-year period in the Chiayi Christian Hospital
in Taiwan. These arrangements are made with the Board of World Missions of the
American Lutheran Church.
ESTIMATED COST OF PROGRAM
Tuition and fees are estimated below. Effort will be made to keep charges as
estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as necessary.
PAYMENT PLAN
Pre-admission charges (not refundable)
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Students automatically become members of the Deaconess Student Association (DSA)
of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing when they are admitted to the
School. Through this organization students learn self-direction, self-discipline, leadership and responsibility, thus helping them to adjust to group living and to their future
roles as professional nurses. Each class selects its own officers who conduct the
business and guide the activities of the class. A faculty member serves as an advisor for
each class.
STUDENT PROFESSIONALISM
Each student is encouraged to become a member of the State and National Association
of Nursing Students. Participation in these organizations fosters an opportunity for
students to develop an interest in and a need for membership in professional organizations as a registered nurse.
SOCIAL-CULTURAL ACTIVITIES
The Big Brother and Sister activities assist new students in becoming oriented and adjusted to the School. The School of Nursing has a choir directed by a qualified Director. Periodically this choir gives concerts of both religious and contemporary music,
and every spring the choir goes on a tour. Students are also encouraged to take advantage of the rich cultural environment which the Twin Cities provide by attending concerts, operas, ballets, theaters, films, museums, art galleries, sporting events and other
cultural-recreational events. There are limited funds made available from Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital Auxiliary for students to attend community cultural events.
For additional information see the Student Handbook.
18
$10.00
40.00
$50.00
Application Fee, submitted with application
Matriculation Fee, paid when appointment is accepted
FIRST YEAR CHARGES
Payment Due
Tuition at LDH
(Exclusive of pre-admission fees)
Charge for Augsburg Courses
(approx.)
Health Fee
Room Rent
1st Semester Interim 2nd Semester
Total
September
January February
$496.66
$496.67
$496.67
$1490.00
750.00
22.00
240.00
750.00
60.00
TOTAL
240.00
1500.00
22.00
540.00
$3552.00
SECOND YEAR
CHARGES
Payment Due
Tuition LDH
Health Fee
Room Rent
1st Term
Aug.
$600.00
22.00
135.00
2nd Term
Nov.
$600.00
3rd Term
Jan.
$600.00
135.00
135.00
LDH TOTAL
4th Term
Total
Apr.
$600.00
$2400.00
22.00
540.00
135.00
$2962.00
19
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
I
'h
--
INTRODUCTION
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7.
This brochure ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
I
'h
--
INTRODUCTION
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
REGISTRATION
Additional information and registration forms may be obtained
from the Summer School Office. Write:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
or call:
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
(612) 330-1 025
Pat Parker, Director
Lorraine Stieper, Secretary
--
g
2?>0
-.AE 2 c
3
as-. 0
3 NWn.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located
in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment,
about 1,500 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes a n d participation in inetropolitan events is a delightful
and broadening experience.
(See inside fold for campus location maps.)
1981 SUMMER CALENDAR
I
I
I
I
Term I
Term I1
Early Registration
(Tuition Discount)
April 24
April 24
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration
Balance of Tuition Due
June 1
June 29
Last Day to:
Change Class Registration
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
on Record
June 3
Holiday
None
July 3
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
June 18
July 17
Last Day of Class
June 26
Aug. 7
g ~ F %E
xE~
g An~
e Ca
n
.- 2 2-.
-3 n
fmg- g
""2 r
u10
m
Inp 5
m3P
Q
(
I
l1
I
ELIGIBILITY
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend
Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that
institution.
SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and
two courses during Term 11. All courses except those indicated
carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
COURSE LEVELS are indicated by the third digit of the five-digit
course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen
and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and
seniors, and 5, graduate level.
ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as
a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at the college should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are
more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS in addition to those
listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work experience related to
the academic program in an agency, government or industry.
Consult the Summer School Office for information.
Volume 111, Number5
February 1981
612/330-1000
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPSM90-310)is published five times a
year in August, September, October, December and February
by Augsburg Col Iege, 731 As8 Avenue South, Minneapolis,
MN 55454. Second clas posrage rates paid at Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Design: Susan Hopp
Information: Lorraine Stieper
CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Registrar's
Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six
hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of
the instructor.
STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may obtain information from
the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops.
PERSONS PLANNING TO AllEND Summer School are
advised to register as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED
COURSES.
WM I COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 1, 1981-JUNE 26, 1981
PAYMENT O F FEES
FINANCIAL AID
TUITION CHARGES for Summer School are $270 for each
course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit
charge (non-credit) is $135 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses.
FINANCIAL AID is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan.
Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load.
Regardless of family income of the student, the Federal Government pays the interest while the student is in college. When
repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for
previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January1,1981.
Maximum loan is $2300, per year or the cost of education,
whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduatemaximum is
$12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some
banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 2, 1981, since
processing takes up to 12 weeks.
EARLY REGISTRATION on April 24 will result in a savings
of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge
of $250 per course applicable only to courses designated
by April 24. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of
discount.
An ADVANCE TUITION DEPOSIT of $50 is required at the time
of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June1
for Term I and June29 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be
assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will
be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been
completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account
from previous term/s must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College.
TUITION REFUND is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present
cancel card to the Summer School Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be madeafter
the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment,full
refund will be made.
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College admits students af any race, color, national
and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities
generally accorded or made available to students at the school.
It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed,
national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other schooladministered programs.
COURSE CANCELLATION DATE
Refund
Term I
Term II
100% (less $20
processing fee)
80%
60 %
40%
June 1-2
June 29-July 1
June 3-4
June 5-8
June 9-10
W
TERM I1 COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE29,1981-AUGUST 7, +B1
TERM I SUMMER 1981
4
ART
ART 10106/10306
CALLIGRAPHY
Thompson
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphicskills in pen and
brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project i s required. Dist.:
Yes.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM4
,
"
'1
ART 1024YIU342
FILM-MAKING I - FILM-MAKING II
Rusten
This ' k t l r s ~trnchcs film-making rl~rough prnc~icnl Inl) cxperiencc invulvina
ul~survaiio~i
d r ~ rd
l i s ~ t ~ \ s i oof
t i tlir expr~1ssivt*and ~tructur.11et~rnentrrlf film, Sturlrnlc
wlrl makr 161nlr)st~unrltilnl. Dist.: Yes.
Fws: 575.M)]lab fcrl
Prcrctluisites: Norle lor Irilm-making I , Il~lrn-makingI to l i l h i ! Film-nlakin~II.
8:OO-12:OO noon
M,T,W,Th,F
OM17
BIOLOGY
BIO 20103
HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
5205
T,W,Th
5214
1:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab
Enrollment limit: 35
BIO 20108
MICROBIOLOGY
Thorpe
Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of
medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
S212
11:30-3:30 p.m. Lab
T,Th
5202
I
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 21101
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
5112
BUS 21262
INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long rerm assets. Dist.: No.
12:OO-3:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S205
'
I
1
'
I
._
JUNE1-JUNE26
HPE 55491
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Nelson
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of
neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354.
T,Th & Arr.
GI2
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
HPE 55493
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Husing
OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY
Admistrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction
of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Arr.
G3 1
(1st meeting 6/1 6:00 p.m.)
HPE 55495, 55496,
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
55497
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)
Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Arr.
Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 83130
LOGIC
Bailey
Examinationof rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M23
PHI 83132
THE PHILOSOPHY OF C. S. LEWIS
Reichenbach
C. S. Lewis, well known as a religious writer,develops hisstatementsfromspecificviews
about God, man and values. We will read Lewis with a philosophic eye for his
arguments and presuppositions. Dist.: Yes.
SUMMER INTERIM
M4
8:30-10:50 a.m. L A t r , M,T,W,Th,F
PHILOSOPHY OF FEMINISM
Fuehrer
PHI 83150,
Analysis ui kcy rimrcpts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and
implk:atIon\ c ~ fmatriarchal/patriarchal, pro-ferninisVanti-feminist cultures, courtly
tarit1 rumitntic love, and the cult of the virgin. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM16
CHEMISTRY
PHYSICS
CHE 34105
PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Gyberg-S. Olmsted
The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts
of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. Dist.: Yes.
11:30-1:50 p.m. Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
S315
2:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab
T,W,Th
5327
PHY 84222t/84322*
C H I 34353
QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
Gyberg-S. Olmsted
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T,W,Th, F
S315
M,T,W,Th
5327
11:OO-3:00 p.m. l a b
ECONOMICS
1981 OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED
Paulson
UNIVERSITIES SCIENCE MINISEMESTER
Study of nuclear radiation including individual laboratory experience usingfacilities
at Oak Ridge, Tennessee in conjunction with instructional staff and scientists at the
national laboratory. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F,
May 25-lune 25, Oak Ridge
tCredit toward Physics major or minor
*No credit toward Physics major or minor
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 85121
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
Hedblom
The nnlitirs nf Ameriran Gnv~rnmentincl~lrlinvnattern nf narticinatinn rlvnamirc
i
5 Ut URBAmTSSUtS
babella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By
Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
tLu P
of policymaking and current issues. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
'
'0M13
'
POL 85342
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Hedblom
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media
for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public
affairs programming. Dist.: Yes.
2:OO-5:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
LI
ECO 22392
MONEY AND BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal
Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122
M,T,W,Th,F
M5
9:30-11:50 a.m.
POL 85199, 85399,
85499
EDUCATION
Noonan
Arr.
INTERNSHIPS
INDEPENDENT STUDY
PSYCHOLOGY
EDE 44375
DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD
Pelton
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite
to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at
that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
14
PSY 86105
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Ferguson
Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding
behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
PI
PSY 86375
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
(also see SOC 94375)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior,
interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisities: 121 and 105
M,T,W,Th,F
L1
8:30-10:50 a.m.
EDE 44237/44337
INTRODUCTION TO MULTICULTURAL/
Quirin
GLOBAL EDUCATION
Conceptual and practical introduction to intercultural education on local and
international levels. Utilization, of local resources to develop curriculum units and
teaching strategies. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
LI
RELIGION
REL 87369
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Blackburn
with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical
ation and the research paper. Dist.: Yes.
M,T,W,Th
S205
I1
I
WG 54241
-
THE AMERICAN SHORT STORY
Clark
Treatment of the American short story from the American Renaissance to today
including seventeen stories aired on PBS television. Dist.: Yes. Also satisfies Am. Lit.
requirement for English.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M22
M,T,W,Th
NORWEGIAN I
L. Hansen
speaking, listening, reading and writing
work expected. Dist.: Yes.
OM29
Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.
Consult department for details.
SPA 76112
BEGINNING SPANISH II
Rozentals
Aims to develop the four basic skills; understanding, speaking, reading and writing
elementary Spanish. Laboratory work expected. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisities: 111 or equivalent
SUMMER INTERIM
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM29
1
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
Borstad
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 320.
M,T,W,Th
C24
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
HPE 55410
I
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N
Skibbe
MODERN LITERATURE
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and
discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other
day. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 111 or 221
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M24
SOClOLOGY
SOC 94375
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
(also see PSY 86375)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior,
interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
M,T,W,Th,F
LI
8:30-10:50 a.m.
SOC 94383
RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
Gerasimo
The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism
and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M4
SOC 94399
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No.
Arr.
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 98111
BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
GENERAL STUDIES
STUDENT TEACHING
Cole
5212
See last column
.1
'
WM I COURSE OFFERINGS '"
1
JUNE1,1981 -JUNE26,1981 .
I
TERM II SUMMER 1981
JUNE29-AUGUST 7
ART
SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS
ART 10111/10311
SPC 98367
THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and produaion of five plays. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
2815 419 Ave. S.
(Tel.: 721-2565)
Mpls., M N 55406
CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL
Friederichsen
Karlen
COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE
(also see MUS 82111/311)
Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make, and produce a music/art
presentation using sounds, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile.
Dist.: Yes.
T,Th
OM4
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
ART 10132
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color,
and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes.
Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
OM4
Enrollment limit: 35
ART 10250
CERAMICS I
Holen
lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing.
Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a.m.
M,WF
OM1
ART 10351
CERAMICS II
Holen
Advanced work in ceramia with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a
continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a.m.
M,W,F
OM?
Limited enrollment
CHEMISTRY
GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
S. Olmsted
CHEMISTRY
Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological
chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: No.
Prerequisities: 105 or 109 or equivalent with departmental permission.
8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect
M,T,WTh,F
S315
10:OO-12:OO noon Lab
T,W,Th
5327
CHE 34110
ECONOMICS
ECO 22120
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By
Independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
A rr.
ECO 22122
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal
policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
5205
ECO 22123
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economin, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p. m.
M, W
5205
ENGLISH
ENC 54111
EFFECTIVE WRITING
T
Gidmark
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 60399
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No.
Arr.
GENERAL STUDIES
GST 58102
BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR INTRODUCTORY
Gyberg
CHEMISTRY & SCIENCE COURSES
Basic operations, exponential numbers, logarithms, simple operators, solvingalgebraic
equations, and development of algebraic equations in science problem content,
particularly chemistry. Dist.: No.
2 Sem. Cr. - Tuition $70.00 (Early registration discount does not apply)
8:30a.m.-1:30p.m.
T,W,Th,F,
5315
May 26-May 29
SOC 94399
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No.
Arr.
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the
Department of Education during the general period from the middleof Juneto theend
of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of
the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact
the Summer School Office for exact dates and course number to be used in
registration.
EDE 44481,44482,
STUDENT TEACHING:
R. Anderson
44483, 44484
NURSERY SCHOOL
Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by
instructor. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
EDE 44481,44482,
STUDENT TEACHING:
McNeff
44483, 44484
ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
EDE 45481, 45482,
STUDENT TEACHING:
Fardig
45483, 45484
SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under
supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
.. . .
.......
1-11...,
. ..,.
r....
.,-.
...a
111 & . A .
- 1
.1
CAMPUS LOCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 55485
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Aske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for
the handicapped. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355
6:00-9:30 p. m.
T,Th & Arr.
GI2
(1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.)
I
I
I
I
HPE 55487
NEUROLOGY A N D PATHOLOGY
Lundgren
An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No.
6:30-9:30 p. m.
1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.
G31
I
HPf &~W~~WPRO-I!$& AFFILIATION
Saugestad
mpfidaffiltsffon6fif.W.
hmrs:,iqufdActual hospital experience in four areas of
prrf@ctIue therapyc (1).Psychlatq,
'm
I
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)
~Habifit;t~~h.~C611,rifa
49F is::sudl;lo(:fhurology and Pathology. Dist.: NO.
8@>$i&&!iites:
@.
and appt~irtNdepartment
Arr.
I
HISTORY
m,
HIS 56131/56331
TOPICS I N SOCIAL HISTORY A N D CULTURE
Nelson
IN THE ANCIENT A N D MEDIEVAL WORLD
Topics and themes relating to everyday life of ancient and medieval cultures including
the merchant, soldier, religious life, women and family and problems of studying
everyday life. Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
S212
I
MUSIC
M U S 82111/82311
CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL
Karlen
Friederichsen
COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE
(also see ART 10111/311)
Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make and produce a music/art
presentation using sound, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
OM4
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 85199, 85399,
85499
INTERNSHIPS
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Noonan
Arr.
RELIGION
RELIGIONS O F INDIA:
Benson
HINDUISM & BUDDHISM
Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses
primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M24
REL 87372
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 94356
CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site
visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
M22
lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis t o 25th Ave. exit, left t o
Riverside Ave., left t o 21st Ave. S., turn left at Augsburg sign.
Interstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right o n
Riverside t o 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
Show less
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t... Show more
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since
one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring
semesters.
Calendar
November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration
December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration
January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add
January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 18.
Beginning of certain half credit courses*
January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses
January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends
..............................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon
11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first
day of class.
'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add
and to determine the grading system.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register
for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the
option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N
system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim
for graduation.)
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 3
Fall 1981
612/300-1001
AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and
Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class
postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order.
Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt
l . t h e e n d o f the book are
listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim
credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout
n
these
courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230.
Options
june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer
school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge.
Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in
the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be
required t o pay the regular summer course tuition.
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these
departments:
English - Theatre i n London
Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n
- The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982
Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after October.
Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or
who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an
internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship
Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17.
Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper
division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study
per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by
the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be
obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which
offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the
lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other
schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for
the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without
tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course.
Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director
for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These
students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim
housing should be made t o the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights,
privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the
school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n
employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b).
Courses
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Jewelry
Art 150 - 4003
Instructor: Norman Holen
You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape,
enamel and cast these metals.
The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the
necessary equipment and re-usable items.
There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces.
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
OM1
16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1
Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame
as Film-Making I.
Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
lnstructor Ralph Sulerud
W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron
l
whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the
r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will
r n ~ ~ncreasrngly
n~~
rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the
liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y,
r guestion\sur h h ~ these
c
must be effect~ut+ly
atlrIressetl: w h a t are
l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she
t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o
nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward
~ty
the rrivrronmrnr make
sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is
recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever
just~f~ed
It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background
necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces
Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be
l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby
t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe
l
spent d~scuss~ng
ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon
paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class
partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Wetland Ecology
Bio 311 - 4114
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater
wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these
wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects,
and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland
org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to
~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as
well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n
M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by
a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy
the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof
source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un
d
rhewea~
her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of
one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent
r
rcadin~.
Prerequisites: 510 111, 112
Time: I
The Biology of Aging
Bio 385 - 4115
Instructor. Robert Herforth
At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be
~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared
g
changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~
t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc
~
oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~?
What
lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from
t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the
o focne r t a ~ n
c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o
rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~
IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock?
al
Thew and other
qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol
ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be
l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe
course
Prerequ~s~tes:
BIO 111
Time: I
S 212
Introduction to Chemistry
C h m 104 - 4116
Instructor: John Carlson
of chemistry for ~hosr?
who have never studled chemistry hefore.
h course in basic
Inclu(E~d
are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr,
r
types of rcactinns,
solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases,
~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to
p no r ~ a n ichrmistry.
r
Many applications to Iifc
~ T O C C S S ~and
S
cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no
:
~hrcrlonger examinations
Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes,
plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a
minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
Chm 113 - 4117
Instructor: Earl Alton
rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning
rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion
to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e
s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions
~ ~ s s each
i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr
c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day.
h
Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.)
Introduction to Clinical Chemistry
Chm 205 - 4118
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~
was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information
~
about
Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san
e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry
ly
IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~
d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n
~lormat~u
n
ahrlu~
synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r (
medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~
l yc r f o r m c dalrd may
result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn
f f e rt ~hnone
~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr
sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems
l
s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~!
analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory.
y
Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory
l
wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp,
exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork
evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam.
l
Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223
T ~ m eI
S 315
Economics of Urban Issues
Eco 120 - 4119
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed.
Distribution: Urban Studies
Time: II
O M 13
Learning Styles, Teaching Styles
Ede 227 - 4125
Eds 227 - 4126
Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff
differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some
L ~ k e~ndlvldual
students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng
and others by work~ngo n thelr own
Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more
effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents
H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~
that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their
counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg
o Irt,ry
e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor
P
mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle
~
ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc.
Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles,
51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e
l
In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t .
f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl
through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr.
tl
Time: ll
Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten
Ede 375 - 4124
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials
and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior to the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
L4
Time: Summer Interim
Student Teaching
Eds 481 - 4120
Eds 482 - 4121
Eds 483 - 4122
Eds 484 - 4123
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Time: I
L6
People Under Pressure
Eng 211 - 4130
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social.
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often
I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And
t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h
c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl
~ ( ~evt3nwit.
Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201
~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv
1
r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( !
irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr,
r
being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4
LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I
r rAtrt~r,ic,~:
~
Wright. Narivr Srjn:
I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1;
/ ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort
r
'+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h,
t
(;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4.
~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><:
~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o
. A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n
?/~
,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f
M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts
Time: I
O M 10
.
The Brontes
Eng 248 - 4128
Eng 348 - 4129
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy
redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two
elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which
their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the
imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and
Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry.
The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily
(Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the
critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth
century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer.
Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of
attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's.
Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures,
discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a
short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both.
Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor.
Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
Time: l l
O M 16
Europe January 3-28
I nteri m/9
Theatre in London
Eng 269 - 4131
Eng 369 - 4132
Instructor: Richard Sargent
Cost: $1795
London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres
such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the
work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in
order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In
addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness
London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots
in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other
theatres, notably to Stratford.
Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in
addition.
Counts toward English major
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts
Grading: P/N
Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop
Eng 362 - 4127
Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College
M~mbcrs
of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion
rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet
threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition,
iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in
the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory
The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have
had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be
accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing
course.
Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and
submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for
Interim.
Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA.
French Literature in Translation
Fre 243 - 4134
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a
common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop
cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and
study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be
devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work,
progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements).
Time: I
-
Beginning Norwegian
~ d 111
r - 4133
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress
o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4137
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and
field experience.
If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern
Minnesota.
Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged.
Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent
Time: II
O M 29
lntensive Beginning Spanish
Spa 112 - 4135
Instructor: To b e named
The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis
o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct
written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group
conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on
daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
O M 23
Time: I
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
Spa 215 ;4136
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields.
Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in
health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of
Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: Spanish 212
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Planning for Tomorrow:
Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's
Gst 240 - 4177
Robert Clyde, Augsburg College
Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas
Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes
place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts,
entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students
will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act
locally."
Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional
books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional
resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal,
continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class.
Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and
assessment of quality of personal growth plan.
S 108
Time: II
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
Hpe 232 - 4143
Instructor: Pam Paulson
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 18-29
Melby
Modern Dance
Hpe 373 - 4141
Instructor: Pam Paulson
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class,
performance of a group composition, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby
Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15
12/l nteri m
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
Hpe 410 - 4142
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum)
Time: I
Melby 13
Virgin Islands January 4-28
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
**
Hpe 455 - 4139
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Cost: $1995
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat
cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed
keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented
by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning,
piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and
leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants.
Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement
Grading: P/N only
Coaching of Football
Hpe 476 - 4140
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15
Melby 12
Coaching of Basketball
Hpe 477 - 4138
Instructor: Rees Johnson
Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season,
pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a
coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Instructor's approval.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby 13
Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29
20th Century South Asia
His 162 - 4147
His 462 - 4148
Instructor: Don Gustafson
Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng
~
rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from
this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most
r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen;
l
11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir
Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl
oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor
populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more.
Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In
nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough
nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a
w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings
r
(somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP
will a l ~ o h e
lertures, trrne
for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations.
Grades w ~ lbe
l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a
test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have
l
addlt~onalassignments and be
graded by upper dlvrslon standards.
Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college
history class.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I
S112
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
His 220 - 4145
His 320 - 4146
Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen
An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration
P
pattern, economir opporlunities, and
social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl
tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew,
l
Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve
jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares.
tjrlth t h "nld"
~
rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5
ic
(Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~
etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp
important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc.
Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs
r
or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~
ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a .
and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will
1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill
e n dnapaprr
t5
t)r an exam un the t ~ x and
t
readlng~.
Fees: $15 for meals and films etc.
Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None
Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor
D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy
Time: I
Studies in Ancient and Medieval History
Through the Reformation
His 366 - 4190
Instructor: Richard Nelson
This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient,
medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of
those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and
identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g.,
biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion
of a paper or project.
Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor
Time: II
Brush Up
Mat 103 - 4150
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will
be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as
part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer.
There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills,
and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by
test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized.
Time: I
S 108
Mathematical Aspects of Music
Mat 130 - 4149
Instructor: Ben Cooper
This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should
know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning,
and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the
meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural
invrntine or discovering
isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r %
math~maticr;
and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics
not
t
a tangential bearing o n music,
usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1
and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things
we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n
homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one
canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will
be developed i n class.
Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra.
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: I
Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy
M a t 134 - 4188
M a t 334 - 4189
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be
uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas
have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We
shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to
various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers.
Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n
Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers.
Prerequisites: Yes
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: II
O M 25
Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
Mus 110 - 4151
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice.
Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including
mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how
music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm
discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and
abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee
of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be
required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring
either the morning or afternoon.
Fees: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
M24
Time: II
Sign and Song
Mus 161 - 4152
Mus 361 - 4153
Instructor: Larry Fleming
This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in
"signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm,
and text topics.
The process will include:
I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by
authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others.
II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing"
c
will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental
concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood.
Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song.
Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove
useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper
division credit requires the writing of a position paper.
Distribution: Art - Music
M 22
Time: II
Trends and Issues in Nursing
Nur 330 - 4154
Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm
Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and
concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n
terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care
needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand
health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and
projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging
roles in nursing.
The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by
examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n
the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of
the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods
include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include
annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test.
O M 11
Time: II
The Nature of Contemplation
Phi 210 - 4157
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the
works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and
discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject,
the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation.
The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected
readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a
topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on
the term paper and the individual discussions.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: II
O M 23
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
at Some Contemporary lssues
Phi 250 -4158
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the
Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood.
Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930;
others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the
concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a
philosophical standpoint.
Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
OM 10
Time: II
Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present
Phi 410 - 4156
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the
materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian
thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by
Christian western culture will be explored.
Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers.
Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
M 23
Time: I
1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities
Science Minimester
Phy 322 - 4159
Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the
instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for
laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I
S 24
Democratic Theory and Practice
Pol 381 - 4160
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive
research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving
considerable independent work.
Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission.
M 25
Time: II
The Politics of American Defense
POI 461 - 4161
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special
concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and
Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy
behavior since World War II. .
Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on
course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be
held during one all-day class in mid-January.
Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor.
M 25
Time: I
Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology
Psy 241 - 4163
lnitructor: Richard Marken
See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o
explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic
displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the
fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n
programming projects and two tests.
P3
Time: II
Designing an Introductory Psychology Course
Psy 305 - 4164
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course.
This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a
course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing
the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures.
There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum
development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an
opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective
of an instructor.
Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments.
Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology.
Time: II
P1
Reading in the Works of Robert Coles
Psy 372 - 4162
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus
o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o
authors closely related to Coles' perspective.
Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on
a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n
various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the
affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with
sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~
0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k
He
ll~
i s ra.perceptive criticof our society
and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons.
Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each
student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these
assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include
extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort
summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis.
Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology
P5
Time: I
Hawa~iJanuary 4-30
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
rC
Rel 321 - 4166
Instructor: P h ~ l ~
Quanbeck
p
Cost: $1795
It
A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special
attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting
of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today;
the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the
approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians.
Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n
their own right.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: one religion course
Grading: P/N only
Christianity in Modern Africa
Re1 366 - 4165
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10
l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n
~s
In
s r l e c ~ r trrgions
l
~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on
c
llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl
form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1
the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI
klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler
t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl
l
irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates.
T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an
rt~
"Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s.
y
v t s i ~ i nresourrv
~
I)ersr)n,
a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research
j,lppr and an examination.
P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion.
Uis~r1,-ution: Religion
Time: II
O M 18
-
Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals
Confront the Twentieth Century
Re1 368 - 4187
Instructor: Bruce Stuart
Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith.
"Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call
America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and
thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's.
Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing,
inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the
public school
Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several
American Presidents, Mark Hatfield
Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved
reading. There will be two tests and a short paper.
Prerequisites: One course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
*+*
Israel January 3-28
Israel, Ancient and Modern
Re1 375 - 4167
Instructor: John Benson
Cost: $2195
This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o
methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live
primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to
museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the
north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and
Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba,
Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim.
There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal.
Prerequisites: one course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
Swk 257 - 4169
Instructor: Doug Perry
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings
and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you.
Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to
discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving.
3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies.
5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field.
Time: I
Field Work Ill
Swk 466 - 4170
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work
11).
Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty
facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field
learning agenda and social work evaluation form.
Objectives:
1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence.
2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice.
3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process.
4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of
strength and areas for personal/professionaI development.
5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n
analysis and resolution stages.
6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes
and t o develop interpretive ability.
7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process.
8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice.
(Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per
week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress
specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon
among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor)
Prerequisites: Field Work II
O M 11
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th
Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing
and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n
Memorial 113.
Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with
week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students
are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n
the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work
95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg,
are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents
l~
during interim and may be taken in addition t o
a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports
requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering
for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received.
Badminton
Hpe 002 - 4178
Instructor: Marilyn Pearson
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside
assignments.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport
Time:'12:00 Noon
Melby
Volleyball
Hpe 002 - 4179
Instructor: E. W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily
Melby
Racquetball
Hpe 002 - 4180
Instructor: E.W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily
Melby
American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense
Hpe 002 - 4191
Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum
An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e
taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor.
Fees: approximately $20.
Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday
Melby
Show less
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro... Show more
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located
in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment,
about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful
and broadening experience.
1982 SUMMER CALENDAR
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
; A u ~ b u Coltege
g
admits students of any race, color, natiunal
and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~
programs,, and
.actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-,
creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or
administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~
scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs.
I
Additional information and registration forms may be obtained
from the Summer School Office. Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Lorraine Stieper, Secretary
Term II
April 23
April 23
June 1
June 28
June 3
June 30
Holiday
None
MY5
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
June 18
June 25
July 16
Aug. 6
Early Registration
(Tuition Discount)
1
I
'
II
I
REGISTRATION
Term I
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration
Balance of Tuition Due
Last Day to:
Change Class Registration
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
on Record
Last Day of Class
Design: Susan Hopp
Information: Lorraine Stieper
-
--
GENERAL INFORMATION
ELIGIBILITY
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two
courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry
a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions, and students
admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg
Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has
been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit
course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen
and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors
and seniors, and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more
fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE.
If you need more information about a special summer offering,
please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed
may be pursued during the summer in a number of
departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the
academic program in an agency, government or industry.
Consult the Summer School Office for information.
Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office.
No course may be added after it has met more than six hours
elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the
instructor.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the
Director of Housing. Limited food service is available,
supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops.
Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are
advised to register as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at the college should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
FINANCIAL AID
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan.
Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load.
Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student
Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays
the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new
borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per
year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the
aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan
applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the
Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be
on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes
up to 12 weeks.
The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses.
Lift
Please
TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982
CAMPUS LOCATION
PAYMENT OF FEES
Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course
taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge
(non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees
may be charged for some courses.
Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of
$20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of
$260 per course applicable only to courses designated by
April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment,
a substitution may be made without loss of discount.
An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time
of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class,
June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment
fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines.
No student will be officially enrolled until all financial
arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your
Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid
in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at
Augsburg College.
TO DOWNTOWN
ST PAUL
m
Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is
limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel
card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be
eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed
dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund
will be made.
Course Cancellation Date
Refund-
Term
I
Term II
10O0I0(less $20
processing fee)
80OIO
601'0
401'0
June 1-2
June 28-June 30
June 3-4
June 5-7
June 8-9
July 1-6
july 7-9
July 12-14
Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to
Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign.
lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on
Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
--=-
TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
a
TERM I SUMMER 1982
JUNE 1 - JUNE 25
a
NOR 112-8052
BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II
Hansen
Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression.
ART
ART 242-8003
FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP
Rusten
Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional
procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals.
Dist.: Yes.
Fees: $75.00 lab fee
Four Weekends
(1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.)
OM17
Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon;
1:00-4:30 p.m.;
Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m.
A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students
can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
OM29
CAMP NORWAY
Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.
Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for
details.
a
ART 270-8002
PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES
Ellertson
Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
OM4
a
a
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 114-8061
HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION
Borstad
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W, Jh
C13
Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11
(1/2 course)
BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
BIO 103-8010
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T, W,Th,F
S205
1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab
T, W, Th
52 14
Enrollment limit: 35
H PE 115-8062
HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY
Borstad
EDUCATION
Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02
for students in teacher preparation programs).
C13
5:00-8:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
(1/2 course)
Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25
BIO 108-8011
MICROBIOLOGY
Thorpe
Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of
medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50a.m.Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
5212
11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab
T, Th
5202
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Utterberg
HPE 491-8053
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of
neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354
6:00-9:30 p.m.
T, Th & Arr.
C 12
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
H PE 493-8054
ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF
Husing
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction
of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Arr.
C24
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
BUS 101-8022
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No.
51 12
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
CHEMISTRY
GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
Carlson
CHEMISTRY
First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to
organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: High school chemistry
1 1:30-1:50 Lect
M, T, W, Th, F
53 15
2:OO-4:00 Lab
M,T, W,Th
S327
HPE 495-80551
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
496-80561497-8057
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Arr.
Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department
CHM 109-8021
a
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Oyler
CER 111-8046
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with
no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes.
OM29
12:OO-3:00 p.m.
M, J, W,Th
ECONOMICS
FCO 120-8030
a
HISTORY
HIS 101-8064
ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES
Sabella
THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE
Nelson
Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d
of Greece a n d
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
ECO 122-8029
PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
1:OO-4:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
52 05
I
ECO 392-8031
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M5
a
~ o m k and
,
the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
a
a
EDE 375-8036
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July.
The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses
require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's
Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration.
a
a
I
a
a
TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS
DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II)
Diverse Topics: See Instructor
Hedblorn
POL 299-81541499-8155
DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE
(Also Term II)
Hedblom
POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY
READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY
(Also Term II)
Noonan
INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II)
HedblomlNoonan
Arr.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 105-8091
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Marken
Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior;
research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes.
9:30- 1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
P1
PSY 375-8092
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasirno
(Also see SOC 375-81 10)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENGLISH
ENG 251-8051
AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR
Blackburn
Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities.
Dist.: Yes.
7:OO-10:OO p.m.
M,T, W,Th
51 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-81541499-8155
POL 199-81561399-8157
EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING:
Fardig
483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Arr.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
1
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 130-8063
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC
Bailey
Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M23
EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING:
R. Anderson
483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL
Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING:
McNeff
483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of
college and public school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
NURSING
NUR 330-8066
TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING
Malcolm
Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories
and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and
health issues. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M, T,W,Th
5205
EDUCATION
DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD
Pelton
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to
student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
SUMMER INTERIM
9:30-1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
L4
MATH
MAT 103-8065
BRUSH UP
Durkee
Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful
for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No.
2:OO-5:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
51 12
a
RELIGION
REL 370-8068
CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION
Quanbeck
Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the
second century to the present. Dist.: Yes.
8:30- 10:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M24
JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-8071
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM
Perry
Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx.
Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Arr.
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
SWK Office
ENG 245-9304
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Gidmark
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p m.
M, W
M23
SWK 399-8069
INTERNSHIPS
Brown
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
SWK 499-8070
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Brown
GER 112-9029
BEGINNING GERMAN II
Oyler
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.:
Yes.
Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent
1 1:40- 1:25 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
SOClOLOGY
SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II)
Hesser
SOC 375-81 10
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
(also see PSY 375-8092)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
5:OO-8:00 p m.
M, T, W,Th
L1
SOC 381-8072
RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
Gerasimo
The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and
the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
M4
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 111-8121
BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Cole
Little Theater
SPC 354-8074
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Bart
Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes.
S205
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II)
Hesser
Arr.
TERM II SUMMER 1982
JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6
ART
ART 132-9002
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color,
and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes.
Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
OM4
+
..,-C
lI-.
I:-:,.
"C
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 485-9038
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Aske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the
handicapped. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th &Arr.
C12
(1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.)
HPE 487-9037
NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY
Lundgren
An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
(1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.)
C24
HPE 495-90391
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
496-9040/497-9041
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department
Arr.
PHYSICS
PHY 101-9305
ASTRONOMY
Paulson
Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I)
Diverse Topics: See Instructor
Hedblom
POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY
MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE
(also Term I)
Hedblom
POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY
(Also Term I)
Noonan
POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I)
Hed blomlNoonan
Arr.
L,.. ,.,.,,..
...
,,,,,,,,
.>
KELlGlON
ART 250-9003
CERAMICS I
Holen
lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.:
Yes.
8:30-1 1:30 a.m.
M,W,F
OM I
ART 351-9005
CERAMICS II
Holen
Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a.m.
M, W,F
OM1
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 102-9214
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Allerson
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 101
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
S112
BUS 262-9301
INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
5108
BUS 399-9302
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arr.
CHEMISTRY
CHM 110-9010
GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL
Carlson
CHEMISTRY
Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission
8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect
M,T, W,Th,F
S3 15
10:OO-12:OO noon Lab
T,W,Th
5327
ECONOMICS
ECO 120-9007
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
ECO 123-9009
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
M5
EDUCATION
STUDENT TEACHING
Continuation of Term I.
ENGLISH
ENG 111-9021
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Gidrnark
Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
M24
TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS
REL 111-9306
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
M,T, W,Th,F
M24
10:05-11:30 a.m.
REL 341-9307
CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING
Holt
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of
scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.:
Yes.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M23
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-9308
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM
Perry
Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx.
Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Arr.
(1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.)
SWK Office
SOClOLOCY
SOC 121-9309
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Pike
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding
of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes.
11:40-I:25 p.m.
M, T,W,Th
11
SOC 241-9310
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
Gerasirno
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of
alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M, W
11
SOC 356-9052
CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site
visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
M22
SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE
Pike
Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics
include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy,
and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes.
2:30-4:15 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
11
SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 355-9313
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
Bart
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M22
SPC 367-9056
THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO.
6:30-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
28 15 4 1st Ave. 5.
Mpls., M N . 55406
(Tel.: 72 1-2565)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less
To
each
ut
To Reach Out ...
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Phone (612) 542-1216
Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to
the policy that all persons shall have equal access
... Show more
To
each
ut
To Reach Out ...
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Phone (612) 542-1216
Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to
the policy that all persons shall have equal access
to its programs, facilities, and employment
without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national
origin, or handicap.
This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1980-81 Catalog
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Table of Contents
College Calendar
4
President's Greeting
5
General Information 7
History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives,
Accreditation, Affiliations and Transfer of Credit, General Regulations.
Student Personnel Services 11
New Student Orientation, Counseling Services, Health Services,
Housing.
Student Life 13
Student Self-Government, Religious Life, Athletics, Music, Drama.
Admissions Information 17
Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure.
Costs 19
Deposits, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan.
Financial Aid 23
Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Scholarships, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid.
Academic Program 29
General Academic Information, Registration, Graduation Requirements, Programs of Study.
Course Descriptions 57
Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies; Communications; Social
Science; Mathematics and Science; Health, Physical Education and
Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Vocational Studies.
Directory 76
Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty.
Index
80
4
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Calendar 1981-82
Fall Quarter
September 1-4
September 2
September 3
September 4
September 5
September 6
September 7
September 7
September 9
September 18
September 25
October 2
October 5-9
October 17
November 3-6
November 17-20
November 21-29
New student orientation
Returning student registration
Completion of returning student registration-Beginning of
new student registration
New student registration
President's Reception-6:00 p.m.-gymnasium
All College worship
Classes begin
Opening Convocation-9:50 a.m.
Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee
Finai day to add a ciass or change a class section
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Homecoming
Registration for winter quarter
Final examinations
Thanksgiving vacation
Winter Quarter
November 30
December 2
December 11
December 13
December 18
December 18
January 4
January 8
January 11-15
January 19-21
February 2-5
February 22-25
February 26March 7
Winter quarter begins
Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee
Final day to add a class or change a class section
Festival of the Christ Child
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at
11:30a.m.
Classes resume
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Days of Prayer and Praise
Registration for spring quarter
Final Examinations
Spring vacation
Spring Quarter
March 8
March 10
March 19
March 26
April 2
April 5-8
April 9-11
April 12
April 27
April 28-30
May 1
May 17-20
May 21
Spring quarter begins
Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee
Final day to add a class or change a class section
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Easter vacation
Classes resume
Honors Day
Pre-registration for fall quarter
Spring Banquet
Final examinations
Commencement
PRESIDENT'S GREETING
5
President's
Greeting
Experiences during the first year after high school play a major
role in one's development of a philosophy of life, which consequently determines how one lives his life and what he gets out of it.
Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main
purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a
philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions.
We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of
both liberal arts and the Scriptures, a curriculum which we feel will
best help the student understand the world in which he will be living
and working.
We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart,
and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also
designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for
"making a life."
Bernt C. Opsal, President
Gl:NERAL INFORMAllON
7
General Information
HISTORY
Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational
liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis which had been engaged in adult Christian education since 1919. Beginning as a Bible school in 1919, The Lutheran
Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929, and to
Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis,
in 1961. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of young people and has sought to meet
those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The
College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all
synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men
and women from various geographic, cultural, ecohomic, racial,
and religious backgrounds.
THE CAMPUS AND ITS LOCATION
Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre
campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis which is
the cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest.
The academic life of the students is centered in a large split-level
complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a
prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and
lounges are located in this building.
·
Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta
dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities· incJude fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer a:nd
8
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
meditation, and apartments for residence counselors. Adjacent to
Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center with a grill is located in Delta dormitory.
PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with a
program of studies in the areas of general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training.
Its primary purpose is to provide two years of higher education for
students interested in the arts and sciences, and also piovide
opportunity for a study of the sources oi the Christian faith.
Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment, and encourages students to
participate in community and church activities.
In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula:
1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions
according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year
college or university.
2. The completion of a two-year program provides the basis for
semi-professional employment in the fields of parish work,
missions, secretarial work, social service and recreational
leadership.
3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for
individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or semi-professional programs.
Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with
opportunities ...
. . . to develop knowledge of the Hebrew-Christian world view as
set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and
an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her
basic beliefs and spiritual commitments .
. . . to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young
adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and
active membership in Christian congregations .
. . . to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theater
through courses and cultural events on the campus and
through the extensive presentations offered by the metropolitan surroundings of the College.
GENERAL INFORMATION
9
... to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and participation in physical
education and sports activities .
. . . to develop personal self-confidence through the determination
of individual goals, the building of relationships with other
people and the experience of companionship in a Christian
setting.
ACCREDITATION, AFFILIATIONS AND
TRANSFER OF CREDIT
Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation
through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in
July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they
make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their
credits will be accepted elsewhere in the academic community.
A ffi Iiations
Lutheran Educational Conference of North America
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities
American Association of Community and Junior Colleges
Association of Minnesota Colleges
Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges
Minnesota Junior College Athletic Association
National Junior College Athletic Association-Region XIII
Minnesota Community College Women's Athletic Association
Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women-Region VI
Minnesota Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
Transfer of Religion Courses
With reference to transfer of religion courses, it should be noted
that most colleges and universities accept our courses in religion.
Students who are planning to continue their education at a college
with limited transfer of religion .credits may register for the religion
courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through
the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable, and a
student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete
a Bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the A.A.
degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College.
GENERAL GUIDELINES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly.
'
The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct
themselves in a manner which is not in the best interests of the
10
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected
to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to
student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook.
Chapel
All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel
program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest
speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or
other special convocation programs.
Each student is encouraged to participate fully in the daily chapel
services of the College community. He or she is also encouraged to
attend public worship every Sunday in the church of ones choice.
Student Use of Automobiles
Since parking space is limited on campus, those students who do
not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from
work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need
an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through
the business office. The Dean of Students shall have the right to
terminate a permit :at any time if, in his opinion,. circumstances
warrant such action.
Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students
from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in
college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on
and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances
where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran
College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to
take disciplinary action.
Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state
statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student
who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or
drugs in violation of the laws will be subject to disciplinary action.
The college's action will be determined by the circumstances
surrounding each individual case.
STUDENT PERSONNEL
11
Student Personnel Services
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to
the campus to participate in orientation activities. During this time
the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College
and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year.
The orientation period also includes a series of ability and
personality tests which are used to help provide a more effective
counseling service for students. Selected upperclassmen are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to
college life.
COUNSELING SERVICES
The major decisions which students have to make during their
early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling
provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their
academic, social, personal, and vocational problems.
The College counselors are available to assist students in
clarifying or establishing appropriate educational and vocational
goals, to help the students evaluate aptitude and interests, to help
them plan programs in preparation for further study, and to help
them deal with personal and/or emotional problems.
Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him
or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each aca..
demic term or with other aspects of college life. In addition to the
12
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
assigned faculty advisor, each student may make appointments to
visit Vv'ith instructors, Residence Hall Directors, the deans, the Co!lege nurse or others on the staff who can give assistance if difficulties are encountered.
Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this
assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation
courses described on page 63.
HEAL TH SERVICES
The College has a registered nurse on the staff to provide basic
medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a
mile from the campus.
INSURANCE
The personal property of staff members and students is not
covered by insurance and the college does not assume any responsibility for the loss of such property.
HOUSING SERVICES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college.
Provided space is available, all full-time students live in the College
residence halls. Exceptions are those who commute from their
tiomes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on
campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which
provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for
the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who
are commuting may purchase either their noon luncheon or evening
dinner in the College cafeteria.
STUDENT LIFE
13
Student Life
Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities
and experiences which help develop the student's total life. The
programs of the College provide wholesome recreation together
with programs that stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND SOCIAL LIFE
Student self-government is carried out by a Committee on Student Activities (CSA) elected by the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of student-faculty relations. It
seeks continually to improve and make the life of the student more
enjoyable. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by a Student Judiciary Board. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the CSA. Homecoming, Sno-Daze, and the Spring Banquet
are examples of the many social activities available.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that sound ·religious life activities must be
an integral part of its program. In support of this conviction, the
College has regularly scheduled chapel services and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer
and Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child.
In addition, many students participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in World Mission Fellowships. The Col-
14
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
lege has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many
of the athletes take an active part. There is also an opportunity to
participate on youth encounter teams which travel throughout the
Midwest presenting the Gospel in word and song.
ATHl,.ETICS
Basic objectives in physical education and athletics at Golden
Valley Lutheran College are to teach the value of good health and
physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure
time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities.
Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, track, and cross country. The
College is a member of the Minnesota State Junior College Conference and the National Junior College Athletic Association.
Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball and track competition. An intramural program is available for both men and women.
MUSIC
Golden Valley lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and
spiritual value that music plays in the life of any society. It desires,
therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation
in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a
performing group. These organizations include the Golden Valley
Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal
Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of
music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a
pep band and c9ncert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community anq College organization; and various vocal and instrumental
ens~mples. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the
College gives opportunity for private lessons in voice and instrumental study.
The location of Golden Valley Lutheran College within the Twin
City ~rea makes it easy for students to gain a new appreciation of
the fine arts; Various community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, and programs given by other
coHegesand the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment.
STUDENT LIFE
15
DRAMA
The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold
in its purpose: it attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the
field.
ADMISSIONS INFORMATION
17
Admissions Information
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested
in the Christian atmosphere of the College. A high school diploma or
its equivalent is required for admission. In addition, candidates are
considered on the basis of their character, personality and motivation as reflected in reference letters from the pastor, high school
counselor, and a personal interview with an admissions counselor.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying:
1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form, together with the non-refundable $10
application fee, to Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55422.
2. Request the high school to forward your transcript to the Director of Admissions.
3. All high school graduates applying for admission must furnish
test results from one of the testing programs described below.
Both testing programs include a questionnaire designed to enable the applicant to indicate academic and vocational plans,
extracurricular interests and academic needs. The information
in the questionnaire and the test scores become an important
resource for the College Counselor and the student's faculty
advisor in their efforts to assist the student to derive the maxi-
18
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
mum benefit from attending GVLC and to develop to his or her
fu!! potential.
Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a Minnesota high school
are responsible for submitting the results of their participation
in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT
Assessment Program.
Non-Residents of Minnesota: High school graduates who did
not graduate from a Minnesota high school must take the ACT,
SAT, PSAT, or SCAT Assessment Program and request that the
results be sent to Golden Valley Lutheran College.
Applicants who are unable to participate in one of the testing programs prior to registration will be required to take appropriate tests during the first day of the Fall Orientation period.
4. Students who are offered admission must notify the Admissions Office if they accept the offer. A $50.00 deposit is required by April, or within two weeks after acceptance has been
made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
Once paid, this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment,
unless the applicant accepts the offer of admission under the
early decision plan (pays the $50.00 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance
being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines,
library fines, etc. have been deducted.
5. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room
deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the
date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for
the entire school year, beginning with fall term.
6. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and
returned.
7. Room assignments and matriculation information will be
mailed during the summer.
The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to
withdraw the privilege of a student's returning after any quarter if it
is judged to be in the best interests of the College or the individual.
COSTS
19
Costs
STUDENT COSTS 1981-82
The following pages explain the basic costs to the student and
the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting
these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of
tuition, board, room or fees at any time.
The college does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Many of the gifts that come in are
through legacies, matching gifts from corporations and Lutheran
Brotherhood, Minnesota Private College Contract, and congregations and congregational organizations. Most of the funds,
however, come from individual gifts. These contributors include
alumni, parents and friends of the college. There are two programs
to which people have committed themselves. They are the Loyalty
program, where one may pledge $400 to be paid over a four-year
period, and the Inasmuch program, where one may pledge $1,000 or
more to be paid over a four-year period. We believe that the Lord
answers prayer as we tell our friends what our needs are and ask
them to join us in participation by prayer and by giving.
Deposits and Fees
A $10 application fee must accompany the application for admission. This fee is not refundable.
All new students are required to make an initial deposit of $50 by
April or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, this
deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment, unless the applicant
accepts the offer of admission under the early decision plan (pays
the $50 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges,
equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted.
20
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
In addition, a $50 room deposit must be made by all new students
basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a
room for the entire school year beginning with the fall term.
Fall Registration for second year students is based upon the
order in which a $50 advance tuition deposit payment is received.
Before a dormitory room can be assigned, this deposit must be
made. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received.
CHARGES BY QUARTER
The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per
academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is
considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12
credits is considered a part-time student.
Tuition for full-time student ......................... $1,285.00
Tuition per credit for part-time student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107.00
Room & Board (Average) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
680.00
(Subject to change)
20.00
Telephone ....................................... .
Laboratory Fee Per Course (Includes personal orientation
12.00
courses) ....................................... .
3.00
Physical Education Fee ........................... .
5.00
Varsity Physical Education Fee ..................... .
Fees for Swimming, Weight-lifting, Karate, Bowling,
etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00-25.00
Humanities 200 (Travel and Study) for GVLC students
10.00
currently enrolled .............................. .
20.00
Humanities 200 for students not regularly enrolled
(per credit)
Music Fees
Voice and Instrument lessons .................... .
Organ Rental .................................. .
Practice Room Fee ............................. .
Social Service Intern Fee .......................... .
Late Registration Fee ............................. .
This fee is applicable for failure to register on schedule
at any point during the registration procedure for any
quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or
family emergencies.
Late Payment Fee ................................ .
This fee is charged to a student who does not pay the
balance on his or her account within two days after
classes begin for the quarter.
107.00
14.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
15.00
PAYMENT PLAN
Miscellaneous Fees
Car registration and parking permit .... (per quarter)
Charge for change in registration after the tenth day
of classes ............ (per change of course permit)
Special Examinations ...................... (each)
(For final examinations requested at times other
than regularly scheduled)
Transcript Fee (first copy free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Tuition Deposit for second year students . . .
Fall Registration is based upon the order in which the
above payment is received. (Non-refundable)
21
5.00
1.00
5.00
2.00
50.00
PAYMENT PLAN
The account of each student is payable in advance at the time of
registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in
this section.
Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the
Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit
is extended, a finance charge of one percent a month is added.
No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding
quarter has not been paid in full. Course credit cannot be granted,
grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and
degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been
met.
PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR 1981-82
Fall Quarter
June 16
July 14
August 18
Registration Day
Winter Quarter
September 25
October 13
November 1
Spring Quarter
December 8
January 9
February 1
On Campus
$ 600.00
600.00
575.00
230.00 + Sp. fees.
Off Campus
$ 550.00
500.00
235.00
Sp. Fees
$2,005.00
$1,285.00
On Campus
$ 575.00
790.00
580.00 + Sp. fees.
Off Campus
$ 550.00
500.00
235.00 + Sp. fees.
$1,945.00
$1,285.00
On Campus
$ 575.00
790.00
580.00 + Sp. fees.
Off Campus
$ 550.00
500.00
235.00 + Sp. fees.
$1,945.00
$1,285.00
22
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Gift Support
The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and
board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the college. In
fact, 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants.
In the present budget this amounts to $700,000 a year. Therefore,
over and above all help s/he may get, each student receives the
equivalent of a $1200 scholarship per year in order to cover the total
expenses of the operation.
REFUND SCHEDULE
Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have
registered and paid their tuition will receive a computed refund
figured from the date the Bookkeeping Office receives the application for withdrawal.
Prior to first class meeting ............................ 100%
During first week ..................................... 90%
During second week .................................. 75%
From third through fifth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50%
During sixth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25%
After sixth week .................................. No refund
Room and Board Refunds-a two-week room charge, plus a prorated board and room charge for the time spent on the campus, will
be made for those leaving before the quarter is completed. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable
time.
BOOKSTORE
All textbooks, art and college supplies may be purchased at the
college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other
items are also available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $50.00 to
$70.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books.
Estimated book costs for the entire year are $125.00 to $175.00.
LIBRARY
The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curriculum. There are over 25,000 volumes, 250 periodicals, local and
national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including
phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips with
necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the
students.
FINANCIAL AID
23
Financial Aid
Golden Valley Lutheran College offers several· kinds of financial
aid to help students and their parents defray the expenses incurred
by the student's college education. All such awards are made by the
Financial Aid Committee and are based on the student's academic
achievement, special abilities, and financial need.
Basically, there are three sources of financial aid:
Federal Government
State of Minnesota
Golden Valley Lutheran College
There are three forms of aid:
Gift Aid
Loans
Student Employment
All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic
year, but students may expect to receive their financial assistance
for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal
standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during the quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift
aid that was awarded from College funds for that quarter as well as
proportionate amounts awarded from state or federal funds for that
quarter.
GIFT AID
Gift Aid is a categorical name given to all awards from GVLC plus
the Basic Educational Opportunity Grant, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant and the Minnesota State Scholarship/
Grant Program. These awards do not have to be repaid.
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant-A grant provided by the
24
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Federal Government based on financial need. Th.e amount is determined by a formula based on expected parental contribution from
income and assets. Students applying for financial aid from the
College will be expected to apply for this grant.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Awarded by the
Federal Government through the College, these funds allow GVLC
to make awards of $200 or more to students who show exceptional
financial need.
Golden Valley Lutheran College Gift Aid-Includes all awards in
the areas of academics, athletics, Christian service, drama and
music as well as the GVLC financial need grants. These awards are
based on demonstrated excellence in the specified skill area and financial need as defined by the ACT (American College Testing)
Family Financial Statement. The GVLC Gift Aid awarded to freshmen is based on their high school achievement, while the Gift Aid
awarded to sophomores is based on participation and achievement
while freshmen at GVLC. One-third of the award is credited to the
student's account each quarter.
Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program-Available to Minnesota residents with awards up to $1,250 per year depending on
need. All Minnesota residents who apply for financial aid at GVLC
are expected to apply for this aid. Contact your high school counselor or the GVLC Financial Aid Office for specifics because filing
details (such as deadlines) vary from year to year.
Other Grants- There are a number of grants and scholarships
available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult
his/her high school counselor and the College's Director of Financial Aid for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants.
DEFERRED PAYMENT LOANS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)-Federal NDSL Loans are
available to students who have financial need and have been
accepted for admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Repayment and interest do not begin until nine months after the student
completes his/her studies. The interest rate is 3%, and repayment
may be extended over a ten-year period. Part of the loan is forgiven
if the student enters certain fields of teaching or specified military
duty.
Guaranteed Student Loans-The student may borrow up to
$2,500 per year at 7% interest from a bank, and the federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college.
The borrower pays the principal and 7% interest during the repayment period.
FINANCIAL AID
25
When a bank will not give the loan, the student may borrow up to
$2,500 per year at 7% interest from the Minnesota State Student
Loan program. First year students are limited to $1,500 per loan,
but may apply for second loans under the $2,500 limit. The federal
government will pay the interest during the time the student is in
college. The borrower pays the principal and 7% interest during the
repayment period. These loans are processed through the GVLC
Financial Aid Office.
Lutheran Brotherhood loan-If a member of the student's family
holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may
borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same terms described under Federal Insured
Student Loans.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
College Work-Study Program-Golden Valley Lutheran College
participates in State and Federal Work-Study Programs. The
student's eligibility depends on his/her financial need and individual skills.
Student Part-time Employment- The College offers a variety of
campus jobs with moderate pay. In addition, there are numerous
part-time employment positions available in the Twin Cities and
surrounding suburban areas. The Student Employment Office maintains a listing of opportunities available.
PROCEDURE FOR APPL YING FOR FINANCIAL AID
In general, no financial aid is offered to entering freshmen until
they have declared their intention to attend. The first step, then, is
to apply and be admitted to the College. In addition to the application for admission, the student must complete an application for financial aid and return it to the Admissions Office.
The next step is to obtain from the high school counselor an ACT
Family Financial Staiement as this is the basic means used to
determine financial need. Many otherwise qualified students fail to
receive financial assistance simply because they failed to get their
financial statements sent in early enough; they should be on file
before March 1. Minnesota residents must file the ACT Family
Financial Statement by March 1 to be eligible for the Minnesota
State Scholarship/Grant Program.
26
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Students who complete the above process can expect to hear
from the Director of Financial Aid as soon as a!! pertinent information can be assembled. Once a qualified student receives the resulting Financial Aid "Package," he or she must indicate acceptance
within three weeks of the date of receipt.
SCHOLARSHIPS
The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students
who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid
Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic
achievement, Christian character and professional promise.
The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an
organization composed of the wives of the faculty and staff members at the College.
The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David
Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study
and the training of lay people for service to the Lord.
The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon Sr. in memory of their son
Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. This
scholarship is for assisting handicapped students.
The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha
Gjernes Estate.
The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the
late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study
and the training of lay people for service to the Lord.
The M. T. Lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the
late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the
College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good
student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example."
The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and
the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. It
is preferably to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the
ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work.
The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded
on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership.
The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior
years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student
planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college.
The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs.
Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for
what this school has meant to them.
SCHOLARSHIPS
27
The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established
in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but
never lived to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student
who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences.
A Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs.
Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who
has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr.
Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College.
The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs.
Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the
Board of Regents of the College.
The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the
late Miss Alice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It
is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character,
leadership, and scholarship.
The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the
family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of
Regents of the College and advisor to the president.
The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a
former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents.
This scholarship is given annually to a student who has shown
excellence in Biblical studies.
The Tang Mission Scholarship is also given by Dr. and Mrs.
Christopher Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in mission courses.
The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has
been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband
and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service,
ministry, missionary work or Bible study.
The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished in the memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time
faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden
Valley Lutheran College.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
29
The Academic Program
Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year
completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and
Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational
Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. In addition there are specialized programs of
study available for certain qualified students who do not seek a
graduation award.
The academic program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is basically liberaf arts and allows one to concentrate in the area of general
education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation.
Students who eventually plan to attain a four-year liberal arts degree are encouraged to get the general education requirements satisfied while at GVLC, thus allowing them to concentrate chiefly on
their major and minor areas of study during the last two years of
college.
General education courses ask the student to know something of
the world of nature and scientific method, of the society in which he
or she lives and in which one has a part to play, of the historic perspective and human achievements called the fine arts and humanities, and of the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological
studies.
GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Credit Load and Student Classification
A normal credit load consists of 16 hours per term. Exception to
this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's
30
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
faculty advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be
granted by the Academic Dean. Students enro!!ed for 12 or more
credit-hours per term will be considered full-time; those with less
than 12 credit-hours will be considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits will be classified as a freshman; a student who has earned 45 or more cumulative
credits will be classified as a sophomore.
The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit.
Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and
tuition costs are the same as costs for credit.
Grading and Honor Point System
A student's grade point average is figured at the end of each term
and is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by
the number of earned credits. Honor points are computed by the
following scale:
Grade
A
B
c
Honor Points
Per Credit
4
3
2
D
1
F
I
0
w
WF
s
u
0
0
0
0
Superior
Above Average
Average
Below Average
Failure
Incomplete*
Withdrawn**
Withdrawn, failing**
Satisfactory***
Unsatisfactory***
*Incomplete work, receiving a grade of I, must be made up satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student
attends. If a student wants an extension beyond four weeks, he or
she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the
work is not completed, the grade becomes an F.
**Withdrawals through the third week of classes are indicated by
W; after that time and through Mid-term by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after the mid-term and until the last
regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas
determined by the instructor.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
31
***An optional grading system of Sand U may be used at the discretion of the instructor for non-transferable credit. If a student is to
work for an S instead of a letter grade, the decision must be determined by the instructor and the student before the sixth week of the
quarter. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior
College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts degree.
Academic Honors
An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a
grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each
term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or
better are included on the Dean's List.
Unsatisfactory Academic Progress
In accordance with policies established by the administration and
faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to unsatisfactory
progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when his or her
grade point average for any quarter is less than 2.00; (b) when his or
her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one
quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 for any
quarter, he or she will be placed on academic probation until the
grade point average is raised to 1 .50 or above. A student who persists in a pattern of unsatisfactory progress may be dismissed from
college.
Eligibility for Varsity Sports
Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley
Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic
Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a
varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student
during the qualifying and competing quarter. He or she must earn a
grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course
work listed in the College catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in
their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter
requirements. A student's eligibility is reviewed each quarter and all
hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing
a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.)
With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a
student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a
quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of
study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee.
32
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Repeating A Course
A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has
been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at
the time of registration for the course. If a student repeats a course
in which a D or F grade has been received, only the more recent
grade earned will be entered on the student's transcript and included in the computation of the grade point average.
Class Attendance
Each student is responsible for completing work as required in
each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused
absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibility to
learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually
stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a
student may be expelled from the course for an excessive number of
unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments.
Independent Study
A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied
toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the
criteria established by the department and have the approval of the
chairman of the department in which he plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which Independent
Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study,
and a demonstration of relevance to the student's objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office.
Bible and English Requirements
All students enrolled at Golden Valley Lutheran College are required to take one Bible course each quarter if they are enrolled for
eight credits in Divisions other than Bible. The only exception is the
student who has taken extra Bible courses in previous quarters. A
student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible for graduation but is required to
take one course each quarter while enrolled at GVLC. History 102,
English 230, and Greek 101, 102, 103 and all of the courses listed in
the Department of Biblical Studies are open to the student for
selection. The suggested Bible core sequence is listed on pages
57-58.
All freshmen students are required to take the sequence in College English (English 111, 112, 113).
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
33
Activity Credits
A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied
toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required
physical education are not included in this category, however one
physical education credit toward the requirement will be given for
varsity sports. (If the student plays on a varsity team two years,
only one credit will be granted for the sport.) Co-curricular activities
include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, Golden Valley
Singers, Madrigal Singers, Band, Golden Valley Orchestra, Theater
Practice, Christian Service, additional physical education activity
courses after required courses are completed, and activity credits
that a transfer student might bring to Golden Valley Lutheran College. In each case the student must indicate during registration
whether the activity is being taken for credit or non-credit.
Credit by Special Examination
Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits
or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific
departmental policies.
Admission of Transfer Students
College work done at other accredited institutions may be applied
toward a degree or certificate at Golden Valley Lutheran College.
Transfer students are required to follow regular admissions procedure and submit an official transcript of record from each college
attended. Credit for the college work done, if satisfactory in grade
and applicable toward the College's divisional degree requirements,
will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree. Golden Valley
Lutheran College will not accept D's in transfer except by special
petition approved by the Scholastic Standing Committee.
The actual number of credits earned at other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade
points are not included in the computation of the grade point average.
Withdrawals from the College
If a student wishes to withdraw from the College during any term,
application for this action must be made in the Office of the
Registrar. An unauthorized withdrawal results in failure in all
courses. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the
time the application was approved. (See page 22.)
34
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
REGISTRATION
New students must report to the College for Orientation Days as
indicated in the calendar in this catalog. Both new and returning
students are required to register on the days indicated in the
calendar.
Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. Until such
settlement has been made, the student is not eligible to attend any
class or individual lesson.
Changes in Registration
Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident
mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days
of classes, upon the written approval of the Academic Dean, the advisor, and the teachers concerned. A Change of Course Permit for
this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the
tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except
upon petition and favorable action by the Academic Affairs
Committee. Petition forms are available from the Registrar's Office.
There is a $1.00 fee for each change in registration after the tenth
day of classes.
Withdrawals through the third week of classes are indicated by
W; after that time and through Mid-term by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after Mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or F as
determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course after
final examinations begin.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
35
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
37
Graduation Requirements
Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan the college
program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt
about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with
an advisor, the Registrar or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a
petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the
Committee on Academic Affairs.
The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her
program includes all requirements for graduation. The advisors,
the Academic Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist in every way
possible.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE
IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND
TRANSFER PROGRAM
The Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program
is the basic award for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A
student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one
of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements of this award are:
1. Completion of the Divisional Requirements as outlined below.
The further requiremP.nts in the Programs of Study (pages
41-46) are recommended and the student should attempt to
fulfill them.
38
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average).
3. The approval of the facuity.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
DIVISIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
Biblical and Theological
Studies
Communications
Social Science
CREDIT
HOURS
18
Natural Science
8-12
9
12
Creative Arts
6
Physical Education
3
COURSES
Bible Core or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Bus 200, 210, L.E. 140 and
all Soc Sci courses except
Hist 102, Hum 200
PO 100, 110, 120, 130, 140,
150, 160, 170,200
Soc Serv 101, 102, 103,
201, 202,203
All Natural Science
courses except
Mathematics 101
All Creative Arts courses
except Applied Music,
and Ensembles
Physical Education 101,
102, 103 (one credit only
per varsity sport)
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
SPECIALIZED PROGRAM
The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program is designed
for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized
nature such as professional musician. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the
term in which the student graduates. The mr;· =~ements for this
award are:
1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below
plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum
(pages 48-55).
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
39
2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average).
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
DIVISIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
Biblical and Theological
Studies
Communications
Social Science
CREDIT
HOURS
18
9
6
Natural Science
4
Creative Arts
3
Physical Education
3
COURSES
Bible Core or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Al I Social Science
courses except History
102; Personal Orientation
100, 110, 120, 130, 140,
150, 160, 170,200,or
Humanities 200
Al I Natural Science
courses
Al I Creative Arts courses
except Applied Music,
and Ensembles
Physical Education 101 ,
102, 103 (one credit only
per varsity sport)
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JUNIOR
COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
The Junior College Certificate will be awarded to those students
who complete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy
the award requirements of an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are:
1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible
Course or alternative per term.
2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 1.00.
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
40
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ONE-YEAR
VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE
1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course or alternative per term) with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.00 (C average).
2. Completion of the requirements of a selected curriculum.
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
41
Programs of Study
Details of the curricula Usted below are outlined on the pages
which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves
the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity
arises.
A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts
and Transfer Program
1. Basic Liberal Arts
2. Basic Science
3. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Biblical and Theological
Studies
4. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Business Administration
5. Pre-Professional Programs
a. Education (Elementary Education, Secondary Education,
Special Education)
b. Physical Education
c. Music (pre-Bachelor of Arts)
d. Recreation Leadership
e. Law
f. Agriculture
g. Forestry
h. Pharmacy
i. Medicine
j. Dentistry
k. Nursing
I. Corrective Therapy
m. Occupational Therapy
n. Physical Therapy
42
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized
Program
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Social Service
Music (pre-Bachelor of Music)
Law Enforcement
Computer Training and Electronics Technician
General Secretarial
Legal Secretarial
Medical Secretarial
Office Administration
Parish Secretarial
Parish Work
World Mission
C. Curricula leading to the
1 . General Secretarial
2. Legal Secretarial
3. Medical Secretarial
4. :World Mission
One-Year
Vocational
Certificate
A. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM
1. THE BASIC LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM This curriculum is recommended
for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses
listed below fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree. Since many colleges require one or two years of foreign
language or variations of work in some of the fields, the student and his advisor
will make the relevant selections in relation to the student's future plans and the
school to which he intends to transfer. Completion of this curriculum leads to the
Associate in Arts degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, 0.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Speech
Speech 100, 110, or 200
3
Social Science
12
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
all Social Science courses except History
102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120,
130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service
101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200
All courses except Mathematics 101
Natural Science
8-12
Creative Arts
6
All courses except Applied Music, arid.
Ensembles
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Physical Education
3
0-15
See department listing
Foreign Language
Electives
14-33
Courses in special field of interest
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43
2. THE BASIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM The Basic Science Curriculum is recommended for those planninQ to transfer to a university or four-year colleoe for
degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his advisor, will
make the relevant course selections in relation to his future plans and the school to
which he intends to transfer. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate
in Arts degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
9
English
Speech 100, 110, or 200
3
Speech
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
12
Social Science
all Social Science courses except History
102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120,
130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service
101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200
Selections from Mathematics, Biology,
41-51
Natural Science
Chemistry and Physics (except
Mathematics 101)
All courses except Applied Music, and
6
Creative Arts
Ensembles
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
3
Physical Education
German 101, 102, 103 recommended
0-12
Foreign Language
3. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM WITH CONCENTRATION IN BIBLICAL
AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES This curriculum is recommended for those who
want to combine their general studies in the liberal arts and sciences with a more
extensive program of Biblical and theological studies. The Bible core sequence
may be supplemented by more extensive offerings in the study of the Bible, Theology and Applied Christianity. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate
in Arts degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
27-36
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives;
Theology 121, 122, 123; selections from
New Testament
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Speech
3
Speech 100, 110, or200
Social Science
15
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
all Social Science courses except History
102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120,
130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service
101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200
Natural Science
8-12
All courses except Mathematics 101
Physical Education 101, 102, 103.
Physical Education
3
All courses except Applied Music, and
Creative Arts
6
Ensembles
Greek 101, 102, 103 recommended
Foreign Language
0-15
0-21
Electives
See department listings
44
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
4.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM: TRANSFER PROGRAM
This curriculum offers courses to satisfy the freshman and sophomore business
ua~minictt"!ltif"\n
.... 1111111 ....
...... u"-'''
~•
ron11it"amantc nf
!l fn11t"-\/O!lt"
v•....,.
,....,._.., ,..., ...... , rlant"oa
.... ...,::;''"'""' nrnnr!lm
,...,'1._..,...,.,,....,,,~...,
,..,,...,~,._..,,,,
•Arlmiccinn
,._...,.,...,...,,...,,,
t"t)n11ira,...,"'1.,.."'"'
ments for junior-year status at four-year institutions vary. Students should be
guided by the program requirements of the universities to which they plan to
transfer. Advisers will assist in planning a program that will meet the four-year
college's lower division requirements. Completion of this curriculum leads to the
Associate in Arts Degree.
Required_ and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English111, 112, 113
9
English
Speech 100 required
3
Speech
12
Sociology 100, Psychology 202, 203
Social Science
recommended
Math 102 required; Math 200 or 201,
9-22
Natural Science
Math 110, Biology 111, 112, 113
recommended depending on four
year college's requirements.
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
3
Physical Education
6
All Creative Arts Courses except
Creative Arts
Applied Music and Ensembles
Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 200, 210
23
Business
0-19
Selections from Business 110, 130,
Business Electives
140, 150, 230, 270 (Electives in
Business Administration should
be selected after consulting
the four year college's degree
program requirements)
0-21
Electives
5. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN
SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS
a. Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level
will need a minimum four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the
teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below
fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years. Completion
of any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Elementary Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Geography 100
Biology 113
History 201, 202, 203
Physical Education 120, 130
Psychology 202, 203, 210 Private lessons in piano and voice are also recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
45
Secondary Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Psychology 202, 203, 210
Sociology 110, 210, 212
Physical Education 120, 130
Emphasis on a special field of interest
Special Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Psychology 202, 203, 210
Sociology 110, 210, 212
Physical Education 120, 130
b. Physical Education A four-year degree is required to teach physical education. The first two years of this program may be taken at Golden Valley Lutheran
College. The curriculum outlined below will earn the Associate in Arts degree and
provides the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T.101, Q.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English
9
English 111, 112, 113
History 121, 122, 123, 201, 202, 203 or
. Social Science
15
Sociology 100, 110, 210 or
Psychology 202, 203
Natural Science
16
Biology 111, 112, 232, 233
Physical Education
17
Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 110, 120,
130, 200, 210
Creative Arts
6
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Electives
11
See department listings.
c. Music The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lowerdivision requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration or major
in music. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Music degree
is outlined on page 49. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate
in Arts degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N .T. 101, Q.T. 102, N .T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Social Science
12
History 121, 122, 123 recommended
Natural Science
8-12
Selections from Biology or Mathematics
(other than Mathematics 101)
Physical Education
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
3
Creative Arts
Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; Applied
36
Music-6 credits, Ensembles-6 credits
Electives
2-6
See department listings
46
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
d. Recreation Leadership
A program designed for persons desiring a career in
recreation leadership or related recreation fields. The program leads to the Associate in Arts degree and is transferable to many four-year recreation programs.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Speech
3
Speech 100 or 130
Social Science
12
Sociology 100, 110, 212 or Psychology 202,
203 or Law Enforcement 140 recommended
All Natural Science Courses except
Natural Science
8-12
Mathematics 101
Physical Education
15
Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 110, i 20,
200, 210
Recreation Leadership
15
Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 210, 220, 230
Creative Arts
6
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Electives
2-6
See department listings.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
47
The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring
entrance into certain professions. A student interested in these professions should
consult the appropriate college catalogs and discuss his plans with his faculty advisor, the College counselor, and the Registrar to insure proper course selection.
Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts degree
and satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional program.
e.
Law
The Basic liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
f.
Agriculture
The Basic liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
g. Forestry
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
h. Pharmacy
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
i.
Medicine
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
j.
Dentistry
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
k. Nursing
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
Speech 100, 110
History 201, 202, 203
Political Science 100, 200
Psychology 202, 203
Sociology 11 O, 210, 212
Business 200, 210, 230
Speech 100, 110
History 201, 202, 203
Geography 100
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Business 200, 210
Mathematics 102, 103, 110, 200
Biology 111, 112, 221, 222, 223
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Physics 102
Business 200, 21 O
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 113, 231
Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203
Mathematics 102, 103, 201
Biology 111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203
Physics 102, 103
One year of foreign language when necessary
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202
Physics 102, 103
Psychology 202
Sociology 100 or 110
Biology 111, 232, 233
Chemistry 101, 102,
Physics 102
German 101, 102, 103 Rec om mended
48
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
I.
Corrective Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Speech 200
Psychology 202; 203
Biology 111, 232, 233
Physical Education 120, 130, 140, 200, 210
Curriculum and including:
m. Occupational Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
Speech 200
Psychology 202, 203, 210
Biology 111, 112, 232, 233
Chemistry 101, 102
Physical Education 120, 130, 140
n. Physical Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
Speech 200
Mathematics 102
Physics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 232, 233
Physical Education 120, 130, 140
Psychology 120 or 210
Chemistry 101, 102, 103 recommended
B. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
SPECIALIZED PROGRAM
1. SOCIAL SERVICE Designed to train the student to assist the professional
Social Service Worker i~ areas of reception, group care, case work, teacher assistance, recreation, therapy and rehabilitation. Completion of this curriculum leads
to the Associate in Arts degree. The program is designed for students who wish to
find employment after two years in college.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Electives
9
3
27-36
4
3
3
16-25
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 110
Psychology 202, 203, 210; Sociology 100, 110,
120; Social Service 101, 102, 103, 201, 202,
203
All Natural Science courses except Math 101
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Recommended: Physical Education 120, 130,
Recreation Leadership 220, Sociology 210
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 49
2. MUSIC CURRICULUM (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The following curriculum may
be used toward fulfillment of the lower-division requirements for the Bachelor of
Music degree. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration or major in music is outlined on page 45. Completion of
the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
9
6-9
4
3
51
Electives
0-1
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
History 121, 122, 123 recommended
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132,
133, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music6 credits; Ensembles-6 credits
3. LAW ENFORCEMENT The following curriculum, combining courses in
Biblical studies, the liberal arts and law enforcement, leads to the Associate in Arts
degree and provides a foundation for a career in law enforcement.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Law Enforcement
Electives
9
6
15
4
6
3
24
7
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100 and 200
History 220; Political Science 100; Psychology
120; Sociology 100, and 110, or 210, or 212
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 120
All courses except Applied Music, and
Ensembles
Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150,
160, 170
Law Enforcement 200 recommended
4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN CURRICULUM Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Corporation for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in
the field of Electronics Technician. Students spend at least one academic year at
the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern
Electronics. A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts degree. Completion of the entire curriculum leads to the
AA degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
English
9
Social Science
6
Natural Science
10-15
Physical Education
3
Creative Arts
3
Electives
2-7
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives
English 111, 112, 113
History 123; Sociology 100, 110 or 120
Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100
See department listings
50
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
5. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining instruction in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and secretarial
skills, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career
as a general secretary.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
9
6
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
4
3
3
Business I Secretarial
Science
Electives
43-51
0-4
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Business 200, 210 recommended; or any
Social Science courses listed under the
Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum
See department listings
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Business 110, 120, 130, 150; Secretarial
Science 102, 103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123,
201, 203, 211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and legal secretarial
training, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career
as a legal secretary.
6.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
9
6
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
3
3
Business/ Secretarial
Science
Electives
4
46-54
0-3
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Business 200, 210 recommended, or
alternatives
See department listings
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, and Ensembles
Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 102,
103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 213, 231,
232, 233. (Business 140, Secretarial Science
101 required depending on background of
the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
51
7. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and medical secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a
career as a medical secretary.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Business/ Secretarial
Science
Electives
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Business 200, 21 O recommended, or alternatives
Biology 111, 232
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music and Ensembles
9
6
8-12
3
3
Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103,
110,111,112, 113, 123, 201, 213,221,222,
223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101
required depending on background of the
student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
42-50
0-1
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM This curriculum offers a variety of
business administration and office skills courses for the student interested in an
entry-level business position after two years of college study. The program is
specifically designed for the student who requires a greater concentration of
business courses while at GVLC. Students who complete the (two-year) Office
Administration Curriculum and transfer to a four-year program may need to
register for additional liberal arts courses in order to fulfill the requirements for a BA
Degree. Completion of this curriculum !eads to the Associate in Arts degree.
8.
Required and Recommended Courses
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Business
Administration
9
3
6-12
4-8
3
3
14
Business
Administration/
Secretarial
Science
Electives
21-40
General Electives
0-11
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or
alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202,
N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100 required
Business 200 and 210 recommended
Math 102 and 110 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except
Applied Music, and Ensembles
Business 101, 102, 120, 150.
(Business 140, Secretarial Science
101 required depending on
background of the student)
Business 103, 110, 130, 230,
270, 300; Secretarial Science
102, 103, 110, 201, 203,
211,220
See Departmental Listings
52
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
9. PARISH SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this curriculum, which
combines training in Biblical studies, secretarial skills and liberal arts, prepares
the student for the position of Parish Secretary, and leads to the Associate in Arts
degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
9
6
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
4
3
3
Business I Secretarial
Science
Applied Christianity
36-42
16
Electives
N.T. 101, Q.T.102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Courses in Psychology or Sociology, including Psychology 120
See department listings
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music and Ensembles
Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103,
11 0' 111 ' 11 2' 11 3' 1 23' 201 ' 203' 211 ' 213
(Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student)
Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 221,
230
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
10. PARISH WORK CURRICULUM The following curriculum provides training
for the responsibilities of a Parish Worker, which includes visitation, youth work,
parish education and secretarial duties. Completion of this curriculum leads to an
Associate in Arts degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
Theology and Church
History
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Secretarial Science
Applied Christianity
Electives
9
9
3
6
4
3
3
3-9
25-27
1-9
N.T. 101, Q.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 140
Psyr,hology 120, Sociology 120
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100
Secretarial Science 102 (101, 103 required
depending on course background of
student)
Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 201,
202, 203, 211, 221, 223, 230
See department listings; Sociology and
Psychology courses recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 53
11. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM Current trends indicate that the Church's
need is for candidates with bachelor's degrees or with training in specialized fields
such as Bible and theology, medicine, education, business, agriculture, electronics, aviation or secretarial skills. Interested students should plan for extended and
thorough preparation. The curriculum outlined below combines concentrated Bible
study, a liberal arts background, an introduction to the missionary task, and
opportunities for a variety of contacts with people directly involved in church work
in various parts of the world. Completion of the two-year curriculum leads to the
Associate· in Arts degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
Theology
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Christian Service
Applied Christianity
World Mission
Electives
6
9
3
..J 2
8-12
3
3
2
9
6
13
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
Theology 121, 122, 123
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100, 110, or200
All Social Science courses (except History
102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130,
140, 150, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201203 or Humanities 200)
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music and Ensembles
Christian Service 11 O
All Applied Christianity courses
Mission 100, 110, 120
See department I istings
54
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
C. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL
CERTIFICATE
1. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One Year) Completion of this
one-year curriculurrJ, combining instruction in secretarial skills (including shorthand) and Biblical studies, leads to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Physical Education
1
Business/ Secretarial
Science
35-40
Electives
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
Physical Education 103 or alternative
Business 130, 150; Secretarial Science 102,
103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 203, 211
(Business 140 required depending on background of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
Students entering the One-Year General Secretarial Program must have completed
one year of high school typing.
2. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and legal secretarial courses, leads to
a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Physical Education
1
Business/ Secretarial
38-43
Science
Electives
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives
Physical Education 102 or alternative
Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 110,
111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 231, 232, 233 (Business 140 required depending on background
of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
Students entering the One-Year Legal Secretarial Program must have completed
one year of high school typing.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
55
3. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and medical secretarial courses, leads
to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Natural Science
4
Physical Education
1
Business/ Secretarial
Science
34-39
Electives
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives
Biology 232
Physical Education 101 or alternative
Business 150; Secretarial Science 11 O, 111,
112, 113, 123, 201, 221, 222, 223 (Business
140 required depending on background of
the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended.
Students entering the one-year Medical Secretarial Program must have completed
one year of high school typing.
4. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM (One-Year)
riculum leads to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Theology and Church
History
9
English
6
Social Science
9
Physical Education
Christian Service
Applied Christianity
World Mission
Electives
3
1-2
6-12
6
Completion of the one-year cur-
Selected from N.T.101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140
Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200
Eng Iish 111 , 112
Philosophy 210, 220; Political Science 200 or
Anthropology 100 or 110
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Christian Service 110
Appl.ied Christianity 130, 140, 150, 211
Mission 100, 110, 120, 200
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
57
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions.
The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the
course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore
course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second
digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department,
from introductory level to degree of intensity (0 through 9). The
third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered-(1)
first term, (2) second term, (3) third term, and (0) flexible scheduling.
The college reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate
enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises.
I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES
A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The
Bible Core Sequence is as follows:
FRESHMEN
Fall Term
Winter Term
Spring Term
N.T. 101 Luke-Acts (or N.T. 120 Hebrews)
O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament (or History 102
History of Ancient Israel or N.T. 140 Gospel of John)
N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles (or N.T. 130 General Epistles)
SOPHOMORES
Fall Term
O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah (or English 230 Literature of the Bible)
Winter Term N.T. 202 Romans
Spring Term N.T. 203 Revelation
A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of required Bible Core
courses.
DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES
0.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament
3 credits
The covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of
God's people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and
fulfillment of the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of
John.
58
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah
3 credits
An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study
of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah as they reached their fulfillment in the
Messiah of the New Testament.
N.T. 101 Luke-Acts
3 credits
A study of the life of Christ and the fundamental teachings of the Christian Church
through the student's personal involvement with the text of Scripture.
N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles
3 credits
The structure, historical setting, purposes and content of Paul's Epistles to the
Galatians, I Corinthians and Prison Epistles are studied with an emphasis upon
their relevance to our day.
N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew
3 credits
A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction
to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the iife and work of Cr1rist in the light of
Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years.
N.T. 120 Epistle to the Hebrews
3 credits
A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His
supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of
studying the Bible. Offered alternate years.
N.T. 130 General Epistles
3 credits
An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special
attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years.·
N.T. 140 The Gospel of John
3 credits
An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as
seen uniquely in the theology of John.
N.T. 202 Romans
3 credits
An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life.
N. T. 203 Revelation
3 credits
A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.O. and the central
Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of
study results.
Bible 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests.
DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY
Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible requirement.
Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation
2 credits
A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal life as set
forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method.
Theology 122 The God of Redemption
2 credits
A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and
with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance
of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption.
Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace
2 credits
A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof.
Theology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special theological problems and areas of study for the student's interest.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
59
Church History 200 Religion in Modern America
3 credits
Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis
upon changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and
upon the Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Parish Work Curriculum.
Church History 300 Independent Study
Special problems and areas of study in Church History.
1 to 3 credits
II. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
English 100 Basic English
3 credits (see below)
For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic skills in English. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is
necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of College English courses (English 111, 112, 113). Students who receive a C grade or better may
be granted elective credit toward the AA degree, but since this course may not
transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take more than the normal 92
credits. Students in this course are required to attend three hours of class and an
additional fourth laboratory hour each week in the skills center.
English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College English
3creditsperterm
The regular series of courses in freshman College English. English 111 and 112
place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing
skills and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113
offers study of specific genre, themes and I or topics in literature. Course titles may
vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of
Fiction. Nine credits of College English are required of all students (with the exception of one-year vocational students). Normally, College English courses must
be taken in seq.uence.
·
English 130 Creative Writing
3 credits
Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other
literary forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and evaluate each other's work.
English 210 Topics in Literature
3 credits
Study of themes and topics in literature such as literature by American minorities,
literature by women, or death in literature.
English 211, 212, 213 American Literature
211: Tile New Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries
212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century
213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century
3 credits per term
English 221, 222, 223 World Literature
3 credits per term
Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in
world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient
East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, Neo-Classical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present).
English 230 Literature of the Bible
3 credits
Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings
primarily from the Old Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as
pieces of literature.
English 240 Directed Study in Journalism 1 credit per term (maximum of 3 credits)
Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercises
in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing.
60
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
English 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term.
Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
3 credits
A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative and entertaining speeches.
Speech 1-1 O Small Group Communications
3 credits
Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership roles, conflict resolution patterns, and the decision
making process.
Speech 130 Oral Interpretation
3 credits
Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally.
Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques
for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections.
Speech 140 Communication for Parish Workers
3 credits
Development of skills in these areas: Interpersonal, for use in visitation and informal counseling; Group, for use in leading study groups and committees; Public
Speaking, for use in addressing congregations and other large groups. Open to
first year or second year parish work students.
Speech 200 Interpersonal Communication
3 credits
Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior.
Speech 203 Public Sp.eaking
3 credits
A study of the theories and ethics of persuasion. Practice in the art of speaking to
persuade or actuate. Prerequisite: Speech 100 or instructor's permission.
Speech 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Research or other creative projects within a speech communication discipline. Departmental approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German
4 credits per term
Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of
or concurrent registration in English 111.
3 credits per term
German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German
Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis on
speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite: German 101, 102, 103 or two years of high school German.
German 210 Directed Readings in German
1 to 6 credits
Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase
their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary.
1 to 3 credits
German 300 Independent Study
Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any term.
Department approval necessary.
5 credits per term
Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek
Theoretical and practical study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval
necessary for first year students.
Greek 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
61
Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own
transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean.
Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY
History 102 History of Ancient Israel
3 credits
Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight
of the Hebrew people. Attention is also given to the importance of Mesopotamia
and Egyptian contributions to the literature of the Bible.
History 111 History of Ancient Greece
3 credits
Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic
times.
History 112 History of Ancient Rome
3 credits
Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late
Roman Empire.
History 113 History of Medieval Europe
3 credits
Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire
through the fifteenth century.
History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization
3 credits per term
Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval,
Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term:
Modern Europe in a world setting.
History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States
3 credits per term
Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their
social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fall: Pre-Colonial through
Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812 through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to
the present.
History 220 The Modern World
3 credits
General survey and a more intensive student investigation of the Modern World,
1914 to the present.
History 230 Topics in History
3 credits
Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the
history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor.
History 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student
interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
·
Political Science 100 American Government and Politics
3 credits
Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States
and of political issues of the current scene.
Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought
3 credits
Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of
contemporary Christian thought.
Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science
3 credits
Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as
comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic
thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or
consent of instructor.
Political Science 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
62
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Geography 100 Human Geography
3 credits
Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns
of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas.
Geography 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval
necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES
Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy
3 credits
Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil.
Philosophy 103 Logic
Study of formal logic and the techniques of evaluating arguments.
3 credits
Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy
3 credits
Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students.
Philosopl1y 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy
3 credits per term
Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical
thought from the Greeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter
term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate
years.
Philosophy 210, 220 Philosophy of the Non-Christian Religions 3 credits per term
Study of the philosophical svstems of the major religions of Africa, the Middle
East and Asia, including Animism, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism and Shintoism. Offered alternate years.
Humanities 200 Travel and Study
1-3 credits
Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members.
Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective
credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisional
approval.
Philosophy 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the student's
needs and interests. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION
Psychology 120 Psychology of Adjustment
3 credits
Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more
effective personal living and relationships with other people.
Psychology 202, 203, General Psychology
3 credits per term
Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior;
provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202.
Psychology 210 Childhood and Adolescence
3 credits
Study of human growth and development from infancy through adolescence; learning theory and application. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work
completed.
Psychology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any
term. Department approval necessary.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
63
Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills
1 credit (see below)
Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of
study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development.
Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading
1 credit (see below)
Arranged on an individual basis to enable students to develop skills in vocabulary,
reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life.
Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development
2 credits (see below)
Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development.
Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines.
Personal Orientation 130 How to Study
1 credit (see below)
Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and
student experience. Concerned with efficient and effective method's of concentration, use of time, study, organizing material, preparing for examinations, and preparing research papers, book reports or other term projects.
Personal Orientation 140 Pre-Composition
1 credit (see below)
Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and
paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is
necessary before the student can enter English 100 and the College English
sequence.
Personal Orientation 150 Basic Mathematics
1 credit (see below)
Review of arithmetic, factoring, the fundamental algebraic operations, rational
expressions, linear equations, roots and radicals, quadratic equations.
Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling
1 credit
Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course
will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format.
Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper
1 or 2 credits
Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research
paper; the course wil I utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end result of
the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite:
English 111 or instructor's permission.
Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning
2 credits (see below)
Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's
values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals.
Credits from Personal Orientation 110, 120, 130, 160, 170 or 200 may count as
elective credits for the AA degree providing the grade is C or better.
(Credits for Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170 and 200 are
granted for the Junior College Certificate.)
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY
Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology
3 credits
Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and
socialization in the context of change.
Sociology 11 O Social Problems
3 credits
Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the student's understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change.
Sociology 120 Marriage and Family
3 credits
Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage
from a Christian point of view.
Sociology 210 The Urban Center
3 credits
Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions
and the urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100.
64
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations
3 credits
Study of minority groups, especially Native and Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or by permission of
the instructor.
Sociology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special sociological problems and areas of study for the student's interests. May
be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
Social Service, 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 Internship
1-3 credits per term
Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies;
orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. Designed for the two-year Social Service Curriculum.
Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology and Archaeology
3 credits
Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used
in the study of prehistory. Offered alternate years.
Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
3 credits
Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the
human race, their origins and cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation.
Ottered alternate years.
Anthropology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special Anthropological problems and areas of study for the student's interests.
Department approval necessary.
IV. DIVISION OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Math 101 Intermediate Algebra
3 credits
Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring,
fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations,. Prerequisite: one year of
high school algebra.
Math 102 College Algebra
5 credits
Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions, polynomials, combinations, binomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, matrices and determinants, analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent.
Math 103 Trigonometry
4 credits
functions, radian measure, trigonometric identities, logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions and complex numbers. Practical applications in surveying and in physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 102 or its equivalent.
Trigonom~tric
Math 110 Introductory Statistics
4 credits
Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution,
statistical estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of
business, social and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent.
Math 180 Finite Mathematics
5 credits
Logic and set theory, Functions, Algebra of matrices, Linear systems, Linear programming, Probability. Applications in business, biology and behavioral sciences.
Prerequisite: Math 101 or equivalent.
Math 200 Elements of Calculus
5 credits
A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short
review of algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation; Maximum and minimum problems; Antiderivative; The definite integral; Exponential and logarithmic functions; Functions of several variables. Prerequisite:
Math 102.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
65
Math 201 Calculus I
5 credits
Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of
functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the
applications. Prerequisites: Math 102 and Math 103 or their equivalents.
Math 202 Calculus II
5 credits
Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Several
techniques of integration: by parts, by change of variable, by approximation
methods, etc. Parametric equation, polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical
and physical problems. Prerequisite: Math 201 or its equivalent.
5 credits
Math 203 Calculus Ill
Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more
variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential
equations. Applications. Prerequisite: Math 202 or its equivalent.
1 to 3 credits
Math 300 Independent Study
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Physics 100 Environmental Physics
4 credits
Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the
physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics
are developed non-mathematically. One hour lab per week is devoted to student
projects or to experiments in laboratory. Primarily for non-science students. No
prerequisite.
5 credits
Physics 102 General Physics I
Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with
applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions.
One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various technical areas. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent.
Physics 103 General Physics II
5 credits
The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear
physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and
problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students
in science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or its equivalent.
Physics 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Biology 111 Life Studies I
4 credits
Introduction to biology-life versus non-life, cellular design and process, organism types (unity amids! complexity), energy sources, yields, and efficiencies in
life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab
weekly.
Biology 112 Life Studies II
4 credits
The fndividual life pattern-cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and
union, genetics and embryology, intercellular effects and immune response,
physiology and neuromechanisms. One lecture period, two discussions and one
two-hour research lab weekly.
Biology 113 Environmental Biology
4 credits
Traces exploration ..-conservation -ecology-conscrousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and
application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab
weekly.
66
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Biology 114 Field Ecology and I or
4 credits
Biology 115 Invertebrate Zoology
4 credits
Wilderness camping experience during the month of June at the 120-acre North
Woods Field Station. Ecosystems analysis and survey of invertebrate phyla with
field equipment and techniques-team-taught small group with mobile lab. Wilderness survival and ecorecreations (scuba, rock-climbing, sailing, recording
animal sounds, photography, astronomy, geology, wildlife and forestry employment opportunities). Prerequisite recommended: Biology 113.
Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology
1-4 credits
Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide
career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational
planning. One weekend is equal to 1 credit. A maximum of 4 credits may be applied
to the AA Degree.
Biology 221 Plant Studies
4 credits
The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adaptions to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double lab periods
per week.
Biology 222 Introduction to Botany
4 credits
The study of the major phyla of vascular plants and plant growth, regulation, reproduction and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the green house
environment. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 111, or 112or113.
Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology
4 credits
The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at
least two major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113.
Biology 231 Microbiology
4 credits
Practical application of bacteriological techniques in analyzing disease parameters, public health measures, agricultural and industrial usefulness of the
smallest life systems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. Offered alternate years.
Biology 232 Anatomy
4 credits
Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint
utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate
mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113.
Biology 233 Physiology
4 credits
Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heart beat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of the system. Two
lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232, or instructor's permission.
Biology 241 Genetics
4 credits
An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian
genetics, and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure,
DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression, mutagenesis, and conclude with
population genetics, genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on
human inheritance. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 111. Offered alternate years.
Biology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
67
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry
4 credits
Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Course is designed
for the non science major and has no prerequisites. Topics of current interest such
as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double
laboratory period per week.
Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry
4 credits per term
Study of atomic structure, chemical bonding, periodic classification, the mole,
gas laws, stoichiometry, liquids, solids, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium,
nuclear chemistry, electrochemistry, oxidation, reduction, pH, acids and bases,
and organic chemistry. During Chemistry 103 the student will study Qualitative
Analysis in the laboratory, involving the separation and identification of some of
the more common ions. Chemistry 101, 102, 103-Three lectures and one double
lab per week. Chemistry 101, 102, and 103 must be taken in sequence.
Chemistry 201, 202, 203, Organic Chemistry
4 credits per term
Study of structure, reactions and nomenclature of both aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides, alcohols, ethers, carboxylic acids, aldehydes, ketones,
amines. The latter part of the course deals with larger functional groups such as
keto acids, etc. Considerable time will be spent on l.R. spectra and N.M.R. spectra
to help identify compounds. Three lectures and one double lab per week.
Prerequisite for Chemistry 201 is Chemistry 103 or instructor's permission.
Chemistry 201, 202, 203 must be taken in sequence.
Chemistry 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
V. DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
RECREATION LEADERSHIP
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
1 credit per term
Winter
Fall
Spring
101 E Bowling
102R Badminton
103L Basebal I
1011 Conditioning
102B Basketball
103E Bowling
101J Cross Country 102E Bowling
1031 Conditioning
101 A Football
1020 Cross Country Skiing 103W Golf
101 N Karate
102H Gym Hockey
103N Karate
101 S Soccer
102N Karate
103X Softball
101C Speedball
102G Weightlifting
103T Tennis
101 D Swimming
102f( Wrestling
103U Track
101T Tennis
1030 Women's Self Defense
101V Volleyball
Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education
3 credits
Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and
basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership.
Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid
3 credits
Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and
community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
68
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency
2 credits
Study of the impact of drugs on the human body and methods of correction. Required for Minnesota teaching certificates.
Physical Education 140 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
1 credit
The procedure used when cardiac arrest occurs. Course includes instruction and
Official Certification in the skills of CPR.
Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports
3 credits
Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating individual and dual sports.
Physical Education 210 Team Sports
3 credits
Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports.
Physical Education 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership
3 credits
Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field.
Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming
3 credits
Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of
recreation programs.(YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.)
Recreation Leadership 210 Camp Craft
3 credits
Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor
education.
Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities
Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings.
3 credits
Recreation Leadership 230 Internship
1-3 credits per term
Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks,
recreation management and Y.M.C.A.-Y.W.C.A.
VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS
DEPARTMENT OF ART
3 credits
Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts
Introduction to visual art through the study of esthetics, philosophy, techniques
and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art.
3 credits per term
Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World
Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture
in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term:
Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years.
Art 110 Two Dimensional Design
3 credits
A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design
sources in nature.
Art 121 Basic Drawing
3 credits
Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emphasis on the
development of visual perception and personal aesthetics.
Art 122 Drawing
3 credits
An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of
visual elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
69
Art 123 Drawing
3 credits
Continuation of Art 121 and 122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still
life and the figure. Prerequisite Art 122.
Art 130 Printmaking
3 credits
An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color.
Art 140 Watercolor
3 credits
An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and
technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape.
Art 202, 203 Painting
3 credits per term
Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the
mediums and to encourage the development of personal imagery and technique.
Prerequisite: Art 121.
1 to 3 credits
Art 300 Directed Study
Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in
consultation with the instructor. Departmental approval required.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Music 100 Introduction to Music
3 credits
The development of perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. For nonmusic majors.
Music 111, 112, 113 Theory
4 credits per term
Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in
part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the
science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, and a
survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords.
Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music
3 credits per term
Survey of musical thought and achievement for primitive origins to the twentieth
century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval
of the instructor. Offered alternate years.
Music 131, 132, Choral Conducting
2 credits per term
Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting
student ensembles. Includes studies of vocal problems and church-music programs and organization. Offered alternate years.
Music 133 Instrumental Conducting
2 credits
Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting
student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef
reading, baton technique and transpositions. Offered alternate years.
Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory
4 credits per term
Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones,
seventh chords, altered chords, modal harmony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also includes a survey of music styles from the Baroque to the present
with a concentration on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113.
70
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Music 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
APPLIED MUSIC
Voice
1 credit
Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including
oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half-hour lesson
per week.
Piano
1 credit
Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales,
arpeggios and other exercises. One half-hour lesson per week.
Organ
1 credit
Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Liieraiure studies include examples from ail periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems are also studied. One half-hour
lesson per week.
Strings
1 credit
Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
Woodwinds
1 credit
Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
1 credit
Brass
Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
Percussion
1 credit
Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half-hour lesson per week.
ENSEMBLES
Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir
1 credit per term
Open to all students by audition, but limited to 65 members. Examples from all
periods of music literature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The
choir meets four periods per week.
1 credit per term
Golden Valley Singers
Open to all women students of the college. Study and presentation of treble choral
music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week.
1/2 credit per term
The Madrigal Singers
Twelve students. selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts through the year are
given.
Symphonic Choir
Open to all members of the student body and the community.
Vz credit per term
Band
1 credit per term
Open to all College students by audition. The group performs literature from all
eras and styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for
College convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The pep band is
formed from this group.
College-Community Orchestra
Vzcredit per term
Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra
performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying
the College choirs at Christmas.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
71
Small Ensembles
Y2 credit per term
Students are given opportunity to participate in small ensembles (trios and quartets, instrumental and vocal). The ensembles perform regularly for convocations,
concerts and at local church services.
DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE
Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre
3 credits
Study of the various types of dramatic production, the role of theatre in Western
civilization, and discussion of the functions of director, actor, designer.
Theatre 110 Introduction to Acting
3 credits
Intensive study of the basic principles of acting (movement and voice) in the preparation of monologues and scenes.
Theatre 120 Theatre Practice
1 credit per term
(max. of 3 credits for AA degree)
Participation in College sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned
dramatic or technical roles. Instructor's permission requir.ed.
4 credits
Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre
Study of procedures and methods in design and construction or preparation of
sets, costumes, props, lights, or sound.
Theatre 140 Mime
1 credit
Study of the elements of mime expression, physical technique and creative expression. One hour per week.
Theatre 200 History of Theatre
3 credits
Study of the development and practices of theatre and drama in Western culture
during a selected period.
3 credits
Theatre 210 Advanced Acting
Problems in characterization and direction involving advanced work in movement
and voice in the preparation of scenes, improvisations and one-act plays.
Theatre 220 Directin_g for the Theatre
4 credits
Principles and practice in preparing scenes and one-acts for production involving
script analysis, casting, blocking, and rehearsal technique.
Theatre 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students or research projects within selected theatre
disciplines.
VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL STUDIES
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS
Business 101 Accounting •
4 credits
Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements.
Business 102 Accounting II
4 credits
Continuation of Accounting I; Analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Accounting I or its equivalent.
Business 103 Accounting Ill
4 credits
Accounting as a planning and controlling tool in the decision-making process of
management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost.
Prerequisite: Accounting II or its equivalent.
Business 110 Personal Finance
3 Credits
Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting,
credit, savings, investments, retirement and estate problems and consumer concerns. (General Education-open to all students.)
72
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Business 120 Introduction to Business Principles and Management
Survey of the
organization,
environment,
O\"Jnership,
management,
3 credits
ethics,
operational function, and regulation of American business systems.
Business 130 Introduction to Data Processing
3 credits
A basic course in the systems approach to processing data in business applications, and the role of the computer in information processing.
Business 140 Business Mathematics
3 credits
Application of mathematical skills to practical business situations. Topics
include: fundamentals review, percentages, interest, discounts, payroll, taxes,
profits, losses, stocks, bonds, and insurance.
3 credits
Business 150 Business Communications
General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types
of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of lang·uage as applied to writing business reports and letters.
Business 200 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics
4 credits
National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic
activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and
the balance of payments.
Business 210 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics
4 credits
Supply, demand and price; competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust
policy. Pricing of the factors of production and distribution of income.
Business 230 Business Law
4 credits
Relationship between the citizen and the business world: Topics include contracts, bills and notes, courts, bailments, partnerships and corporations.
Business 270 Marketing
3 credits
Examination of the total marketing process, including the distribution of goods
and services from producer to consumer; processes of retailing, wholesaling, pricing and government regulations. Offered alternate years.
Business 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL SCIENCE
3 credits
Secretarial Science 101 Typewriting I
Mastery of the keyboard and proper technique of typewriting. Not open to students
with one year of high school typing except by permission.
Secretarial Science 102 Typewriting II
3 credits
Students build speed and accuracy at the typewriter and increase their skill in
handling the more difficult problems in business correspondence, tabulations,
manuscripts and business forms. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 101 or its equivalent.
Secretarial Science 103 Executive Typewriting
3 credits
Emphasis on typing performance at the executive level requiring sustained highlevel production speed with ability to organize, solve problems and produce highquality work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are
stressed. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 102 or its equivalent.
Secretarial Science 110 Office Accounting
4 credits
General office accounting procedures; payroll records, tax records, records of a
physician and an attorney. Practice Set which will include basic accounting cycle.
General Education class-Open to all students.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
73
Secretarial Science 111 Elementary Shorthand
2-4 credits
Fundamentals of Forkner Shorthand for beginning students (4 Cr.); Review of
Gregg Diamond Jubilee for students with a minimum of one year of Gregg (2 Cr.)
Secretarial Science 112 Intermediate Shorthand
4 credits
Emphasis on speed, accuracy and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. Ill or equivalent.
4 credits
Secretarial Science 113 Advanced Shorthand
Advanced dictation and transcription. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 112 or equivalent.
Secretarial Science 123 Office Machines
3 credits
Instruction in the use of ten-key adding machines, electronic printing calculators,
and electronic display calculators.
Secretarial Science 201 Administrative Office Procedures I
2 credits
A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis
on attaining a job, records management, communication skills and office relations. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 103 or equivalent.
. 2 credits
Secretarial Science 203 Administrative Office Procedures II
A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis
on word processing, business attitudes and proficient handling of office problems.
Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 103 or equivalent.
Secretarial Science 211 Machine Transcription
2 credits
Emphasis on transcription techniques, both from machine and textual material.
Transcribing machines are used. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 103 or equivalent.
Secretarial Science 213 Shorthand Transcription
2 credits
Refresher course for Gregg and Forkner students with emphasis on speed building
and transcription techniques. Prerequisite: Shorthand 113 or equivalent.
1 credit per term
Secretarial Science;220·.supervised Work Experience
Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. (Students must register
during quarter in which they receive credit)-must be approved by secretarial
science department in advance.
Secretarial Science 221 Medical Office Procedures
4 credits
Study of medical records, medical law, medical societies, medical insurance,
medical filing, medical telephoning techniques, medical appointments, and
general medical office duties.
Secretarial Science 222 Medical Terminology
4 credits
Study of medical terms used in the branches of medicine; emphasis on prefixes
and suffixes: use of medical reference books.
Secretarial Science 223 Medical Transcription
4 credits
Study of the principles of medical machine transcription (for all branches of medicine); Typing of medical summaries, reports and letters; medical cassette tapes
are used.
Secretarial Science 231 Legal Office Procedures
4 credits
Study of procedures and legal forms involved in probate, appeals, real estate,
litigations, wills, estates, partnerships, and corporations.
Secretarial Science 232 Legal Terminology
4 credits
Study of legal terms used in probate, real estate, litigations, wills, estates,
partnerships and corporations.
Secretarial Science 233 Legal Transcription
4 credits
Study of legal terms via transcription of a variety of legal documents. Legal cassette tapes used.
Secretarial Science 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary.
74
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT
Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
3 credits
Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the
criminal justice system; courts; state and federal agencies.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures
An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of
crime prevention; the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication and their
role in effective law enforcement procedure.
Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems & Justice
3 credits
An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system; its laws, problems,
and procedures.
Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure
3 credits
Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedure in various
courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up
procedure.
Law Enforcement 140 Introduction to Criminology
3 credits
Survey of the psychological and sociological aspects of criminal and delinquent
behavior, and of the types of treatment and their effectiveness.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law
The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that
deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law
Study arYd analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement; Federal and State legal decisions that also apply to law
enforcement problems.
Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement
3 credits
An introduction to the psychological aspects of the Law Enforcement profession,
with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded
by this career.
Law Enforcement 200 Internship for Law Enforcement
Supervised work experience with a law enforcement agency.
1 to 3 credits
Law Enforcement 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law enforcement.
DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY
Christian Service 110A, 1108, 110C Christian Service Projects·
1 credit per term
Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various
phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required.
3 credits per term
Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education
Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences and individual potential of children.
An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the
objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
75
Applied Christianity 130 Youth Leadership
3 credits
Study of the needs and goals Of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods.
Applied Christianity 140 Christian Ethics
3 credits
Study of ethical standards of Christian conduct and their relationship to the self,
tam ily, society, church and state. Emphasis is placed on the student's practical
questions concerning right and wrong.
Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism
3 credits
The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the
responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the
parish and community is stressed.
Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project
1 credit per term
Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision.
Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar
3 credits
Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of
teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201 ); acquaintance with methods and
materials in adult Christian education.
Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work I
3 credits
Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional
relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants.
Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work 11
3 credits
Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet
a congregation's particular needs.
Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work
1-3 credits
Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal
supervised field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four
hours of work are required.
Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any
term. Department approval necessary.
Mission 100 Introduction to Mission
2 credits
Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communicating the
Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the
Church in various countries of the world.
Mission 110 History of World Mission
2 credits
Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century.
Mission 120 History of World Mission
2 credits
Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century.
Mission 200 Mission Internship
1 to 6 credits
A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world.
Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries
at times to be arranged.
Mission 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in some aspect of the
world mission of the Christian Church.
76
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Directory
BOARD OF REGENTS
OFFICERS
Chairman I THE REV. MAYNARD L.
NELSON
Vice Chairman I ARTHUR A. MAI
Secretary I TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN
Treasurer I ALLEN A. METCALF JR.
MRS. ERLING ANDERSON
ALC, Farming
Halstad, Minnesota
THE REV. DR. WILLIAM E. BERG
LCA, Pastor
Augustana Lutheran Church
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REV. BURTON L. BONN
LCA, Pastor
Hope Lutheran Church
Minneapolis, Minnesota
DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS
ALC, Chairman of the Board
T. S. Denison Co., Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
EARL BURANDT
LC-MS, Engineer
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
MARK DALQUIST
LCA, President
Maid of Scandinavia
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ROBERT DANIELS
ALC, Vice President and Co-owner
Mainline Travel, Inc.
Minnetonka, Minnesota
WILLIAM H. DOEPKE
LCA, Professional Engineer
Owner, Doepke Building Movers Inc.
Edina, Minnesota
THE REV. VERNON D. GUNDERMANN
LC-MS Pastor, Beautiful Savior Lutheran Churcr
New Hope, Minnesota
THE REV. EWALD HINCK
LC-MS, Pastor
Robbinsdale, Minnesota
THE REVEREND RICHARD F. HOLY
LC-MS Administrator
St. Olaf Residence
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REVEREND PAUL R. IDSTROM
ALC Pastor
House of Hope Lutheran Church
New Hope, Minnesota
LYLE M. JENSEN
LCA, President
Cummins Diesel Sales, Inc.
St. Paul, Minnesota
MRS. RODGER E. JENSEN
Counseling Services
Edina, Minnesota
DIRECTORY
DR. MARLIN J. E. JOHNSON
LCA, Specialist in Internal Medicine
Quain & Ramstad Clinic
Bismarck, North Dakota
WOODROW P. LANGHAUG
ALC, Vice Chairman of the Board,
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota
FRED L. LOCKWOOD
LCA, Vice President
and General Manager
Lend Lease Truck Division of
National Car Rental
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ARTHUR A. MAI
ALC, District Representative
Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ALLEN A. METCALF, JR.
President, Metcalf Mayflower Moving Co.
St. Paul, Minnesota
THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON
ALC, Pastor
Calvary Lutheran Church
Golden Valley, Minnesota
RAY NORLING
ALC, Exec. Vice President
Willmar Poultry Co.
ELMER N. OLSON
ALC, Past President
Elmer N. Olson Co.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ROBERT M. SKARE
ALC, Attorney
Best & Flanagan
Minneapolis, Minnesota
LOUISE SUNDET (Mrs. Lee)
LCA Homemaker
Excelsior, Minnesota
RALPH 0. THRANE
LC-MS, Vice President and
Director of Acquisitions and mergers,
Pillsbury Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REV. LAUREN E. YOUNGDALE
LCA, Pastor
Rochester, Minnesota
77
ADMINISTRATION
BERNT C. OPSAL I President
J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON I Academic
Dean
JOHN V. GRONLI I Dean of Students
RUSSELL B. HELGESEN I Director of
"Thanks A Million" Development Appeal,
MARILYN J. ADAMS I Registrar
LOIS STRAND I Financial Aid Director
AL TON C. 0. HALVERSON I Director of
Public Relations
PAM MOKSNES I Director of Admissions
FACULTY
VERNON J. BITTNER I Counselor
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.D.,
Northern Baptist Theological Seminary,
Chicago, IL; S.T.M., Luther Theological
Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.D., San Francisco Theological Seminary, San Francisco, CA 1978ROY BLOOMQUIST I Radio Director
B.A., Wisconsin State University, Superior WI· Augustana Theological Seminary,
Ro~k 1s'1and, IL; Maywood Seminary, Chicago, IL 1961WILLIAM BOLM I Physic-al Educatio_n_, Recreation, Counselor
B.S., Western Michigan-University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St.
Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A.
(Counseling), St. Thomas College, St.
Paul, MN 1971JOHN L. BREKKE I Sociology
B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., College of St. Thomas, .s~.
Paul MN· additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN
1975ROGER W. BROWN I Law Enforcement
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; Graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1978DOUGLAS CAREY I Voice
B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota,
Grand Forks, North Dakota 1978-
78
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
ROBERT H. CHANDLER I Law Enforcement
B.S., Northwestern University, Chicago,
IL; M.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL;
J.D., Northwestern University, Chicago, IL
1977JACOOL YN CHERNE I English, Applied
Christianity
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1966-69; graduate
study, United Theological Seminary, New
Brighton, MN 1967, 1970GERALD L. DAHL I Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL;
M.S.W., University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
NB; member of Academy of Certified Social Workers. 1975SONJA M. DAHLAGER I English and
Personal Orientation
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
graduate study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN. 1979PAUL E. DRANGEID I Biology
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
M .S., South Dakota State University,
Brookings, South Dakota, plus nine summers of graduate study. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ I Law Enforcement
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Advanced study, FBI Academy. 1976JANICE EGGERSGLUESS I Business
Education
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1969JEANNE EKHOLM I Music
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN
1978FREDERICK E. GESKE/ Biblical Theology
Concordia College, St. Paul, MN Concordia
Seminary, St. Louis, MO; M. Div. Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary,
St. Paul, MN 1978JANICE GRAVDAHL I Business Education
B.S., Bemidji State University, Bemidji,
MN 1972-
JOHN V. GRONLI I Dean of Students,
Philosophy, Biblical Theology
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University, Tacoma, WA; Additional graduate study, Pacific Lutheran Theological
Seminary, Berkeley, CA; D.Min., Luther
Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1976RUTH A. HALVERSON I Journalism
B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud,
MN; Additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977DR. EDWARD A. HANSEN I Biblical Theology
B.A., Dana College, Blair, Nebraska; B.D.,
Trinity Theological Seminary, Blair, Nebraska; M. Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa; D.D., St. Olaf College, 1978-Northfield, Minnesota; additional graduate study, Mansfield College, Oxford, England; and University of St.
Andrews, Scotland 1980LEE ANNE HANSEN I English, German
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN;
Graduate School, University of Munich,
Munich, Germany; finished courses for
Ph.OJ, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1973ALLEN L. HANSON I Chemistry
B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN:
M.S., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, Iowa
City, IA 1980DOROTHY L. HAUGEN I Physical Education
S.S., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN I Sociology, Psychology, Counselor
A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA;
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary,
St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of North
Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1979JEAN JOHNSON I Business Education
S.S., University of North Dakota, Grand
Forks, ND 1974PRllDU KllVE I Physics, Mathematics
B.A., Berea College, Berea, Kentucky;
M.A., University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY
1973-
DIRECTORY
GERHARD I. KNUTSON I Theology
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.
Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St.
Paul, MN; University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA; Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, IA 1975GAIL LANDO I English
B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI;
additional graduate study, St. Cloud State
University, St. Cloud, MN 1972BARRY L. LANE I Biology, Speech Communications
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; graduate study, Luther-Northwestern Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1973-74;
graduate study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN 1978PHYLLIS LARSON I English, Missions
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas,
St. Paul, MN 1973RICHARD LAUE I History, Political
Science
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota;
additional graduate study, University of
Minnesota and University of Strasbourg,
France. 1966LUTHER LERSETH I Biblical Theology,
Physical Education
B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.
Dakota; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978HERBERT G. LODDIGS I Biblical Theology, Greek
B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY;
New York University, Hartwick Seminary,
Brooklyn, NY; C.Th., Luther Seminary, St.
Paul, MN; additional graduate study, College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton Seminary, Princeton, NJ 1957WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST I Physical Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota
1966-
79
PAMELA MOKSNES I Director of Admissions
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN;
Additional Study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN 1979
HAROLD E. MOORE, JR. I Business, Counselor
B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO;
J.D., University of Denver, College of Law,
Denver, CO; Additional Work, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN
1980PATRICIA NORTWEN I Piano
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota
1967TERRENCE L. OLSON I Theatre
B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; M.A.
course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979BERNT C. OPSAL I President
B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ;
B.Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Biblical Seminary, New York; M.A., New York
University; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis; New
York University, Litt.D, Concordia College,
St. Paul, MN. 1954MAHLON PITNEY I Psychology, Counselor
B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN;
M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1970DONALD R. PRUST I Business
B.S., Northern Michigan University, Marquette, Mich.; B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN; Graduate Study, University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, TX
1980MARLO F. PUTZ I Biology
B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1968JAMES C. ROBERTSON I Law Enforcement
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., course work completed,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN
1976-
80
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
AL SCHOBER/Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN
M.S., Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.
1971DOROTHY SEAGARD I Music, Voice and
Choral
B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton; ·NJ; graduate study, Chicago Opera
Guild; Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1962JOHN C. SEAGARD I Music, Choral, Organ
B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music,
Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible Institute;
Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ;
Chicago Opera Repertoire Guild; additional
graduate study, Eastman School of Music,
Rochester, NY 1962RICHARD M. SERENA I Librarian
B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY;
M.L.S., Columbia University, New York,
NY 1976MARY S. SICILIA I American Studies,
Personal Orientation and Speech
B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.D., course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977ROGER SNYDER I Mush.;, Band and Orchestra
B.S., University of Minnesota, M inneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN 1977MARILYN A. STALHEIM I English and
Librarian
B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire,
WI; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout,
WI 1976MARLIN STENE I Applied Christianity
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield; B.Th.,
LutherTheological Seminary, St. Paul, MN;
S.T.M., Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, IA;
Barret Biblical Seminary, post S.T.M.
work.
DAVID SWANSON I Theater
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter,
MN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University,
Fort Worth, TX; Graduate Study, University
of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1980GERALD SWANSON I Art
B.A., University of Minnesota, M inneapolis, MN; M.F.A., University of Minnesota
1972KATHRYN SWANSON I English
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1971-
CAROL J. TOMER I Residence Hall Director
Business and Philosophy; B.A., Luther
College, Decorah, IA 1979LOIS UTZINGER I Music
B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; M.M., University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Michigan; Additional graduate
study, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor;
University of North Dakota, Grand Forks,
North Dakota. 1978HOLLY S. VANVONDEREN I Theater
B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; Additional Work Completed, Towson State University, Baltimore, Md. 1980-
RUSSELL A. VIKSTROM I Biblical Theology, Applied Christianity
B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL;
M.Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island,
IL; additional graduate study, Biblical
Seminary, New York; Luther Seminary, St.
Paul, MN 1953-
J.
PHILIP WORTHINGTON I Academic
Dean, Biblical Theology
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; C. T.; Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New York City; M.A., New York University, 1974-
Student Services Personnel
Mark J. Allen, Residence Hall Director,
Delta
John Hastings, Residence Hall Director,
Gamma
Delta; Student Activities Director
Lois Nystul, Health Service Director
Douglas L. Sill, Student Union Manager
Lori R. Toivonen, Residence Hall
INDEX
81
INDEX
Academic Honors ................... 31
Academic Program .................. 29
Accreditation ....................... 9
Activity Credits ..................... 33
Activities, Student ................... 13
Administration ...................... 77
Admissions Procedures .............. 17
Affiliations .......................... 9
Agriculture ......................... 47
Alcohol and Drugs ................... 1O
Anthropology ....................... 64
Application Fee .................. 17, 20
Applied Christianity ................. 74
Applied Music ...................... 70
Art ................................ 68
Associate in Arts Degree ............. 42
Associate in Arts, Curricula
Leading to ..................... 41, 42
Athletics ........................... 14
Attendance, Chapel .................. 1O
Attendance, Classroom .............. 32
Automobiles ........................ 10
Awards, Academic ................... 00
Biblical and Theological Studies .... 43, 57
Bible Requirement ................... 32
Biology ............................ 65
Board and Room Costs ............... 20
Board of Regents ................. 76-77
Bookstore .......................... 22
Business Administration ............. 44
Business Studies .................... 71
Calendar ........................... 4
Chapel ............................. 10
Charges by Quarter .................. 20
Chem is try .......................... 67
Choir .............................. 14
Church Vocations ................... 52
Classification of Students ......... 20, 29
Co-curricular Activities ............... 33
Communications, Division of ......... 59
Computer Training ................... 49
Corrective Therapy ................... 48
Costs .............................. 19
Counseling Service .................. 11
Course Descriptions ................. 57
Creative Arts, Division of ............. 68
Credit by Special Examination ......... 33
Credit Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Curricula, Organization of .......... 41-55
Degree Programs .................... 41
Dentistry . . . .
. ................ 47
Deposits and Fees ................ 19-20
Directory, Administration and Faculty .. 77
Dormitories and Residence Halls ...... 7
Dramatics .......................... 15
Economics ......................... 72
Education .......................... 44
Electronics Technician ............... 49
Eligibility for Varsity Sports ........... 31
Employment (Part-time) .............. 25
English ............................ 59
English Requirement ................. 32
Ensembles ......................... 70
Entrance Requirements .............. 17
Expenses .......................... 20
Faculty ............................ 77
Failures and Conditions ........... 30, 31
F~s ............................... ~
Financial Aid ....................... 23
Foreign Language ................... 60
Forestry ............................ 47
General Guidelines ................... 9
General Information ................. 7
General Secretarial ............... 50, 54
Geography ......................... 62
German ............................ 60
Gift Support ........................ ~9
Grades and Grade Points ............. 30
Graduation Requirements ............ 37
Greek .............................. 60
Health Service ...................... 12
History, Department of ............... 61
History of College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Housing, On and Off Cam pus ......... 12
Incomplete Work .................... 30
Independent Study .................. 32
Institutional Objectives ............... 8
Instrumental Instruction .............. 70
Insurance .......................... 12
Junior College Certificate ............. 39
Law ............................... 47
Law Enforcement ................. 49. 74
Legal Secretarial ................. 50, 54
Library ............................. 22
Loans .............................. 24
Location of the College ............... 7
Mathematics ........................ 64
82
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Medical Secretarial Curricula ....... 51, 55
Medicine Curriculum ................. 47
Missions ........................... 75
Music .................... 14, 45, 49, 69
Registration, Changes in ............. 34
Religious Life ....................... 13
Repeating a Course .................. 31
Room and Board .................... 20
New Student Orientation ............. 11
New Testament Studies .............. 58
Nursing Curriculum .................. 47
Science, Division of .................. 64
Scholarships ....................... 26
Secretarial Curricula ................. 50
Secretarial Science .................. 72
Social Service Curriculum ............ 48
Social Science, Division of ............ 61
Sociology .......................... 63
Special Fees ........................ 20
Speech ............................ 60
Student Government ................. 13
Student Life ........................ 13
Student Personnel Services ........... 11
Study Ski I Is Assistance .............. 12
Occupational therapy ................ 48
Office Occupations Curricula ...... 51, 55
Old Testament Studies ............... 57
Orchestra ....................... 14, 70
Parish Work Curriculum .............. 52
Parish Secretarial Curriculum ......... 52
Part-time Students ............... 20, 30
Payment Plan ....................... 21
Personal Orientation .............. 62-63
Pharmacy Curriculum ................ 47
Philosophy of College ................ 8
Philosophy, Department of ........... 62
Physical Education, Division of ........ 67
Physical Education Curriculum ........ 45
Physical Therapy .................... 48
Physics ........................... 65
Political Science .................... 61
Pro bat ion, A cad em ic ................. 31
Programs of Study ................... 41
Psychology ......................... 62
Recreation Leadership Curriculum ..... 46
Refunds ............................ 22
Registration ........................ 34
Theatre, Department of ............... 71
Theological Studies .................. 58
Transcripts ......................... 21
Transfer of Credits ................... 9
Transfer Students, Admission of ....... 33
Tuition ............................. 20
Unsatisfactory Academic Progress ..... 31
Vocational Studies, Division of ........ 71
Withdrawals from Class .............. 30
Withdrawals from College ............ 33
Women's Athletics .................. 14
World Mission ................... 53, 55
Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Memorial Highway (55)
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same
amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
.............................................
..................................................
November 8-11
Interim Registration
December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration
January 3..
First Day of Interim
Class 19:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
January 4 . .
January 17..
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends
..............................................
.................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 10..
Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 12..
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
First group of half credit courses ends
January 14..
January 17..
Second group of half credit courses begins
January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 26..
January 28..
Interim ends
.........
......................
................................
...........................
......................
.......................................................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of
summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no
additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time
of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the
January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition.
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the
following departments:
Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris
Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish
- Europe: The Rhine Frontier
History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris
Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
16. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can
be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution
which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in
the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at
other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at
Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted
as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition
to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the
rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic
origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
6/l nterim
Courses
-
16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1
ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I.
Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17
Life Drawing
ART 247 - 4001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of
time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I........ Room: O M 17
Europe January 3 - 28
Art in London and Paris
ART 378 - 4006
Instructor: Mary Swanson
This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums,
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so
that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep
a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style,
function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art.
Fees: $1995
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 103 - 4009
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others
who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works.
Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science
prerequisites.
I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study.
Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle
development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course.
The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the
lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room.
Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the
d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill
r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the
forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What
are the rights o( r h unhorn?
~
Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no
matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make
sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS
recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than
s
II soTves?Is euthanasia ever
justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground
necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices.
Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be
spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position
paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class
participation and examination results.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205
..
8/l nterim
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4010
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one
level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the
intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and
heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only
accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made
to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed
mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from
primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed.
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Room: 205
Time: I . .
......
Immunology
BIO 386 - 4011
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology.
immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111,112
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
CHM 113 - 4014
Instructor: Earl Alton
way of learning
Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~
some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will
be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h
day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows:
Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F
Lab
- 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F
- 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th..
Room: S 318
......
Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences
CHM 301 - 4015
Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted
Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical
chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course
will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use
only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use
their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems.
Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions,
entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and
chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand
ia
membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction
mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular
structures.
Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class
examinations.
Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus
Time: I. ....... Room: S 318
Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems
ECO 451 - 4013
Instructor: Satya P. Gupta
I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with
some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions.
Grades will be based on one report and an examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent
Room: L 1
Time: 1 1 . .
......
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten
EDE 375 - 4018
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and
materials and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior t o the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced
l O / l nterim
Theories of Learning Disabilities
EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017
Instructor: Barry Franklin
This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80
years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining
these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by
major theorists and practitioners in the field.
The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in
which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a
number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin
Cities.
This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for
students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective
therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or
behavioral disabilities.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019
EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020
EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021
EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022
Instructor: Marie McNeff
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Room: L 6
Time: I . .
......
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4027
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10
The American Short Story
ENG 241 - 4028
Instructor: Toni Clark
This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the
seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American
Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee
of approximately $10 for films.
Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2
Literature Performed in the Twin Cities
ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030
Instructor: Richard B. Sargent
During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the
Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose
readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such
as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep
a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take
advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances,
and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions.
There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will
be expected to do an additional research paper.
Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction)
ENG 362 - 4097
Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine
We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and
narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction
requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a
workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream.
Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be
selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by
November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced
12/l nterim
Europe: January 3 - 28
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333 - 4032
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
I
Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and
gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three
recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between
the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on
location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the
battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The
course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s
ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating
from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than
100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to
the student's entering level of competence.
Cost: $1690
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Beginning Norwegian
Nor 111 - 4033
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class
sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4034
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29
.
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Basic Conversational Spanish
SPA 113 - 4031
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to
use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations,
as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting
Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month.
Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political
Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will
be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot
of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish
Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211.
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 -4076
Instructor: Staff
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4036
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: Health 320
Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3
14/l nterim
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475 -4035
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12
-
.. .
Coaching of Basketball
HPE477-4078
Instructor: Dave Boots
Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course
will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based
on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3
Coaching of Hockey
HPE478-4079
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4037
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that
city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban
Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23
..
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162 - 4038
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger
illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in
non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations.
Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a
test.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1
Hawaii January 3 - 27
Hawaii: A Laboratory
of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian
(Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on
historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to
the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop
Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian
City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds
in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will be required readings.
Cost: $1895
Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Grading: P/N only
16/l nterim
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4041
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings,
a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Room: M 22
Time: 11..
......
Being and Becoming Well in American Culture
INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well
being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of
those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term.
We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American
culture and individually determine what it has to offer.
To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five
miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and
articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will
be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers.
We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect
students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips.
Room: O M 25
Time: I..
......
South Africa: Historical Mirrors,
Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum
INS 270 - 4045
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented,
yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the
following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American
experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic
satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in
molding a multi-cultural society?
The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students
will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in
groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations.
Room: M 23
Time: I . .
......
Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in
American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914
INS 275 - 4042
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I
generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters,
photographers and architects.
How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical
developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can
be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to
industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead
the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities.
Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small
group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen
Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's
The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period.
There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21
.
Brush Up
MAT 103 - 4093
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students
scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful
for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of
the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study
needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine
achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely
individualized.
Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108
18/l nterim
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s
present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links
r
to
geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22
Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming
MAT 144 - 4049
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination.
(See instructor if you have not taken this examination.)
Distribution: Math-Physics
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112
Memorization for Musicians
MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054
Instructor: lames D. Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived
from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For
instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and
do more memory work away from their instruments.
Prerequisites: Basic music study
Distribution: Music-Art
Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
REL 364 - 4086
Instructors: Larry Fleming
Philip A. Quanbeck
The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical.
theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach
emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip
(Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one
r
of the supplernenlary group sessions.
1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal
runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
This course may not be used toward a music major.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23
Europe January 3 - 28
Music in London and Paris
MUS 378 - 4045
Instructor: Robert Karlen
rt
These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck,
Berlioz, and Stravinsky.
Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip
services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the
special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of
historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers,
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities,
four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Cost: $1995
Distribution: Art-Music
Grading: P/N only
20/l nterim
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091
Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12
Philosophy of Love
-
PHI 145 4056
Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer
This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place
in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be
analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination.
There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Room: O M 22
Time: I..
......
1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science Minimester
PHY 322 1 4057
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the
sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will
consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in
the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study
nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program
back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance,
laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327 - 4058
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will
acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre
polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a
cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will
hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21
The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being
POL 177-4060
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional
interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to
1983 as substantive focus.
Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the
American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original
SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the
development of constitutional law.
Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions.
Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation.
Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status.
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24
.
22/l nterim
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Theories of Social Change
and Revolution
POL 383-4059
Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley
This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and
revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French
Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals,
Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors
i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered.
Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will
occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will
constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible
with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context
of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign
Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students
will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses.
A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Grading: P/N only
U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives
POL 495 - 4084
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the
Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include:
A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of
world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers
who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and
(2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers.
B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are
used i n two different regions of the world.
The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the
evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional
changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy
recommendations.
Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign
policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students
will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present
an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they
would implement their recommendations.
Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL
158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair.
Distribution: Political Science or Economics
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24
. .
The Psychology of Personal Adjustment
PSY 101 - 4061
Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers
The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to
see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will
include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and
developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to
the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s
expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based
on class participation and one individual project or paper.
This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor
in psychology.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Grading: P/N only
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1
24/l nterim
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Learning
PSY 357 - 4063
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction.
Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2
Theology of Play, Games and Sport
REL 328 - 4064
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one
or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human
significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and
Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have
helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At
the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their
contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has
a "play" structure.
I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books,
one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special
preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a
special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the
"intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to
have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games.
Prerequisites: One course in Religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
REL 364 - 4086
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck
Larry Fleming
The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical,
theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach
emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip
Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions.
1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366 - 4092
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be
introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian
Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches
in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and
discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be
evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18
Practicum in Human Services
SWK 257 - 4065
Instructor: Doug Perry
An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per
week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly
seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss
selection of agency and structure of this course.
~
of problems for which people seek
Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds
hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain
knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies,
ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service
agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof
i nsrlf
~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field.
Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123
.
Social Services with American lndian People
SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066
Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark
Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people.
A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of
service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation.
Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day.
This course carries only 1/2 course credit.
Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in
independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim.
prerequisites: Sociology 383
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25
Field Work 111
SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
. . . . Room: M 24
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th..
..
I nterim/27
The Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4068
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social
change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological
approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is
based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations.
Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the
instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
The Human Potential Movement and Identity:
A Sociological Analysis
SOC 394 - 4089
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected
grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become
increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a
brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will
consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the
dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an
examination and a paper.
There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285 - 4072
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Stage 2
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m..
.......
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
28/l nterim
HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n
Memorial 117A.
SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse
Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined
with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency.
Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential
learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited.
Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person,
Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Badminton
HPE002-4081
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Melby
Time: 12:OO Noon..
......
Volleyball
HPE002 -4082
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4083
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport.
Time: 9:20..
Melby
......
International Studv
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Interims Abroad January3-28,1983
Cermany
Hawaii
The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome
and France
A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
German 333 - Donald Steinmetz
Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t
ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here
e
TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft
modern Germany and France h a ~ their
romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure
r
ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere
.
Germaris and
French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co
manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c"
rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne.
Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc
c
socier)
of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh
excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv.
Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl
~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and
historical sites o i iise counfries J r e
readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of
competence.
.
Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . .
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15
... Cost: $1690.
London and Paris
History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen
Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian
ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~
stale.
h Focus on
hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences.
~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include
vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and
Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the
Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w
F i~h
cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic
backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~
n
sessions
~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;.
Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement.
Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un,
noni.; U*
division, sophomore standing and consent of
Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795.
instructor
.
Mexico
Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO
i
WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca):
a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by
each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group
discussions.
Art in London and Paris
Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Art 378 - Mary Swanson
Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley
This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums.
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h
museum
that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt
This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and
re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French
Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch
c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists,
b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of
,\LC"
d
,""'.,"'
V"
U C - . ~ . . Y L C . .
....A,-,
.."I,.,
I..
C " < . I
_.-bYIICI,
.-..
C L , , " , , .,-..,.
style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be
provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I
Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading:
P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995.
be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource,
conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is
violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the
context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular.
Music in London and Paris
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal
Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n
These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi
Franck and Stravinsky.
Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship
services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of
l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the
special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background
information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of
historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers.
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class
activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none
. . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995.
Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political
science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195.
Basic Conversational Spanish
Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley
Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15
i sderisnecl
h
tor sludents w h o have already covered the
~
and are ready t o put their
strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3
k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill
be regular in-class sessions, small
group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and
PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~.
atrending lectures, and just making Mexico
home for a month.
Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites:
Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . .
Cost: $1195.
Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities
Program in Global Community February 3
- May 2-
B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty
is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M
, ex~co
Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon
firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons
The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n ,
r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd
l
Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15,
1982
ACTC HECUA Programs
udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC)
ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and
Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n
A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned
at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms
The SPAN Program
Semester or Year Abroad
A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen
+ ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr
~ p h ~ ~or~jso
an-h
r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among
themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller
;
CaUwin London and He~delberg,the
University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of
t y Sev~lle,
Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es
in A v i p n , France
International Business
See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog.
Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries:
Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and
a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be
made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall.
Scholarships, Deadlines
Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study
abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of
the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be
accepted until the last day of class.
Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20
-612-330-1206
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1982-84 Catalog
Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church
2/Campus Map
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota
-
-
,
Campus Guide (2182)
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1982-84 Catalog
Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church
2/Campus Map
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota
-
-
,
Campus Guide (2182)
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Psychology Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage 2 Theater
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
C.Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
.'-
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Campus M a p - 2
Introduction - 5
Facilities - 7
Admission - 8
Costs and Financial A i d - 12
Student Life - 24
Academic Information - 30
Brief Facts - 44
Course Descriptions - 45
Registers - 132
Index - 143
Academic Calendars - 146
Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977.
Mission Statement
Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran
orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
,
cultural and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for
knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a
broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The
college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich
t
has
been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas,
di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students
in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages
within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners
rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s
a conrinued goal of r he rollege.
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us
for care, exploration and understanding.
& a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression
and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its
students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In
addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand
the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own
r
experience and for partic~parioni n r h e
commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world.
t
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and
educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware
that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the
college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting,
provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an
educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears
later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e
graduation was in 1879.
The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war.
Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g
Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a
randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s
Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore.
f
Location and Campus
Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr
Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are
adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Y.
Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest
Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals
listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of
the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
f
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The
American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the
National League for Nursing.
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board (MHECB).
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960.
O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with architectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
housing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department i n the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Freshmen Students - 9
Early Decision - 10
Early Admission - ID
Transfer Students - 10
Former Students - 11
Special Students
(Non-Degree) - 11
International Students - 11
Interests can be explored in a variety of classes
Admissions
Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college
community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race,
creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin.
Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and
parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00
a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare
asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The
admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with
professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on
the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs.
Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application
should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon
graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected
instead of the hiph srhool transcript,
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be
granted upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for
financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid
Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by
January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office.
A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days
of financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following
completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school.
Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman
applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty,
and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed
work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o
grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require
that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous
college work.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5
GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the
Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer
student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o
the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college
work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed
personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An
accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April
1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the
Admissions Office upon request.
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has
s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an
attended any other ~nst~turian
official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo
not pay the application fee.
i,
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the
rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director
calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
U.S.A.
py
12/Costs and Financial Aid
Costs 1982-83 - 13
Fees - 14
Deposits - 14
Payments - 15
Refunds - 15
Application - 16
Gifts - 17
Loans - 18
Student Employment - 19
Sponsored Scholarships - 19
Student employment options include Food Service crews
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1982-83
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00
This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are
considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester
term5 for a ~ o t aof
l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes
ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and
admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s
payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester.
P
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course.
.............................
670.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course..
.........................
335.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
1,207.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Late Registration (per day
after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . .
5.00
10.00
5.00
....
35.00
Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . .
75.00
.........
20.00
ckys
Life Drawing (Interim)
Nursin Credit
Valifation Tests . . . . . . . .
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Re istration Chan e after first 5
(cancelkdd/change
grade optlon, or combrnatlon
at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Cinema Arts
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00
20.00
.......
5.00
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after t?rst, whrch
i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Special Examinations (Schedule on
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00
...
10.00
Theater Technical Production . .
35.00
..............
35.00
Radio-Television Production
Student Teaching
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year.
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There
are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more
information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00
Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d
for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst
davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate
cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to
lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom
rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f
cancellation ir after these dares.
7
.
Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . .
. ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. .
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester
Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon
application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each
semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred
Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates
independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are
available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning
of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or
financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules.
Refunds
Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are
released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and
room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% -through
90% - f r o m the
80% - f r o m the
70% - f r o m the
60% - f r o m the
50% - f r o m the
the first five days of classes.
sixth through 10th day of classes.
11th through 15th day of classes.
16th through 20th day of classes.
21st through 25th day of classes.
26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term.
N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to
a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room
sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility
for a cash refund i s determined.
16/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant
invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this
is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection
of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses.
Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to
he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary
an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing
costs.
Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships,
grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with
Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For
the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received
~
srh~larrhi~r,
laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom
all aid sources.
g
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources.
The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help
and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service
{CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for
college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current
income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS)
t
or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a
high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta
the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon.
Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the
Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.)
Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF.
Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you
areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial A i d / l 7
New Students - Early Decision
This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the
Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary
award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of
their award by Januarv 1.
2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior
calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before
March 1.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to
invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in
their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the
company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and
fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their
requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid
,
through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj
Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic
achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full
tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of
Augsburg College.
Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A
student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All
applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of
April 23.
18/Financial A i d
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by
t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent
reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and
d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v
d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory
a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision.
Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who
attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for
each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be
expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program
guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the
application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell
Grant office.
Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet
t ~ d r r aand
l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or
Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be
enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other
rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
Indian Program Director or your tribal agency.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial
rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor
do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least
halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of
5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months
x
afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u
to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic
may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000
R
Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs
backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor
l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly
from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs.
LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge.
Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+
on the loan balance and
repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1
rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the
cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the
college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National
Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in
t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have
financial n ~ e d
and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year.
i:
Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet
collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate
rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a
simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application
forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions
are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n
account.
A
Student Employment
Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial
need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of
need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work
p r o v i d e d by r h College
~
i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and
grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s
recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued
to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check
to the student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities.
Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of
off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at
the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the
congregation.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores,
Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors'
wishes.
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts
(minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two
deserving junior/senior students.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College
established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more
David J. Formo Scholarshi
scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto
~ a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship -awarded
annually to an able and deserving upperclass student
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o
needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck,
awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue
higher education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclass students.
Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h
- awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p,
p e r ~ o n d l i t vand
,
n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the
Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate
application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent
to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving
students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior.
M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded
American minority students w h o show financial need.
annually t o Lutheran
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o
be awarded t o a Black student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American
Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either
seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an
ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs
Committee.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships
students.
-
awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time
service careers i n the church.
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e
senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n
Christian service.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing
in fields leading to full-time service in the church.
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be
awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
-
Paul Dahlen
Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/or "oi h ~ g Christian
h
character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with
a preference ror basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested i n the field of business.
Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business
and/or education.
GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one
going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry.
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of
Chemistry.
Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship.
Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship.
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s
planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass
students preparing for a career in medicine or health.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the
study of history.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field.
Library Science
Library ScienceScholarship -established
choosing librarianship as a career.
in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s)
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior
students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability.
Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of
mathematics.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in
church music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music.
awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore
physics.
J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - A n
political science.
award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of
Christian Sociology.
24/Student Life
Religious Life - 25
Student Government - 25
'Athletics - 26
Student Activities - 26
Student Services - 26
Center for Student Development - 27
Intercultural Center - 27
Health Service - 28
Food Service - 28
Residence Life - 28
Student Rights - 29
' D a y in May"
- a Spring celebration
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but
learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College
and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to
your education.
&,
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and
cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning
committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and
plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and
hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night
students gather for Holy Communion.
W e seek ro develop a
graduafly change and
church. we encourage
the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and
provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government
also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the
means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who
elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities.
li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student
society in their offices in the College Center.
/'
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on
the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related
intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station
serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is
located i n Mortensen Tower.
There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to
appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical
experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the
theater a n 5 department.
R
lntercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually
compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball,
track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes
n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal
g
growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin
iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an
~nterdependence,
finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual
content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its
3
students.
The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider
and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, Intercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for
classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as
well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan
area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life.
Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself.
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor.
?
Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered
each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro
orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships],
y.
JobSeeking, and Sexuality are
Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness.
available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided
several times during t h e year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and
,
testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5
offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience.
Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of
personal growth groups.
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentrate in two major areas:
American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support
program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian
Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities
available.
lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
lnternational Student Adviser.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc
s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at
cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included;
if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food
service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning
r
conditions, a variety of l~ousing
environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living
aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt
growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in
yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are
able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith
Individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing
only if space i s available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional
residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv
to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house
ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of
the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents
have c r ~ a t ~evciting
d
projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e
ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has
providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade
appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua
hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify
appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student
Affairs.
The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain
ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement
Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have
signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education
free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog.
30/Academic Information
Degrees - 31
Academic Calendar - 31
Faculty - 31
Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32
Divisions - 32
Majors & Minors - 33
Teaching Licensure - 34
Certification Programs - 34
Pre-Professional Programs - 34
inter-Institutional Programs - 36
Study Abroad - 37
Honors Program - 38
Internship Program - 38
Continuing Education - 38
Registration - 38
Graduation Requirements - 39
Hats off to the graduating seniors!
Distribution Requirements -40
Grading - 41
Auditing Courses - 41
Grade Point Average - 42
Classification - 42
Advanced Placement - 42
Advanced Standing - 42
Probation and Dismissal - 42
Dean's List - 43
Graduation with Distinction - 43
lndependent/Directed Study - 43
Veterans - 43
Brief Facts - 44
Course Numbering - 46
Prerequisites - 46
Academic Information/31
Academic Information
Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad
liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social
sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are
encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers.
Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures
outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students
with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the
~
Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission.
meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical
TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select
the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four
courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses
can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six
weeks.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during
the regular term. (See Registration).
Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to
ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog.
publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv
contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a
variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or
directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1.
Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual
problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their
programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books,
periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
libraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice,
tion needs includ~ng
guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are
available.
Computer Resources
Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at
several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S
I microcomputers, a
Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers.
Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational
Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions or administrative and instructional purposes.
B
Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors and Minors/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n
some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section.
M a j o r s available at Augsburg are:
A r t History
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
International Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Mathematics
M i n o r s available at Augsburg
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies'
East and Southeast
Asian Studies
Economics
English
M e d i c a l Technology3
M e t r o - U r b a n Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso h y
Physica~Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social W o r k
Sociology
Speech
Studio A r t
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
are:
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Library Science
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Special Education
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Art
It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o
complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
1 -Cooperative
Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate
courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
34/Licensure, Certification
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education,
Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education:
English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal
Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and
Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO
teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and
t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Charrperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing
on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include
courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on
women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology,
sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or
exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program.
Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
t
- Provides the background for performing
systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required
to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and
engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the
political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they
possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate
schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o
repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments
eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry
major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or
more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one
from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353
recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may
vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two
semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of
philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry
115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1
course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political
science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution
requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary.
36/1 nter-l nstitutional
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies.
SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe
cooperative program to ~ a i n
new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the
other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be
l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o
train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Study Abroad/37
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The
College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are
eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information,
contact the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the
ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular
semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take
part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban
Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross
cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other
nations in their respective regions.
'
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following January.
lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global
justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes
intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition
for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller
College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University
of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for
American Universities in Avignon, France.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and
the writing of a paper upon return.
38/Academic Policies
Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent
summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program.
Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost
all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are
available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim.
Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time
students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's
office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
FI
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to
pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and
the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of
each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs.
Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins,
registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged
for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or
changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester.
Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this
results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the
Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the
Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
.4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e
~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except
,
i n certa~napproved majors for !he
B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of
Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing
degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~
In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete
academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc
t
one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq.
F
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required:
4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t /
directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP).
Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv
Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson.
P
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a major.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5
averages are required.
40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time
students) must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematin-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Sorio ogv
English-Speech. Communication
Rc Theater Arrs
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at
Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one
ad ~ t ~ o ncourse
al
at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the
Office of the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N
means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N
grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look
favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses
are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English
.
Illis
grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest
standards of excellence
"
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To
rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding
staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments
from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust
~
be removed
during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher
along wirtl rhe incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship
that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed
during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given,
the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and
a grade may be a5sipncdm
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated
for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record.
Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation
and in the grade point average.
A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering
for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for
part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should
confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the
G PA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a
college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the
College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her
athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory.
A student who has been on probation two or morc
C O ~ S P C U serncjrera
~ ~ ~ C
is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m
the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student
Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to
withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
A student will be placed on probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer
than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2
zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to
sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on
probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation
if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or
equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in
courses offered for credit.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate
sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division
level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for
directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or
independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may
extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of
X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course
to receive the final grade.
Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first
secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses required for the degree.
Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only
when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on
their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs
a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own
academic dean.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the
rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each
veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of
the Registrar, as it i s for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro
three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d
meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
46/Departments, Courses
Departments and Course
Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the
student should consult the inctructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer
School are published in separate catalogs.
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the
caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not
been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the
academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
Art
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs
with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on
approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223
and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history
courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for
teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print hIakhg I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.:225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the
cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
Fall, 1982)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years,
Spring 1983)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1983-84)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on
19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84)
Biology
Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m
each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m
each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n
secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also
requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are
advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
require Chemistry 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including Ill,
112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115,116 (or 105, 106).
Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What
influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism,
socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics i n Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1984 and alternate years)
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,
Spring, 1983 and alternate years)
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and
alternate years)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration & Economics
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research.
(For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy
LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella.
Business Administration
Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391,
392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n
accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administration & Economics/53
M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,
135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m
o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign
language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474;
8 International
C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p
or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be
taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e
p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who
plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses - Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior;
management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration & Economics
Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,
379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations
for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the
department chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting
and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more
than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics).
Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules
of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o
select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business,
Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer
Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 Introduction t o Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (Fall)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
Business Administration & Economics/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall)
263 lntermediate Accounting II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only).
430 Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. Spring)
56/Business Administration & Economics
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other
upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete
calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study
in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming
are strongly recommended.
Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or
453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly
recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration
379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition
t5 those I isted above.
Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses
(122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer
programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to
take additional courses both i n business administration and economics.
Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Business Administration & Economics/57
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration.
the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought,
Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains,
Notes: I n addition t o
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a
department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs.
(Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or
minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should
instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken
i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
58/Business Administration & Economics
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics
considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one
advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics
127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the
freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year.
d'
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year).
Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required.
Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,
106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491
(Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult
with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students
should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a
course program early i n their coilege career.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other
chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses).
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed
beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade
o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n
registering for the second term.
Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement
Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115.
105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105,
Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic
and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical
education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First
term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term,
organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological
chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward
the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105
o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school
chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture,
1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
399 Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of
lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East and Southeast Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers two options:
1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental
program which provides a foundation for careers in international business,
government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies,
or graduate study.
Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg
students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual
arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for
Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad
are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer
inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the
director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language
courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2
courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of
approved electives.
I
Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college
Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia;
and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved
electives.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324;
one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political
Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly
recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modern Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modern China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modern Japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
tconomics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Lauretta Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education.
Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o
determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as
applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg
College.
Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the
teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351.
383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347,
358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and
academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure;
fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human
Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382,
384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional
semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499).
Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385
and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level.
Prekindergarten Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231;
Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student
teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult
with the program coordinator.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her
life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n
Reading
~
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Prekindergarten Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course)
Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field
adviser.
ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure
program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course.
Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving
for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of
'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation
course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of
Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n
the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student
teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n
Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the
required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114,
115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major,
and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required.
Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols:
(through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5.
degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of
Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education
114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t
teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she
plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student
teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art
major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music
major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to
licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e
following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121
and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and
C[assroom Music (5-11).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the
Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will
take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be
recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education.
The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking
two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study.
AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~
term.
265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction t o Special Education
(See Special Education)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105)
N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or
more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken
concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2
course.)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Special Education
Barry Franklin (Coordinator)
M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from
Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362,
Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course
chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388.
Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course.
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and
giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
I
A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus
seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education
coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall)
Engi neeri ng/69
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood,
James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services and Sources
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 Independent Studv
Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an
e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period.
6
The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average,
an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College.
d
E
Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the
freshman year.
Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged.
English
Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark,
John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl,
Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that
surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish
245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A
rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in
the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department.
Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses,
one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses
i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to
fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of
t Education,
majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin
be
arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake
courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n
Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for
teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning
their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an
adviser in the Department of Education.
'"
B
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English
majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration,
f
American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration.
A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by
the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by
the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should
B
work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite
f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is
successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
.4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P/hl grading only.
111 Effective Writing
The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artisticqualitiesand the historical development of the film medium.
The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films.
(Spring)
245 lntroduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted t o developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writersfrom colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
-271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
Astudy of majorworksof Greekand Roman literature,for example theepicsof Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles, and Euripides, thecomedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the
Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on
later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
282 Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,authors, or works.
The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year.
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry,
romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1983-84)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets
to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships
amongthese writersand their influence on one anotherwill be emphasized as well as their
relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and
prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature.
366 Poetry
Study of the poem as a concentrated, esthetic form of human expression and experience.
The course emphasizes modern American and British poetry, but also includes a generous
selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in English and i n translation from
selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods,
themes, and techniques i s represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry
and modern poetry i s examined. (On demand)
Foreign Languages/73
368 Modern Drama
Slgnlflcant worLr of Ameriran.Rritish, and continental dramatlstsof the twent~ethcentury,
wlth emphasls on represen1arlrbcr.from the major movements such as Naturalism,
Ex~stent~al~sm,
T h e a t ~ rof the Absnrd, and Tran~forrnat~onal~sm
Plays by women and
mlnorltles are included. [On demand)
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus
internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey o i the development of the novel in Engiand from its eighteenth century
beginnings up trr the twentieth century. Novels studied wiIl be selected from the works of
such authors as Defoe, R~chardson,Fielding.Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,Thackeray,
Elio~,H~ardy,and
Butler. Attention will beqiven to theconditionscontributing to therlseof
the novel and its emergence by the twentieth centrrry a5 rhe dominant literary form.
(Alternate years, 1982-83)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays- comedies, histories,tragedies-with attention tothe
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 English Seminar
Course490, a themeor movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (On demand)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of
Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley,
William Oyler, Madeleine Renaud, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios
Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited t o
their level of preparation.
Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or
equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of languagestudy; 311,four years or
m o r e of that language.
Students should arrange for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a
course above the level determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with
satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112,212, o r 311.
Students who elect t a t a k ~a course below the one in which they are placed by r h e
Language Department may d o so, bat grading for such a course must be P/N only.
The language requirement will b e satisfied only by completion of the course i n
which the studenr was originally placed. Credit and grading far that course may be
traditional.
74/Foreign Languages
For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg Coltege is
required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division nun-kugsburgcourses
may be accepted. No fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad.
For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation.
For transfer students intending t o major or minor, a minimum of one upper division
credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses.
Teaching Litensure: Teacher candidates in French. German and 5 anish mug
consult with the Department of Educalion for specific information an enrollment
in rhe program. Methods courses bv language are joinr ACTC offerings and should
be taken in the fall of t h e s ~ n i o year.
r
A 3 0 average in Advanced Conversation and
Composition i s a departmental requirement forteachin? majors. Licensur~requires
successfulcorn letion of the Modern Language As5ociation Competencv Exam. See
Requirements or State of Minnesota ticensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools.
p. 66.
8
P
Chinese
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies
Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director.
French
Major: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in France strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designedto introduce thestudent with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement.
Foreign Languages/75
112 Beginning French
for hose who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms iscompleted to make possible basic communication, b e g i n n i f i ~reading rkills,and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two
hours laboratory work. See above o n placement. (Spring)
211 Intermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice i n
communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those
who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
212 Intermediate French
Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course
works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of
sufficientskiltsro pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures.
habora~orywork. 1Spring1
243 French Literature i n Translation
Major representative works of French literarure read in English translation. Through
individualized background readingand crass discussion.studen1s become acquainted with
artistic qualities and culrvral-hinorical sign~f~cance
of these works. Sophomore standing.
Does not count toward a French major or minor. [Offered o n Demand)
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy,
and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements,
effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A
prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing.
Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for
business and personal use. French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of
writien models. [Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political,social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students
Theory and practiceof literarvstudies. A theoreticat component (inEnglish) treats the basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, students apply rhe elements of theor), rhrough reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of French li~erature.Recommended for majors and ~ i n o r s .
Open to all qualiiied students. (Prereq.: 311 or Offered on demand)
*.
76/Foreign Languages
352 Creativity and Restraint
A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the
essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds
A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and hissuccessors in poetry,and the
literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and
self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
450 French Seminar
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th
Century literature, poetry). Student presentations i n French. (See also Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. O n Demand)
451 The French Novel
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert,Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature
a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required.
Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser.)
German
Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n
311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e d
Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n g 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses b e y o n d 212, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization, and t w o electives. A l l courses must b e u p p e r
division courses. Study i n Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
Foreign Languages/77
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111 i s for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had
111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability t o read extended narratives i n simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basicskills into working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructureswith
emphasison extending rangeof vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and
discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature i n Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or
minor. (On Demand)
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Earlv Background. Foltows the cultura1 and social development of the German5peaking peoples from the preh~sroricfnda-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Y e a r s h a r (16.131,with emphasison the impact of Roman crvilization, the re-emergenceof
German cultural s e l f awareness d u r ~ n gtheMiddle Agesoandthe intellectual and religious
upheavals o l the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or Alternate years)
*.
332 German Civilization and Culture I1
Survey of significant currents of deveropment which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and swirzerfand since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s
cansidered in view oiits roots in fhe intellectual, geopolitical, artisticand scientific history
o i the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of lirerarvstudies. Arheorctica~cornponent(in English)treatsfhe basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to bitcrarvanafyj~r.In the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing
and discussing selected worksof German litesaturc. Recommended far majors and minors
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or Offered on Demand\
=,
351 German Literature through 18th Century
Brief survey of hemtt. courtly, Reformarion, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Exrenrive rcadingr and discussions in Classic and Romanticperiods. Readings in
German.supplernented by [eaures on the history or German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class djscussrons help to improve students' ability t o express ideas i n
German. (Prereq.: 311 or *. O n Demand)
78/Foreign Languages
-
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, lung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of
the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature
are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aimsat developing and refining the student's use of German as avehiclefor expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or#. Alternate years)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramaticworks from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read
assymptomaticof perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
499 Independent Study
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg i n history, philosophy, art,
literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration i n cooperation
with Macalester College.
111,112 Beginning Greek
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours
preparation per week required.)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) t r e a t r t k baslc principles of IIterature, literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups
according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through
reading, analyzing, and discuss~ngselected works for foreign literature in the language.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #.
Offered on demand)
Japanese
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC Easr Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies
Department. See fast and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information.
Foreign Languages/79
Linguistics
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analvsis and general Iingulstic principles, with focus on
[ingutst~c
universals (organtzational principles and features common to all language) and
psycholinguirric5 (inquiry i n to the mechanicsof language learning and thestructure of the
mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questrons will be approached by studying
sarnplesof various Languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand
minors. (Fall)
311 Theories of Grammar
Camparat~vcanalysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research w ~ t h
the aim af l[luminaringunderiyingphilosophical assumptions, investigational
criteria, and explanarory goals which dlsringuish them. Jhr rheories wi[l becnntrasred with
those of adjacenrdisciplinessuch asanthr~pology.psy~fiology,logic,and
c~mmunrcation
theory to explore ways In which each theory seeks to overcome rhe inadequacies of
traditional grammar. (On Demand)
Norwegian
a n d 499, a n d o n e
Scandinavian literature course. I n t e r i m o r summer i n Norway recommended.
Major: 8 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g 311,312,331,350,353,411,
Minor: 4 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-com osition, o n e i n
civilization, a n d o n e i n literature. I n t e r i m o r summer study abroaBencouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses u n d e r Scandinavian Area Studies.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken ratherthan literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112,
Spring)
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for classdiscussion and exercises.
Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive praaice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. S a m e anention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between tfretwoofilcial languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prercq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 Old Norse
An introductlon to thestructure of Old West Norse through thestudy of selections from
Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old Easr Norseand aspects of the history of
four modem Nordiclanguages. Knowledge of oneof the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as
possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous
population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian
language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
80/Foreign Languages
350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical componenr [in English) treats !he basic
principlesof IIrerature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis, fn the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or +. Offered on demand)
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings i n contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods e~rendingback ro 01d Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable atnention is given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other
ScandirBvian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Russian
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Stucfies Program, which re uires two
years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coor%inator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
Aimed t o develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral
classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance
with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354.
(Study in Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended)
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian
civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s
an integral part of the course.
Foreign Languages/81
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literarure representing various periods and
movements are read in English iranslarion. Through background reading and class
discussion in English !he strident i s acqualn~edwith the salient artistic qualities and
cultural-hisroricalsignificanc~?
of thereadings, Credit in thiscourse does not count toward
a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand)
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and writlen practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Labnrarorv work. This course i s a prerequisite for all
upper-division courses. I P r ~ r e q . :211 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who havea basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish
and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with
emphasis on conversationaT facility, 5tressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of
grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and manazine ar~irles.Conducted in 5panish. (On Demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of theSpanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
T h ~ o r y a n dpracticed literarystudier..4 rhcorezical component (in English)treats the basic
principles at lirerarurr, literary gerlres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the
pracricat component.studenrsapply the theorv through reading, analyzing, and dlscusslng
selected works ot Ii~eraturein Spanish. Recammended for majors and minors. Open to all
clualrfed rrudents. (Prrrcq.: 311 or i;. o i i e r e d on demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
82/Geography, Health and Physical Education
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Geography
Paul Grauer
114 Human Geography
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment.
Health and Physical Education
Richard Borstad (Chairperson), Ernest Anderson, David Boots, Paul Grauer, Al
Kloppen, Doug Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, Marilyn Pearson, Ronald
Petrich, Joyce Pfaff, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swenson, Mary Timm
Health Education
Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biology 103, 108, 111; Chemistry 105 or 109;
Psychology 105; Sociology 231, 241.
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing t o
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; Biology 103; Sociology 231
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of
school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information
about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of scbool age
children.
Health and Physical Education/83
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: Physical Education 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests i n health and physical
education. (Spring)
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physical Education
Major: Health Education 114,115,354,355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,
351, 471, 472, 474,475; Biology 103.
Teaching Major: Health Education 114,115, 354,355; Physical Education 223, 231,
232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biology 103. Students wishing to become
licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: Health Education 114, 115, 354,
355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,472,474,475,485,487,
491,493; Professional Affiliation Block495-496-497-499; Biology 103; Psychology 105,
355, 362. All C.T. specialists must be accepted bv the education department for
teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must be secured by
the corrective therapy coordinator.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: Health Education 114,115; Physical Education 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243, 351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching
(Independent Study 499 i s an optional method for meeting the practicum
requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota
high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. N o
course credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
84/Health and Physical Education
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances.
Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing
selected social dances. (Interim and Spring)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school
setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,
outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some
weekends participating i n these activities. (Spring, even # years)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of
movement. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
I
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
A n introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical
education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all
apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test. Fall)
Health and Physical Education/85
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term,
odd #years)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim, odd #years)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd # years)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 cours4
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half
of term, odd #years)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (l/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd years)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd #years)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective
exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention
i s given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and
recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350,351; Health Education 354. Summer school only)
487 Neurology and Pathology
Astudy of the nervoussystem and the diseasesassociated with it and the nature and cause
of disease involving changes in structures and functions. Equal attention i s given to
neurology and pathology. (Summer School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
Exercise techniques as applied to various disabilities, testing muscle strength and range of
joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements.
Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research
applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs. (Prereq.: 350, 351; Health Education 354. Summer
school only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as
applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and
personnel management decisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy
relations. (Summer School only)
495,496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and
Pathology (Prereq.: 485,491 and approval of department.)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
History
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen,
Richard Nelson
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division.
Honors Major: G P A of 3.6 in t h e major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before rhe end of the first term of the junior year; two years of aforeign
language at the college level (or its equivalent): an honors thesis (equal t o one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the History 101-104 courses.
History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students.
Students are required t o have at least one lower division course before registering
for an upper level course.
There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300and up) in this department. Five
or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered i n the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by thedirectingfaculty member
and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n
directed study may be applied to the major.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area.
A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will
especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji
era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban
development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development i s stressed.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization i n the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
90/Mathematics/Computer Science
Mathematics
/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Leo Lake
Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,324.
Also required:
Computer Science245. The following courses do not count towards this major: 104,
174,121, 122, '131, 242. For teacher licensure in mathematics, courses 351, 373,441
must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to
ronsulr with the Education Department for requirements.
Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses, including
Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355, Computer Science 245, 345, 350 and
Mathematics 226 or Computer Science 261.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent study at an advanced level with participation i n a department seminar.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, 224. The following courses do
not coun! towards the minor: 704,114,121,122,131,242. For a teaching minor, the
two additional courses must be selected from 215, 314, 351,373,441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including Computer Science 245,261,345,350
and one of Mathematics 355, Business Administration 479, Sociology 363, Computer
Science 395, 495.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course in this department
the student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites.
A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Test i s given during col!ege orientation sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Score requirements on the rest for entrv to
courses are: ll {or course 104: [ l l for courses 114,171,122.131,242:lY for course724.
Siudents whose score is V, o r who have taken the College Board Advanced
Placement Euarn, should consult w i t h the department about appropriate courses to
take.
Any exceptions t o course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by
the instructor.
Mathematics Courses
104 Basic Mathematics I I
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring;
solving equations and inequalitiec in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not
satisfy the general education requiremen1 in ma~hematics.(Spring)
114 College Algebra and Trigonometry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may
register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall, Spring)
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences.
(Fall)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of planeand solid analyticgeometry integrated with differential and
integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124,
Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction t o the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical modelswhich
have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not
intending,further study of mathematics. (Fall)
211 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of systems of linear equations, determinants,vector spaces, lineartransformations,
and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutionsof ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics
The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324, 325 Advanced Calculus I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of calculusforfunctions of several variables including
the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions.
improper integrals, differential formsand manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324.
Spring; 325, Fall)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and,non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods with projective axioms as a basis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Spring 1984
and alternate years)
92/Mathematics/Computer Science
355 Numerical Analysis (Formerly 361 or Computer Science 355)
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept
of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, Computer Science 245)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 Internship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983 and alternate years)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses
145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for
students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor.
245 An Introduction to Computer Science
An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i s done in machine language, assembly
language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: Mathematics 125)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
345 Computer Systems
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. lntroduction to operating
systems, including batch, time-sharing, and real-time. Continued development of
competence in structured programming, algorithms, and assembly language will be
emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to
data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245)
Medical Technology, Metro-Urban/93
395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science
Specifictopics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend o n the topics selected. 395
for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms.
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director t o determine project.
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Medical Technology
Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser)
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or
Abbott-Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with
which the student plans to affiliate. I t i s important to work closely with the Medical
Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be
accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate
directly with the hospitals involved.
Student5 rransferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalenr should expect to s en two vears a t Augsburq before participating in the
internship year. The MedicaPTcchnologv major I S nor derignrd for persons who
already have the baccalaureate degree from another ~nstitution.
f
Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367and476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116),351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103
(or 121, 122); one math course; one course in immunology.
Metro-Urban Studies
Carry W. Hesser (Director)
Major: 15 courses includinglOcore requirements: Economicsl23; Political Science
122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political
Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or
independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be in the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion
354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 111, Biology 105, Philosophy 362, Interdisciplinary Studies 233, 260).
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks:
GeneraVLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
94/Metro-Urban Studies
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are
required for the concentration: Economics 120 or 123; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved
internship and/or independent study.
199 lnternship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim,
Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: # and Sociology 111 or 121. Fall,
Spring, Summer)
399 lnternship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed
in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: Sociology
111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121
and #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities; transportation, planning and social services.
399 lnternship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract i s developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
Metro-Urban Studies/95
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This p r o g r a m is located at t h e University o f Oslo a n d focuses u p o n Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society
i s coordinated with the language instruction.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An
orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language
instruction.
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis i s placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester i n t h e city" p r o g r a m is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses u p o n
urbanization a n d development i n t h e Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
'study.
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
(See MUST 359)
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
499 Independent Study
(See SUST 499)
Music
L. t. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adne Robert E, Beverlev,Michael Brand. haine
Bryce,Siephen Cabrielien, Thomas G ~ h e g , Cymhia G o e f i , James D. lohnron,
Robert Karl&, MeriTee Klemp, Nicholas Cenz, Paul Lohman. Cynrhia Melson,
Robert Metzler, Celeste O'Brien. Alice Preves. Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George
S~ahl,Daniel Sturrn, James ten RenseT. Paul Thomas, D a ~ l Tubergen,
d
Mary Wilson,
Angela Wyatt
See Music Department Handbook for additional and explanatory information
guidelines and requirements. Students wishing to major or minor in music must
apply to the department.
Specific Music Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355,
365 or 375, music elective. French or German.
Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350
or 476, 354 and one of 355, 365, 375. Consult with Department of Education for
requirements in education.
Bachelor of Music: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350,457,458,476,499,354 or
355,365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods
in the last? years,and junior and senior recitals; French or German. Voicestudy - 2
years of foreign language.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 354, 360,
382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or 476, one of 355,365,375, and 110 Introduction
to MusicTherapy (lnterimj.5 anish i s recommended. Other requirements: Biology
703, Education 282: 2 Physica Education (232 and 373 recommended); 3 Psychology
and I Sociology, including Psychology 105,362 and Psychology 263 or Sociology 362
(Recommended courses include Psychology 264, 351. 352, 355, 356, 357, and
5ocioIogy 111,121, 231. 241, 362,375); 1 Speech (116 recommended).
P
Music Minor: 5 courses: 101, 102,260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music:
Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent
with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Honors Major: Students may qualify f o r graduation honors if they have earned a
GPA o f at least 3.0 i n music courses a n d have demonstrated leadership i n
performance. H o n o r s may b e achieved by o n e o f t h e following: Senior thesis a n d its
defense b e f o r e a faculty committee; presentation o f an additional senior recital o f
graduate quality; c o m p o s i t i o n o f a w o r k f o r vocal a n d / o r instrumental ensemble o f
n o t less t h a n 15 minutes duration. Application should b e made b e f o r e t h e senior
year.
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors)
1. Courses: 101,102, 223, 224, 260, 261.
2. Applied Music: M a j o r Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters;
Recital appearance.
3. Examinations: 3 M u s i c Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Applied Music
Ensembles: M e m b e r s h i p i s d e t e r m i n e d by a u d i t i o n d u r i n g t h e first week o f t h e fall
semester. Times a n d locations are posted o n t h e d e p a r t m e n t bulletin board. These
organizations exist n o t o n l y f o r t h e benefit o f t h e musicstudent, b u t f o r any student
w h o wishes t o participate:
Augsburg Choir
Chorale
Concert Band
Orchestra
Brass Ensemble
String Ensemble
Jazz Ensemble
Woodwind Ensembles
Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening.
Private Lessons: Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students in any area.
Music students must register on the traditional grading system and take a jury exam at the
end of each semester to fulfill the requirement of private study toward a music degree.
Other students may register for private lessons in the same manner or use P/N grading.
During the junior and senior year, a student accepted by the Department of Music as a
major receives lessons in the area of concentration without extra cost. Instruments are
available for rent.
JuryExamination: All studentstaking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each
semester for a faculty jury.
Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminars and guest
lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly
workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument.
Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend a predetermined
number of designated music events each year.
Recital: One-half recital i s r e q u i r e d o f B.A. a n d B.S. candidates. B.M. students must
present f u l l j u n i o r a n d senior recitals.
Examinations
A l l music majors and minors are required t o pass a Piano Proficiency Test. M u s i c
majors must pass t h r e e M u s i c Repertoire Tests, a n d Music minors must pass two.
101,102,223, 224 Theory
Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224,
Spring)
110 lntroduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways i n which music i s
used as a therapy. (Interim)
230 Introduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers f r o m
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Romantic and M o d e r n eras, and non-Western topics. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach t o the study of music i n the five Nordic countries, opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand
music majors. (Fall)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 t o the present. The study includessuch
aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and
arranging for various combinations of voices and instruments. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 Instrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational musicactivities
t o clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
365 Instrumental Technique
Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 lnstrumental Technique
Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for thegeneral
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring)
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music I1
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Varioustheories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relatesto music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural,
and biological aspects of musical behavior. Use of music with the mentally retarded and
emotionally ill.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of the senior year and i s
necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 Music in Therapy
Thestudy and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded,
physically handicapped, geriatric, and gifted populations. (Prereq.: 395)
440 New Music Seminar
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensemblesof varyingsizes
and types. (Fall)
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work i n a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. N o credit.
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for i n the
departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced students upon approval of the f_aculty.
100/NaturaI Science
Natural Science
Earl R. Alton (Coordinator)
Major for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492,
and t w o upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, lob), 351, 352, and
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122 or 124and 125; Physics
121,122.
This major i s presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish t o take a
major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for
admission t o most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical
School, and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives
carefully, keeping i n mind the specificrequirementsof the medical schools t o which
he o r she intends t o apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser i s
recommended.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
t h e Ifcensure program for science teachers and authorized A u ~ s b u r gto recommend
candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical
Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemrstry (rninorl. grades
7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9).
All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Basic courses and i n
addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle
School Emphasis.
The program of courses IS designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science
and allow for sp~cializationi n an area. The following programs assume t h a t the
student wil[ mee? the general education requirements of the college and, in the
physical science, have at least one year of calculus. ConsuTt with the Department of
Education for requirements i n Education. Early consultation with adviser i s
recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, Ii n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 i n Life
Science (Biology Ill,
112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122 and Chemistry 115,
116 or (105,106). To make the program slightly more flexible, i t i s recommended that
students with emphasis i n life science have both courses i n earth science and
substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122.
Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate; 7 Biology courses, including 491
Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or
474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistry seminar,
Chemistry 351,352,353,361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, Physics 245.
Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and
three additional t o e! selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363,481, 486, 488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon
completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science
Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed i n Physical Science may teach
chemistry and/or physics i n grades 7-12.
Science(Grades.5-9): 7 courses,2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative
course not taken in the Board Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology
courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 353; Physics 245).
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for
Chemistry, 351,352,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four
courses above 122 plus the Broad Base.
Nursing
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Carol Hoffman, Nancy Malcolm, JoEtta A. Vernon,
Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leadingto a Bachelor of Science
degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of
the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or
d ~ p l o m aprogram in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
currenr license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
rnicrcrbiolagy, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. Studenrs must take these courses a t Augsburg or another accredited
college or univerritv prios to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite
courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission ro the major.
I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given
at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past
five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2 ) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable
equivalent.
Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303,304,310,311,325,330,
350, 403, 404, 423, 427: Psychology 355. ,4 minimum grade of 2.0 i n each nursing
course and a cumulative CP.4 of 2.5 a t the completion of the courses of study are
required. Courses i n interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive to
the major.
Course5 inrhe nursing major aredesignedso that they may becorn leted within two
academ~cyears. However. more than two years may be require to complete t h e
total course of study, depending on rhe number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time nudv, but are
required 10 complete 13 courses, a t Augsburg College. Students inrerested i n
pursuing day, evening, or summer part-time study should consult with an adviser
from rhe nursing depastment for program planning.
8
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course i s one of the transitional courses that introduces the student to components of
the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process i s emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their
applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junioryear.)
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected
nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear.)
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course
content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue.
(Fall-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major)
311 Community Health Nursing II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and
cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of
the health team i s explored. This course i s primarily a clinical course. The student will
demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected
caseload of clients. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355)
325 Nursing Process
I n this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools
i n the nursing process.Thestudent usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and
negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to
make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major).
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course i s designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse.
Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their
implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junioryear).
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability to nursing practice. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing
major, Math 121 or a course i n descriptive statistics)
403 Contemporary Nursing 111
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursingcare. Content includesfamily asa
group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration i s given to the emerging role of the nurse i n family health care. (Fall-Senior
year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse
roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to
or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum in Nursing I
This course i s a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403')
427 Practicum in Nursing II
This course i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity i s
provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*)
499 Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic
or issue i n depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
*If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer
Major: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,343,344, and one course in the400's (other
than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division.
Minor: 5 courses, including t w o courses from 241,242,343,
and 344.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors. p r o ram is by recornmendation of the philosophy facuf~y.Suchrecommendations w i l l b e made st rheend of the
junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis o n an approved topicof the
student's choice, involvin research above the cour5e level, and a defense of this
thesis before the faculty ofthe department.
Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it
i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewasa
timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened
the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discoverthe grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the
worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.)
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course
studies the major empiricists of thelBth century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis
of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism by men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt
with in a study of the major representatives of linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What i s the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can besaid about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s
man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What i s the relation between the
citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its
laws?What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and
the State?This course studies the key concepts of politics found in the tradition of western
political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What constitutes scientific knowledge?Are there
certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Suggested prior course, 130 or one course i n natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what i t means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity,freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in
philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of
individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May betaken morethan once for
credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from.241,242, 343,344 or #.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies i n the philosophy of particular philosophers,e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,
343, or #)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics
K e r m i t E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, M a r k J . Engebretson
a n d 395 plus t h r e e courses above
122. I n Planninglheir coursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely w i t h
members o f the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,
125, a n d Physics 721, '122 the freshman year, a n d Mathematics 124 and 226 t h e
s o p h o m o r e year.
Major: 9 c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g 121,122,245,351,362
Teaching Licensure Major: The same'as t h e major. Students are advised t o refer t o
t h e Education Department section o f t h e catalog a n d consult w i t h t h e Education
Department early i n t h e i r planning.
Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 121,122, and t h r e e courses above 122.
Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n independent invertigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense o f t h e w r i t t e n research repbrt.
Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later than rhe first t e r n of the
senior year.
Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter o f Society o f Physics Students
proviJes students t h e o p ortuniiiei of membership i n a national physics society a n d
o f participating i n t h e pl?ysio cornrnunily on a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n
SPS is o p e n t o all students interested rn physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics
h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a
m i n o r i n physics, have a G P A o f 3.0 i n physicsand overal1,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d
o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments areselected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the lifesciences. The course i s designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science
programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall)
106 Introductory Meteorology
A study of thescience and wonders of the atmosphere. The course i s designed to provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather
and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the
many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation,
thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the
influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky.
The course i s designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will
be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to
discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of elctronics and
computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
(3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics,
electrjcity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students
and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomicand molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanic. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half o f
the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103, 111 or 122; and
Mathematics 122 or 125)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a
wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction t o the electromagnetic
theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. O n demand)
351,352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single
par~irle
motion,svsrernsof particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid hndie5, gravttation. kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The clasrical electrornagnet~c f ~ e l dtheory IS developed uslng the vector calculus
~ h r o u g h o u t .Eleclrostat~cs,magnetostatlcs, solut~onof Laplace's and Po~sson'sequations,
elecrrrr and magnetic properties of mater~als,and the theory of electromagnet~cr a d ~ a t ~ o n
bared on Maxwell's equatlons (3 one-hour lectures Prereq M a t h 226, 362, Fall, 363,
Sprlnp)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
A n emphasis nn independent laboratory investigat~ons,including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum ph\,sic~.
electronics, ~ l e c t r i c i t v magnetism,
,
optics, and modern physirs. (2 three-hour laboraton:
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 5pring)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject i s developed from iwo independent vet complementary viewpoints;
the experimental, macroscopicclassical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Pr~req.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
h development from f i n t principles, including de Brogl~e'spostulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, rvavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and ap-
proximation methods. Spec~iicproblems studied include potential wells and potential
barriers. the harmonic oscIl[ator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 357,352 Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem i n experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
108/Political Science
Political Science
M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Myles Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r
170; 158; 384; and at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science
Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d f o r that area.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division
courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas.
Honors Major: The Honors M a j o r in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in
t h e major and 3.0overall. Thestudent r n u i r t a k e a n Honors Independent Study and a
seminar, and rnun submit, not later than March 1 of the senior vear. an Honors
Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Studenrs may w o r k with any
m e m b e r o i the Departmenr on their Honors Thesis. For specific r q u i r e m e n r s .
consult the De artmental Chairperson.Students shoukd apply for the H o n o r s ,Major
no later fhan e!t
f i r i t term o f f h e j u n i o r year.
Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t and Politics (11) Comparative
Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
a n d Analysis. A n y course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements.
Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science
major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state
requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e department chairperson o r t h e Social
Studies Coordinator.
See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of
participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking;
and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making i n the United States;
governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in
the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n
presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in
Political Science or #. Fall term of election years)
Political Science/lO9
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section I V for description. Offered alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:
Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of thesoviet Union and other communist states in termsof political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or
#.I
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. (Offered on
demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #).
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of
the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
llO/PoIiticaI Science
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national
government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the
values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed i n Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic
dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged i n the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 Internship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Offered on demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: #.)
498 Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive.~\sternaticand integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
commwniry, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: f 0 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5
courses at Augsburg; Physics 103. Nw mare than two courses from among299,399
and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required f o r a
major. This restricrion applies toward rhe minimum requirement only. The student
may actually take more such courses. The major program should include I05 in the
freshman year, 264 and 265 i n the freshman or saphomore year, 381 or 399 in t h e
junior year and 493 i n the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation
with an adviser i n the ps cholo6y department and is a proved by the department
chairperson. The a v e i a i plan i c d i r e c t e d toward a pasic understanding of the
discipline af psvchology and toward the particular educational, vocational and
professional goals of the individual student. A written plan forthe major should be
completed a n d approved by the beginning of the junior year. It i s recommended
rhal psychology majors rake additional course work from other areas that will
complement and strenpthen their particular interests in psychology; for example,
deiteloping a minor in business admintstration, biology, or communication is
recommended for many studen~s.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more
than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Certificate In Program Evaluation: 5 courses includ~ng264 (orSociology 362). 399,
450: Sociology 362 and 363. These courses are designed to rovide back round and
skills to p e r f o r m as a research assistan7 for agencies or i r m s which CI program
evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson for f u r t f i ~ r
f
details.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used i n psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine
intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respectto the development of
children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105. Fall,
1983)
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes
perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course i n
biology. Fall)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
359 Measurement
Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest,
personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community serviceagencies will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex
and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
See under Department of Sociology.
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
450 Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for
social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of
programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency.
The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation.The role of
evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264orSociology
362; Sociology 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and #. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration
of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5
courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Richard Husfloen,
Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart, Sheldon Torgerson, Daniel Zemel
Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 7 and 495. the seminar especially for
majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before takrng seminar, each major must
have written one formal research paper and placed I1on file with the department
chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper
division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,362,399,481,354 or
358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other
departments can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program tor Christian D a y Schoof Teachers: Students pursue one of he regular
teacher education programs i n the Department of Education to prepare for
licemure by the Stare of Minnesota. In addit~onto the licensure program, five
courses i n religion a r e required: 771.221. 362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school setting and in a Christian D a y School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching i n Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation
i s not limited to such schools.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (II1,22'1,356,362,48f, 359 or
358,360 or 483.471 or474,3991; Psychology 105,351,352or 371,485, Sociology 111or
Psychology 373, Sociology 231 1; Physical Education 232; Speech 354 or 355,499.This
program meets or exceeds rhe educational requirements of The American Lutheran
Church, bur certification b the church i s a separate function. By addingrwo or three
courses from appropriate epartments, thestudent can develop special emphases in
parish education. busines management or diaconal work.
d
Notes: Religion 111 or221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chair.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
350 Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City
The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident i n urban structures.
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
357 Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history i n the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods.
Some attention will be given to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the
periods i n question.The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and
the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study.
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life i n its varied character with attention directed to Christian education
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
i n American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A stucky o f ~ h early
e
Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such
ropics as persecution and martyrdom, the deveIopment of the creeds. Christianity in
conllict with GnoSticlsm and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship: also includingthe rhealogy of several earlv Christian leadersand a special unit on
the life and thought of Augus~ine.(Spring 1983)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures.
(Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious
liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country.
(Offered as funding permits)
380 Music of the Western Church
(See under Department of Music)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first
semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations
given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship tothe early
church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring, 1984)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983)
475 Judaism
A survcv of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern
tlrnes, with emphasis placed upon the reJigious development. A special interest i n such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The lewirh Chatauqua Society annually
makes a grant to kugsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered i n
the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as
seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the
Christian Church. (Spring)
482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic
definitions of the church.
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
486 Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion i n thecontext of the tradilional Christian
view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the dassia in the field by Freud,
Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by
them. (Spring 1984)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian, Scandinavian Studies/II7
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator)
The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the studenr the broadest possible
expowre to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and
philosophy. In addition ro providing a good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as
governmenz. international business, or teaching.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in
Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved
electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course i n Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Liv Dahl (Director)
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses Fisted in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred ro Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, I.e.,
courses taughtbva Scandinavian languagedepartment or$ubdepartmentregardless
of r h e ~ content,
r
which may he linguistic, literary or culrural. Students graduating
with a major or minor must a150 present the equivalent of intermediate level
competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department
of Foreign Languages
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses
which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies,
business administration.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. SeeMetro-UrbanStudies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
312 Old Norse
An introduct-ionto the structure of Old U'est None through the study of selections from
Old Norse Ifterature. Some attentron given to Otd East Norseand aspects of the history of
four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the fatter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language majors and mlnors will have special assignments (Alternate years)
325 Scandinavian Music
(See under Department of Music)
118/Scandinavian Area Studies
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable
but not required.
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinanvian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by JonasLie, Sigrid Undset,Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n
a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1982)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjgrnson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required t o do assigned readings and written work in
a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1981)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(Offered under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
3% Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(Offered under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science, Studies/lIg
Social Science
Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
Two emphases exist within the Social Science rnajor: t h e General Major and the
Non-Western emphasis. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and
in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Science major is significantly different from the o t h ~ major.
r
General M ajar: 15 courses: 10 required courses (Economics122,123; History 221,222;
Geographv 114: ~ociology127,241; ~ s ~ c h o l o g y l O 5
Political
;
Science158 and I21 or
170); 4 upper division courses in one of the fo[lowing disciplines: Economics,
History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology; a statislia course approved by
r h e department in which the 4 upper division courses are taken. The student should
choose an adviser who i s a member of the department i n which the upper division
courses are to be taken. (For supplemenrary information and alternative ways ro
f uifill the state-approved competency-based rogram for secondary teacher education, see the following recrion on Social S t u g e i for Secondary Educa~ion.)
Non-Western Major: f 4 courses: History 104; 1social science methodofogy course
[Economicr, 379, Psvcholog), 264, Sociology 362 or 365); and 12 counes, in at least 4
discipIines, from the follawing: Economicj 122, 258: Hislory 103, 322, 323,324,440,
474; Political Science 351,363,382,461; Phiiosoph y 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241;
seminars, independent study or interim courses an relevant topics i n History andlar
PoliticaF Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should
consult the chairperson of rhe Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to reach social studies on the high school level must complete, in
addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the De artment of
Education, a competency-bared program designed to provide a broacffoundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching ticensure: 7 courses [Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114,
History 222, Political Sc~ence158, Psychology 105, Sociology 121and247) pIusa major
in one of ftvef~elds- Economics, History, Pol~ticalSc~ence,~ s y c h o l oy or Sociology
O ~
- o r incorporated in a Social Science Major, described in S ~ C T a~ ove).
k
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
120/Social Work
Social Work
Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry
The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year. However, ir is strongly
advised that the foundation courses required in other departments (see Major,
below) be begun in the freshman or sophomore vears. Advisement should also be
soughtfrom social work Faculty as t o the sequence of thesecourses. All studentsare
adv~sedro rake 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted bv the faculry.
Candidacy: Students planning to major i n Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Candidacy status
i s required for admission into senior social work courses.
Majar: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consists oi 257*, 361*, 363*.364*. 467,462,463,464,465,466 and 4 7 :Biology 101':
Psvchalogy 10Y,351*. and 35?*; Sociology 121*, 231*, 365, 3rS*, and 383*,Ar least
one Conservation of Human Resource; (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A
minimum gradeof 2.0 i s required in each upper division social work courserequired
in the major.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency.Crime an'd Corrections, Social Miniztries,and Youth are possi ble. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional, dystunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement i n the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
religion with specific coursework is required. CompIetion of a concentration i s
noted on the transcript.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative
internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political
Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful
completion of Education 388.
257 Practicum in the Human Services
With faculty apgrova1,student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as avolunteer in a
social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen
and sophomores. Open to all students.
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems of Social
Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #. Offered occasionally.)
Social Work/'l21
361 Systems of Social Welfare
A n examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in rhe U.5.
and the roleof social work i n them. Special emphasison analysisof the major assumptions
and movements conrrlbutory to the rise of the welfare state; description olaselection of
modern service systems, the profession of rocial work, its ethicr, value5, and historical
development, Three class periods per week; guest lecrures, research paper. (Sophomore
or f. Fall)
363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principlesand techniques of
social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessarv for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each
week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. 5pring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361,Junior, concurrent with 363.
Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice sk111s through lecture. classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphas~son development of
generalist practice skills and c c l e a ~ capproaches. terrures and/or laboratory exercises
each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363and In 364,candidacy status,or=. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
463 Community Development and Organization
locality development and social change through community organization, socIal planning,
and social actron. Emphasis on: 71 survey o i histar~calforms o l soctal change, 2)
understanding the b a r ~ r15suesand strategies relevanr to social protesr and change, 3)
examination of the role oi staff, and o i the functions and interrelationships of cornmunip
organizat~ons.and 4) knowledge of and actual practice In the essenrial principles and
~echniquesof organizing. (Prereq.: senior or *. Fall)
462,464, Field Work I1 and IV:
Progressively responsiblesupervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families, groupsandlor communities in a 50c1alserviceagency-Ten hours
per week, plusonesupportive/discursian seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0
i n 361, 362,364. candidacy status: concurrent with 461 and 467: Fall and Spring)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formularion and methods of analysis
associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social w o r i
practice. Developmenr and implementation will beviewed f~rsthand through work with a
public policy maker, 4 hours per week. O ~ class
P period per week, reading, analytical
pape:integratingclasscon~epr~
wilh practical experience. [Prereq.:361.463.and senlor or
2. Spring)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucraticsurvival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and
practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied i n the course.
The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463,
466, concurrent with 464, or #. Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. ( # half or full credit.
Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #)
Sociology
Gordon L. Nelson (Chair erson), Robert Clyde, JerryGerasimo,Garry Hesser,Anita
Kolman, Diane Pike, Joe Torstenson
P
Major: 10 courses including 121, 362,363, 375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR
course, internship,independentstudv or upper division interim course i n sociology.
This recommendation i s made in the hope that thestudent will take advantage of the
variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department
chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.)
Honolr Major: The studenr must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0
overall. Applicarion for honors i n S Q C ~ Q candidacy
~ O ~ ~
shall consist of submission of
roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 nf the junior year.
Candi acy IS
- contingen! upon departmental approval of proposal bv April 30 of
junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for Independent Studv (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be comptcted. Honors
degree i n socialogy will be g r a n r ~ dtea candidate i f heJshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation.
B
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 course including 362 (or Psychology 264), 363,
Psychology 399, 450. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for a enciesor
i ~ r r nwhich
i
do
evaluationror an employee who can develop an4 maintain
ongoing self-assessment programs for a n employer agency. 5ee department
chairperson for further details.
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the
context of urban institutions and processes.
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; languageas a major
organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n
different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology
-.
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not
satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus i n addition to regular
course offerings or off campus i n conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: #)
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high
school algebra. Fall)
363 Research Methods
The second course i n a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research
designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice
doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately
after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of
commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applicattbns to
program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention i s focused on the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look
at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life -a look atthe trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation
i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course.
(Prereq.: 121 and Psychology 105)
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course i s upon the major issues confronting the present and
future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches
to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be
compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally.
Resources includeextensive readings,simulations,films,and outsidespeakers in a seminar
format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention i s focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n
sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or
121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and permission of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 5
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole,
Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in rhe major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination i n field of concentration. Application to be made early in t h e senior year.
Communication Arts
The communicarion major is a flexible in~erdisciplinarvprogram which allows for
different emphases- jaurnalism,advertisingand publicreIations, radio-televisionfilm, human relations, and supervisorv management. Program guides for each area
are available from the Deparrment Chairperson or rhe Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech
111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and English
225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and
typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech
111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 243,350,351
or 355, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor i n English.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or
243, 350, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech i n secondary schoots may specialize i n
any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theaterarts. Any of these must
be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. Thecommunication
major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Course 116 i s strongly
recommended for students in elementary education.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and cdtical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Advanced Writing: journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,230 Visual Communications I, I1
(See under Department of Art)
126/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts
-
-
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
343 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and
listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
i n modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #.
Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
355 Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved i n effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring)
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 7
Theater Arts
Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o
major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111,116, and 228. Course 111 i s not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, lus Beginning Speech: This major should be
supported by several courses i n gterature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n
Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,L28,23Z,243,350,360,361,362,366,432,and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n movement, dance, cinema, art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
B. Directin Ernphxis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the
children's r eater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses i n movement,
cinema art. and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing
emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage
management, and 1 internship.
f
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429,
plus courses 225 and 290 i n Art.
Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 i n
technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232, 360,361,366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,229,
232,241 or 243,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater
arts majors, and a minor i n English.
teach in^
Theater Arts Minor For
the following: 241,243,350; an
Licensure: courses 111,228,232,361,366;
partrclpatlon In dramatic productions.
one of
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; articipation i n t w o activities
(forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n 8 a minor i n English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: i t s organization, crafts, magic, and
art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing,
painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in
freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
128/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Spring, Alternate years)
362 Theater Criticism
A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at
local theater productions; classical, experimental,and new plays. Lectures and discussions
on theory and criticism using theater productionsasfocusfor discussion. (Spring, Alternate
years)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #.
Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design II
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive
scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,
French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the
Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years)
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater
Transdisciplinary, Women's and Minority/l29
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining approxriate,portions of
two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Trans lsc~pl~nary
Major
enables students t o respond to a particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields.
Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are t o observe the following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in
the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and Minority Studies
Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, Khin Khin Jensen, James
Porter
The Women's and Minority StudiesProgram (formerly American Studies) consists of
several interdisciplinary courses. The courses listed below fill the Urban Concerns,
or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses i n several
other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that
requirement. Although no major or minor i s offered, there is a certificate program i n
women's studies.
Certificate in Women'sStudies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6
courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences
(including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (ljterature, religion, art, music,
philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses,
independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC
colleges as well as Augsburg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or Norma Noonan for
further details.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and
Minority Studies requirement.
130/Women's and Minority Studies
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black
experience in terms of thefamily, education, religion,aesthetics,economics and politics. It
i s designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in
Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American
society.
233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and
historical origins of women's rolesand status i n human society. Emphasiswill be placed on
the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such
North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and
the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American
lndian Program office.
260 Contemporary American Indians
Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the lndian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected lndian tribes
today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selectionsfrom women's journals,
speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will
collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the
founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and
other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Board for College and University
Services, TALC - 132
Board of Regents - 132
Administration - 133
Emeriti - 134
Faculty - 135
Computer minor opens many avenues
132/Regents, DCUS
-
Augsburg College Board of Regents
Officers
Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman
Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
James G . Lindell, Treasurer
Norma E. Knutson, Secretary
Members
Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Cowles Media Company,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Botterniller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Donald R. Grangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson (1984). Director of Urban & Ethnic Ministries, DSMA of the American
Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz,
Minneapolis Minnesota
Chester Lind (1986). Chairman of Executive Committee, Northwest Bancorporation,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
James G. Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Gary H. Lohn (1986). Vice President of Employment Preparation Services, Control Data
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota,
Washington, D.C.
N. Stanley Stake (1986). Minneapolis Minnesota
Dr. M e r t o n P. Stromrnen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley Thiele (1986). Senior Vice President Administrative Services, 3M Center, St. Paul,
Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term.
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas
Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Edwin Gunberg, Bethesda, Maryland
Gustav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan
Ronald Matthias, Director, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Administration
President
President.. ......................................................
Charles S. Anderson
College Pastor.. ....................................................... Lowell Brandt
Executive Secretary to the President
Carolyn Magnusson
................................
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.. ............. Richard Green
Associate Academic Dean .................................................. Pat Parker
Registrar ................................................................ John A. H i l l
Assistant Registrar.. ....................................................... Carol Stack
Head Librarian. ...................................................
Margaret Anderson
Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. ........................ Craig Carnahan
Director of Audio Visual Services.. ........................................ James Olson
Director, American Indian Programs .................................... Bonnie Wallace
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs.. ...................................
Valerie Geaither
Recorder.. ..............................................................
Ralph Bailey
Interim Director ...................................................... D o n Gustafson
International Studies Program Director.. .............................. Mary A. Kingsley
International Student Adviser .........................................
Mary E. Johnson
Secretary to the Dean ................................................. Joanne Hilliard
Finance and Management
...........................
Vice President for Finance and Management
Wayne Pederson
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services .................... Herald Johnson
Associate Director, Financial Aid .......................................... Virene Luthi
Director of Personnel ..............................................
Bonnie-Jean M o r k
Chief Accountant.. ........................................................ Jeff Kosse
Manager, College Center.. ............................................
M i l d r e d Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending ................................
Robert Gores
Director of Plant Services .............................................. Gerald Johnson
Custodial Supervisor ................................................
James Crittenden
Maintenance Supervisor.. .................................................
Rob Curtis
Grounds Supervisor.. ....................................................
Fred Wolter
Manager,IceArena ......................................................
JamesCarey
Secretary to the Vice President ...........................................
Cynthia Lein
Development and Public Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................... Gerald D. Bjelde
Associate Director of Development.. ..................................... Jeroy Carlson
Assistant Director of Development .......................................... Paul Gens
Director of Parent/Alumni Relations.. ................................... Janice Rykken
Assistant to the Vice President.. ......................................... A. B. Batalden
Planned Giving Associate ........................................ Sigvald V. Hjelmeland
Director of Public Relations.. ........................................... Lois G. Wollan
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information. ......................... Kay Cady
Public Relations Editorial Assistant.. ......................................... Pat Phelps
Manager, Central Services ................................................ JillRaschein
Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Jeanette Keeney
134/Administration, Emeriti
Admissions
............................................
Director of Admissions
John B. Hjelrneland
Assistant Director ........................................................... Bill Ross
Coordinator of Transfer Programs
Jeannette Wittrner
Admissions Counselor..
Eric Anderson
Admissions Counselor.. ..................................................
Sally H o u g h
Admissions Counselor..
Brian Arvold
Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator
Charlene Weidenbach
...................................
................................................
.................................................
..........................
Student Affairs
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students ................ Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students (on leave). ......................................Rick Thoni
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement .........................
Patricia Garland
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement .........................
Nancy Medcraft
Director of Student Life (Housing) .............................. Linda Schrernpp Alberg
Director of Student Activities .............................................. Joan Slater
Coordinator, Urness Tower ..............................................
Pam Joachirn
Coordinator, Mortenson Tower .....................................
Corinne Hofrnann
Coordinator, Annex Houses ........................................... Ruth Dinerrnan
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ....................................... D o n Warren
Director of Human Development.. ........................................ Judy Essrnan
Counselor/Student Development Specialist .............................. Linda Rodgers
Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Dorothy Gauger
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary
Foundation.
1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M., Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist i n Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
M i l d r e d V. Joel, Professor Emerita, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Esther J. Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
A. M a y o Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of
Music.
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Thut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fac ~ I t y
September, 1981)
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A.,St. Olaf College; MS.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla M a e Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A..
Northwestern University.
Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Early Childhood Education, lnstructor i n Education. B.S..
MS., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.:
University of Minnesota.
Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor i n Speech. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B. D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary.
Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University.
JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer i n English. B.A., St. John's University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chair of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Lowell N. Brandt (1974). College Pastor. B.A., California Lutheran College; M. Div., Luther
Theological Seminary.
Maria Brown (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor i n Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English, Director of Women's and Minority Studies.
B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Santa Barbara.
The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications
Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages, Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson(1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State
University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Larry Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia
College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., California State University,
Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-La Crosse;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
John Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer i n English.
Thomas Gilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Goetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Cotorado.
Anne Goodwin* (1981). lnstructor i n English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.T., College of St.
Thomas.
Paul Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville.
Satya Gupta* (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. 13.5, Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer i n Library Science.
Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of
Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Roberts. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chalr of Social Work. B.A.,
Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies.
B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
John A. Hill (1980). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington
University.
Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
NormanD.Holen {7964). Professor of Art. B.A.,Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holi (1981), Associate Professor of Rel~gion.B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale Uniuesitv.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chernisrry. B.A.. St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Richard Husfloen* (1982). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies.
B.A., Rangoon University (Burma); M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron
College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Einar Johnson(1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Department Chair of Foreign Languages, and
International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Winona State University.
Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration and Department Chair of
Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo (Egypt); M.S..
University of Michigan.
Robert Karlen (1973). Professor of MUSIC.
B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965)..4ssociate Professor of Fore~gnLanguages. Director of International
Programs. B.A., 51. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee Klernp* ('1980F.
Studio Artisr/Oboe. B R., Augsburg College.
Al Kloppen (19761.
Asr~stantProfessor of Health and Phvsical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M A . , University of South Dakota.
Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A..
Un~versityof Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S..
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science. 8.5, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. 8.5, Iowa State University; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College.
Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Psychology. B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda
University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Education. B.S., M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M.Ed., Simpson College; M.M., Northwestern
University.
Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music
Ed., University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
John Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University
of Tennessee.
August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu,
Estonia.
Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological
- Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).
Associate Professor of Historv. B.A., Universitv of Nebraska; M.A.,
~,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl* (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., MS.,
University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University.
Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Sandra Olmsted* (1979). Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry.
James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor. Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Carleton College; 8.5,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Facu lty/l39
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965): Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg
College; MS., University of Wisconsin.
Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of
Colorado; MS., University of Illinois.
Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
MS., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Lauretta Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed.,
Marquette University.
Douglas Perry (1976). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane 1. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. Yale
University.
JamesPorter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. B.A., Augsburg
College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton
College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Madeline Renaud* (1981). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Roosevelt University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University;
M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Sargent (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., University
of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A..
University of Minnesota.
Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest.
Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois:
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M.. Eastman School of Music.
Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D..
University of Minnesota.
Paul Sonnack* (1949). Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.. Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago.
George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M.. Chicago Musical College.
Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College.
Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; Graduate,
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Bruce Stuart* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., University of North Dakota; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeff Swenson* (1980). Wrestling Coach. B.A., Augsburg College.
Jamesten Bensel* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist i n Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach.
Sheldon Torgerson (1981). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary.
Joel Torstenson* (1947). Professor Emeritus of Sociology.
David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University; Ph.D., New York University.
Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota.
Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). lnstructor i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist i n Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S.,
Marquette University.
David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University. ( O n leave 1981-82)
Angela Wyatt* (1981). Studio Artist i n Music/Saxophone. B.S., St. Olaf College.
Daniel Zemel* (1981). Visiting lecturer i n Religion, B.A., Brown University; HUC-JIR, N e w
York School, M.A.H.L.
-e another national
CIhampionsh
. .
Augsburg is an accessible campus in the city
Academic Adviser ........................... 31
Academic Calendar
31. 144
Academic Enrichment ....................... I7
Academic Information ...................
31-38
Academic Organization
32
Academic Policies and Procedures.. ....... 3836
Accounting Major ..........................
52
Accreditation
6.44
Adapted Physical Education ..................
83
Administration ........................
133-734
Admissions ...............................
9-11
Advanced Placement
42
Advanced Standing .................. .... ... 42
Affiliation ................................ 6. 44
Air Force ROTC
3:
American Indian Programs
27
Application t o Augsburg ...................
9-11
Application for Financial Aid
16-17
Area Studies
East and Southeast Asian
62.63
Russian ............................ .....
. 80
Scandinavian ........................ 117.118
Art History Courses .........................
49
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) ............... 31.36-37,44
Athletics ................................
26, 44
Audio-visual ......................... 31-32, 36
Audit Fee ..................................
13
Auditing Courses
41
.....................
.....................
.............................
........................
............................
...................
..............
................
...........................
Biology ................................. 43-52
Black Student Programs ..................... ZT
Black Student Union ........................ 17
Board for College and University
Services. TALC ..................... .. ... 132
Board of Regents .......................... 131
Board Plans ................................ 13
Books and Supplies ......................... 74
Breakage and Fine Fee ...................... 15
Brief Facts about Augsburg
44
..................
Calendar. Academic ..................... 31. 146
Campus ............................ 2-3.44. 141
Campus Map .............................. 2-3
Campus Tours ............................... 9
Cancellation from College ................... 39
Cancellation of Courses ..................... 39
Career Planning and Placement .............. 27
Center for Student Development (CSD) .... 27. 29
Certification Programs-Art ................ 34. 47
Church Staff Work .................... 34. 114
Program Evaluation ............... 34.111. 122
Women's Studies ..................... 34. 129
Chemical Dependency Program .............. 36
Chinese ................................. 62. 74
Classification .....................
....... 42
Coaching Endorsement ...................... 83
College Center ......................... 2.3. 26
College Pastor .......................... 25. 133
Communication ....................... 126-127
Communications Directory .........
Front Cover
Computer Programming (CDI) ............... 36
Computer Resources ........................ 32
Computer Science ....................... 92-93
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) ................... . 36. 122
..
..
Continuing Education ....................... 38
Coordinators .
Discrimination
or Grievance .................... Front Cover
Corredive ~ h e r a
~ ~
.........................
83
Costs 1982.83 ................................ 13
C.P.A. Certification ......................... 54
Counseling and Guidance ................... 27
Course Descriptions/Majors/Minors ...... 46-130
Art, Art History ........................ 47-49
Biology ............................... 49-52
Business Administration and Economics .. 52-59
Chemistry ............................. 59-61
East and Southeast Asian Studies ......... 62-63
Education ............................. 63-69
Engineering ........................... 69-70
English ................................ 70-73
Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82
Geography ......................... ... .. 82
Health and Physical Education ........... 82-86
History
86-88
Humanities ............................... 89
Interdisciplinary Studies ........ 93-%.12%130
International Relations .................... 89
Mathematics/Computer Science ........ W 9 3
Medical Technology ......................
93
Metro-Urban Studies ................... 93-96
Music, Music Therapy .................. %-99
Natural Science ...................... 100-101
Nursing .................... ....,.... 101-103
Philosophy .......................... 103-105
Physiu ..............................
105-107
Poliliral Science .....................
108-111
Psychology ..........................
111-113
Religion ............................ 114-116
Russian Area Studies ..................... 117
Scandinavian Area Studies ............ 117-118
Social Science ........................... 119
Social Studies ............................
119
Social Work ......................... 120-122
Sociology ...........................
122-124
Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts ....................... 125-128
Transdisciplinary Studies .................. 129
Women's and Minority Studies
129-130
Course Numbering ......................... 46
........
Dean's L~st.........................
... .... 43
Degrees ....................................
31
Departments
Art .. ..................++............. 47-49
Biology ............................... 49-52
Business Administration & Economics .... 52-59
Chemistry .............................
59-61
Education ............................. 63-69
English ................................ 70-73
Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82
Health & Physical Education .............
82-86
History ................................ 86-88
Mathematics/Computer Science ........ 90-93
Music .................................
96-99
Nursing ............................. 101-103
Philosophy .......................... 103-105
Physics ........................... ,
105-107
Political Science ..................... 108-111
Psychology .......................... 111-113
Religion ..................
114-116
..
........,.
144/l ndex
Social Work ......................... 120-122
Sociology ........................... 122-124
Speech. Communication.
Theater Arts ....................... 125.128
Deposits ................................ 14.15
Departmental Scholarships
21-23
Directed Study ............................. 43
Dismissal from College
15. 42
Distinction. Graduation with
43
Distribution Requirements ................... 40
Divisions ................................... 32
Drama ............................. 26. 125-126
Driving to Campus ........................... 3
................
...................
.................
10
Early Admission .............................
Early Decision ........................... 10. 17
East and Southeast Asian Studies
62-63
East Asian Studies ........................ 62-63
Economics .............................. 56-59
Elementary Education .................... 64-65
Emeriti
134
Engineering ............................. 69-70
Enrollment ................................. 44
Evaluation and Grading ......................
42
...........
2.3.7
Facilities ................................
Facts & Figures ..............................
4
Faculty .......................... 37.44.135.142
Fees ....................................... 14
Finance Major .............................. 52
Financial Aid .........................
16.23. 44
Food Service ............................... 28
Foreign Study ........................ 28. 37. 44
...........
74-76
French ...................
Full-time Student ........................... 13
Foreign Language Placement .................
73
..
General Scholarships ..................... 19-20
Geography ................................. 82
German ................................. 76-78
Gifts and Grants
17.18.1 9.23
Grade Point Average (GPA) ............ 10.39. 42
Grading ................................. 41-42
Graduates ..................................
44
Graduation Requirements ................ 39-40
Graduation with Distinction
43
Grants .................................. 17-18
Greek ..................................... 78
...................
..................
Health Education ........................ 82-83
Health Service .............................. 28
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.37.9 3.94
History .................................. 86-88
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Honors Major (See Departmental listings)
Honors Program ............................ 38
Housing ....................... 2.3.7.14.28. 29
Human Development Seminars ..............
27
Humanities .................................
89
Humanities Division ......................... 3?
.........................
Independent Study
4
Intercollegiate Athletics .................. 26.44
lntercultural Center ......................
17-28
Interdisciplinary Studies
93.96.12 9.130
..........
Inter-Institutional Programs ............... 36-37
Interim ................... 31.37.38.39.44. 146
53
International Business
89
International Relations
International Students
71.28
Internship Program .........................
38
Intramural Athletics
26
.......................
......................
....................
.........................
Japanese ................................
62. 78
KCMR Radio ...............................
Kindergarten Licensure ......................
26
64
27
Learning for Living ..........................
Library/Audio-Visual
32.36. 44
L~braryScience Courses
69
Life'Science Emphasis
100
Lifetime Sports .......................... 40. 83
Linguistics Courses
79
Loan Assistance .............................
18
Location
2.3.6
..................
.....................
......................
..........................
................................
..
Majors and Minors (Also see Courses)
33.39,M
Management Major ......................... 52
Marketing Major ...........................
5:
Mathematics/Computer Science .......... 9b93
Mathematics Placement .....................
90
Medical Technology ........................ 93
Memberships ............................. 6 . 4
Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 93-96
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ........... 94
Minnesota State Work Study Program
19
Minority Scholarships ....................... X1
Mission Statement ........................... 4
Mortensen Tower ....................... 2.3. 19
Music ................................... 96-99
Music Organizations ..................... 26. 97
Music Therapy ........................... 96-91)
.........
Natural Science ........................ 1W-101
Natural Science/Mathematics Division ........ 31
Norwegian .............................. 79Numbering of Courses
46
......................
..............
Off-Campus Programs
36.37.38.
Orientation (Summer) .......................
44
27
Parking ................................ 1.3.74
Part-Time Students .......................... 13
Payment Plans .............................. 15
Physical Education ....................... 83-86
Physical Science Emphasis
100
Policies ............................ 6 . 3 W 3 . 4 4
Prekindergarten ......................... 64-65
Pre-Professional Programs ................
34-35
Prerequisites
46
Probation and Dismissal .....................
41
Professional Studies Division
32
Program in Global Community ............ 37. 44
..................
...............................
.................
..........
Re-admission of Former Students
11. 17
Refunds .................................... 15
Registration ............................. 38-39
Registers
Administration ...................... 133-134
Board for College and
University Services. TALC ............... 132
Board of Regents ........................ 132
Emeriti ..................................
134
Faculty .............................. 135.140
Religious & Christian Service Scholarships ..... 20
Religious Life ............................... 25
Residence Life ...........................
28-29
Residence Requirement ..................... 40
Room Rent ................................. 13
ROTC (Air Force) ........................... 37
Russian .................................... 80
Russian Area Studies ....................... 117
San Francisco Summer Term ................. 96
Scandinavian Area Studies .............. 1T7-118
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)...... 95
Scholarships ............................. 77-23
School Social Work Certification ............ '120
Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9) ............... 101
Secondary Education .................. 63-66-69
SEMAPHORE - Student Handbook .......... 26
Semester or Year Abroad .................... 37
Sigma Pi Sigma ............................ Inti
Smiley's Point Clinic ......................... 28
Society of Physics Students .................. 706
South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ...... 94
Spanish ................................. 8042
Special Education ........................... 68
Special Fees ................................
74
Special Interest Houses ........................ In
Special Students (Non-degree) ............... 7 1
Speech ...............................
725-726
........
32
Social and Behavioral Science Division
Sponsored Scholarships .................. 19-23
119
Social Science .............................
Social Studies .............................. 119
Social Welfare Minor ....................... 120
Student Activities ...........................
26
Student Employment ........................
19
Student/Faculty Ratio .......................
44
Student Government ........................
25
Student Life ............................. 25-29
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ........................ 37. 4 4
Student Publications
26
Student Rights ..............................
29
Student Services ......................... 26-29
Studio Art Courses ....................... 47-48
Study Abroad ...................... 26.37.38,M
Summer Orientation
2;
Summer Sessions ........................ 31. 38
........................
...................... !.
Teaching Licensure ................ 34.63.64. 66
Testscores ..................................
9
Theater Arts ...........................
127-128
9.10. 14
Transcripts ............................
Transdisciplinary Studies .................... 129
Transfer Student Application ................. 10
Tuition .....................................
13
Tuition Deposit
9-10. 14
........................
Urness Tower
Veterans
...........................2.3.
29
...................................
43
Women's and Minority Studies .......... 129-130
Work Study ................................
19
Academic Calendar
1982-83
Fall Semester
Aug. 31-Sept. 1
Registration and Welcome
Classes Begin
Labor Day Recess
Last day to register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term break
Last day t o designate grading option
Interim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Final Grades Due
Sept. 2
Sept. 5
Sept. 16
Oct. 29
Nov. 5
Nov. 8-11
Nov. 15-Dec. 3
Nov. 18
Nov. 25
Nov. 29
Dec. 10
Dec. 13-16
Dec. 22
Interim
Jan. 3
Jan. 4
Jan. 17
Jan. 21
Jan. 27
Feb. 4
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day t o designate grading option
Last day to withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
1983-84
1983
1982
September
5
12
19
26
6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28
1 2 3 4
8 91011
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
29 30
October
3
10
17
24
31
7
14
21
28
4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
1 2
8 9
15 16
22 23
29 30
November
1 2 3 4 5 6
8 9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 24 25 26 27
29 30
January
2
9
16
23
30
6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28
1 2 3 4
8 91011
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
29 30 31
3 4 5 6 7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15 1
17 18 19 20 21 22 2
24 25 26 27 28 29 3
31
February
6
13
20
27
1 2 3 4 5
789101112
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 24 25 26
28
7
14
21
28
March
6
13
20
27
December
5
12
19
26
July
1
8
15
22
29
August
1 2 3 4 5
891011121
15 16 17 18 19 2
22 23 24 25 26 2
29 30 31
September
1 2 3 4 5
789101112
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 24 25 26
28 29 30 31
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 1
18 19 20 21 22 23 2
25 26 27 28 29 30
Aprll
3
10
17
24
1
8
15
22
29
5
12
19
26
4 5 6
11 12 13
18 19 20
25 26 27
7
14
21
28
October
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
May
2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 31
June
1 2 3 4
6 7 8 91011
13 14 15 16 17 18
20 21 22 23 24 25
27 28 29 30
2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12 13 14 1
16 17 18 19 20 21 2
23 24 25 26 27 28 2'
30 31
November
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
1 2 3
8 9 10
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
4
11 1;
18 1
25 21
December
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 11
11 12 13 14 15 16 1
18 19 20 21 22 23 2,
25 26 27 28 29 30 3
Show less
To
Reach
Out
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Phone (612) 542-1216
This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1981-82 Catalog.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Table of Content... Show more
To
Reach
Out
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Phone (612) 542-1216
This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1981-82 Catalog.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Table of Contents
College Calendar
4
President's Greeting
5
General Information 7
History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives,
Accreditation, Affiliations and Transfer of Credit, General Regulations.
Student Services 11
New Student Orientation, Counseling Services, Health Services,
Housing.
Student Life 13
Student Self-Government, Religious Life, Athletics, Music, Drama.
Admissions Information 17
Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure.
Costs 19
Deposits, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan.
Financial Aid 23
Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Scholarships, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid.
Academic Program 29
General Academic Information, Registration, Graduation Requirements, Programs of Study.
Course Descriptions 57
Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies~ Communications; Social
Science; Mathematics and Science; Health, Physical Education and
Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Vocational Studies.
Directory 76
Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty.
Index
81
4
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Calendar 1982-83
Fall Quarter
September 19-24
September 25
September 26
September 27
September 27
September 29
October 8
October 15
October 22
October 25-29
October 30
November 20-28
November 29
Nov. 29-Dec. 2
December 12
December 13-17
December 17
Student orientation and registration for all students
President's Reception - 6:00 p.m. - gymnasium
All College worship
Classes begin
Opening Convocation - 9:50 a.m.
Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee
Final day to add a class or change a class section
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Homecoming
Thanksgiving vacation
Classes resume
Registration for winter quarter
Festival of the Christ Child
Final examinations
Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at 11 :20 a.m.
Winter Quarter
January 3
January 5
January 14
January 21
January 28
Jan. 31-Feb. 4
February 8-1 O
February 21-24
March 14-17
March 18-27
Winter quarter begins
Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee
Final day to add a class or change a class section
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Days of Prayer and Praise
Registration for spring quarter
Final examinations
Spring vacation
Spring Quarter
March 28
March 30
April 2-3
April 4
April 8
April 15
April 22
April 25-29
May 10
May16-18
May 21
June 6-9
June 10
Spring quarter begins
Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee
Easter weekend
Classes resume
Final day to add a class or change a class section
Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W
Final day to submit work for incomplete courses
Midquarter examinations
Honors Day
Pre-registration for fall quarter
Spring Banquet
Final examinations
Commencement
Calendar Subject to Change
PRESIDENT'S GREETING
5
President's
Greeting
Experiences during the first year after high school play a major
role in one's development of a philosophy of life, which consequently determines how one lives his life and what he gets out of it.
Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main
purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a
philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions.
We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of
both liberal arts and the Scriptures, a curriculum which we feel will
best help the student understand the world in which he will be living
and working.
We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart,
and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also
designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for
"making a life."
Bernt C. Opsal, President
GENERAL INFORMATION
7
General Information
HISTORY
Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational
liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis which had been engaged in adult Christian education since 1919. Beg inning as a Bible school in 1919, The Lutheran
Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929, and to
Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis,
in 1961. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of young people and has sought to meet
those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The
College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all
synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men
and women from various geographic, cultural, economic, racial,
and religious backgrounds.
THE CAMPUS AND ITS LOCATION
Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre
campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis which is
the cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest.
The academic life of the students is centered in a large two-level
complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a
prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and
lounges are located in this building.
Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta
dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities include fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer and
8
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
meditation, and apartments for residence counselors. Adjacent to
Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center with a gri!! is located in De!ta dormitory.
PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with a
program of studies in the areas of general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training.
Its primary purpose is to provide two years of higher education for
students interested in the arts and sciences, and also provide
opportunity for a study of the sources of the Christian faith.
Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment, and encourages students to
participate in community and church activities.
In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula:
1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions
according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year
college or university.
2. The completion of a two-year program provides the basis for
semi-professional employment in the fields of church staff
work, missions, secretarial work, social service, recreational
leadership and a cooperative computer training program.
3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for
individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or semi-professional programs.
Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with
opportunities ...
. . . to develop knowledge of the Hebrew-Christian world view as
set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and
an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her
basic beliefs and spiritual commitments .
. . . to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young
adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and
active membership in Christian congregations .
. . . to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theatre
through courses and cultural events on the campus and
through the extensive presentations offered by the metropolitan surroundings of the College.
GENERAL INFORMATION
9
... to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and participation in physical
education and sports activities .
. . . to develop personal self-confidence through the determination
of individual goals, the building of relationships with other
people and the experience of companionship in a Christian
setting.
ACCREDITATION, AFFILIATIONS AND
TRANSFER OF CREDIT
Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation
through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in
July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they
make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their
credits will be accepted elsewhere in the academic community.
Affiliations
North Central Association of Colleges and Schools
Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating
Board
Lutheran Educational Conference of North America
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities
American Association of Community and Junior Colleges
Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges
National Junior College Athletic Association-Region XIII
Minnesota Community College Conference
Transfer of Religion Courses
With reference to transfer of religion courses, it should be noted
that most colleges and universities accept our courses in religion.
Students who are planning to continue their education at a college
with limited transfer of religion credits may register for the religion
courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through
the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable, and a
student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete
a Bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the A.A.
degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College.
GENERAL GUIDELINES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly.
The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct
themselves in a manner which is not in the best interest of the
10
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected
to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to
student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook.
Chapel
All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel
program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the
nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or
guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music
or other special convocation programs.
The chapel service is the heart and center of our collegiate
program. It is here that challenges are made from the Scriptures,
where announcements of great significance are made, where there
is an opportunity for worship, inspiration and intellectual
stimulation and where a sense of community is developed.
Each student is encouraged to participate fully in the daily
chapel services of the College community. He or she is also
encouraged to attend public worship every Sunday in the church
of one's choice.
Student Use of Automobiles
Since parking space is limited on campus, those students who do
not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from
work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do
need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit
through the business office. The Dean of Students shall have the
right to terminate a permit at any time if, in his opinion, circumstances
warrant such action. The College assumes no responsibility for
damage, theft, or vandalism involving student vehicles.
Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students
from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in
college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on
and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances
where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran
College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to
take disciplinary action.
Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state
statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student
who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or
drugs in violation of the laws will be subject to disciplinary action.
The college's action will be determined by the circumstances
surrounding each individual case.
The College provides counseling services and support groups
fn.t" +hn.~~
,.ui+h
,,.h.o.miru~I 11~.o.
~h11~0.
nt"' rl.o.n.anrl.onr\J nr-nhlomc
STUDENT PERSONNEL
11
Student Services
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to
the campus to participate in orientation activities. During this time
the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College
and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year.
The orientation period also includes a series of ability and
personality tests which are used to help provide a more effective
counseling service for students. Selected upperclassmen are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to
college life.
COUNSELING SERVICES
The major decisions which students have to make during their
early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling
provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their
academic, vocational, social, emotional and spiritual problems.
The College counselors are available to assist students in
clarifying or establishing appropriate educational and vocational
goals, to help the students evaluate aptitude and interests, to help
them plan programs in preparation for further study, and to help
them deal with personal and/or emotional problems.
Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him
or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each
academic term or with other aspects of college life. In addition to
individual counseling, several counseling groups, concerned with
matters such as personal growth, chemical dependency and other
12
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
problems, meet regularly. Beyond the service described, each
student may make appointments to visit with instructors,
residence hall directors, the deans, the Co!!ege nurse or others on
the staff who can Qive assistance if difficulties are encountered.
Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this
assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation
courses described on page 63.
HEAL TH SERVICES
The College has a registered nurse on the staff to provide basic
medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a
mile from the campus.
INSURANCE
The personal property of staff members and students is not
covered by insurance and the College does not assume any
responsibility for the loss of such property. Many families have
homeowners policies that will cover losses of family members at
college.
HOUSING SERVICES
Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college.
Provided space is available, all full-time students live in the College
residence halls. Exceptions are those who commute from their
homes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on
campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which
provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for
the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who
are commuting may purchase either their noon luncheon or evening
dinner in the College cafeteria.
STUDENT LIFE
13
Student Life
Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides
activities and experiences which help develop the student's total
life. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation
designed to stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are
involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich
college life and foster friendships.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND SOCIAL LIFE
Student self-government is carried out by a Committee on
Student Activities (CSA) chosen from the student body. This
representative group serves as a coordinator of student-faculty
relations. It seeks continually to improve and make the life of the
student more enjoyable. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by a
Student Judiciary Board. The social program of the College is
under the supervision of the CSA. Homecoming, Sno-Daze, and the
Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities
available.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley
Lutheran College believes that sound religious life activities must
be an integral part of its program. In support of this conviction, the
College has regularly scheduled chapel services, campus worship
services, campus dormitory devotions and Christian student
organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer and
Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child.
In addition, many students participate in Christian Service
activities in the community and in World Mission Fellowships. The
14
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
College has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which
many students take an active part. There is also an opportunity to
participate on youth encounter teams which travel throughout the
Midwest presenting the Gospel in word and song.
ATHLETICS
Basic objectives in physical education and athletics at Golden
Valley Lutheran College are to teach the value of good health and
physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure
time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give
instruction in various sports and games used in recreational
activities. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available
in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, track, marathon, and
cross country. The College is a member of the Minnesota
Community College Conference, and the National Junior College
Athletic Association.
Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross
country, softball, volleyball, marathon and track competition. An
intramural program is available for both men and women.
MUSIC
Golden Valley Lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and
spiritual value that music plays in the life of any society. It desires,
therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation
in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a
performing group. These organizations include the Golden Valley
Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal
Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of
music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a
pep band and concert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community and College organization; and various vocal and instrumental
ensembles. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the
College gives opportunity for private lessons in voice and instrumental study.
The location of Golden Valley Lutheran College within the Twin
City area makes it easy for students to gain a new appreciation of
the fine arts. Various community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, and programs given by other
colleges and the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment.
STUDENT LIFE
15
DRAMA
The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold
in its purpose: it attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the
field.
ADMISSIONS INFORMATION
17
Admissions Information
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested
in the Christian atmosphere of the College. A high school diploma or
its equivalent is required for admission. In addition, candidates are
considered on the basis of their character, personality and motivation as reflected in reference letters from the pastor, high school
counselor, and a personal interview with an admissions counselor.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying:
1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form, together with the non-refundable $1 O
application fee, to Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55422.
2. Request the high school to forward your transcript to the Director of Admissions.
3. All high school graduates applying for admission must furnish
test results from one of the testing programs described below.
Both testing programs include a questionnaire designed to enable the applicant to indicate academic and vocational plans,
extracurricular interests and academic needs. The information
in the questionnaire and the test scores become an important
resource for the College Counselor and the student's faculty
advisor in their efforts to assist the student to derive the maxi-
18
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
mum benefit from attending GVLC and to develop to his or her
full potential.
Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a ~.4innesota high school
are responsible for submitting the results of their participation
in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT
Assessment Program.
Non-Residents of Minnesota: High school graduates who did
not graduate from a Minnesota high school must take the ACT,
SAT, PSAT, or SCAT Assessment Program and request that the
results be sent to Golden Valley Lutheran College.
Applicants who are unable to participate in one of the testing programs prior to registration will be required to take appropriate tests during the first day of the Fall Orientation period.
4. Students who are offered admission must notify the
Admissions Office if they accept the offer. A $100.00 deposit
is required by April, or within two weeks after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been
awarded. Once paid, the deposit is not refundable prior to
enrollment. This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve
deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any
balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment
fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted.
5. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room
deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the
date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for
the entire school year, beginning with fall term. Once
paid this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment.
6. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and
returned.
7. Room assignments and matriculation information will be
mailed during the summer.
The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to
withdraw the privilege of a student's returning after any quarter if it
is judged to be in the best interests of the College or the individual.
COSTS
19
Costs
STUDENT COSTS 1982-83
The following pages explain the basic costs to the student and
the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting
these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of
tuition, board, room or fees at any time.
The college does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Many of the gifts that come in are
through legacies, matching gifts from corporations and Lutheran
Brotherhood, Minnesota Private College Contract, and congregations and congregational organizations. Most of the funds,
however, come from individual gifts. These contributors include
alumni, parents and friends of the college. There are two programs
to which people have committed themselves. They are the Loyalty
program, where one may pledge $400 to be paid over a four-year
period, and the Inasmuch program, where one may pledge $1,000 or
more to be paid over a four-year period. We believe that the Lord
answers prayer as we tell our friends what our needs are and ask
them to join us in participation by prayer and by giving.
Deposits and Fees
A $10 application fee must accompany the application for admission. This fee is not refundable.
All new students are required to make an initial deposit of $100 by
April or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/ or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid this
deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment. This comprehensive
enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage
charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted.
20
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
In addition, a $50 room deposit must be made by all new students
before a dormitory room can be assigned. Priority is given on the
basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a
room for the entire school year beginning with the fall term.
Fall Registration for second year students is based upon the
order in which the advance tuition deposit payment is received.
Before a dormitory room can be assigned, this deposit must be
made. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is
received.
CHARGES BY QUARTER
The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per
academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is
considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12
credits is considered a part-time student.
Tuition for full-time student ........................... $1,520.00
Tuition per credit for part-time student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
127.00
Room & Board (Average) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
680.00
(Subject to change)
Telephone ........................................... .
20.00
Laboratory Fee Per Course (Includes personal
orientation courses) ............................... .
12.00
Physical Education Fee .............................. .
5.00
Varsity Physical Education Fee ...................... .
10.00
Fees for Swimming, Weight-lifting, Karate, Bowling,
Golf etc. . .......................................1O.00-26.00
Humanities 200 for GVLC students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.00
Humanities 200 for students not regularly enrolled . . . . .
25.00
Music Fees
Voice and Instrument lessons ...................... .
75.00
Organ Rental ...................................... .
14.00
Practice Room Fee ................................ .
10.00
Intern Programs and Off Campus Instruction ......... .
Student pays college on mileage basis if college
vehicle is necessary.
Late Registration Fee ................................ .
20.00
This fee is applicable for failure to register on
schedule at any point during the registration
procedure for any quarter. It is waived only in
cases of illness or family emergencies.
15.00
Late Payment Fee ................................... .
This fee is charged to a student who does not pay
the balance on his or her account within two days
after classes begin for the quarter.
Special fees not refundable after 10th day of
classes include laboratory, personal orientation,
physical education, and music fees for voice and
instrumental lessons, organ rental and practice room.
PAYMENT PLAN
Miscellaneous Fees ................................. .
Car registration and parking permit .... (per quarter)
Special Examinations ........................ (each)
(For final examinations requested at times other than
regularly scheduled)
Transcript Fee (first copy free).......................
Advance Tuition Deposit for second year students . . .
Fall Registration is based upon the order in which
the above payment is received. (Non-refundable).
21
5.00
5.00
2.00
100.00
PAYMENT PLAN
The account of each student is payable in advance at the time of
registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in
this section.
Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the
Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit
is extended, a finance charge of one percent a month is added.
No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding
quarter has not been paid in full. Grades cannot be released,
transcripts cannot be forwarded, and degrees cannot be granted
until all financial obligations have been met.
PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR 1982-83
Fall Quarter
June 18
July16
August 20
Registration Day
On Campus
$ 650.00
650.00
650.00
310.00 +Sp. fees
$2,260.00
Winter Quarter
October 8
November 1
November 29
On Campus
$ 650.00
800.00
750.00 +Sp. fees
$2,200.00
Off Campus
$ 600.00
600.00
320.00
Sp. fees
$1,520.00
Off Campus
$ 600.00
600.00
320.00 + Sp.Jees
$1 ,520.00
Spring Quarter
January 3
February 1
February 21
On Campus
$ 650.00
800.00
750.00 +Sp. fees
$2,200.00
Off Campus
$ 600.00
600.00
320.00 +Sp. fees
$1,520.00
22
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Gift Support
The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and
board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the co!!ege.
Approximately 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts
and grants. In the present budget this amounts to one million
dollars a year. Therefore, over and above all help given, each
student receives the equivalent of a $1850 scholarship per year
in order to cover the total expenses of the operation.
REFUND SCHEDULE
Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have
registered and paid their tuition wili receive a computed refund
figured from the date the Bookkeeping Office receives the application for withdrawal.
Prior to first class meeting ............................ 100%
During first week ..................................... 90%
During second week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75%
From third through fifth week .......................... 50%
During sixth week .................................... 25%
After sixth week .................................. No refund
Room and Board Refunds. If the student leaves school after the
sixth week, there will be no room refund. Through the sixth week,
the student will be charged for the time spent on campus plus a
two-week room charge. Unused board charges will be refunded
from the end of the week when the student leaves. If a refund is
due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable time.
BOOKSTORE
All textbooks, art and college supplies may be purchased at the
college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other
items are also available for the convenience of students. All
purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $50.00 to
$100.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books.
Estimated book costs for the entire year are $125.00 to $200.00.
LIBRARY
The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building
provides a variety of materials and services to support the college
curricula. There are over 29,500 volumes, 247 periodicals, local
and national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the
collection. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection
including phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips
with necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the
students.
FINANCIAL AID
23
Financial Aid
Golden Valley Lutheran College is concerned with the financial
problems of students who wish to continue their formal
education. In order to assist students with inadequate financial
resources, the Financial Aid Committee coordinates a program of
financial aid based on the student's academic achievement,
special abilities, and financial need.
Basically, there are three sources of financial aid:
Federal Government
State of Minnesota
Golden Valley Lutheran College
There are three forms of aid:
Gift Aid
Loans
Student Employment
All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic
year, but students may expect to receive their financial assistance
for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal
standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during the quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift
aid that was awarded from College funds for that quarter as well as
proportionate amounts awarded from state or federal funds for that
quarter.
GIFT AID
Gift Aid is a categorial name given to all awards from GVLC
plus the Pell Grant (formerly BEOG), Supplemental Education
Opportunity Grant (SEOG), and th'e Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (MSS/G). Such awards do not have to be
repaid.
24
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Pell Grant:This grant is provided by the Federal Government
based on financial need. The amount is derived from uniform
methodology, using family and student financial information. All
students applying for financial assistance at GVLC are required to
apply for this grant.
Golden Valley Lutheran College President's Scholarship: This
scholarship is available only to the gifted student who has
demonstrated outstanding leadership in a given field and attained
an unusual degree of academic excellence. A recipient must be
ranked in the upper ten percent of his or her high school or college
class and be willing to provide leadership in music, sports, theatre
or other college related activities. The President's Scholarship may
be awarded without regard to financial need but if a recipient has a
demonstrated financial need, the Federal and State guidelines for
financial assistance must be followed. The amount of the
scholarship may vary depending upon circumstances.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant: Awarded by the
Federal Government through the College, these funds allow GVLC
to make awards of $200 or more to students who show financial
need based on uniform methodology.
Golden Valley Lutheran College Gift Aid: Includes all awards
granted for scholarship, athletics, Christian service, drama and
music as well as the GVLC financial need grants. These awards are
based on demonstrated excellence in specified areas and financial
need as defined by the ACT (American College Testing) Family
Financial Statement. The GVLC GiftAid awarded to new students is
based on their high school achievement, while the Gift Aid awarded
to returning students is based on participation and achievement
while enrolled at GVLC. One-third of the award is credited to the
student's account each quarter.
Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program: Available to
qualified Minnesota residents each year depending upon financial
need. All Minnesota residents who apply for financial aid at GVLC
are expected to apply for this aid. Contact your high school
counselor or the GVLC Financial Aid Office for exact information
because requirements and deadlines vary from year to year.
Other Grants: There are a number of grants and scholarships
available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult
his/ her high school counselor and the Director of Financial Aid at
GVLC for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants.
FINANCIAL AID
25
DEFERRED PAYMENT LOANS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)- Federal NDSL Loans
are available to students who have financial need and have been
accepted for ad mission to Golden Valley Lutheran College.
Repayment and interest do not begin until nine months after the
student completes his/her studies. The interest rate is 5%, and
repayment may be extended over a ten-year period. Part of the
loan is forgiven if the student enters certain fields of teaching or
specified military duty.
Guaranteed Student Loans: The Student may borrow up to
$2,500 per year at 9% interest from a bank and the federal
government will pay the interest during the time the student is in
college. The borrower pays the principal and 9% interest during the
repayment period.
When a bank will not give the loan, the student may borrow up to
$2,500 per year at 9% interest from the Minnesota State Student
Loan program. First year students are limited to$1,500 per loan, but
may apply for a second loan under the $2,500 limit. The federal
government will pay the interest during the time the student is in
college. The borrower pays the principal and 9% interest during the
repayment period. These loans are processed through the GVLC
Financial Aid Office.
Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students: When necessary an
application can be made for a Parent Loan for Undergraduate
Students (PLUS). The parent can apply for up to $3,000 per
academic year to be used for educational expenses. This is a 14%
loan and repayment must begin 60 days after disbursement, with
terms to be worked out with the lender. The Financial Aid Office has
a list of private institutions which are participating in this program.
Our list, however, is incomplete and parents are free to inquire at
the lending institution of their choice.
Lutheran Brotherhood Loan - If a member of the student's
family holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student
may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood
Insurance Society at the same terms described under Federal
Insured Student Loans.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
College Work-Study Program-Golden Valley Lutheran College
participates in State and Federal Work-Study Programs. The
student's eligibility depends on his/her financial need and individual skills.
26
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Student Part-time Employment- The College offers a variety of
campus jobs with moderate pay. In addition, there are numerous
part-time employment positions available in the Twin Cities and
surrounding suburban areas. The Student Employment Office maintains a listing of opportunities available.
PROCEDURE FOR APPLYING FOR FINANCIAL AID
Any student wishing to apply for financial aid must first make
proper application through the admissions department and be
admitted to the college.
The basic forms to determine financial aid need are the Family
Financial Statement (FFS) from ACT, or the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) from CSS. Many qualified students fail to receive financial
assistance because they neglect to get their financial statements
submitted on time. Minnesota residents must file their FFS by April
1, 1982 to be eligible for priority consideration from the Minnesota
State Scholarship/Grant Program.
As soon as all pertinent information has been assembled, our
Office of Student Financial Aid sends the applicant student an "Aid
Package." A student must accept the aid package within 15 days to
be guaranteed the funds .
Because of the many Federal and State changes in financial
assistance to students, it is necessary to expect students to
contribute part of their summer earnings toward the cost of
education. The Federal Government also has established an
amount that each family is expected to contribute to the
educational expenses of a son or daughter.
In summary, it is believed that Federal and State assistance
programs, plus the financial aid available through Golden Valley
Lutheran College, places two years of quality college education
within the reach of all who desire it.
SCHOLARSHIPS
The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for
students who hold a certificate of membership and insurance
from the Aid Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on
academic achievement, Christian character and professional
promise.
The AAL Lutheran American Minority Scholarship Program is
available for any Lutheran American minority person who is a
member of a Lutheran church, or is an immigrant who has been
sponsored by a Lutheran organization and is attending Golden
Valley Lutheran College. In any case, the recipient must be a
member of a Lutheran church. Scholarships range from $200 to
$1,000 and can be renewed each year.
SCHOLARSHIPS
27
The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an
organization composed of the wives of the faculty and staff members at the College.
The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David
Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study
and the training of lay people for service to the Lord.
The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon Sr. in memory of their son
Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. This
scholarship is for assisting handicapped students.
The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha
Gjernes Estate.
The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the
late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study
and the training of lay people for service to the Lord.
The M. T. Lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the
late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the
College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good
student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example."
The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and
the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. It
is preferably to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the
ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work.
The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded
on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership.
The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior
years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student
planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college.
The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs.
Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for
what this school has meant to them.
The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established
in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but
never lived to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student
who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences.
A Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs.
Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who
has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr.
Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College.
The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs.
Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the
Board of Regents of the College.
28
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the
iate Miss Aiice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It
is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character,
leadership, and scholarship.
The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the
family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of
Regents of the College and advisor to the president.
The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a
former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents,
Mr. and Mrs. Han Ching Tang and Mr. and Mrs. Zi Hui Chang.
The Tang Church History Schoiarship is aiso given by Dr. and
Mrs. Christopher Tang in honor of Anna C. Tang and is intended for
a student who has shown excellence in church history courses.
The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has
been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband
and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service,
ministry, missionary work or Bible study.
The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been established in the memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time
faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden
Valley Lutheran College.
The Gunnar I. Johnson Memorial Scholarship has been
established by the Johnson family in memory of Mr. Johnson who
was the contractor for the construction of the Golden Valley
Lutheran College Campus, 1961-1977.
The Sampson Memorial Scholarship is given in memory of
August Sampson, Father of Mrs. Russell B. Helgesen, the wife of
our Development Director.
The Mary Wagner Scholarship Fund has been established by
Mrs. Wagner for needy and worthy students who are particularly
interested in the study of the Bible.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
29
The Academic Program
Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year
completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and
Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational
Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. In addition there are specialized programs of
study available for certain qualified students who do not seek a
graduation award.
The academic program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is basically liberal arts and allows one to concentrate in the area of general
education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation.
Students who eventually plan to attain a four-year liberal arts degree are encouraged to get the general education requirements satisfied while at GVLC, thus allowing them to concentrate chiefly on
their major and minor areas of study during the last two years of
college.
General education courses ask the student to know something of
the world of nature and scientific method, of the society in which he
or she lives and in which one has a part to play, of the historic perspective and human achievements called the fine arts and humanities, and of the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological
studies.
GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Credit Load and Student Classification
A normal credit load consists of 16 hours per term. Exception to
this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's
30
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
faculty advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be
granted by the Academic Dean. Students enrolled for 12 or more
credit-hours per term wi!! be considered fu!! time. Those vvith less
than 12 credit-hours will be considered part-time students. A
student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits will be
classified as a freshman. A student who has earned 45 or more
cumulative credits will be classified as a sophomore.
The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit.
Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and
tuition costs are the same as costs for credit.
Grading and Honor Point System
A student's grade point average is figured at the end of each term
and is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by
the number of earned credits. Honor points are computed by the
following scale:
Grade
A
B
c
Honor Points
Per Credit
4
3
2
D
1
F
I
0
w
WF
s
u
0
0
0
0
Superior
Above Average
Average
Below Average
Failure
Incomplete*
Withdrawn**
Withdrawn, failing**
Satisfactory***
Unsatisfactory***
*Incomplete work, receiving a grade of I, must be made up·
satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the
student attends. If a student desires an extension beyond four
weeks, he or she must secure approval of the instructor involved
and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the
extension. If the work is not completed, the grade becomes an F.
**Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through
mid-term are indicated by W or WF (to be determined by the
instructor); and afterthe mid-term and until the last regularly
scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, of Fas determined
by the instructor.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
31
***The grading system of Sand U is used only for those courses
which are taken to meet the requirements of the Junior College
Certificate. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the
Junior College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an
Associate in Arts Degree. The U grade yields no honor points or
credits.
Academic Honors
An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a
grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each
term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or
better are included on the Dean's List.
Academic Progress
In accordance with policies established by the administration
and faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to academic
progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when his or her
grade point average for any quarter is less than 2.00; (b) when his or
her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one
quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 for any
quarter, he or she will be placed on academic probation until the
grade point average is raised to 1.50 or above. The College
reserves the right to dismiss a student if his or her academic
performance is regarded as unsatisfactory.
Eligibility for Varsity Sports
Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley
Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic
Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a
varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student
during the qualifying and competing quarter. He or she must earn a
grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course
work listed in the College Catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in
their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter
requirements. A student's el ig ibi Iity is reviewed each quarter and al I
hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing
a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.)
32
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Repeating A Course
A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has
been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at
the time of registration for the course. if a student repeats a course
in which a Dor F grade has been received, only the more recent
grade and credit earned will be included in the computation of the
grade point average. Both grades, however, will remain on the
student's permanent record.
Class Attendance
Each student is responsible for completing work as required in
each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused
absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibility to
learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually
stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a
student may be expelled from the course for an excessive number of
unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments.
Independent Study
A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied
toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the
criteria established by the department and have the approval of the
chairman of the department in which he plans to do the study.
Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which
Independent Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in
Independent Study, and a demonstration of relevance to the
student's academic objectives. Independent Study applications are
available in the Registrar's Office.
Bible and English Requirements
All students enrolled at Golden Valley Lutheran College are required to take one Bible course each quarter if they are enrolled for
eight credits in Divisions other than Bible. The only exception is the
student who has taken extra Bible courses in previous quarters. A
student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible for graduation but is required to
take one course each quarter while enrolled at GVLC. History 102,
English 230, and Greek 101, 102, 103 and all of the courses listed in
the Department of Biblical Studies are open to the student for
selection. The suggested Bible core sequence is listed on pages
57-58.
All students are required to register for English until the
sequence, English 111 and 112- College Composition, and
English 113-lntroduction to Literature, has been completed.
Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by
specific English Placement tests administered to all new students
during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their
registration for winter or for spring quarters.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
33
Activity Credits
A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied
toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required
physical education are not included in this category, however one
physical education credit toward the requirement will be given for
varsity sports. (If the student plays on a varsity team two years, only
one credit will be granted for the sport.) Co-curricular activities
include all music ensembles, Theatre Practice, Christian Service,
additional physical education activity courses after required
courses are completed, and activity credits that a transfer student
might bring to Golden Valley Lutheran College. In each case the
student must indicate during registration whether the activity ·is
being taken for credit or non-credit.
With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a
student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a
quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of
study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing
Committee.
Credit by Special Examination
Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits
or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific
departmental policies.
Admission of Transfer Students
College work done at other accredited institutions may be
applied toward a degree or certificate at Golden Valley Lutheran
College. Transfer students are required to follow regular
admissions procedure and submit an official transcript of record
from each college attended. Credit for the college work done, if
satisfactory in quality and applicable toward the College's
divisional degree requirements, will be accepted toward an
Associate in Arts Degree. Golden Valley Lutheran College will not
accept D's in transfer except by special petition approved by the
Scholastic Standing Committee.
The a~tual number of credits earned at other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade
points are not included in the computation of the grade point average.
Withdrawals from the College
A student who wishes to withdraw from the College during any
term, must make application for this action in the Office of the
Registrar. Failure to comply with this regulation may deprive a
student of refund privileges and result in an F grade in all classes.
Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the time the
application was signed and returned to the registrar's office. (See
page 22.)
34
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
REGISTRATION
New students must report to the College for Orientation Days as
indicated in the calendar in this catalog. Both new and returning
students are required to register on the days indicated in the
calendar.
Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. Until such
settlement has been made, the student is not eligible to attend any
class or individual lesson.
Changes in Registration
Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident
mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days
of classes, upon the written approval of the advisor. A Change of
Course Permit for this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's
Office. After the tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be
added except by special permission.
Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through the
Mid-term are indicated by a W or a WF (as determined by the
instructor); and after Mid-term and until the last regularly
scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas
determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course
after final examinations begin.
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
35
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
37
Graduation Requirements
Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan the college
program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt
about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with
an advisor, the Registrar or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a
petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the
Committee on Academic Affairs.
The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her
program includes all requirements for graduation. The advisors,
the Academic Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist in every way
possible.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE
IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND
TRANSFER PROGRAM
The Associate in Arts Degree: liberal Arts and Transfer Program
is the basic award for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A
student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one
of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements of this award are:
1. Completion of the Divisional Requirements as outlined below.
The further requiremFmts in the Programs of Study (pages
41-46) are recommended and the student should attempt to
fulfill them.
38
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average).
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
DIVISIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
Biblical and Theological
Studies
Communications
Social Science
Natural Science
CREDIT
HOURS
18
COURSES
Bible Core or alternatives
9
12
English 111, 112, 113
Bus. 200, 210 L.E. 140
8-12
Creative Arts
6
Physical Education
3
except Hist 102,
Hum 200, Personal
Orientation or Social
Service Courses
All Natural Science
courses except
Mathematics 101
All Creative Arts courses
except Applied Music,
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140.
Three one credit
Physical Education
activity courses. (One
credit only per varsity
sport)
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
SPECIALIZED PROGRAM
The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program is designed
for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized
nature such as professional musician. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the
term in which the student graduates. The requirements for this
award are:
1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below
plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum
(pages 48-55).
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
39
2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average).
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
DIVISIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
Biblical and Theological
Studies
Communications
Social Science
CREDIT
HOURS
18
9
6
Natural Science
4
Creative Arts
3
Physical Education
3
COURSES
Bible Core or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
All Social Science
courses except History
102, Humanities 200,
Personal Orientation or
Social Service courses.
All Natural Science
courses except Mathematics 101
All Creative Arts courses
except Applied Music,
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140.
Three one credit
Physical Education
activity courses. (One
credit only per varsity
sport)
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JUNIOR
COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
The Junior College Certificate will be awarded to those students
who complete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy
the award requirements of an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are:
1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible
Course or alternative per term.
2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 1.00.
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
40
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ONE-YEAR
VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE
1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course or alternative per term) with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.00 (C average).
2. Completion of the requirements of a selected curriculum.
3. The approval of the faculty.
4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
41
Programs of Study
Details of the curricula listed below are outlined on the pages
which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves
the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity
arises.
A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts
and Transfer Program
1. Basic Liberal Arts
2. Basic Science
3. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Biblical and Theological
Studies
4. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Business Administration
5. Pre-Professional Programs
a. Education (Elementary Education, Secondary
Education, Special Education)
b. Physical Education
c. Music (pre-Bachelor of Arts)
d. Recreation Leadership
e. Law
f. Classics
g. Agriculture
h. Forestry
i. Pharmacy
j. Medicine
k. Dentistry
I. Nursing
m. Corrective Therapy
n. Occupational Therapy
o. Physical Therapy
42
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized
Program
1. Social Service
2. Music (pre-Bachelor of Music)
3. Law Enforcement
4. Computer Training and Electronics Technician
5. General Secretarial
6. Legal Secretarial
7. Medical Secretarial
8. Office Administration
9. Parish Secretarial
10. Church Staff Work
11. World Mission
C. Curricula leading to the One-Year Vocational Certificate
1. General Secretarial
2. Legal Secretarial
3. Medical Secretarial
4. Office Administration
5. World Mission .
A. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM
1. THE BASIC LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM This curriculum is recommended for
those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses listed below
fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
Degree. Si nee many colleges require one or two years of foreign language or variations
of work in some of the fields, the student and his/her advisor will make the relevant
selections in relation to the student's future plans and the school to which a transfer is
planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Speech
3
Speech 100, 110, or200
12
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
Social Science
all Social Science courses except History 102,
Personal Orientation courses, Social
Service Courses, or Humanities 200
Natural Science
All courses except Mathematics 101
8-12
Creative Arts
6
All courses except Applied Music,
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Physical Education
3
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
Foreign Language
0-15
See department listing
Electives
Courses in special field of interest
14-33
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43
2. THE BASIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM The Basic Science Curriculum is
recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college for
degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his/her advisor, will make
the relevant course selections in relation to his future plans and the school to which a
transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
.
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
9
English
Speech 100, 110, or200
3
Speech
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
12
Social Science
all Social Science courses except History 102,
Personal Orientation courses,
Social Service courses, or Humanities 200
41-51
Selections from Mathematics, Biology,
Natural Science
Chemistry and Physics (except
Mathematics 101)
6
Creative Arts
All courses except Applied Music,
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140.
Physical Education
3
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
Foreign Language
0-12
German 101, 102, 103 recommended
3. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM WITH CONCENTRATION IN BIBLICAL
AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES This curriculum is recommended for those who
want to combine their general studies in the liberal arts and sciences with a more
extensive program of Biblical and theological studies. The Bible core sequence
may be supplemented by more extensive offerings in the study of the Bible, Theology and Applied Christianity. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate
in Arts Degree
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
27-36
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives;
Theology 121, 122, 123; selections from
New Testament
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
Speech
3
Speech 100, 110, or 200
Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and
Social Science
15
all Social Science courses except History 102,
Personal Orientation courses, Social
Service courses, or Humanities 200
Natural Science
All courses except Mathematics 101
8-12
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
Physical Education
3
All courses except Applied Music,
Creative Arts
6
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Greek 101, 102, 103 recommended
Foreign Language
0-15
See department listings
Electives
0-21
44
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
4.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM: TRANSFER PROGRAM
This curriculum offers courses to satisfy the freshman and sophomore business
administration requirements of a four-year degree program. Admission requirements for junior-year status at four-year institutions vary. Students should be
guided by the program requirements of the universities to which they plan to
transfer. Advisers will assist in planning a program that will meet the four-year
college's lower division requirements. Completion of this curriculum leads to the
Associate in Arts Degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Socia! Science
9
3
12
Natural Science
9-32
3
Physical Education
Creative Arts
6
Business
Business Electives
23
0-19
Electives
0-21
N. T. 101, 0. T. 102, N. T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100 required
Sociology 100, Psychology 202, 203
recommended
Math 102 or 120 required; Math 110, 200, or
201, 202, 203, Biology 111, 112, 113
recommended depending on four
year college's requirements.
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except
Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 200, 210
Selections from Business 110, 130,
140, 150, 230, 270 (Electives in
Business Administration should
be selected after consulting
the four year college's degree
program requirements)
5. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN
SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS
a. Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level
will need a minimum four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the
teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below
fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years. Completion
of any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Elementary Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Geography 100
Biology 113
History 201, 202, 203
Physical Education 120, 130
Psychology 202, 203, 21 O Private lessons in piano and voice are also recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
45
Secondary Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Psychology 202, 203, 21 O
Sociology 110, 210, 212
Physical Education 120, 130
Emphasis on a special field of interest
Special Education
The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including:
Psychology 202, 203, 210
Sociology 110, 210, 212
Physical Education 120, 130
b. PHYSICAL EDUCATION A four-year degree is required to teach physical
education. The first two years of this program may be taken at Golden Valley Lutheran
College. The curriculum outlined below will earn the Associate in Arts Degree and
provides the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
9
15
Natural Science
Physical Education
16
17
Creative Arts
Electives
6
11
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201 , N. T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
History 121, 122, 123, 201, 203, or
Sociology 100, 110, 21 O or
Psychology 202, 203 recommended
Biology 1i1, 112, 232, 233
Physical Education 110, 120, 130
200, 21 O and including three
one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
See department listings.
c. MUSIC The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower
division requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree with concentration or major in
music. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Music Degree is
outlined on page 49. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts
Degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
Natural Science
12
8-12
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Electives
9
3
36
2-6
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
History 121, 122, 123 recommended
Selections from Biology or Mathematics
(other than Mathematics 101)
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; Applied
Music - 6 credits, Ensembles - 6 credits
See department listings.
46
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
d. Recreation Leadership
A program designed for persons desiring a career in
recreation leadership or related recreation fields. The program leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and is transferable to many four-year recreation programs.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English
9
English 111, 112, 113
Speech
Speech 100 or 130
3
Social Science
12
Sociology 100, 110, 212 or Psychology 202,
203 or Law Enforcement 140 recommended
8-12
Natural Science
All Natural Science Courses except
Mathematics 101
Physical Education
Physical Education 110, 120, 200, 21 O
15
and including three one credit P.E
activity courses
Recreation Leadership
Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 21 O, 220, 230
15
Creative Arts
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
6
Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Electives
See department listings.
2-6
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
47
The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring
entrance into certain professions. A student interested in these professions should
consult the appropriate college catalogs and discuss his plans with his faculty advisor, the College counselor, and the Registrar to insure proper course selection.
Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts Degree and
satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional
program.
e. Law
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
f. Classics
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
9· Agriculture
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
h. Forestry
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
i.
Pharmacy
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
j.
Medicine
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
k.
Dentistry
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
I.
Nursing
The Basic Science
Curriculum and including:
Speech 100; 110 or 200
History 201, 202, 203
Political Science 100, 200
Psychology 202, 203
Sociology 110, 210, 212
Business 200, 210, 230
English 221
History 111, 112
Anthropology 100
Greek 101, 102, 103, 300
German 101, 102, 103 Recommended
Speech 100 or 110, or 200
History 201, 202, 203
Geography 100
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Business 200, 21 O
Mathematics 102, 103, 110, 200
Biology 111, 112, 121, 222, 223
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Physics 102
Business 200, 210
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology 111, 112, 113, 231
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Mathematics 102, 103, 201
Biology 111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Physics 102, 103
One year of foreign language when necessary
Mathematics 102, 103
Biology111, 112, 113
Chemistry 101, 102, 103
Physics 102, 103
Psychology 202
Sociology 100or110
Biology 111, 232, 233
Chemistry 101, 102
Physics 102
German 101, 102, 103 Recommended
48
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
m. Corrective Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
Speech 200
Psychology 202, 203
Biology iii, 232, 233
Physical Education 120, 130, 140, 200, 210
n. Occupational Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
Speech 200
Psychology 202, 203, 210
Biology 111, 112, 232, 233
Chemistry 101, 102
Physical Education 120, 130, 140
o.
Physical Therapy
The Basic Liberal Arts
Curriculum and including:
Speech 200
Mathematics 102
Physics 102, 103
Biology 111 , 112, 232, 233
Physical Education 120, 130, 140
Psychology 120 or 21 o
Chemistry 101, 102, 103 recommended
B. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE:
SPECIALIZED PROGRAM
1. SOCIAL SERVICE Designed to train the student to assist the professional Social
Service Worker in areas of reception, group care, case work, teacher assistance,
recreation, therapy and rehabilitation. Completion of this curriculum leads to the
Associate in Arts Degree. The program is designed for students who wish to find
employment after two years in college.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Electives
9
3
27-36
4
3
3
16-25
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
0. T. 201, N .T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 110
Psychology 202, 203, 21 O; Sociology 100,
11 O, 120; Social Service 101, 102, 103;
Social Service 201, 202, 203 recommended
All Natural Science courses except Math 101
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Recommended: Physical Education 120, 130,
Recreation Leadership 220, Sociology 210
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 49
2. MUSIC CURRICULUM (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The following curriculum may be
used toward fulfillment of the lower-division requirements for the Bachelor of Music
Degree. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree with a
concentration or major in music is outlined on page 45. Completion of the curriculum
below leads to an Associate in Arts Degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
9
6-9
4
3
51
Electives
0-1
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
History 121 , 122, 123 rec om mended
Biology 113 recommended
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132,
133, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music 6 credits; Ensembles - 6 credits
3. LAW ENFORCEMENT The following curriculum, combining courses in Biblical
studies, the liberal arts and law enforcement, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and
provides a foundation for a career in law enforcement.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Speech
Social Science
9
6
15
Natural Science
Physical Education
4
6
Creative Arts
3
Law Enforcement
Electives
24
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100 and 200
History 121 or 122 or 123 or 201
or 202 or 203; Political Science 100; Psychology
120; Sociology 100, and 110, or 210, or 212
Biology 113 recommended
Physical Education 120 and including
three one credit P.E. activity courses
All courses except Applied Music,
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150,
160, 170
7
4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN CURRICULUM Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Corporation for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in
the field of Electronics Technician. Students spend at least one academic year at
the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern
Electronics. A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts Degree. Completion of the entire curriculum leads to the AA
Degree.
Required and Recommended Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Electives
9-12
9
6
10-15
3
3
7-21
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
History 123; Sociology 100, 110 or 120 recommended
Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100 recommended
See department listings
50
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
5. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum,
combining instruction in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and secretarial skills, leads to
the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a general secretary.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Business/ Secretarial
Science
Electives
18
9
6
4
3
3
38-48
1-11
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T.103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives
English 111, 112, 113
See department listings
See department listings
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Business (110or130); 120, 150; Secretarial
Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203,
211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101,
111 required depending on background of the
student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
6. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum,
combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and legal secretarial training, leads
to the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a legal secretary.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Business/ Secretarial
Science
Electives
9
6
4
3
3
46-56
0-3
N.T. 101, OT. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
See department listings
See department listings
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 102,
103, 110, 112, 113, 123,203,213,231,
232, 233. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101,
111 required depending on background of the
student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
51
7. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and medical secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts Degreeand prepares the student for a
career as a medical secretary.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Business/ Secretarial
Science
Electives
9
6
8-12
3
3
42-52
0-3
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives
English 111, 112, 113
See department listings
Biology 111, 232
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music,
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103
110, 112, 113, 123,203,213,221,222,223
(Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111
required depending on background of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
8. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM This curriculum offers a variety of
business administration and office skills courses for the student interested in an
entry-level business position after two years of college study. The program is
specifically designed for the student who requires a greater concentration of
business courses while at GVLC. Students who complete the (two-year) Office
Administration Curriculum and transfer to a four-year program may need to
register for additional liberal arts courses in order to fulfill the requirements for a BA
Degree. Completion of th.is curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
English
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Business
Administration
18
9
6-12
4-8
3
3
14-20
Business Administration/ 21-40
Secretarial Science
Electives
General Electives
0-11
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or
alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202,
N.T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
See department listings
See department listings
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except Applied
Music, Ensembles, Theatre i 20, 140
Business 101, 102, i 20, 150.
(Business 140, Secretarial Science
101 required depending on
background of the student)
Selections from
Business 103, 110, 130, 230, 270, 300;
Secretarial Science 102, 103, i 1O, 111, 112,
113, 123, 203, 211, 213, 220, 221, 222, 223,
231,232, 233,300
See Departmental Listings
52
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
9. PARISH SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this curriculum, which
combines training in Biblical studies, secretarial skills and liberal arts, prepares the
student for the position of Parish Secretary, and leads to the Associate in Arts Degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
English
Social Science
9
6
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
4
3
3
Busi ness/Secretaria!
Science
32-42
Applied Christianity
16
Electives
N.T. 101, O.T.102, N.T. 103 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives
English 111, 112, 113
Courses in Psychology or Sociology, including Psychology 120
See department I istings
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music,
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110,
112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213(Business140,
Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending
on background of the student)
Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 221, 230
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
10. CHURCH STAFF WORK CURRICULUM The following curriculum provides
training for the responsibilities of a church staff worker. The responsibilities that may be
assigned to a church staff worker often fall into the following general categories: parish
education, youth work, visitation, and parish secretary. Completion of this curriculum
leads to an Associate in Arts Degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
N .T. 101, O.T. 102, N. T. 103 or alternatives;
0. T. 201, N. T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives
Theology and Church
9
Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200
History
English
English 111, 112, 113
9
3
Speech
Speech 140
Social Science
Psyr,hology 120, Sociology 120
6
Natural Science
Biology 113 recommended
4
3
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
Physical Education
All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music,
Creative Arts
3
Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140
Secretarial Science 102 (101, 103 required
Secretarial Science
3-9
depending on course background of
student)
Applied Christianity
Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 201,
25-27
202, 203, 211, 221, 223, 230
Electives
See department listings; Sociology and
1-9
Psychology courses recommended
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 53
11. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM Current trends indicate that the Church's
need is for candidates with bachelor's degrees or with training in specialized fields
such as Bible and theology, medicine, education, business, agriculture, electronics, aviation or secretarial skills. Interested students should plan for extended and
thorough preparation. The curriculum outlined below combines concentrated Bible
study, a liberal arts background, an introduction to the missionary task, and
opportunities for a variety of contacts with people directly involved in church work
in various parts of the world. Completion of the two-year curriculum leads to the
Associate in Arts Degree.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
18
Theology
English
Speech
Social Science
Natural Science
Physical Education
Creative Arts
Christian Service
Applied Christianity
World Mission
Electives
6
9
3
12
8-12
3
3
2
9
6
i3
N. T. 1Qi, 0. T. 102, N .T. i 03 or alternatives;
O.T. 201, N .T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives
Theology 121, 122, 123
English 111, 112, 113
Speech 100, 110, or 200
All Social Science courses except History
102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service
courses, or Humanities 200
Biology 113 recommended
Three one credit P.E. activity courses
All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music,
Ensembles, Theatre, 120, 140
Christian Service 110
All Applied Christianity courses
Mission 100, 110, 120
See department listings
54
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
C. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL
CERTIFICATE
<4
1.
,...r""' .. 1rnA1
\,;u::.l'tC.nl'\L
rornnr-TAnlAI
i>C.\..rnCll-\Mll-\L
-â¢â¢nn1-111 ⢠⢠⢠â¢
VUMMIUULUIVI
,,... __
\Vne
"'---\
TeCU)
,.... _ _ _ ,_ ... : __
VUlll!Jlt:HIUll
_ ,c,
UI
.1.1-~-
llll::S
one-year curriculum, combining instruction in secretarial skills (including shorthand} and Biblical studies, leads to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Physical Education
1
Business/Secretarial
33-40
Science
Electives
0-3
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
A one credit P.E. activity course
Business 110, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103,
110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211(Business140, Secretarial Science 111 required depending on
background of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
Students entering the One-Year General Secretarial Program must have completed one
year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students,
however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need.
2. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and legal secretarial courses, leads to
a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Physical Education
1
Business/Secretarial
36-43
Science
Electives
N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives
A one credit P.E. activity course
Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 110,
112, 113, 123, 203, 231, 232, 233 (Business 140,
Secretarial Science 111 required depending on
background of the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
Students entering the One-Year Legal Secretarial Program must have completed one
year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students,
however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
55
3. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and medical secretarial courses, leads
to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Natural Science
4
Physical Education
1
Business/Secretarial
34-39
Science
Electives
N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives
Biology 232
A one credit P.E. activity course
Business 150; Secretarial Science 110, 112, 113,
123, 203, 221, 222, 223 (Business 140, Secretarial
Science 111 required depending on background of
the student)
Secretarial Science 220 recommended
Students entering the One-Year Medical Secretarial Program must have completed one
year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students,
however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need.
4. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of th is one-year
curriculum, combining Biblical studies and office administration courses, leads to a
Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Physical Education
1
Business/Secretarial
10-16
Science
Business/Secretarial
Science electives
Electives
20
N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103, or alternatives
One one credit P.E. activity course
Business 150, Secretarial Science 110, 123 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required
depending on background of the student)
Selections from: Business 101, 102, 103, 110, 120,
130, 200, 210, 230, 270; Secretarial Science 102,
103, 111, 112, 113, 203, 211, 220, 221, 222, 231, 232
0-6
Business 150 substitutes for College Composition. Students, however, must take
English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need.
5. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM (One-Year)
curriculum leads to a Vocational Certificate.
Required Courses and Credits
Biblical Studies
9
Theology and Church
9
History
English
6
Social Science
9
Physical Education
Christian Service
Applied Christianity
World Mission
Electives
1
1-2
6-12
6
Completion of the one-year
Selected from N .T. 101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140
Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200
English 111, 112
Philosophy 211, 213; Political Science 200 or
Anthropology 100or110
One one credit P.E. activity course
Christian Service 110
Applied Christianity 130, 140, 150, 211
Mission 100, 110, 120, 200
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
57
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions.
The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the
course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore
course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second
digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department,
from introductory level to degree of intensity (0 through 9). The
third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered-(1)
first term, (2) second term, (3) third term, and (0) flexible scheduling.
The College reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate
enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises.
I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES
A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The
Bible Core Sequence is as follows:
FRESHMEN
Fall Term
Winter Term
Spring Term
SOPHOMORES
Fall Term
Winter Term
Spring Term
N.T. 101 Luke-Acts (or N.T. 120 Hebrews)
O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament (or History 102
History of Ancient Israel or N.T. 140 Gospel of John)
N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles (or N.T. 130 General Epistles)
O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah
N.T. 202 Romans
N.T. 203 Apocalyptic Literature (or English 230 Literature of the Bible)
A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of required Bible Core
courses.
DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES
O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament
3 credits
the covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of God's
people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and fulfillment of
the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of John. Student may
not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102.
58
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
0. T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah
3 credits
An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study
of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah as they reached their fulfillment in the
Messiah of the New Testament.
3 credits
N. T. 101 Luke-Acts
A study of the iife of Christ and the fundamental teachings of the Cr1ristian Church
through the student's personal involvement with the text of Scripture.
N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles
3 credits
The structure, historical setting, purposes and content of Paul's Epistles to the
Galatians, I Corinthians and Prison Epistles are studied with an emphasis upon
their relevance to our day.
N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew
3 credits
A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction
to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the life and work of Christ in the light of
Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years.
N. T. 120 Epistle to the Hebrews
3 credits
A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His
supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of
studying the Bible. Offered alternate years.
3 credits
N.T. 130 General Epistles
An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special
attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years.
N.T. 140 The Gospel of John
3 credits
An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as
seen uniquely in the theology of John.
N.T. 202 Romans
3 credits
An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life.
N.T. 203 Apocalyptic Literature
3 credits
A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.D. and the central
Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of study
results.
Bible 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests.
Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY
Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible requirement.
Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation
2 credits
A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal life as set
forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method.
Theology 122 The God of Redemption
2 credits
A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and
with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance
of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption.
Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace
2 credits
A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof.
Theology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special theological problems and areas of study for the students' interest. Department
approval necessary.
3 credits
Church History 200 Religion in Modern America
Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis upon
changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and upon the
Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Church Staff Work Curriculum.
1 to 3 credits
Church History 300 Independent Study
SnP.r.ial nroblems and areas of studv in Church Historv. Deoartment aooroval necessarv.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
59
II. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement
tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time
of their registration for winter or for spring quarters.
English 100 Basic Composition
1 credit for Junior College
Certificate only
Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and
paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is
necessary before the student can enter English 11 O and then the required English
sequence (English 111, 112, 113).
English 110 Basic Composition
3 elective credits
For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic
skills in English Composition. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is
necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of English courses
(English 111, 112, 113). Students are granted elective credit toward the AA Degree, but
since this course may not transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take
more than the normal 92 credits. Students in this course are required to attend four hours
of class and/or laboratory sessions each week.
English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College Composition and
Introduction to Literature
3 credits per course
The regular series of courses in freshman College Composition English 111 and 112
place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing skills
and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113 offers
study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and
may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature,
Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. Nine credits of
College English are required of all students (with the exception of one-year vocational
students). Normally, College English courses must be taken in sequence.
English 130 Creative Writing
3 credits
Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other literary
forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and
evaluate each other's work.
English 210 Topics in Literature
3 credits
Study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and
may include studies in the immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature,
Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction.
English 211, 212, 213 American Literature
211: The New Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries
212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century
213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century
3 credits per course
English 221, 222, 223 World Literature
3 credits per course
Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in
world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient
East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, Neo-Classical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present).
English 230 Literature of the Bible
3 credits
Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings
primarily from the Old Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as
pieces of literature.
English 240 Directed Study in Journalism 1 credit per term (maximum of 3 credits)
Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercises
in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing.
60
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
English 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term.
Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
3 credits
A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative and entertaining speeches.
Speech 11 O Small Group Communications
3 credits
Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership roles, conflict resolution patterns, and the decision
making process.
Speech 130 Oral Interpretation
3 credits
Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally.
Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques
for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections.
Speech 140 Communications for Parish Workers
3 credits
Development of skills in these areas: Interpersonal, for use in visitation and informal
counseling; Group, for use in leading study groups and committees; Public Speaking, for
use in addressing congregations and other large groups. Open to first year or second
year church staff work students. Offered alternate years.
Speech 200 lnte~personal Communication
3 credits
Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior.
Speech 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Research or other creative projects withir,i a speech communication discipline. Departmental approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF FORE!GN LANGUAGES
German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German
4 credits per course
Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of
or concurrent registration in English 111.
3 credits per course
German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German
Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis on
speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite:
German 101, 102, 103 or two years of high school German or instructor's approval
German 210 Directed Readings in German
2 credits per term (maximum 6 credits)
Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase
their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary.
German 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any term.
Department approval necessary.
Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek
5 credits per course
Theoretical and practical study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval
necessary for first year students.
Greek 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. Department approval
necessary.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
61
Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own
transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean.
Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY
History 102 History of Ancient Israel
3 credits
Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight of the
Hebrew people. Attention is also given to the importance of Mesopotamia and Egyptian
contributions to the literature of the Bible. Student may not receive credit for both O.T.
102 and History 102.
History 111 History of Ancient Greece
3 credits
Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic
times.
History 112 History of Ancient Rome
3 credits
Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late
Roman Empire.
History 113 History of Medieval Europe
3 credits
Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire
through the fifteenth century.
History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization
3 credits per course
Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval,
Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term:
Modern Europe in a World Setting.
History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States
3 credits per course
Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their
social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fal I: Pre-Colonial through
Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812 through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to
the present.
History 230 Topics in History
3 credits
Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the
history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor.
History 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student
interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
Political Science 100 American Government and Politics
3 credits
Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States
and of political issues of the current scene.
Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought
3 credits
Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of
contemporary Christian thought.
Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science
3 credits
Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as
comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic
thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or
consent of instructor.
Political Science 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
62
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Geography 100 Human Geography
3 credits
Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns
of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas.
Geography 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval
necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES
Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy
3 credits
Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil.
Philosophy 103 Logic
3 credits
A study of the principles of correct reasoning with emphasis on the recognition and
assessment of arguments. Equal consideration is given to informal and formal logic.
Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy
3 credits
Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students.
Philosophy 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy
3 credits per course
Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical
thought from the Greeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter
term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate
years.
Philosophy 211, 212, 213 Philosophy of
Non-Christian Religions
3 credits per course
A study of the philosophical systems of the major religions of the world, exclusive of
Christianity. Fall: Introduction to Philosophy of Religion, African and other traditional
religions, Islam; Winter: Review of Philosophy of Religion, Judaism; Spring: Eastern
religions (Hinduism, Shinto, Taoism, Confucianism) with special emphasis on
Buddhism.
Humanities 200 Travel and Study
1-3 elective credits
Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members.
Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective
credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisional
approval.
Philosophy 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the students'
needs and interests. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION
Psychology 120 Psychology of Adjustment
3 credits
Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more
effective personal living and relationships with other people.
Psychology 202, 203, General Psychology
3 credits per course
Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior;
provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202.
Psychology 210 Childhood and Adolescence
3 credits
Study of human growth and development from infancy through adolescence; learning
theory and application. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work completed or
instructor's approval.
Psychology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any
term. Department approval necessary.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
63
Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills
one credit per term granted for Junior College Certificate only.
Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of
study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development.
Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading
1 elective credit
Arranged on an individual basis to enable students to develop skills in vocabulary,
reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life.
Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development
2 elective credits
Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development.
Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines.
Personal Orientation 130 How to Study
1 elective credit
Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and student
experience. Concerned with efficient and effective methods of concentration, use of
time, taking lecture notes; textbook reading, organizing material, preparing for and
taking examinations.
Personal Orientation 150 Basic Mathematics
1 credit granted for Junior College Certificate only.
Review of arithmetic, factoring, the fundamental algebraic operations, rational
expressions, linear equations, roots and radicals, quadratic equations.
Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling
1 elective credit
Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course
will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format.
1 or 2 elective credits
Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper
Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research
paper; the course will utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end result of
the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite:
English 111 or instructor's permission.
Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning
2 elective credits
Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's
values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY
Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology
3 credits
Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and
socialization in the context of change.
Sociology 110 Social Problems
3 credits
Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the students' understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change.
Sociology 120 Marriage and Family
3 credits
Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage
from a Christian point of view.
Sociology 130 Urban Field Experience
1 credit per course (maximum 3 credits J
Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to orient
students to the urban setting. Different offerings of the course will focus on different
topics. Hours arranged for lectures and laboratory periods.
Sociology 210 The Urban Center
3 credits
Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions and the
urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or instructor's approval.
64
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations
3 credits
Study of minority groups, especially Native 9nd Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or by permission of
the instructor.
Sociology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special sociological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. May be
taken any term. Department approval necessary.
Social Service, 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204 Internship
1-3 credits per term
Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies;
orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. Designed for the two-year Social Service Curriculum.
Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology and Archaeology
3 credits
Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used
in the study of piehistory. Offered alternate years.
Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
3 credits
Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the
human race, their origins and cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation.
Offered alternate years.
Anthropology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special Anthropological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests.
Department approval necessary.
IV. DIVISION OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Math 101 Intermediate Algebra
3 elective credits
Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring,
fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations. Students are required to attend
three hours of class and an additional fourth hour each week in the skills center.
Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra.
Math 102 College Algebra
5 credits
Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions, polynomials,
combinations, bionomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, matrices and
determinants, analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval.
Math 103 Trigonometry
4 credits
functions, radian measure, trigonometric identities, logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions and complex numbers. Practical applications in surveying and in physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 102 or instructor's approval.
Trigonom~tric
Math 110 Introductory Statistics
4 credits
Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution, statistical
estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of business, social
and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval.
Math 120 Finite Mathematics
5 credits
Computing with BASIC computer language. Principles of counting and probability,
business mathematics, matrices and inverse matrices, Markov chains, linear
programming including simplex method. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's
approval.
Math 200 Elements of Calculus
5 credits
A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short review of
algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation;
Maximum and minimum problems; Antiderivative; The definite integral; Exponential and
logarithmic functions; Functions of several variables. Prerequisite: Math 102 or
instructor's approval.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Math 201 Calculus I
65
5 credits
Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of
functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the
applications. Prerequisites: Math 102 and Math 103 or instructor's approval.
Math 202 Calculus II
5 credits
Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Several
techniques of integration: by parts, by change, by variable, by approximation methods,
etc., parametric equation, polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical and physical
problems. Prerequisite: Math 201 or.instructor's approval.
Math 203 Calculus Ill
5 credits
Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more
variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential
equations. Applications. Prerequisite: Math 202 or instructor's approval.
Math 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Physics 100 Environmental Physics
4 credits
Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the
physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics are
developed non-mathematically. One double lab per week is devoted to student projects
or to experiments in laboratory. Primarily for non-science majors. No prerequisite.
Physics 102 General Physics I
5 credits
Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with
applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One
double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various
technical areas. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval.
Physics 103 General Physics II
5 credits
The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear
physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and
problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in
science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or instructor's approval.
1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits)
Physics 120 Field Experience in Physics
Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods.
Physics 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Biology 111 Life Studies I
4 credits
Introduction to biology-life versus non-life, cellular design and process, organism types (unity amids! complexity), energy sources, yields, and efficiencies in
life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab
weekly.
Biology 112 Life Studies II
4 credits
The individual life pattern-cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and
union, genetics and embryology, intercellular effects and immune response,
physiology and neuromechanisms. One lecture period, two discussions and one
two-hour research lab weekly.
Biology 113 Environmental Biology
4 credits
Traces exploration --.conservation -ecology-conscrousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and
application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab
weekly.
66
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Biology 114 Field Ecology and/or
4 credits
Biology 115 Invertebrate Zoology
4 credits
VVilderness camping experience during the month of June at the 120-acre North
Woods Field Station. Ecosystems analysis and survey of invertebrate phyla with
field equipment and techniques-team-taught small group with mobile lab. Wilderness survival and ecorecreation (scuba, rock-climbing, sailing, recording
animal sounds, photography, astronomy, geology, wildlife and forestry employment opportunities). Prerequisite recommended: Biology 113.
Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology
1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits)
Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide
career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational
planning. Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods.
Biology 121 Plant Studies
4 credits
The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adapt ions to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double lab periods
per week.
Biology 222 Introduction to Botany
4 credits
The study of major phyla of vascular plants and plant growth, regulations, reproduction
and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the green house environment.
Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112or113
or instructor's approval.
Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology
4 credits
The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at least two
major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 111, or 112or113 or instructor's approval.
Biology 231 Microbiology
4 credits
Practical application of bacteriological techniques in analyzing disease parameters,
public heal th measures, ag ric u ltu ral and industrial usef u In ess of the s ma I lest I ife
systems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. or
instructor's approval.
Biology 232 Anatomy
4 credits
Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint
utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate
mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 111, or 112 or instructor's permission.
Biology 233 Physiology
4 credits
Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heart beat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of the system. Two
lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232, or instructor's permission.
Biology 243 Genetics
4 credits
An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian genetics,
and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure, DNA, protein
synthesis, gene expression, m utagenesis, and conclude with population genetics,
genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on human inheritance. Three
lectures and one double lab period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 or instructor's
approval.
Biology 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
67
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry
4 credits
Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Topics of current interest
such as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the
development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles
required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double
laboratory period per week. Primarily for non Science majors. No prerequisite.
Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry
4 credits per course
Chemistry 101 is introductory, including measurement, reactions, stoichiometry, atom
structure, molecule bonding and structure, equilibrium, acids and pH. Chemistry 102
has topics of states of matter, periodic table and properties of elements, industrial
applications, organic and biochemistry. Chemistry 103 stresses environmental
concerns, redox and electrochemistry, chemical analysis, nuclear chemistry, energy,
and consumer chemistry. Laboratory sessions parallel the lecture topics, with
experiments on measurement, scientific method, separations, equilibrium, acid-base,
electrochemistry, polymers, organic reactions, biochemistry, gas laws, qualitative
analysis of ions, and water analysis for dissolved oxygen and hardness. Chemistry 101,
102, 103 must be taken in sequence. Three lectures and one double period of laboratory
per week.
Chemistry 201, 202, 203, Organic Chemistry
4 credits per course
Study of structure, reactions and nomenclature of both aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides, alcohols, ethers, carboxylic acids, aldehydes, ketones,
amines. The latter part of the course deals with larger functional groups such as
keto acids, etc. Considerable time will be spent on l.R. spectra and N.M.R. spectra
to help identify compounds. Three lectures and one double lab per week.
Prerequisite for Chemistry 201 is Chemistry 103 or instructor's permission.
Chemistry 201, 202, 203 must be taken in sequence.
Chemistry 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
V. DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
RECREATION LEADERSHIP
Physical Education 101, 102, 103
Fall
Winter
101 E Bowling
102R Badminton
1011 Conditioning
102B Basketball
101J Cross Country
102E Bowling
101 A Football
1021 Conditioning
101 N Karate
1020 Cross Country Skiing
101 S Soccer
102N Karate
101 D Swimming
102V Volleyball
101T Tennis
102G Weightlifting
102K Wrestling
101V Volleyball
1 credit per course
Spring
103L
103E
1031
103W
103N
103X
103P
103T
103U
1030
Baseball
Bowling
Conditioning
Golf
Karate
Softball
Swimming
Tennis
Track
Women's Self Defense
Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education
3 credits
Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and
basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership.
Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid
3 credits
Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and
community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
68
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency
2 credits
Study of the impact of drugs on the human body and methods of correction. Required for Minnesota teaching certificates.
Physical Education 140 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
1 credit
The procedure used when cardiac arrest occurs. Course includes instruction and
Official Certification in the skills of CPR.
Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports
3 credits
Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating individual and dual sports.
Physical Education 210 Team Sports
3 credits
Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports.
Physical Education 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary.
Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership
3 credits
Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field.
Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming
3 credits
Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of
recreation programs.(YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.)
Recreation Leadership 21 O Camp Craft
3 credits
Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor
education.
Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities
Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings.
3 credits
Recreation Leadership 230 Internship
1-3 credits per course
Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks,
recreation management and Y.M.C.A.-Y.W.C.A.
VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS
DEPARTMENT OF ART
3 credits
Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts
Introduction to visual art through the study of esthetics, philosophy, techniques
and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art.
Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World
3 credits per course
Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture
in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term:
Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years.
Art 110 Two Dimensional Design
3 credits
A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design
sources in nature.
Art 121 Basic Drawing
3 credits
Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emphasis on the
development of visual perception and personal aesthetics.
Art 122 Drawing
3 credits
An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of visual
elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
69
Art 123 Drawing
3 credits
Continuation of Art 121and122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and
experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still life and the
figure. Prerequisite Art 122 or instructor's approval.
Art 130 Printmaking
3 credits
An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color.
Art 140 Watercolor
3 credits
An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and
technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape.
Art 202, 203 Painting
3 credits per course
Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the mediums
and to encourage the development of personal imagery and technique. Prerequisite: Art
121 or instructor's approval.
Art 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in
consultation with the instructor. Departmental approval required.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Music 100 Introduction to Music
3 credits
The development of perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. For nonmusic majors.
Music 111, 112, 113 Theory
4 credits per course
Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in
part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the
science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, and a
survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords.
Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music
3 credits per course
Survey of musical thought and achievement from primitive origins to the twentieth
century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval of the
instructor. Offered alternate years.
Music 131, 132, Choral Conducting
2 credits per course
Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting
student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading,
baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate
years.
2 credits
Music 133 Instrumental Conducting
Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student
ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton
technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years.
Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory
4 credits per course
Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones, seventh
chords, altered chords, modal harmony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also
includes a survey of music styles from the Baroque to the present with a concentration
on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113
or instructor's approval.
70
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Music 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary.
APPLIED MUSIC
1 credit per term
Applied Music 110A Voice
Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including
oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half-hour lesson
per week.
1 credit per term
Applied Music 110B Piano
Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales,
arpeggios and other exercises. One half-hour lesson per week.
Applied Music 110C Organ
1 credit per term
Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Literature studies include examples from all periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems are also studied. One haii-hour
lesson per week.
Applied Music 1100 Brass
1 credit per term
Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
Applied Music 110E Percussion
1 credit per term
Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half-hour lesson per week.
Applied Music 110F Strings
1 credit per term
Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
Applied Music 110G Woodwinds
1 credit per term
Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half-hour lesson per week.
Applied Music 110H Guitar
Graded instruction on guitar. One half-hour lesson per week.
1 credit per term
ENSEMBLES
Music Ensemble 110A Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir
1 credit per term
Open to all students by audition, but limited to 65 members. Examples from all
periods of music literature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The
choir meets four periods per week.
Music Ensemble 110B Golden Valley Singers
1 credit per term
Open to all women students of the college. Study and presentation of treble choral
music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week.
1 credit per term
Music Ensemble 110C The Madrigal Singers
Twelve students selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts through the year are
given.
Music Ensemble 1100 Symphonic Choir
Open to all members of the student body and the community.
11 credit per term
Music Ensemble 110H Band
1 credit per term
Open to all college students by audition. The group performs literature from all eras and
styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for College
convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The pep band is formed from
this group.
1 credit per term
Music Ensembles 1101 College-Community Orchestra
Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra
performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying
the College choirs at Christmas.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Music Ensemble 110V
Brass Ensemble
Music Ensemble 110K
Percussion Ensemble
Music Ensemble 110L
Stage Band
Music Ensemble 110M
String Ensemble
Music Ensemble 110N
Woodwind Ensemble
71
Small Ensembles
1 credit per term
Students are given opportunity to participate in small ensembles (trios and quartets,
instrumental and vocal). The ensembles perform regularly for convocations, concerts
and at local church services. Membership by audition or consent of director.
DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE
3 credits
Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre
Study of Theatre as a performing art. The aesthetic function of theatre and its role in
Western culture will be discussed, as well as the role and function of the various theatre
artists such as actor, director, and designer.
Theatre 110 Beginning Acting
3 credits
An experiential course which focuses on honesty in characterization through various
means including theatre games, improvisation, and the development of scenes.
Theatre 120
Theatre Practice
1 elective credit per term
(maximum of 3 elective credits for A.A. degree)
Participation in College sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned
performing or technical roles. Instructor's permission required.
4 credits
Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre
A basic introduction to both design theory and design execution in the theatre. Emphasis
placed on the technical aspects of scene design, lighting, costuming and sound.
Prerequisite: Th 100 or instructor's permission.
1 elective credit
Theatre 140 Mime
A physical exploration of the art of mime, focusing on internalization, illusion technique, and
the performing of sketches. This class will meet two periods per week.
3 credits
Theatre 200 History of Theatre
An examination of the phenomenon of Theatre Arts from a historical perspective. Emphasis
will be placed on a particular period. The historical development of both dramatic literature
and staging techniques will be examined, as well as the influence of other historical events
upon them. Prerequisite: Th 100 or instructor's permission.
3 credits
Theatre 21 O Advanced Acting
Intense scene study directed toward the development of a personal technique of honest
characterization through various periods and styles of plays. Prerequisite: Th 11 O or
instructor's permission
Theatre 220 Directing for the Theatre
4 credits
An introduction to the role and function of the director in modern theatre. Emphasis will be
placed on the elements of the director's craft as well as his relationship to the other theatre
artists. Preparation of scenes and exercises will culminate in a final scene or a short one-act
play. Prerequisite: Th 100 & Th 110 or instructor's permission.
Theatre 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for advanced students of research projects within selected theatre
disciplines. Department approval necessary.
72
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL STUDIES
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS
Business 101 Accounting I
4 credits
Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements.
Business 102 Accounting II
4 credits
Continuation of Accounting I; Analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of
accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Accounting I or instructor's
approval.
Business 103 Accounting !!!
4 credits
Accounting as a planning and controlling tool in the decision-making process of
management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost. Prerequisite:
Accounting II or instructor's approval.
Business 11 O Personal Finance
3 Credits
Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting,
credit, savings, investments, retirement and estate problems and consumer concerns. General Education course open to all students.
Business 120 Introduction to Business Principles and Management
3 credits
Survey of the organization, environment, ownership, management, ethics,
operational function, and regulation of American business systems.
Business 130 Introduction to Computer Science
3 credits
A basic course in the systems approach to processing data in business applications, and the role of the computer in information processing.
Business 140 Business Mathematics
3 credits
Application of mathematical skills to practical business situations. Topics
include: fundamentals review, percentages, interest, discounts, payroll, taxes,
profits, losses, stocks, bonds, and insurance.
Business 150 Business Communications
3 credits
General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types
of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of language as applied to writing business reports and letters.
Business 200 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics
4 credits
National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic
activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and
the balance of payments.
4 credits
Business 210 Principles of Economics - Microeconomics
Supply, demand and price; competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust policy. Pricing of
the factors of production and distribution of income. Prerequisite: Business 200 or
instructor's approval.
Business 230 Business Law
4 credits
Relationship between the citizen and the business world. Topics include contracts, bills and notes, courts, bailments, partnerships and corporations.
Business 270 Marketing
3 credits
Examination of the total marketing process, including the distribution of goods
and services from producer to consumer; processes of retailing, wholesaling, pricing and government regulations. Offered alternate years.
Business 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
73
DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL SCIENCE
Secretarial Science 101 Typewriting I
3 credits
Mastery of the keyboard and proper technique of typewriting. Not open to students with one
year of high school typing except by instructor's approval.
Secretarial Science 102 Typewriting II
4 credits
Students build speed and accuracy in straight-copy typing, and increase their skills in
composition, rough-draft typing, editing production and analysis of the following
components of typewriting communication: business letters, memos, manuscripts,
business reports, business forms and tables. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 101 or permission of
instructor.
4 credits
Secretarial Science 103 Executive Typewriting
This course emphasizes performance at the executive level requiring sustained high-level
production speed with the ability to edit, organize, solve problems and produce high-quality
work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are stressed. Prerequisite:
Sec. Sci. 102 or permission of instructor.
Secretarial Science 110 Office Accounting
4 credits
General office accounting procedures; payroll records, tax records, records of a
physician and an attorney. Practice Set which will include basic accounting cycle.
General Education class-Open to all students.
Secretarial Science 111 Elementary Shorthand
4 credits
Fundamentals of Forkner Shorthand Theory for beginning students or for students who have
had less than one year of Forkner or Gregg Shorthand.
Secretarial Science 112 Intermediate Shorthand
4 credits
Emphasis on speed, accuracy and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Si;ic Sc. 111 or instructor's
approval.
Secretarial Science 113 Advanced Shorthand
4 credits
Advanced dictation and transcription. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 112 or instructor's approval.
Secretarial Science 12.3 Office Machines
3 credits
Instruction in the use of electronic printing calculators, electronic display calculators, CPT
(Cassette Powered Typewriter) plus study of practical business computations.
2 credits
Secretarial Science 203 Administrative Office Procedures II
A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis on
obtaining a job, records management (filing) and business attitudes. No prerequisite.
Secretarial Science 211 Machine Transcription
2 credits
Emphasis on transcription techniques, both from machine and textual material. Transcribing
machines are used. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 103 or instructor's approval.
Secretarial Science 213 Shorthand Transcription
2 credits
Refresher course for Gregg and Forkner students with emphasis on speed building and
transcription techniques. Prerequisite: Shorthand 113 or instructor's approval.
Secretarial Science 220 Supervised Work Experience
1 credit per term
Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. (Students must register
during quarter in which they receive credit)-must be approved by secretarial
science department in advance.
Secretarial Science 221 Medical Office Procedures
4 credits
Study of medical records, medical law, medical societies, medical insurance,
medical filing, medical telephoning techniques, medical appointments, and
general medical office duties.
74
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Secretarial Science 222 Medical Terminology
4 credits
Study of medical terms used in the branches of medicine; emphasis on prefixes
and suffixes: use of medical reference books.
Secretarial Science 223 Medical Transcription
4 credits
Study of the principles of medical machine transcription (for all branches of medicine); Typing of medical summaries, reports and letters; medical cassette tapes
are used.
Secretarial Science 231 Legal Office Procedures
4 credits
Study of procedures and legal forms involved in probate, appeals, real estate,
litigations, wills, estates, partnerships, and corporations.
Secretarial Science 232 Legal Terminology
4 credits
Study of legal terms used in probate, real estate, litigations, wills, estates,
partnerships and corporations.
Secretarial Science 233 Legal Transcription
4 credits
Study of legal terms via transcription of a variety of iegai documents. Legal cassette tapes used.
Secretarial Science 300 Independent Study
1-3 credits
Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT
3 credits
Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the
criminal justice system; courts; state and federal agencies.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures
An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of
crime prevention; the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication and their
role in effective law enforcement procedure.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems & Justice
An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system; its laws, problems,
and procedures.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure
Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedure in various
courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up
procedure.
Law Enforcement 140 Introduction to Criminology
3 credits
Survey of the psychological and sociological aspects of criminal and delinquent
behavior, and of the types of treatment and their effectiveness.
3 credits
Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law
The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that
deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code.
Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law
3 credits
Study and analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement; Federal and State legal decisions that also apply to law
enforcement problems.
Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement
3 credits
An introduction to the psychological aspects of the Law Enforcement profession,
with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded
by this career.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
75
Law Enforcement 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law
enforcement. Department approval necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY
Christian Service 11 OA, 11 OB, 11 OC Christian Service Projects
1 credit per course per term
Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various
phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required.
Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education
3 credits per course
Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences and individual potential of children.
An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the
objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods.
Applied Christianity 130 Youth Leadership
3 credits
Study of the needs and goals of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods.
Applied Christianity 140 Christian Ethics
3 credits
Study of ethical standards of Christian conduct and their relationship to the self,
family, society, church and state. Emphasis is placed on the student's practical
questions concerning right and wrong.
Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism
3 credits
The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the
responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the
parish and community is stressed.
Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project
V2 to 1V2 credits per term Max of 3 credits.
Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision.
Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar
3 credits
Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of
teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201 ); acquaintance with methods and
materials in adult Christian education.
Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work I
3 credits
Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional
relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants.
Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work 11
3 credits
Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet
a congregation's particular needs.
Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work
1-3 credits
Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal supervised
field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four hours of work are
required for one credit.
Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any
term. Department approval necessary.
Mission 100 Introduction to Mission
2 credits
Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communicating the
Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the
Church in various countries of the world.
76
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Mission 110 History of World Mission
2 credits
Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century.
Mission 120 History of World Mission
2 credits
Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century.
Mission 200 Mission Internship
1 to 6 credits
A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world.
Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries
at times to be arranged.
Mission 300 Independent Study
1 to 3 credits
Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in some aspect of the world
mission of the Christian Church. Department approval necessary.
Directory
BOARD OF REGENTS
OFFICERS
ROBERT L. DANIELS
ALC, Vice President and Co-owner
Mainline Travel, Inc.
Minnetonka, Minnesota
Chairman/THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON
Vice Chairman/ROBERT M. SKARE
Secretary/TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN
Treasurer/ALLEN A. METCALF JR.
WILLIAM H. DOEPKE
LCA, Professional Engineer
Owner, Doepke Building Movers, Inc.
Edina, Minnesota
MEMBERS OF BOARD OF REGENTS
MRS. NORMA HAYER DOLIFF
ALC, Officer and Director
F.C. Hayer Company,
Edina, Minnesota
EVONNE ANDERSON
ALC, Farming, Homemaker
Halstad, Minnesota
THE REVEREND BURTON L. BONN
LCA. Pastor
Hope Lutheran Church
Minneapolis, Minnesota
DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS
Regent Emeritus
ALC, Chairman of the Board
T.S. Dension & Co .. Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REVEREND VERNON D.
GUNDERMANN
LC-MS, Pastor
Beautiful Savior Lutheran Church
New Hope, Minnesota
THE REVEREND RICHARD F. HOLY
ALC, Administrator,
St. Olaf Residence
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REVEREND PAUL R. IDSTROM
ALC, Pastor
House of Hope Lutheran Church
New Hope, Minnesota
EARL BURANDT
LC-MS, Engineer
Honeywell, Inc.
Golden Valley, Minnesota
TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN
ALC, Counseling Services, Homemaker
Edina, Minnesota
MARKS. DALOUIST
LCA. President
Maid of Scandinavia
Minneapolis, Minnesota
DR. MARLIN J.E. JOHNSON
LCA, Specialist in Internal Medicine
Quain & Ramstad Clinic
Bismarck, North Dakota
DIRECTORY
WOODROW P. LANGHAUG
ALC, Vice Chairman of the Board
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota
H. KENNETH LOSCH
LCA, Pastor
Grace and Red River Lutheran Churches
Hallock, Minnesota
ALLEN A. METCALF, JR.
ALC, President, Metcalf Mayflower
Moving Co.
St. Paul, Minnesota
THE REVEREND MAYNARD L. NELSON
ALC, Pastor
Calvary Lutheran Church
Golden Valley, Minnesota
RAY NORLING
ALC, Executive Vice President
Willmar Poultry Co.
Willmar, Minnesota
ELMER N. OLSON
ALC, Past President,
Elmer N. Olson Co.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
PAUL G. PETERSON
LCA, Manager
Higher Education Support
Fraternal Division
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ROBERT M. SKARE
ALC, Attorney
Best & Flanagan
Minneapolis, Minnesota
LOUISE SUNDET
LCA, Homemaker
Excelsior, Minnesota
RALPH 0. THRANE
LC-MS, Vice President and Director of
Acquisitions and Mergers
The Pillsbury Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
THE REVEREND LAURENE. YOUNGDALE
LCA, Chaplain
Fergus Falls, Minnesota
THE REVEREND CARLETON E. ZAHN
LC-MS Pastor
Peace Lutheran Church,
Robbinsdale, Minnesota
ADMINISTRATION
BERNT C. OPSAL/President
J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/Academic Dean
JOHN V. GRON LI/Dean of Students
77
RUSSELL B. HELGESEN/Director of
Development
MARILYN J. ADAMS/Registrar
LOIS STRAND/Financial Aid Director
ALTON C.O. HALVERSON/Director of
Public Relations
PAM MOKSNES/Director of Admissions
VIVIAN WIEMERSLAGE/Business office
manager
FACULTY
VERNON J. BITTNER/Counselor
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.D.,
Northern Baptist Theological Seminary,
Chicago, IL; S.T.M., Luther Theological
Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.D., San Francisco
Theological Seminary, San Francisco, CA
1978MYRON H. BLANCH/Law Enforcement
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979WILLIAM BOLM/Physical Education, Recreation, Counselor
B.S., Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St.
Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. (Counseling), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN
1971JOHN L. BREKKE/Sociology
B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul,
MN; additional graduate study, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1975ROGER W. BROWN/Law Enforcement
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1979DOUGLAS CAREY/Voice
B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota,
Grand Forks, North Dakota 1978JACQOLYN CHERNE/English, Applied
Christianity
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN;
M.A., United Theological Seminary, New
Brighton, MN; graduate study, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1967, 1970
GERALD L. DAHL/Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; M.S.W.,
University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NB; member
of Academy of Certified Social Workers.
1975-
78
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
SONJA M. DAHLAGER/English and Personal
Orientation
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate siudy, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979STEVEN W. DOVE/Physical Education,
Philosophy
B.A.,-Concordia College, Moorhead, MN;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; graduate study, Mankato State University,
Mankato, MN. and St. Cloud State University,
St. Cloud, MN. 1981PAUL E. DRANGEID/Biology, Physical
Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.S.,
South Dakota State University, Brookings,
S.D.; graduate work at: Colorado School
Mines, Golden, CO; University of Chattanooga, TN; University of West Virginia, Morgantown, WV; University of Vermont, Burlington,
VT; Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and
Science, PA; Boyce Thompson Plant Research
Institute, Yonkers, N.Y.; Ripon College, WS;
Knox College, Galesburg, IL. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ/Law Enforcement
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; advanced study, FBI Academy. 1976JANICE EGGERSGLUESS/Business Education
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St.
Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University,
St. Cloud, MN 1969JEANNE EKHOLM/Music
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN 1978FREDERICK E. GESKE/Biblical Theology
Concordia College, St. Paul, MN Concordia
Seminary, St. Louis, MO; M.Div. Northwestern
Lutheran Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN
1978JANICE GRAVDAHL/Business Education
S.S., Bemidji State University, Bemidji, MN
1972JOHN V. GRONLI/ Dean of Students, Philosophy, Biblical Theology
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St.
Paul, MN; M.A., Pacific Lutheran University,
Tacoma, WA; additional graduate study,
Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Berkeley, CA; D.Min., Luther Theological
Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1976-
F1UTH A. HALVERSON/Journalism
B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud,
MN; additional Study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN 1977EDWARD A. HANSEN/Biblical Theology
B.A., Dana College, Blair, NB; B.D., Trinity
Theological Seminary, Blair, NB; M. Div.,
Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque,
IA; D.D., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN;
additional graduate study, The Biblical Seminary, New York, NY; Mansfield College,
Oxford, England; University of St. Andrews,
Scotland. 1980LEE ANNE HANSEN/English, German
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN;
Graduate School, University of Munich,
Munich, Germany; finished courses for Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN
1973ALLEN L. HANSON/Chemistry
B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN;
M.S., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, Iowa
City, IA 1980JOHN HASTINGS/Residence Hall Director,
Biology, Personal Orientation
A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., University of Minnesota,
Duluth, MN; additional study, National Outdoor Leadership School; graduate study,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN.
1981DOROTHY L. HAUGEN/Physical Education
B.S., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN/Sociology, Psychology,
Counselor
A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA; B.A.,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN;
Ph.D., University of North Dakota, Grand
Forks, North Dakota 1979JUDY HYLAND/Applied Christianity
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of California at Berkeley,
Berkeley, CA. 1981JEAN JOHNSON/Business Education
B.S., University of North Dakota, Grand
Forks, ND 1974-
DIRECTORY
PATRICIA M. JOHNSON/English, Speech
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. and University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981PRllDU KllVE/Physics, Mathematics
B.A., Berea College, Berea, Kentucky; M.A.,
University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY 1973GAIL LANDO/English
B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI; additional graduate study, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1972PHYLLIS LARSON/English, Mission
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A.,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN;
M.A.T., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN
1973RICHARD LAUE/History Political Science
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., University of Minnesota; additional
graduate study, University of Minnesota and
University of Strasbourg, France. 1966SEVERT LEGRED/Physical Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A.,
Mankato State College, Mankato, MN; additional graduate study, Southern Illinois
University, Carbondale, IL. 1969LUTHER LERSETH/Biblical Theology,
B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.
Dakota; B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
St. Paul, MN 1978ALLEN C. LINDHOLM/Law Enforcement
B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; J.D., Ham line University, College of Law,
St. Paul, MN. 1981HERBERT G. LODDIGS/Biblical Theology,
Greek
B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY; New
York University, Hartwick Seminary, Brooklyn,
NY; C. Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN;
additional graduate study, College of Chinese
Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of
Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton
Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ 1957WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST/Physical Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota 1966PATRICK D. McGOWAN/Law Enforcement
B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN
1981PAMELA MOKSNES/Director of Admissions
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN;
additional Study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN 1979-
79
HAROLD E. MOORE, JR./Business,
Counselor
B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO; J.D.,
University of Denver, College of Law, Denver,
CO; additional study, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN 1980PATRICIA NORTWEN/Piano
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., University of Minnesota 1967BERNT C. OPSAL/President
B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ; B. Th.,
Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Biblical
Seminary, New York; M.A., New York University; additional graduate study, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis; New York University;
Litt. D., Concordia College, St. Paul, MN.
1954MAHLON PITNEY /Psychology, Counselor
B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN; M.A.,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN
1970DONALD R. PRUST/Business
B.S., Northern Michigan University, Marquette, Mich.; B.S., Mankato State University,
Mankato, MN; graduate study, University of
Texas at Arlington, Arlington, TX 1980MARLO F. PUTZ/Biology
B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter,
MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St.
Cloud, MN 1968JAMES C. ROBERTSON/Law Enforcement
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., course work completed, University
of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1976PAUL 0. ROMSTAD/Theology
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN.
1981AL SCHOBER/Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN;
M.S., Purdue University, Lafayette, lnd.1971DOROTHY SEAGARD/Music, Voice and
Choral
B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton,
NJ; graduate study, Chicago Opera Guild;
Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY;
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN
1962JOHN C. SEAGARD/Music, Choral, Organ
B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible Institute; Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster
Choir College, Princeton, NJ; Chicago Opera
Repertoire Guild; additional graduate study,
Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY
1962-
80
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
RICHARD M. SERENA/Librarian
B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY;
M.L.S., Columbia University, New York, NY
1976MARYS. SICILIA/ American Studies, Personal
Orientation and Speech
B.S., Northwestern College, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.d., course work completed, UniMN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University, Fort
PAUL W. SIEMERS/Theatre
B.A:, Bethel College, Roseville, MN; MA.,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN;
Ph.d. course work completed, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981-
HOLLY S. VANVONDEREN/Theatre
B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; additional
study, Towson State University, Baltimore,
Md. 1980RUSS ELL A. V!KSTROM/Bib!ical Theology,
Applied Christianity
B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL;
M.Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island, IL;
additional graduate study, Biblical Seminary,
New York; Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN
1953ANITA L. WARDLAW/Speech, Sociology
B.S., Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa; M.A.,
University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. 1980J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/Academic Dean,
Biblical Theology
ROGER SNYDER/f\.~usic, Band and Orchestra
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter,
B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977-
MN; C.T.; Luther Theological Seminary, St.
Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New
York City; M.A., New York University, course
work completed for Ed.D., New York University, New York, NY. 1974-
MARILYN A. STALHEIM/English and
Librarian
B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, WI;
M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout, WI 1976MARLIN STENE/ Applied Christianity
B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, B. Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN;
S.T.M., Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, IA;
Barrett Biblical Seminary, post S.T.M. work.
1977DAVID SWANSON/Theatre
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter,
MN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University, Fort
Worth, TX; graduate study, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1980-
DAVID E. YOUNGQUIST/Business
B.S., United States Military Academy, West
Point, NY; M.B.A., University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, MN; additional graduate study,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN.
1976-
STUDENT SERVICES PERSONNEL
NANCY LEE JOHNSON/Residence Hall
Director
A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A. Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; additional study, Fuller Theological
Seminary, Pasadena, CA; Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; St. Paul, MN.
REAM. MAATTALA/Residence Hall Director,
GERALD SWANSON/Art
Student Activities Director, Housing
B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Assistant
MN; M.F.A., University of Minnesota 1972A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A. Northwestern College,
KATHRYN SWANSON/English
Roseville, MN; additional study, Brown InstiB.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., tute, Minneapolis, MN; University of MinnesoUniversity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN ta, Minneapolis, MN.
1971LOIS NYSTUL/Director of Health Service
CAROL J. TOMER/Residence Hall Director, R.N., Fairview School of Nursing, Minneapolis,
MN; B.A., Metropolitan State University, St.
Mathematics and Philosophy;
B.A. Luther College, Decorah, IA; additional Paul, MN.
study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, DOUGLAS L. SILL/Manager, Student Union
MN; Luther Northwestern Theological Semi- A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; additional study, South Dakota
nary, St. Paul, MN 1980State University, Brookings, SD; Dunwoody
Institute, Minneapolis, MN; St. Paul Bible
LOIS UTZINGER/Music
B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; College, St. Bonifacius, MN.
M.M., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, VANCE L. TOIVONEN/Residence Hall
Michigan; additional graduate study, Univer- Director
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor; University of B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead MN;
North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota. additional study, Luther-Northwestern Theo1978
logical Seminary, St. Paul, MN.
INDEX
81
INDEX
Academic Honors ................... 31
A cad em ic Program .................. 29
Accreditation ....................... 9
Activity Credits ..................... 33
Activities, Student ................... 13
Administration ...................... 77
Admissions Procedures .............. 17
Affiliations .......................... 9
Agriculture ......................... 47
Alcohol and Drugs ................... 1O
Anthropology ....................... 64
Application Fee .................. 17,20
Applied Christianity ................... 75
Applied Music ...................... 70
Art ................................ 68
Associate in Arts Degree ............. 42
Associate in Arts, Curricula
Leading to .................... 41, 42, 48
Athletics ........................... 14
Attendance, Chapel .................. 10
Attendance, Classroom .............. 32
Automobiles ........................ 1 O
Awards, Academic ..................... 37
Biblical and Theological Studies .... 43, 57
Bible Requirement ................... 32
Biology ............................ 65
Board and Room Costs ............... 20
Board of Regents ................. 76-77
Bookstore .......................... 22
Business Administration ............. 44
Business Studies ...................... 72
Calendar ........................... 4
Chapel ............................. 1 o
Charges by Quarter .................. 20
Chemistry .......................... 67
Choir .............................. 14
Church Staff Work ..................... 52
Classification of Students ......... 20, 29
Co-curricular Activities ............... 33
Communications, Division of ......... 59
Computer Training ................... 49
Corrective Therapy ................... 48
Costs .............................. 19
Counseling Service .................. 11
Course Descriptions ................. 57
Creative Arts, Division of ............. 68
Credit by Special Examination ......... 33
Credit Load ......................... 29
Curricula, Organization of .......... 41-55
Degree Programs .................... 41
Dentistry ........................... 47
Deposits and Fees ................ 19-20
Directory, Administration and Faculty .. 77
Dormitories and Residence Halls ...... 7
Dramatics .......................... 15
Economics ......................... 72
Education .......................... 44
Electronics Technician ............... 49
Eligibility for Varsity Sports ........... 31
Employment (Part-time) .............. 25
English ............................ 59
English Requirement ................. 32
Ensembles ......................... 70
Entrance Requirements .............. 17
Expenses .......................... 20
Faculty ............................ 77
Failures and Conditions ........... 30, 31
Fees ............................... 20
Financial Aid ....................... 23
Foreign Language ................... 60
Forestry ............................ 47
General Guidelines ................... 9
General Information ................. 7
General Secretarial ............... 50, 54
Geography ......................... 62
German ............................ 60
Gift Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Grades and Grade Points ............. 30
Graduation Requirements ............ 37
G~k .............................. ~
Health Service ...................... 12
History, Department of ............... 61
History of College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Housing, On and Off Campus ......... 12
Incomplete Work .................... 30
Independent Study .................. 32
Institutional Objectives ............... 8
Instrumental Instruction .............. 70
Insurance .......................... 12
Junior College Certificate ............. 39
Law ............................... 47
Law Enforcement ................. 49. 7 4
Legal Secretarial ................. 50, 54
Library ............................. 22
Loans ................................. 25
Location of the College ............... 7
Mathematics ........................ 64
82
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE
Medical Secretarial Curricula ....... 51, 55
Medicine Curriculum ................. 47
Missions ........................... 75
Music .................... 14, 45, 49, 69
New Student Orientation ............. 11
New Testament Studies .............. 58
Nursing Curriculum .................. 47
Occupational therapy ................ 48
Office Administration Curricula ..... 51, 55
Old Testament Studies ............... 57
Orchestra ....................... 14, 70
Parish Secretarial Curriculum ......... 52
Part-time Students ............... 20, 30
Payment Plan ....................... 21
Personal Orientation .............. 62-63
Pharmacy Curriculum ................ 47
Philosophy of College ................ 8
Philosophy, Department of ........... 62
Physical Education, Division of ........ 67
Physical Education Curriculum ........ 45
Physical Therapy .................... 48
Physics ............................ 65
Political Science .................... 61
Probation, Academic ................. 31
Programs of Study ................... 41
Psychology ......................... 62
Recreation Leadership Curriculum ..... 46
Refunds ............................ 22
Registration ........................ 34
Registration, Changes in ............. 34
Religious Life ....................... 13
Repeating a Course ................... 32
Room and Board .................... 20
Science ............................... 43
Science, Division of .................. 64
Scholarships ....................... 26
Secretarial Curricula ................. 50
Secretarial Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Social Service Curriculum ............ 48
Social Science, Division of ............ 61
Sociology .......................... 63
Special Fees ........................ 20
Speech ............................ 60
Student Government ................. 13
Student Life ........................ 13
Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Study Ski I is Assistance .............. ; 2
Theatre, Department of ............... 71
Theological Studies .................. 58
Transcripts ......................... 21
Transfer of Credits ................... 9
Transfer Students, Admission of ....... 33
Tuition ............................. 20
Unsatisfactory Academic Progress ..... 31
Vocational Studies, Division of ........ 71
Vocational Certificate ............... 40, 54
Withdrawals from Class .............. 30
Withdrawals from College ............ 33
Women's Athletics .................. 14
World Mission ................... 53, 55
L Ss
James W. Maertens
Research Associate
Off ice of the Registrar
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, :tv1N 55454
Show less